Full text of "The geography of Strabo. With an English translation by Horace Leonard Jones. Based in part upon the unfinished version of John Robert Sitlington Sterrett"

See other formats

ΝΥ eit

LOLI €
aot nites ane HR

€ 608¢cE10

OLNOHO! 40 ALISHAAINN

{111}}}}}}}}}}}

- - --Ὑ
-Ὰ ς Ψ
-- a ee) ΩΝ - ὦ — ς, —_— “ 4 4
Β Ἢ th a oe Ὄ .
~ <p πμὰς. —- ad = Te te .ὦ0Ὦ lee a Nal AR I ae — Ἔρος amnanomci

» ‘ »

ΓΈ...
‘ 7 7,

ὲ te. ae Β ἃ, δ - » fe, Sot ᾿ ᾿ eT Β , . ὦ aif
a ee ώ ΝΣ μα ΟΝ ee oe κι 5-Ὸ ee ee ἐν οὐ ae

᾿ 7
ὍΝ

Π
is

2’ oe

PGT A SHY Gr AT

suet | ἱ , 3
WED AT et τον δι τ...
-. + = ᾿
“> νὴ ὧν ΐ
4 f ἘΠΕ
a re; BB PAE, EF ge COT HD’
My tnt! ΨΩ PP a Bae
Bah ASE, ἀξ οἱ
᾿᾽- ff

[Fr
ἣν ‘=z
4
ἡ !
| Se
: ὯὩ
» Ἐ
( ί
᾿
ἐ
ia ~ 2 φ'
ἢ
,
Ψ,
4 '
-"
Ν ‘*
A
. ’
γι
-*~ af
1,
1 ? - whe
ad }
=o iy :

]

᾿

i
i
’
-
na way
a “ὃ
ἔ

]

‘
.
-᾿
ν i
e ὃ Ἷ τ
iA yy r
my
oh
'

ΟΤΗΕ LOEB CLASSICAL LIBRARY
i | FOUNDED BY JAMES LOEB, LL.D.
3 _ EDITED BY
| | _ tT. E. PAGE, cu., urrr.p.
E. CAPPS, Pa.p., 11,.Ὁ. +W. H. D. ROUSE, urrr.p.
_ A. POST, u.u.p. E. H. WARMINGTON, m.a., F.R.HIST.soc.

>
Spey) i A

THE GEOGRAPHY OF STRABO
‘a VI >

Res

εἰν,

ἴ

συ

4
se

Pat 4

ΤΟΝ

42 τ i!

AABRTS

πασος Jeo” AIA, aa
OG. WF
an

a - -- ἃ
» ae ἔς
τό oe ae

4 ¥ His

᾿,
ἃ
Ἂ Ἂς
νι Σ Ἢ
, ᾿ > 4.
᾿ 5:
ye
i. gr
Ἐς
re 4
ha # μ
ἐς
i@
‘ a
.- 4

7 a
- 1
~ ed
cr” ἊΜ »"
ἡ παν"

THE GEOGRAPHY
OF STRABO

WITH AN ENGLISH TRANSLATION BY
HORACE LEONARD JONES, Pu.D., LL.D,

CORNELL UNIVERSITY

IN EIGHT VOLUMES
VI

LONDON
WILLIAM HEINEMANN LTD

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS
HARVARD UNIVERSITY PRESS
MOMLX

01 14 is5

TT I wus : Ww ve A ron

| erTagye nad a
S| peas ὙΤΉΘΣ ATTA ae
{
2 arth som φ ; τ
= iow πῶ. A, 5 F

Ὁ f- &
ΟΝ 8

. . .

Pee

e . . ᾿
'

ὧνν . . ‘

Γ
. . ΕΣ

Ξ
Ἔ :
=
Z
Ο
ῳ

ΑΘ LounsA ΤΣ

δε. δεν ists αν; Ray γα PTY ἃ

4 Me} 3 BEA Kes (45 Sr eoyee ee fale σαν ht
: NaH τς ES 5) THE Wy +34 weet τ τῶ Ban
GRAP 3 a ate ae 43 ind: new 2 πὰ “τ Γ

)ς - i OF STRABO

oy 2 ree αν Ἢ in 2 ty EAs

BOOK xu ee rote

‘afr ae Pas MARE OT 245 820
4 bye 5
ers. x ἀ- ΜῈ ς VN? Δ 5}
AAT τοι ιν + χῶτ τὸ ΡΣ LRY

Satin ao Chit ies i, On Aet.,, dag
᾿ δ ΟΣ > 5 tty ee iz ; RAPS

34
Paes δι Mad, pam) ἢ PY νυν pmoveve

MBE retinas c PUM ΟΥ̓́Τ. ἃ δου DS aya
- Ἵ . εν
" . = a ω -
“Ὁ ἐὺ 4 Cue tS PRE ts)
Ὁ ἢ ἐπ ον (9 firs

ONE DAD Serene

i x Ὁ να -
. - ' ib ὧν ! 4
4
ἢ + ͵ . Ὶ
§ 3 4 teh > ofa

Ss oe ee Oe eee

Nad

ΣΤΡΑΒΩΝΟΣ TEOTPA®IKON
ἢ a

C581 1. Μέχρι μὲν δεῦρο ἀφωρίσθω τὰ περὶ τῆς
Φρυγίας" ἐπανιόντες δὲ πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν Προπον-
τίδα καὶ τὴν ἐφεξῆς τῷ Αἰσήπῳ παραλίαν τὴν
αὐτὴν τῆς περιοδείας τάξιν ἀποδώσομεν. ἔστι
δὲ Τρωὰς πρώτη τῆς παραλίας ταύτης, ἧς τὸ
πολυθρύλητον, καίπερ ἐν ἐρειπίοις καὶ ἐν ἐρημίᾳ
λειπομένης, ὅμως πολυλογίαν οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν
παρέχει τῇ γραφῇ. πρὸς τοῦτο δὲ συγγνώμης
δεῖ καὶ παρακλήσεως, ὅπως τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ
μήκους μὴ ἡμῖν μᾶλλον avartTwow οἱ ἐντυγ-
χάνοντες ἢ τοῖς σφόδρα ποθοῦσι τὴν τῶν ἐνδόξων
καὶ παλαιῶν γνῶσιν: προσλαμβάνει δὲ τῷ
μήκει καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἐποικησάντων τὴν
χώραν Ἑλλήνων τε καὶ βαρβάρων, καὶ οἱ
συγγραφεῖς, οὐχὶ τὰ αὐτὰ γράφοντες περὶ τῶν
αὐτῶν, οὐδὲ σαφῶς πάντα: ὧν ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις
ἐστὶν “Ὅμηρος, εἰκάζειν περὶ τῶν πλείστων
παρέχων. δεῖ δὲ καὶ τὰ τούτου διαιτᾶν καὶ τὰ

1 ἀνάπτωσιν, Kramer, for ἀναπτωεῖν F, ἀνάπτοιεν other
MSS. ; so the later editors.

1 The translator must here record his obligations to Dr.
Walter Leaf for his monumental works on the Troad : his
Troy, Macmillan and Co., 1912, and his Strabo on the Troad,
Cambridge, 1923, and his numerous monographs in classical

THE GEOGRAPHY OF STRABO
BOOK XIII

1.1 Let this, then, mark the boundary of Phrygia.?
I shall now return again to the Propontis and the
coast that comes next after the Aesepus River, and
follow the same order of description as before. The
first country on this seaboard is the Troad, the
fame of which, although it is left in ruins and in deso-
lation, nevertheless prompts in writers no ordinary
prolixity. With this fact in view, I should ask the
pardon of my readers and appeal to them not to
fasten the blame for the length of my discussion
upon me rather than upon those who strongly yearn
for knowledge of the things that are famous and
ancient. And my discussion is further prolonged
by the number of the peoples who have colonised
the country, both Greeks and barbarians, and by
the historians, who do not write the same things
on the same subjects, nor always clearly either ;
among the first of these is Homer, who leaves us
to guess about most things. And it is necessary
for me to arbitrate between his statements and

periodicals. The results of his investigations in the Troad
prove the great importance of similar investigations, on the
spot, of various other portions of Strabo’s ‘‘ Inhabited
World.”

Sa reader will find a map of Asia Minor in Vol. V. (at
end). :

U 582

STRABO

τῶν ἄλλων, ὑπογράψαντας πρότερον ἐν κεφαλαίῳ
τὴν τῶν τόπων φύσιν.

2, ᾿Ἀπὸ δὴ τῆς Κυζικηνῆς καὶ τῶν περὶ
Αἴσηπον τόπων καὶ Γράνικον μέχρι ᾿Α βύδου καὶ
Σηστοῦ τὴν τῆς Προποντίδος παραλίαν εἶναι
συμβαίνει, ἀπὸ δὲ ᾿Αβύδου μέχρι Λεκτοῦ τὰ
περὶ Ἴλιον καὶ Τένεδον καὶ ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν τὴν
Τρωάδα' πάντων δὴ τούτων ὑπέρκειται ἡ “dn
τὸ ὄρος, μέχρι Λεκτοῦ καθήκουσα" ἀπὸ Λεκτοῦ δὲ
μέχρι Καΐκου ποταμοῦ καὶ τῶν Κανῶν λεγομένων
ἐστὲ τὰ περὶ "ἼΑσσον καὶ ᾿Αδραμύττιον καὶ
᾿Αταρνέα καὶ Πιτάνην καὶ τὸν ᾿Εἰλαϊτικὸν
κόλπον οἷς πᾶσιν ἀντιπαρήκει ἡ τῶν Λεσβίων
νῆσος" εἶθ᾽ ἑξῆς τὰ περὶ Κύμην μέχρι “Ἑρμου
καὶ Φωκαίας, ἥπερ ἀρχὴ μὲν τῆς ᾿Ιωνίας ἐστί,
πέρας δὲ τῆς Αἰολίδος. τοιούτων δὲ τῶν τόπων
ὄντων, ὁ μὲν ποιητὴς ἀπὸ τῶν περὶ Αἴσηπον
τόπων καὶ τῶν περὶ τὴν νῦν Κυζικηνὴν χώραν
ὑπαγορεύει μάλιστα τοὺς Τρῶας ἄρξαι μέχρι τοῦ
Καΐκου ποταμοῦ διῃρημένους κατὰ δυναστείας
εἰς ὀκτὼ μερίδας ἢ καὶ ἐννέα: τὸ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων
ἐπικούρων πλῆθος ἐν τοῖς συμμάχοις διαριθ-
μεῖται.

8. Οἱ δ᾽ ὕστερον τοὺς ὅρους οὐ τοὺς αὐτοὺς
λέγουσι καὶ τοῖς ὀνόμασι χρῶνται διηλλαγμένως,
αἱρέσεις 5 νέμοντες πλείους. μάλιστα δὲ αἱ τῶν
“Ἑλλήνων ἀποικίαι παρεσχήκασι λόγον" ἧττον μὲν
ἡ ᾿Ιωνική" πλείονι γὰρ διέστηκε τῆς Τρωάδος" ἡ

1 δή, Corais, for δέ; so the later editors.
2 Meineke, following conj. of Corais, emends αἱρέσεις to
διαιρέσεις.

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 1-3

those of the others, after I shall first have described in
a summary way the nature of the region in question.

2. The seaboard of the Propontis, then, extends
from Cyzicené.and the region of the Aesepus and
Granicus Rivers as far as Abydus and Sestus,
whereas the parts round [lium and Tenedos and
the Trojan Alexandreia extend from Abydus_ to
Lectum. Accordingly, Mt. Ida, which extends
down to Lectum, lies above all these places. From
Lectum to the Caicus River, and to Canae,}! as it
is called, are the parts round Assus and Adramyttium
and Atarneus and Pitané and the Elaitic Gulf; and
the island of the Lesbians extends alongside, and
opposite, all these places. Then come next the
parts round Cymé, extending to the Hermus and
Phocaea, which latter constitutes the beginning of
Ionia and the end of Aeolis. Such being the
position of the places, the poet indicates in a
general way that the Trojans held sway from the
region of the Aesepus River and that of the present
Cyzicené to the Caicus River,” their country being
divided by dynasties into eight, or nine, portions,
whereas the mass of their auxiliary forces are
enumerated among the allies.

3. But the later authors do not give the same
boundaries, and they use their terms differently,
thus allowing us several choices. The main cause
of this difference has been the colonisations of the
Greeks ; less so, indeed, the Ionian colonisation, for
it was farther distant from the Troad; but most of

1 On the position of this promontory, see Leaf, Ann. Brit,
School at Athens, XXII, p. 37, and Strabo on the Troad,
Ῥ. xxxviii.

2 See Leaf, Strabo on the Troad, p. xli.

STRABO

δὲ τῶν Αἰολέων παντάπασι; καθ᾽ ὅλην yap
ἐσκεδάσθη ἀπὸ τῆς Κυζικηνῆς μέχρι τοῦ Καΐκου
καὶ ἐπέλαβεν ἔτι πλέον τὴν μεταξὺ τοῦ Καΐκου
καὶ τοῦ “Epyov ποταμοῦ. τέτρασι γὰρ δὴ
γενεαῖς πρεσβυτέραν φασὶ τὴν Αἰολικὴν ἀποι-
κίαν τῆς ᾿Ιωνικῆς, διατριβὰς δὲ λαβεῖν καὶ
χρόνους μακροτέρους. ᾿Ορέστην μὲν γὰρ ἄρξαι
τοῦ στόλου, τούτου δ᾽ ἐν ᾿Αρκαδίᾳ τελευτήσαντος
τὸν βίον, διαδέξασθαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ Πενθίλον
καὶ προελθεῖν μέχρι Θράκης ἑξήκοντα ἔ ἔτεσι τῶν
Τρωικῶν ὕστερον, ὑπ᾽ αὐτὴν τὴν τῶν Ἥρακλει-
δῶν εἰς Πελοπόννησον κάθοδον" εἶτ᾽ ᾿Αρχέλαον,
υἱὸν ἐκείνου, περαιῶσαι τὸν Αἰολικὸν στόλον εἰς
τὴν νῦν Κυξικηνὴν τὴν περὶ τὸ Δασκύλιον" Ῥρᾶν
δέ, τὸν υἱὸν τούτου τὸν νεώτατον, προελθόντα
μέχρι τοῦ Γρανίκου ποταμοῦ καὶ πωρεσκευασ-
μένον ἄμεινον περαιῶσαι τὸ πλέον τῆς στρατιᾶς
εἰς Λέσβον καὶ κατασχεῖν αὐτήν' Κλεύην δέ, τὸν
Δώρου, καὶ Μαλαόν, καὶ αὐτοὺς ἀπογόνους
ὄντας ᾿Αγαμέμνονος, συνωγαγεῖν μὲν τὴν στρα-
τιὰν κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον, καθ᾽ ὃν καὶ Πενθί-
os’ ἀλλὰ τὸν μὲν τοῦ Πενθίλου στόλον φθῆναι
περαιωθέντα, ἐκ τῆς Θράκης εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν, τού-
τους δὲ περὶ τὴν Λοκρίδα, καὶ τὸ Φρίκιον ὄρος
διατρῖψαι πολὺν χρόνον, ὕστερον δὲ διαβάντας
κτίσαι τὴν Κύμην τὴν Φρικωνίδα κληθεῖσαν ἀπὸ
τοῦ Λοκρικοῦ ὄρους.

4. Tév Αἰολέων τοίνυν καθ᾽ ὅλην σκεδασθέν-
των τὴν χώραν, ἣν ἔφαμεν ὑπὸ τοῦ ποιητοῦ
λέγεσθαι ρωικήν, οἱ! ὕστερον οἱ μὲν πᾶσαν
Αἰολίδα προσαγορεύουσιν, οἱ δὲ μέρος, καὶ Τροίαν

1 δ᾽, after of, Corais suggests; so the later editors.

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 3-4

all that of the Aeolians, for their colonies were
seattered throughout the whole of the country from
Cyzicené to the Caicus River, and they went on
still farther to occupy the country between the
Caicus and Hermus Rivers. In fact, the Aeolian
colonisation, they say, preceded the Ionian colonisa-
tion by four generations, but suffered delays and
took a longer time; for Orestes, they say, was the
first leader of the expedition, but he died in
Arcadia, and his son Penthilus succeeded him and
advanced as far as Thrace sixty years after the
Trojan War, about the time of the return of the
Heracleidae to the Peloponnesus; and then Arche-
laiis! the son of Penthilus led the Aeolian expedition
across to the present Cyzicené near Dascylium; and
Gras, the youngest son of Archelaiis, advanced to
the Granicus River, and, being better equipped, led
the greater part of his army across to Lesbos and
occupied it. And they add that Cleues, son of
Dorus, and Malaiis, also descendants of Agamemnon,
had collected their army at about the same time
as Penthilus, but that, whereas the fleet of Penthilus
had already crossed over from Thrace to Asia, Cleues
and Malaiis tarried a long time round Locris and
Mt. Phricius, and only later crossed over and
founded the Phryconian Cymé, so named after the
Locrian mountain.

4. The Aeolians, then, were scattered throughout
the whole of that country which, as I have said,
the poet called Trojan. As for later authorities,
some apply the name to all Aeolis, but others to
only a part of it; and some to the whole of Troy,

1 Pausanias (3.2.1) spells his name ‘‘ Kchelas.”

“ 7

STRABO

οἱ μὲν ὅλην, οἱ δὲ μέρος αὐτῆς, οὐδὲν ἕλως ἀλλή-
λοις ὁμολογοῦντες. εὐθὺς γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν
Προποντίδα τόπων ὁ μὲν Ὅμηρος ἀπὸ Αἰσήπου
τὴν ἀρχὴν ποιεῖται τῆς Τρωάδος" Εὔδοξος δὲ
ἀπὸ Πριάπου 1 καὶ ᾿Αρτάκης, τοῦ ἐν τῇ Κυξικηνῶν

0583 νήσῳ χωρίου ἀνταίροντος τῷ Πριάπῳ, συστέλλων
ἐπ᾿ ἔλαττον τοὺς ὅρους" Δαμάστης δ᾽ ἔτι μᾶλλον
συστέλλει ἀπὸ Παρίου" καὶ “γὰρ οὗτος μὲν ἕως
Λεκτοῦ προάγει, ἄλλοι δ᾽ ἄλλως" Χάρων δ᾽ ὁ
Λαμψακηνὸς τριακοσίους ἄλλους ἀφαιρεῖ στα-
δίους, ἀπὸ Πρακτίου ἀρχόμενος" τοσοῦτοι “γάρ
εἰσιν ἀπὸ Ἰ]αρίου εἰς Πράκτιον" ἕως μέντοι
᾿Αδραμυττίου πρόεισι" Σκύλαξ δὲ ὁ Καρυανδεὺς
ἀπὸ ᾿Αβύδου ἄρχεται" ὁμοίως δὲ τὴν Αἰολίδα
Ἔφορος μὲν λέγει ἀπὸ ᾿Αβύδου μέχρι Κύμης,
ἄλλοι δ᾽ ἄλλως.

5. Τοπογραφεῖ δὲ κάλλιστα τὴν ὄντως λεγο-
μένην Τροίαν ἡ τῆς “ldns θέσις, ὄρους ὑψηλοῦ
βλέποντος πρὸς δύσιν καὶ τὴν ταύτῃ θάλατταν,
μικρὰ δ᾽ ἐπιστρέφοντος * καὶ πρὸς ἄρκτον καὶ τὴν
ταύτῃ παραλίαν. ἔστι δὲ αὕτη μὲν τῆς 1 Ἰροπον-
τίδος ἀπὸ τῶν περὶ Αβυδον στενῶν ἐπὶ τὸν
Αἴσηπον καὶ τὴν Κυξζικηνήν, ἡ δ᾽ ἑσπερία θά-
λαττα ὅ τε ᾿ΕἙλλήσποντός ἐστιν 3 ὁ ἔξω καὶ τὸ
Αὐγαῖον πέλαγος. πολλοὺς δ᾽ ἔχουσα πρόποδας

1 καὶ ᾿Αρτάκης . .. Πριάπῳ, Leaf, in Journal of Hellenic
Studies, XX XVII., p. 22, would delete ; so in his Strabo on
the Troad, P. 2 (see his note on p. 47).

> ἐπιστρέφοντος Ex, ἐπιστραφέντος other MSS.

3 ὃ, before ἔξω, Kramer inserts: so the later editors,

4 ἔξω EF, ἐν ¢ other MSS.

1 Iliad 2. 824. See § 9 following.

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 4-5

but others to only a part of it, not wholly agreeing
with one another about anything. For instance, in
reference to the places on the Propontis, Homer
makes the Troad begin at the Aesepus River,!
whereas Eudoxus makes it begin at Priapus and
Artacé, the place on the island of the Cyziceni that
lies opposite Priapus,? and thus contracts the limits;
but Damastes contracts the country still more,
making it begin at Parium ; and, in fact, Damastes
prolongs the Troad to Lectum, whereas other
writers prolong it differently. Charon of Lamp-
sacus diminishes its extent by three hundred stadia
more, making it begin at Practius,3 for that is the
distance from Parium to Practius; however, he pro-
longs it to Adramyttium, Scylax of Caryanda
makes it begin at Abydus; and similarly Ephorus
says that Aeolis extends from Abydus to Cymé,
while others define its extent differently.*

5. But the topography of Troy, in the proper
sense of the term, is best marked by the position of
Mt. Ida, a lofty mountain which faces the west and
the western sea but makes a slight bend also towards
the north and the northern seaboard. This latter
is the seaboard of the Propontis, extending from
the strait in the neighbourhood of Abydus to the
Aesepus River and Cyzicené, whereas the western
sea consists of the outer Hellespont® and the
Aegaean Sea. Mt. Ida has many foot-hills, is like

2 See Leaf, Strabo on the Troad, p. 47.

3 Whether city or river (see 13. 1. 21).

4 See Leaf’s definition of the Troad (7'roy, p. 171).

5 See Leaf, Strabo on the Troad, p. 48.

5 On the aes the term Hellespont, see Book VII,
Frag. 57 (58), and Leaf (Strabo on the Troad), p. 50.

STRABO

ἡ Ἴδη καὶ σκολοπενδρώδης οὖσα τὸ σχῆμα
ἐσχάτοις ἀφορίξεται “τούτοις, τῷ τε περὶ τὴν
Ζέλειαν ἀ ἀκρωτηρίῳ καὶ τῷ καλουμένῳ Λεκτῷ, τῷ
μὲν τελευτῶντι εἰς τὴν μεσόγαιαν μικρὸν ὑπὲρ
τῆς Κυζικηνῆς" καὶ δὴ καὶ ἔστι νῦν. ἡ Ζέλεια
τῶν Κυξικηνῶν' τὸ δὲ Λεκτὸν εἰς τὸ πέλαγος
καθήκει τὸ Αἰγαῖον, ἐν παράπλῳ κείμενον τοῖς ἐκ
Τενέδου πλέουσιν εἰς Λέσβον.

Ἴδην δ᾽ ἵκανον πολυπίδακα μητέρα θηρῶν,
Λεκτόν, 6011 πρῶτον λιπέτην ἅλα

ad \ em a ς > / n A
Υπνος καὶ ἡ Hpa, τοῖς οὖσιν οἰκείως τοῦ ποιητοῦ
/ Ν / Ν ee nr Μ 3 \
φράζοντος τὸ Λεκτόν' καὶ yap ὅτι τῆς Ἴδης ἐστὶ
\ Ν \ ‘ ’ > / > /
τὸ Λεκτὸν καὶ διότι πρώτη ἀπόβασις ἐκ θαλάττης
αὕτη τοῖς ἐπὶ τὴν Ἴδην ἀνιοῦσιν, εἴρηκεν ὀρθῶς,"
καὶ τὸ πολυπίδακον' εὐυδρότατον γὰρ κατὰ ταῦτα
μάλιστα τὸ ὄρος, δηλοῖ δὲ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν
ποταμῶν,

ὅσσοι ἀπ᾽ ᾿Ιδαίων ὀρέων ἅλαδε προρέουσι,
Ῥῆσός θ᾽ ‘Emrtamopos τε

καὶ οἱ ἑξῆς, ods ἐκεῖνος εἴρηκε καὶ ἡμῖν νυνὶ
πάρεστιν ὁρᾶν. τοὺς δὴ πρόποδας τοὺς ἐσχά-
tous ἐφ᾽ ἑκάτερα φράζων οὕτως τὸ Λεκτὸν καὶ
τὴν Ζέλειαν, οἰκείως τούτων καὶ ἀκρώρειαν
ἀφορίζει Γάργαρον, ἄκρον λέγων" ὃ καὶ γὰρ νῦν

1 ὅθι, Xylander, for ὅτι; so the later editors.

2 καὶ τὸ. .. δρᾶν, ejected by Meineke.

3 κατὰ ταῦτα μάλιστα, Leaf brackets (see his note, op, cit.,
Ρ. 49).

* φράζων, Meineke, from conj. of Kramer, for ὁρᾶι.

GEOGRAPHY, 13.1.5

the scolopendra! in shape, and is defined by its
two extreme limits: by the promontory in the
neighbourhood of Zeleia and by the promontory
called Lectum, the former terminating in the interior
slightly above Cyzicené (in fact, Zeleia now belongs
to the Cyziceni), whereas Lectum extends to the
Aegaean Sea, being situated on the coasting-voyage
between Tenedos and Lesbos. When the poet says
that Hypnos and Hera “came to many-fountained
Ida, mother of wild beasts, to Lectum, where first
the two left the sea,’? he describes Lectum in
accordance with the facts; for he rightly states that
Lectum is a part of Mt. Ida, and that Lectum is the
first place of disembarkation from the sea for those
who would go up to Mt. Ida, and also that the moun-
tain is “ many-fountained,” for there in particular
the mountain is abundantly watered, as is shown by
the large number of rivers there, “all the rivers
that flow forth from the Idaean mountains to the
sea, Rhesus and Heptaporus’’? and the following,
all of which are named by the poet and are now to
be seen by us. Now while Homer thus describes
Lectum ὅ and Zeleia® as the outermost foot-hills of
Mt. Ida in either direction, he also appropriately
distinguishes Gargarus from them as a summit,
ealling it “topmost.”? And indeed at the present

1 A genus of myriapods including some of the largest

centipedes.
2 Iliad 14, 283. 8 Πίαὰ 12. 19. .
4 The Granicus, Aesepus, Scamander, and Simoeis.
5 [liad 14, 284. 6 Jliad 2. 824.

7 [liad 14, 292, 352; 15. 152.

5 λέγων, Kramer, for τέρων CFmoz, τερον D with ε above τ
man, sec., Whence ἕτερον hi and Tzschucke.
Il

STRABO

Γάργαρον ἐν τοῖς ἄνω μέρεσι τῆς ἤϊδης δείκνυται
τόπος, ἀφ᾽ οὗ τὰ νῦν Tdépyapa | TOMS Αἰολική.
ἐντὸς μὲν οὖν τῆς Ζελείας καὶ τοῦ Λεκτοῦ Ἄρῶτά
ἐστιν ἀπὸ τῆς Προποντίδος ἀρξαμένοις, τὰ μέχρι
τῶν κατ᾽ "A Budov στενῶν" εἶτ᾽ ἔξω τῆς ΠΙροπον-
τίδος τὰ μέχρι Λεκτοῦ.

Οὔδϑ4ά4 6. Κάμψαντι δὲ τὸ Λεκτὸν ἀναχεῖται κόλπος
μέγας, ὃν ἡ “Id ποιεῖ πρὸς τὴν ἤπειρον ἀναχω-
ροῦσα ἀπὸ τοῦ Λεκτοῦ καὶ αἱ Κάναι, τὸ ἐκ
θατέρου μέρους ἀντικείμενον ἀκρωτήριον σῷ
Λεκτῷ: καλοῦσι δ᾽ οἱ μὲν ᾿Ιδαῖον κόλπον, οἱ
᾿Αδραμυττηνόν. ἐν τούτῳ δὲ αἱ τῶν Αἰολέων
πόλεις μέχρι τῶν ἐκβολῶν τοῦ “Ἕρμου, καθάπερ
εἰρήκαμεν. εἴρηται δὲ ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν ὅ ὅτι τοῖς
ἐκ Βυξαντίου πλέουσι πρὸς νότον ἐπ᾽ εὐθείας
ἐστὶν ὁ πλοῦς, πρῶτον ἐπὶ “Σηστὸν καὶ “Λβυδον
διὰ μέσης τῆς Προποντίδος, ἔ ἔπειτα τῆς παραλίας *
τῆς ᾿Ασίας μέχρι Καρίας. ταύτην δὴ φυλάττον-
τας χρὴ τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ἀκούειν τῶν ἑξῆς, κἂν
λέγωμεν κόλπους τινὰς ἐν τῇ παραλίᾳ, τάς τε
ἄκρας δεῖ νοεῖν τὰς ποιούσας αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τῆς
αὐτῆς γραμμῆς κειμένας, ὥσπερ τινὸς μεσημ-
βρινῆς.

1. ‘Ex δὴ τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ ποιητοῦ λεγομένων
εἰκάξουσιν οἱ φροντίσαντες περὶ τούτων πλέον τι,
πᾶσαν τὴν παραλίαν ταύτην ὑπὸ τοῖς Τρωσὶ
γεγονέναι, διῃρημένην μὲν εἰς δυναστείας ἐννέα,

3 τά, before μέχρι, Groskurd inserts ; so the later editors,

. "ιἀναχωροῦσα EK, ἀποχωροῦσα other MSS. ; 80 Leaf.

8 τῆς παραλίας is indefensible; perhaps παρὰ τὴν παράλίαν
(Kramer).

1 See Leaf, Strabo on the Trvad, p. xliv.
12

GEOGRAPHY, 13. τ. 5-7

time people point out in the upper parts of Ida a
place called Gargarum, after which the present
Gargara, an Aeolian city, is named. Now between
Zeleia and Lectum, beginning from the Propontis,
are situated first the parts extending to the straits at
Abydus, and then, outside the Propontis, the parts
extending to Lectum,

6. On doubling Lectum one encounters a large
wide-open gulf, which is formed by Mt. Ida as it
recedes from Lectum to the mainland, and by Canae,
the promontory opposite Lectum on the other side.
Some call it the Idaean Gulf, others the Adramyt-
tene. On this gulf! are the cities of the Aeolians,
extending to the outlets of the Hermus River, as 1
have already said. I have stated in the earlier parts
of my work® that, as one sails from Byzantium
towards the south, the route lies in a straight line,
first to Sestus and Abydus through the middle of the
Propontis, and then along the coast of Asia as far as
Caria. It behooves one, then, to keep this sup-
position in mind as one listens to the following; and,
if 1 speak of certain gulfs on the coast, one must
think of the promontories which form them as lying
in the same line, a meridian-line, as it were.

7. Now as for Homer’s statements, those who
have studied the subject more carefully * conjecture
from them that the whole of this coast became
subject to the Trojans, and, though divided into
nine dynasties, was under the sway of Priam at the

# 13. 1. 2 (see Leaf’s article cited in foot-note there).

3 Strabo refers to his discussion of the meridian-line drawn
by Eratosthenes through Byzantium, Rhodes, Alexandria,
Syené, and Meroé (see 2. 5. 7 and the Frontispiece in Vol. 1).

* Strabo refers to Demetrius of Scepsis and his followers.

Β 13

STRABO

ὑπὸ δὲ τῷ Πριάμῳ τεταγμένην κατὰ τὸν Ἰλιακὸν
πόλεμον καὶ λεγομένην Τροίαν: δῆλον δὲ ἐκ τῶν
κατὰ μέρος. οἱ γὰρ περὶ τὸν ᾿Α γιλλέα τειχήρεις
‘ow J > a
ὁρῶντες τοὺς ᾿Ιλεέας Kat’ ἀρχάς, ἔξω ποιεῖσθαι
τὸν πόλεμον ἐπεχείρησαν καὶ περιιόντες ἀφαιρεῖ-
σθαι τὰ κύκλῳ"

δώδεκα δὴ σὺν νηυσὶ πόλεις ἀλάπαξ᾽ ἀνθρώ-

πων,

πεζὸς δ᾽ ἕνδεκά φημι κατὰ Τροίην ἐρίβωλον.

’ὔ Ν / \ / ”
Τροίαν yap λέγει τὴν πεπορθημένην ἤπειρον"
πεπόρθηται δὲ σὺν ἄλλοις τόποις καὶ τὰ ἀντικεί-

- 7 \ \ , \ ‘
μενα τῇ Λέσβῳ τὰ περὶ Θήβην καὶ Λυρνησσὸν
καὶ Πήδασον τὴν τῶν Λελέγων καὶ ἔτε ἡ τοῦ
Εὐρυπύλου τοῦ 'Tnrépou παιδός"

ἀλλ᾽ οἷον τὸν Τηλεφίδην κατενήρατο χαλκῷ,
ὁ Νεοπτόλεμος, ἥρω Εὐρύπυλον. ταῦτα δὴ πεπορ-
θῆσθαι λέγει καὶ αὐτὴν τὴν Λέσβον"
ὅτε Λέσβον ἐὐκτιμένην ἕλεν 1 αὐτός:
καὶ
πέρσε δὲ Λυρνησσὸν καὶ Πήδασον"
καὶ
Ν \ .
Λυρνησσὸν διαπορθήσας καὶ rei yea Θ΄ Ins.
ἐκ μὲν Λυρνησσοῦ ἡ Βρισηὶς ἑάλω
τὴν ἐκ Λυρνησσοῦ ἐξείλετο"
ἧς ἐν τῇ ἁλώσει τὸν Μύνητα 3 καὶ τὸν ᾿ἘΠππίστροφον
nq ’ὔ “ /
πεσεῖν, φησίν, ὡς ἡ Βρισηὶς θρηνοῦσα τὸν Πάτρο-
κλον δηλοῖ: )

GEOGRAPHY, 15. τ. 7

time of the Trojan War and was called Troy. And
this is clear from his detailed statements. For
instance, Achilles and his army, seeing at the outset
that the inhabitants of Ilium were enclosed by walls,
tried to carry on the war outside and, by making
raids all round, to take away from them all the
surrounding places: ‘“ Twelve cities of men I have
laid waste with my ships, and eleven, I declare, by
land throughout the fertile land of Troy.” 1 For by
“Troy ᾿᾿ he means the part of the mainland that was
sacked by him ; and, along with other places, Achilles
also sacked the country opposite Lesbos in the neigh-
bourhood of Thebé and Lyrnessus and Pedasus,? which
last belonged to the Leleges, and also the country of
Eurypylus theson of Telephus. ‘ But what aman was
that son of Telephus who was slain by him with the
bronze,’ that is, the hero Eurypylus, slain by Neopto-
lemus. Now the poet says that these places were
sacked, including Lesbos itself: “when he himself
took well-built Lesbos” ; and ‘‘he sacked Lyrnessus 4
and Pedasus”’ ;° and “ when he laid waste Lyrnessus
and the walls of Thebé.’’® It was at Lyrnessus that
Briseis was taken captive, “whom he carried away
from Lyrnessus”’;? and it was at her capture,
according to the poet, that Mynes and Epistrophus
fell, as is shown by the lament of Briseis over

1 Tliad 9. 328. 2 Iliad 20. 92.
8 Odyssey 11. 518. 4 Iliad 9. 129.
5 Iliad 20. 92. 8 Iliad 2. 691.
7 Tliad 2. 690.

1 ἕλεν, Xylander, for ἕλες ; so the later editors.
2 καὶ τὸν ’Exlorpopov, Meineke ejects.

STRABO

οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδέ μ᾽ ἔασκες, ὅτ᾽ ἄνδρ᾽ ἐμὸν ὠκὺς
᾿Αχιλλεὺς

ἔκτεινεν, πέρσεν δὲ πόλιν θείοιο Μύνητος,

κλαίειν"

C585 ἐμφαίνει γὰρ τὴν Λυρνησσὸν λέγων πόλιν θείοιο
Μύνητος, ὡς ἂν δυναστευομένην ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, καὶ
ἐνταῦθα πεσεῖν αὐτὸν μαχόμενον" ἐκ δὲ τῆς Θήβης
ἡ Χρυσηὶς ἐλήφθη"

ὠχόμεθ᾽ ἐς Θήβην ἱερὴν πόλιν ᾿Ηετίωνος"
ἐκ δὲ τῶν ἀχθέντων. ἐκεῖθέν φησιν εἶναι τὴν
Χρυσηίδα. ἐνθένδε δ᾽ ἣν καὶ ἡ ᾿Ανδρομάχη "
᾿Ανδρομάχη “θυγάτηρ μεγαλήτορος ᾿Ηετίωνος"
᾿Ηετίων, ὃς ἔναιεν ὑπὸ Πλάκῳ ὑληέσσῃ,
Θήβῃ Ὑποπλακίῃ, Κιλίκεσσ᾽ ἄνδρεσσιν ἀ ἀνάσ-
σων.

δευτέρα οὖν αὕτη δυναστεία Τρωικὴ μετὰ τὴν
ὑπὸ Μύνητι. οἰκείως δὲ τούτοις καὶ τὸ ὑπὸ τῆς
᾿Ανδρομάχης λεχθὲν οὕτως,
ἽἝκτορ, ἐγὼ δύστηνος" ἰῇ ἄρα γεινόμεθ᾽ αἴσῃ
ἀμφότεροι, σὺ μὲν ἐν Τροίῃ Πριάμου ἐνὶ οἴκῳ,
αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ Θήβησιν,
οὐκ οἴονται δεῖν ἐξ εὐθείας ἀκούειν, σὺ μὲν ἐν
Τροίῃ, αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ Θήβῃσιν ἢ ἢ Θήβηθεν,; ἀλλὰ καθ᾽
ὑπερβατόν' ἀμφότεροι ἐν Tpoin,® σὺ μὲν Πριάμου
ἐνὶ οἴκῳ, αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ Θήβησι. τρίτη δ᾽ ἐστὶν
ἡ τῶν Λελέγων, καὶ αὕτη Τρωική,

"Artew, ὃς Λελέγεσσι φιλοπτολέμοισιν ἀνάσ-
σει"
οὗ τῇ θυγατρὶ συνελθὼν Πρίαμος γεννᾷ τὸν
16

GEOGRAPHY, 13. τ. 7

Patroclus: “thou wouldst not even, not even, let
me weep when swift Achilles slew my husband and
sacked the city of divine Mynes”’;! for in calling
Lyrnessus ‘‘the city of divine Mynes” the poet
indicates that Mynes was dynast over it and that he
fell in battle there. But it was at Thebé that
Chryseis was taken captive: “ We went into Thebé,
the sacred city of Eétion” ;? and the poet says that
Chryseis was part of the spoil brought from that
place. Thence, too, came Andromaché: “ Andro-
maché, daughter of great-hearted Eétion; Eétion
who dwelt ‘neath wooded Placus in Thebé Hypo-
placia,t and was lord over the men of Cilicia,’’®
This is the second Trojan dynasty after that of
Mynes. And consistently with these facts writers
think that the following statement of Andromaché,
“Hector, woe is me! surely to one doom we were
born, both of us—thou in Troy in the house of
Priam, but I at Thebae,” ὁ should not be interpreted
strictly, 1 mean the words “thou in Troy, but I at
Thebae” (or Thebé), but as a case of hyperbaton,
meaning “both of us in Troy—thou in the house of
Priam, but I at Thebae.”” The third dynasty was
that of the Leleges, which was also Trojan: “Οἱ
Altes, who is lord over the war-loving Leleges,’”’ 7 by
whose daughter Priam begot Lycaon and Polydorus.

1 Jliad 19. 295. 2 Iliad 1. 366.

3 Iliad 1. 369. 4 The epithet means ‘‘’neath Placus.”

5. Iliad 22 477. 6 Jliad 22. 477. 7 Iliad 21. 86.
1 ἐνθένδε, . . ᾿Ανδρομάχη, found or!v in the Epitome.
2 σὺ μὲν... Θήβηθεν, Meineke ejects.

8 ἐν Τροίῃ Epitome, ἐκ Τροίης MSS.
5 1]

C 586

STRABO

Λυκάονα καὶ Πολύδωρον. καὶ μὴν οἵ ye ὑπὸ τῷ
“Ἕκτορι ἐν τῷ καταλόγῳ ταττόμενοι λέγονται
Τρῶες"
,
Τρωσὶ μὲν ἡγεμόνευε μέγας κορυθαίολος “Εἰκτωρ.
on οὖ ἘΠ ΑΓ pee
εἶθ᾽ οἱ ὑπὸ τῷ Αἰνείᾳ
Δαρδανίων ait’ ἦρχεν ἐὺς παῖς ᾿Αγχίσαο"
καὶ οὗτοι Τρῶες" φησὶ γοῦν"
Αἰνεία, Τρώων βουληφόρε.
εἶθ᾽ οἱ ὑπὸ Πανδάρῳ Λύκιοι, ods καὶ αὐτοὺς καλεῖ
Τρῶας"
οἱ δὲ Ζέλειαν ἔναιον ὑπαὶ πόδα νείατον Ἴδης,
᾿Αφνειοί, πίνοντες ὕδωρ μέλαν Αἰσήποιο,
Τρῶες" τῶν αὖτ᾽ ἦρχε Λυκάονος ἀγλαὸς υἱός,
Πάνδαρος.

σ δ᾽ “ ὃ / \ \ “ \
ἕκτη δ᾽ αὕτη δυναστεία. καὶ μὴν οἵ γε μεταξὺ
a > , rid 4 a Par Ν Ν \
τοῦ Αἰσήπου καὶ ᾿Αβύδου Τρῶες" ὑπὸ μὲν yap

““Υ ͵ > \ Ν ν»]᾽.ν .-
τῷ ᾿Ασίῳ ἐστὶ τὰ περὶ “ABudov
of δ᾽ ἄρα Ἰϊερκώτην καὶ ἸΠράκτιον ἀμφενέ-
μοντο,

καὶ Σηστὸν καὶ ΓΑ βυδὸον ἔ ἔχον καὶ δῖαν Apia Biv,
τῶν αὖθ᾽ “Tpraxidns ἦρχ᾽ "Actos"

ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ᾿Αβύδῳ μὲν υἱὸς τοῦ Ἰ]ριάμου διέτριβεν,
ἵππους νέμων, πατρῷας δηλονότι"

ἀλλ᾽ υἱὸν Ipidpoto νόθον βάλε Δημοκόωντα,

“ .} / = » δ ᾽ ͵΄ Η͂

ὅς οἱ ABuddbev ἦλθε παρ᾽ ἵππων ὠκειάων
ἐν δὲ Περκώτῃ υἱὸς Ἱκετάονος ἐβουνόμει, οὐκ
ἀλλοτρίας οὐδ᾽ οὗτος βοῦς"
18

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1.7

And indeed those who are placed under Hector in
the Catalogue are called Trojans: ‘The Trojans
were led by great Hector of the flashing helmet.” ἢ
And then come those under Aeneias: “The Dar-
danians in turn were commanded by the valiant son
of Anchises” ;* and these, too, were Trojans; at
any rate, the poet says, ‘ Aeneias, counsellor of the
Trojans.”* And then come the Lycians under
Pandarus, and these also he calls Trojans: ‘“ And
those who dwelt in Zeleia beneath the nethermost
foot of Ida, Aphneii,* who drink the dark water of
the Aesepus, Trojans; these in turn were commanded
by Pandarus, the glorious son of Lycaon,”> And
this was the sixth dynasty. And indeed those who
lived between the Aesepus River and Abydus were
Trojans ; for not only were the parts round Abydus
subject to Asius, ‘‘and they who dwelt about Percoté
and Practius® and held Sestus and Abydus and
goodly Arisbé *“—these in turn were commanded by
Asius the son of Hyrtacus,’® but a son of Priam
lived at Abydus, pasturing mares, clearly his father’s :
* But he smote Democodén, the bastard son of Priam,
for Priam had come from Abydus from his swift
mares” ;® while in Percoté a son of Hicetaon was
pasturing kine, he likewise pasturing kine that

' [liad 2. 816. 2 Iliad 2. 819.

3 [liad 20. 83.

* Aphneii is now taken merely as an adjective, meaning
*‘wealthy”” men, but Strabo seems to concur in the belief
that the people in question were named ‘ Aphneii” after
Lake ‘‘ Aphnitis” (see 13. 1. 9).

§ Iliad 2, 824.

5 Whether city or river (see 13. 1. 21).

7 On Arisbé, see Leaf, Troy, 193 ff.

8 Iliad 2. 835. ¥ Lliud 4. 499,

STRABO

πρῶτον δ᾽ ‘Ixketaovidny ἐνένιπεν }
ἴφθιμον Μελάνιππον" ὁ δ᾽ ὄφρα μὲν εἰλίποδας
βοῦς
’ 81 ,
Book’ ἐν ἸΪερκώτη"
ὥστε καὶ αὕτη ἂν εἴη Τρωὰς καὶ ἡ ἐφεξῆς ἕως
᾿Αδραστείας" ἦρχον γὰρ αὐτῆς

υἷε δύω Μέροπος Περκωσίου.

πάντες μὲν δὴ Τρῶες οἱ ἀπὸ ᾿Αβύδου μέχρι, ᾿Αδρα-
στείας, δίχα μέντοι διῃρημένοι, οἱ μὲν ὑπὸ τῷ
᾿Ασίῳ, οἱ δ᾽ ὑπὸ τοῖς Μεροπίδαις" καθάπερ καὶ ἡ
τῶν Κιλίκων διττή, ἡ μὲν Θηβαϊκή, ἡ ἡ δὲ Λυρνησ-
σίς" ἐν αὐτῇ " δ᾽ ἂν λεχθείη ἡ ὑπὸ Εὐρυπύλῳ
ἐφεξῆς οὖσα τῇ Λυρνησσίδι. ὅτι δὲ τούτων
ἁπάντων ἦρχεν ὁ Πρίαμος, οἱ τοῦ ᾿Αχιλλέως
λόγοι πρὸς τὸν ἸΤρίαμον σαφῶς ἐμφανίξουσι"

καί σε, γέρον, τὸ πρὶν μὲν ἀκούομεν ὄλβιον

εἶναι,

ὅσσον Λέσβος ἄνω Μάκαρος πόλις ἐντὸς
ἐέργει,

καὶ Φρυγίη καθύπερθε, καὶ “Ελλήσποντος
2
ἀπείρων.

1 ἐνένιπεν, Kramer, for ἔννεπεν x, ἐνέειπεν other MSS.

2 For ἐν αὐτῇ, Madvig conj. ἐνάτῃ.

3 After ἀπείρων Miiller-Diibner add another line (546) from
Homer, τῶν σε, γέρον, πλυύτῳ τε καὶ υἱάσι φασὶ κεκάσθαι, as
eS ὃ to the sense; so Leaf (Strabo oa the Troad, pp. 6
and 57).

1 7.e. the kine belonged to Priam. This son of Hicetaon,
a kinsman of Hector (/diad 15. 545), ‘dwelt in the house of
Priam, who honoured him eyually with his own children’
(Iliad 15. 551).

GEOGRAPHY, 13.1.7

' belonged to no other:* “And first he rebuked
mighty Melanippus the son of Hicetaon, who until
this time had been wont to feed the kine of
shambling gait in Percoté”;* so that this country
would be a part of the Troad, as also the next
country after it as far as Adrasteia, for the leaders of “
the latter were “the two sons of Merops of Per-
coté.”3 Accordingly, the people from Abydus to
Adrasteia were all Trojans, although they were
divided into two groups, one under Asius and the
other under the sons of Merops, just as Cilicia? also
was divided into two parts, the Theban Cilicia and
the Lyrnessian ;° but one might include in the Lyr-
nessian Cilicia the territory subject to Eurypylus,
which lay next to the Lyrnessian Cilicia.6 But that
Priam was ruler of these countries, one and all, is
clearly indicated by Achilles’ words to Priam: “ And
of thee, old sire, we hear that formerly thou wast
blest; how of all that is enclosed by Lesbos, out at
sea, city of Macar, and by Phrygia in the upland,
and by the boundless Hellespont.” 7

2 Iliad 15. 546. 3 Tliad 2. 831.

4 The Trojan Cilicia (see 13. 1. 70).

5 See 13. 1. 60-61.

® The eight dynasties were (1) that of Mynes, (2) that of
Eétion, (3) that of Altes, (4) that of Hector, (5) that of Aeneias,
(6) that of Pandarus, (7) that of Asius, and (8) that of the two
sons of Merops. If, however, there were nine dynasties (see
13. 1. 2), we may assume that the ninth was that of Eury-
pylus (see 13. 1. 70), unless, as Choiseul—Gouffier (Voyage
Pittoresque de la Gréce, vol. ii, cited by Gossellin) think, it
was that of the island of Lesbos.

1 Iliad 24, 543. The quotation is incomplete without
the following words of Homer: “‘o’er all these, old sire,
thou wast pre-eminent, they say, because of thy wealth and
thy sons.”

C 587

STRABO

8. Τότε μὲν οὖν τοιαῦτα ὑπῆρχεν, ὕστερον δὲ
ἠκολούθησαν μεταβολαὶ παντοῖαι. τὰ μὲν γὰρ
περὶ Κύξικον Φρύγες ἐπᾳ Kno av ἕως Πρακτίου, τὰ
δὲ περὶ "Αβυδον Θρᾷκες: ἔτι δὲ πρότερον τούτων
ἀμφοῖν Βέβρυκες καὶ 'Δρύοπες" τὰ δ᾽ ἑξῆς Τρῆρες,
καὶ οὗτοι Θρᾷκες" τὸ δὲ Θήβης πεδίον Λυδοί, οἱ
τότε Μῴύονες, καὶ Μυσῶν. οἱ περιγενόμενοι τῶν
ὑπὸ Τηλέφῳ πρότερον καὶ Τεύθραντι. οὕτω δὴ
τοῦ ποιητοῦ τὴν Αἰολίδα καὶ τὴν Τροίαν εἰς év
συντιθέντος, καὶ τῶν Αἰολέων τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ
” Eppov πᾶσαν μέχρι τῆς κατὰ Κύξικον παραλίας
κατασ όντων καὶ πόλεις κτισάντων, οὐδ᾽ ἂν
ἡμεῖς ἀτόπως περιοδεύσαιμεν, εἰς ταὐτὸ συντι-
θέντες 5 τήν τε Αἰολίδα νῦν ἰδίως λεγομένην. τὴν
ἀπὸ τοῦ “Ἕρμου μέχρι Λεκτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἐφεξῆς
μέχρι τοῦ Αἰσήπου" ἐν γὰρ τοῖς καθ᾽ ἕκαστα
διακρινοῦμεν πάλιν, παρατιθέντες ἅμα τοῖς νῦν
οὖσι τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ ποιητοῦ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων λεγόμενα.

9. Ἔστιν οὖν μετὰ τὴν τῶν Κυξικηνῶν πόλιν
καὶ τὸν Αἴσηπον ἀρχὴ τῆς Τρωάδος καθ᾽ “Ὅμηρον.
λέγει δ᾽ ἐκεῖνος μὲν οὕτω hes αὐτῆς"

οἱ δὲ Ζέλειαν ἔναιον ὑπαὶ πόδα νείατον Ἴδης
᾿Αφνειοί, πίνοντες ὕδωρ μέλαν Αἰσήποιο,

n “ > 9 / ᾽ \ er
Τρῶες: τῶν αὖθ᾽ ἦρχε Λυκάονος ἀγλαὸς υἱός,
Πάνδαρος.

τούτους δὲ ἐκάλει καὶ Λυκίους" ᾿Αφνειοὺς δὲ ἀπὸ

1 For Δρύοπες Leaf conj. Δολίονες.
2 EFmaxz have συνθέντες.

1 Leaf (Strabo on the ΝΣ p. 61) makes a strong case for
emending ‘* Dryopes” to ‘‘Doliones,” but leaves the Greek

text (p. 7) unchanged.
22

GEOGRAPHY, 13. τ. 8-9

8. Now such were the conditions at the time of
the Trojan War, but all kinds of changes followed
later; for the parts round Cyzicus as far as the
Practius were colonised by Phrygians, and those
round Abydus by Thracians; and still before these
two by Bebryces and Dryopes.1_ And the country
that lies next was colonised by the Treres, themselves
also Thracians ; and the Plain of Thebé by Lydians,
then called Maeonians, and by the survivors of the
Mysians who had formerly been subject to Telephus
and Teuthras. So then, since the poet combines
Aeolis and Troy, and since the Aeolians held
possession of all the country from the Hermus
River® to the seaboard at Cyzicus, and founded
their cities there, I too might not be guilty of de-
scribing them wrongly if I combined Aeolis, now
properly so called, extending from the Hermus
River to Lectum, and the country next after it,
extending to the Aesepus River; for in my detailed
treatment of the two, | shall distinguish them again,
setting forth, along with the facts as they now are,
the statements of Homer and others.

9. According to Homer, then, the Troad begins
after the city of the Cyziceni and the Aesepus River.
And he so speaks of it: ‘And those who dwelt in
Zeleia beneath the nethermost foot of Ida, Aphneii,?
who drink the dark water of the Aesepus, Trojans;
these in turn were commanded by Pandarus the
glorious son of Lycaon.’* These he also calls
Lycians.® And they are thought to have been

2 See 13. 1. 1, and p. 40 of Leaf’s first article cited in foot-
note there.

8 See foot-note on Aphneii in 13. 1. 7.

ὁ Jliad 2, 824. 5 See 13. 1. 7.

STRABO

τῆς ᾿Αφνίτιδος νομίζουσι λίμνης" Kal yap οὕτω
καλεῖται ἡ Δασκυλῖτις.

10. Ἡ μὲν δὴ Ζέλεια ἐν τῇ παρωρείᾳ τῇ
ὑστάτῃ τῆς Ἴδης ἐστίν, ἀπέχουσα Κυζίκου μὲν
σταδίους ἐνενήκοντα καὶ ἑκατόν, τῆς δ᾽ ἐγγυτάτω
θαλάττης, καθ᾽ ἣν ἐκδίδωσιν Αἴσηπος, ὅσον
ὀγδοήκοντα. ἐπιμερίξει δὲ συνεχῶς τὰ κατὰ τὴν
παραλίαν τὴν μετὰ τὸν Αἴσηπον"

οἱ δ᾽ ᾿Αδρήστειάν T εἶχον καὶ δῆμον ᾿Απαισοῦ,

καὶ Πιτύαν εἶχον Kai Τηρείης ὄρος αἰπύ,

τῶν ἦρχ᾽ ᾿Αδρηστός τε καὶ "Αμφιος λινοθώμηξ,

υἷε δύω Μέροπος Ἰ]ερκωσίου.

nan \ ἈΝ / »“ἅ / \ 6 ,
ταῦτα δὲ Ta χωρία τῇ Zereia μὲν ὑποπέπτωκε,
ἔχουσι δὲ Κυξικηνοί τε καὶ ἸΠριαπηνοὶ μέχρι καὶ
τῆς παραλίας. περὶ μὲν οὖν τὴν Ζέλειαν ὁ
Τάρσιός ἐστι ποταμός, εἴκοσιν ἔχων διαβάσεις

lal a « “) «ς
τῇ αὐτῇ ὁδῷ, καθάπερ ὁ ‘Ertdropos, ὅν φησιν ὁ
« » ’ὔ
ποιητής" 3 ὁ δ᾽ ἐκ Νικομηδείας εἰς Νίκαιαν τέτ-
\ v ‘ \ Εν , >
Tapas Kal εἴκοσι, πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ ὁ ἐκ Φολόης εἰς
/ ,
τὴν Ἠλείαν. .. Σκάρθων πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι,

1 πιτύειαν ἔχον is the reading of the Homeric MSS., but see
Πίτυα in § 15 below.
25658 ἐκ. .. Ταύρου, Meineke ejects,

1 On the site of Zeleia, see Leaf, Strabo on the Troad, p. 66.

2 Tliad 2. 828.

8 The places in question appear to have belonged to
Zeleia. Leaf (op. cit., p. 65) translates: ‘‘are commanded by
Zeleia” ; but the present translator is sure that, up to the
present passage, Strabo has always used ὑποπίπτω in a purely
geographical sense (¢.g., cf. 9. 1. 15, and especially 12. 4.
6, where Strabo makes substantially the same statement

ἴδω

Sere" νὰ...

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 9-10

called “ Aphneii” after Lake “ Aphnitis,” for Lake
Dascylitis is also called by that name.

10. Now Zeleia! is situated on the farthermost
foot-hill of Mt. Ida, being one hundred and ninety
stadia distant from Cyzicus and about eighty stadia
from the nearest part of the sea, where the Aesepus
empties. And the poet mentions severally, in con-
tinuous order, the places that lie along the coast
after the Aesepus River: ‘‘And they who held
Adrasteia and the land of Apaesus, and held Pityeia
and the steep mountain of Tereia—these were led
by Adrastus and Amphius of the linen corslet, the
two sons of Merops of Percoté.”? These places lie
below Zeleia,? but they are occupied by Cyziceni and
Priapeni even as far as the coast. Now near Zeleia
is the Tarsius River, which is crossed twenty times
by the same road, like the Heptaporus River,® which
is mentioned by the poet.* And the river that flows
from Nicomedeia into Nicaea is crossed twenty-four
times, and the river that flows from Pholoé into the
Eleian country? is crossed mnany times . . . Scarthon
twenty-five times,’ and the river that flows from the

concerning Zeleia as in the present passage). But see Leaf’s
note (op. cit.), p. 67.

4 On this river see Leaf, work last cited, p. 67.

5 Strabo does not mean that the Heptaporus was crossed
twenty times. The name itself means the river of ‘‘ seven
fords” (or ferries).

6 liad 12. 20.

7 7.¢e. Elis, in the Peloponnesus,

8 The text is corrupt; and ‘‘Scarthon,” whether it applies
to a river or a people, is otherwise unknown. However, this
whole passage, ‘‘ And the river that flows from Nicomedeia
. . . crossed seventy-five times,” appears to be a gloss, and
is ejected from the text by Kramer and Meineke (see Leaf’s
Strabo and the Troad, p. 65, note 4),

2
VOL, VI. ἘΒ 5

STRABO

πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ ὁ ἐκ Κοσκινίων eis ᾿Αλάβανδα,
πέντε δὲ καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα ὁ ἐκ Τυάνων εἰς Σόλους
διὰ τοῦ Ταύρου.

11, Ὑπὲρ δὲ τῆς ἐκβολῆς τοῦ Αἰσήπου σχεδόν
TL...) σταδίοις κολωνός ἐστιν, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ τάφος
δείκνυται Μέμνονος τοῦ Τιθωνοῦ" πλησίον δ᾽ ἐστὶ
καὶ ἡ Μέμνονος κώμη. τοῦ δὲ Δίσήπου καὶ τοῦ
Πριάπου μεταξὺ ὁ Τράνικος ῥεῖ, τὰ πολλὰ δι᾽
᾿Αδραστείας πεδίου, ἐφ’ ᾧ ᾿Αλέξανδρος τοὺς
Δαρείου σατράπας ἀνὰ κράτος ἐνίκησε συμβαλών,
καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ἐντὸς τοῦ Ταύρου καὶ τοῦ Εὐφρά-
του παρέλαβεν. ἐπὶ δὲ Γρανίκῳ πόλις ἦν Σιδηνή,
χώραν ἔχουσα πολλὴν ὁμώνυμον, κατέσπασται
δὲ νῦν. ἐν δὲ τῇ μεθορίᾳ τῆς Κυξζικηνῆς καὶ τῆς
Πριαπηνῆς ἐστὶ ta “Αρπάγια 3 τόπος, ἐξ οὗ τὸν
Γανυμήδην μυθεύουσιν ἡρπάχθαι' ἄλλοι δὲ περὶ
Δαρδάνιον ἄκραν, πλησίον Δαρδάνου.

12. Πρίαπος δ᾽ ἐστὶ πόλις ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ καὶ
λιμήν" κτίσμα δ᾽ οἱ μὲν Μιλησίων φασίν, οἵπερ
καὶ “ABvdov καὶ Ilpoxovyncov συνῴκισαν κατὰ
τὸν αὐτὸν καιρόν, οἱ δὲ Κυξικηνῶν" ἐπώνυμος δ᾽
ἐστὶ τοῦ Πριάπου τιμωμένου παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς, eit ἐξ
᾿Ορνεῶν τῶν περὶ Κόρινθον μετενηνεγμένου τοῦ
ἱεροῦ, εἴτε τῷ λέγεσθαι Διονύσου καὶ νύμφης τὸν
θεὸν ὁρμησάντων ἐπὶ τὸ τιμᾶν αὐτὸν τῶν ἀνθρώ-
πων, ἐπειδὴ σφόδρα εὐάμπελός ἐστιν ἡ χώρα καὶ

1 After τὶ there is a lacuna in the MSS. except Fi, ὁ read-
ing ἐν εἴκοσι.

3 “Αρπάγια, the spelling in Stephanus ; ‘Apméyeu F, ‘Apza-
xera (unaccented) D, ‘Apraxeia other MSS.

1 The number of stadia has fallen out of the MSS.
26

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 10-12

country of the Coscinii into Alabanda is crossed
many times, and the river that flows from Tyana
into Soli through the Taurus is crossed seventy-five
times.

11. About . . .1 stadia above the outlet of the
Aesepus River is a hill, where is shown the tomb of
Memnon, son of Tithonus; and near by is the village
of Memnon. The Granicus River flows between the
Aesepus River and Priapus, mostly through the plain
of Adrasteia,2 where Alexander utterly defeated
the satraps of Dareius in battle, and gained the
whole of the country inside the Taurus and the Eu-
phrates River. And on the Granicus was situated
the city Sidené, with a large territory of the same
name; but it is now in ruins. On the boundary
between the territory of Cyzicus and that of Priapus
is a place called Harpagia,? from which, according
to some writers of myths, Ganymede was snatched,
though others say that he was snatched in the
neighbourhood of the Dardanian Promontory, near
Dardanus.

12. Priapus‘ is a city on the sea, and also a harbour.
Some say that it was founded by Milesians, who at
the same time also colonised Abydus and Proconnesus,
whereas others say that it was founded by Cyziceni.
It was named after Priapus, who was worshipped
there; then his worship was transferred thither from
Orneae near Corinth, or else the inhabitants felt an
impulse to worship the god because he was called
the son of Dionysus and a nymph; for their country
is abundantly supplied with the vine, both theirs

* See Leaf, work last cited, p. 70.
8. The root harpag means ‘‘snatch away.”
* On the site of Priapus, see Leaf, p. 73.

C 588

STRABO

ef ‘ ΦΝ .2 a “ Ψ a Π a
αὕτη καὶ 71 ἐφεξῆς ὅμορος ἥ τε τῶν Παριανῶν
καὶ ἡ τῶν Λαμψακηνῶν" ὁ γοῦν Ἐέρξης τῷ Θεμιοσ-

r > 3 » \ / > /
τοκλεῖ εἰς οἶνον ἔδωκε τὴν Λάμψακον. ἀπεδείχθη
δὲ θεὸς οὗτος ὑπὸ τῶν νεωτέρων' οὐδὲ yap
ς lal -“

Ησίοδος οἷδε Πρίαπον, ἀλλ᾽ ἔοικε τοῖς ᾿Αττικοῖς
Ὀρθάνῃ καὶ Κονισάλῳ καὶ Τύχωνι καὶ τοῖς
τοιούτοις.

13. ᾿Εκαλεῖτο δ᾽ ἡ χώρα αὕτη ᾿Αδράστεια καὶ
᾿Αδραστείας πεδίον, κατὰ ἔθος τι οὕτω λεγόντων

Ἁ > \ / “ «ς \ / | ,
τὸ αὐτὸ χωρίον διττῶς, ὡς καὶ Θήβην καὶ Θήβης
πεδίον, καὶ Μυγδονίαν καὶ Μυγδονίας πεδίον.
φησὶ δὲ 3 Καλλισθένης ἀπὸ ᾿Αδράστου βασιλέως,
ὃς πρῶτος Νεμέσεως ἱερὸν ἱδρύσατο, καλεῖσθαι
᾿Αδράστειαν. ἡ μὲν οὖν πόλις μεταξὺ Πριάπου
καὶ Παρίου, ἔχουσα ὑποκείμενον πεδίον ἐπώνυμον,
> <a \ a 9 > ΄ “ ΄ \
ἐν ᾧ καὶ μαντεῖον ἦν ᾿Απόλλωνος ᾿Ακταίου καὶ
“a / ὃ \ \ 3 > δὲ Π / Ἢ

ρτέμιδος κατὰτὴν ... . 3 εἰς δὲ Πάριον μετὴ
νέχθη πᾶσα ἡ κατασκευὴ καὶ λιθία 4 κατα-
σπασθέντος τοῦ ἱεροῦ, καὶ ὠκοδομήθη ἐν τῷ Παρίῳ
βωμός, Ἑ). ρμοκρέοντος ἔργον, πολλῆς μνήμης
ἄξιον κατὰ TO” μέγεθος καὶ κάλλος" τὸ δὲ μαντεῖον
> , 6 , \ δὲ! , > a
ἐξηλείφθη, καθάπερ καὶ τὸ ἐν Ζελείᾳφ. ἐνταῦθα

\ = vey tether arars ΄ , FOL OA
μὲν οὖν οὐδὲν ἱερὸν ᾿Αδραστείας δείκνυται, οὐδὲ δὴ

1 ἡ, Meineke inserts.

2 «al, before Καλλισθένης, Corais and Meineke omit.

3 κατὰ τὴν Πυκάτην (omitted by Ca), after ᾿Αρτέμιδος, is
corrupt ; κατὰ τὴν τύκατιν Dhi; κατὰ τὴν ἐπακτίαν, conj. Voss
on Scylax, p. 85; κατὰ τὴν ἀκτήν, conj. Berkel on Stephanus,
s.v. ᾿Ακτή (Kramer approving); κατὰ τὴν πυμάτην ἀκτήν,
Groskurd; κατὰ τὴν Πακτύην, conj. Meineke; κατὰ τὴν
Πιτυᾶτιν, conj. Corais.

4 λιθία, Meineke emends to λιθεία.

5 Instead of τό moxz read τε; so Corais and Meineke,

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 12-13

and the countries which border next upon it, I mean
those of the Pariani and the Lampsaceni. At any
rate, Xerxes gave Lampsacus to Themistocles to
supply him with wine. But it was by people of later
times that Priapus was declared a god, for even
Hesiod does not know of him; and he resembles
the Attic deities Orthané, Conisalus, Tychon, and
others like them.

13. This country was called “ Adrasteia” + and
Plain of Adrasteia,’ in accordance with a custom
whereby people gave two names to the same place, as
“Thebé” and “ Plain of Thebé,” and “ Mygdonia”’
and “ Plain of Mygdonia.” According to Callisthenes,
among others, Adrasteia was named after King
Adrastus, who was the first to found a temple of
Nemesis. Now the city is situated between Priapus
and Parium; and it has below it a plain that is
named after it, in which there was an oracle of
Apollo Actaeus and Artemis. .. .2 But when the
temple was torn down, the whole of its furnishings
and stone-work were transported to Parium, where
was built an altar,? the work of Hermocreon, very
remarkable for its size and beauty; but the oracle
was abolished like that at Zeleia. Here, however,
there is no temple of Adrasteia, nor yet of Nemesis,

1 On the site of Adrasteia, see Leaf, p. 77.

3 Three words in the Greek text here are corrupt. Strabo
may have said that this temple was “on the shore,” or ‘‘in
the direction of Pityeia” (the same as Pitya; see § 15 follow-
ing), or “in the direction of Pactyé” (see critical note).

; ge altar was a stadium (about 600 feet) in length
(10. 5. 7).

8 ἐξηλείφθη is emended by Miiller-Diibner and Meineke to
ἐξελείφθη.

᾿ 49

STRABO

Νεμέσεως, περὶ δὲ Κύξικόν ἐστιν᾽ Ἀδραστείας ἱερόν.
᾿Αντίμαχος δ᾽ οὕτω φησίν"

ἔστι δέ τις Νέμεσις μεγάλη θεός, ἣ τάδε πάντα

πρὸς μακάρων ἔλαχεν: βωμὸν δέ οἱ εἵσατο

πρῶτος

Αδρηστος ποταμοῖο παρὰ ῥόον Αἰσήποιο,

ἔνθα τετίμηταί τε καὶ ᾿Αδρήστεια καλεῖται.

14. "ἔστι δὲ καὶ τὸ Πάριον πόλις ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ,
λιμένα ἔχουσα μείζω τῆς Πριάπου, καὶ ηὐξημένη
γε ἐκ ταύτης" θεραπεύοντες γὰρ οἱ Παριανοὶ
τοὺς ᾿Ατταλεκούς, ὑφ᾽ οἷς ἐτέτακτο ἡ Πρια-
πηνή, πολλὴν αὐτῆς ἀπετέμοντο, ἐπιτρεπόντων
ἐκείνων. ἐνταῦθα μυθεύουσι τοὺς ᾿Οφιογενεῖς
συγγένειάν τινᾶ ἔχειν πρὸς τοὺς ὄφεις" φασὶ δ᾽
αὐτῶν τοὺς ἄρρενας τοῖς ἐχιοδήκτοις ἄκος εἶναι
συνεχῶς ἐφαπτομένους, ὥσπερ, τοὺς ἐπῳδούς,
πρῶτον μὲν τὸ πελίωμα εἰς ἑαυτοὺς μεταφέροντας,
εἶτα καὶ τὴν φλεγμονὴν παύοντας καὶ τὸν πόνον.
μυθεύουσι δὲ τὸν ἀρχηγέτην τοῦ γένους ἥρωά τινα
ἐξ ὄφεως μεταβαλεῖν" τάχα δὲ τῶν Ψύλλων τις
ἣν τῶν Διβυκῶν, εἰς δὲ τὸ γένος διέτεινεν ἡ
δύναμις μέχρι ποσοῦ. κτίσμα δ᾽ ἐστὶ τὸ ΙΙάριον
Μιλησίων καὶ ᾿Ερυθραίων καὶ Παρίων.

15. [litva! δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἐν Πιτυοῦντι τῆς Παριανῆς,

1 Instead of Πίτυα, the Epitome, following the Homeric
MSS. (see ὃ 10 above), reads Πιτύεια.

1 A not uncommon appellation of the gods.

® Note the variant spelling of the name,

8 «<Serpent-born.”’

4 See Leaf, work last cited, p. 85. 5 See 17. 1. 44.

6 See Fraser, Totemism and Eico gamy, 1. 20, 2.54 and 4. 178.
7 According to the Scholiast on Apollonius Rhodius (1.

GEOGRAPHY, 13. τ. 13-15

to be seen, although there is a temple of Adrasteia
near Cyzicus. Antimachus says as follows: “There
is a great goddess Nemesis, who has obtained as her
portion all these things from the Blessed.t_ Adrestus?
was the first to build an altar to her beside the
stream of the Aesepus River, where she is worshipped
under the name of Adresteia.”

14. The city Parium is situated on the sea; it hasa
larger harbour than Priapus, and its territory has been
increased at the expense of Priapus; for the Parians
eurried favour with the Attalic kings, to whom
the territory of Priapus was subject, and by their
permission cut off for themselves a large part of that
territory. Here is told the mythical story that the
Ophiogeneis® are akin to the serpent tribe;* and
they say that the males of the Ophiogeneis cure
snake-bitten people by continuous stroking, after the
manner of enchanters, first transferring the livid
colour to their own bodies and then stopping both
the inflammation and the pain. According to the
myth, the original founder of the tribe, a certain
hero, changed from a serpent into a man, Perhaps
he was one of the Libyan Psylli,® whose power per-
sisted in his tribe for a certain time.*- Parium was
founded by Milesians and Erythraeans and Parians.

15. Pitya? is in Pityus in the territory of Parium,

933), cited by Leaf (Troy, p. 187), ‘‘ Laimpsacus was formerly
called Pityeia, or, as others spell it, Pitya. Some say that
Phrixus stored his treasure there and that the city was
named after the treasure, for the Thracian word for treasure
is ‘ pitye’” (but cf. the Greek word “ pitys,” “‘ pine tree”).
Strabo, however, places Pitya to the east of Parium, whereas
Lampsacus lies to the west (see Leaf, /.c., pp. 185 ff.; and his
Strabo on the Troad, p. 87). In § 18 (following) Strabo says
that ‘‘ Lampsacus was formerly called Pityussa.”

" 31

STRABO

ὑπερκείμενον ἔχουσα πιτυῶδες ὄρος" μεταξὺ δὲ

κεῖται Lapiov καὶ ἸΙριάπου κατὰ Λῖνον, χωρίον
e

ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ, ὅπου οἱ Λινούσιοι κοχλίαι ἄριστοι

τῶν πάντων ἁλίσκονται.

16. Ἐν δὲ τῷ παράπλῳ τῷ ἀπὸ Παρίου εἰς
Πρίαπον ἥ τε παλαιὰ Προκόννησός ἐστι καὶ ἡ
νῦν ἸΠροκόννησος, πόλιν ἔχουσα καὶ μέταλλον

uf le] ‘ ’ > 4 \ an

C589 μέγα λευκοῦ λίθου σφόδρα ἐπαινούμενον" τὰ γοῦν
κάλλιστα τῶν ταύτῃ πόλεων ἔργα, ἐν δὲ τοῖς
πρῶτα! τὰ ἐν Κυζίκῳ, ταύτης ἐστὶ τῆς λίθου.
ἐντεῦθέν ἐστιν ᾿Αριστέας," ὁ ποιητὴς τῶν ᾽Αρι-
μασπείων καλουμένων ἐπῶν, ἀνὴρ γόης, εἴ τις
ἄλλος.

11. Τὸ δὲ Τηρείης * ὄρος οἱ μὲν τὰ ἐν Πειρωσσῷ
Μ ‘ a » « A ,
ὄρη φασίν, ἃ ἔχουσιν ot Κυζικηνοὶ τῇ Ζελείᾳ
προσεχῆ, ἐν οἷς βασιλικὴ θήρα κατεσκεύαστο

a . \ 0 “ ‘ δ Νὰ δίων
τοῖς Λυδοῖς, καὶ Πέρσαις ὕστερον" οἱ δ᾽ ἀπὸ
τετταράκοντα σταδίων Λαμψάκου δεικνύουσι

, »"».}» Φ \ al e U > [2
λόφον, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ Μητρὸς θεῶν ἱερὸν ἐστιν ἅγιον,
Tnpeins * ἐπικαλούμενον.

18. Καὶ ἡ Λαμψακος δ᾽ ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ πόλις
ἐστὶν εὐλίμενος καὶ ἀξιόλογος, συμμένουσα καλῶς,

ὥσπερ καὶ ἡ ᾿Αβυδος" διέχει δ᾽ αὐτῆς ὅσον
1 πρῶτα, Corais, for πρῶτον ; so the later editors.
2 ᾿Αριστέας, Casaubon, for ᾿Αρισταῖος ; so the later editors.
3 πηρείης, in margin of Εἰ, for ῥείης C, τῆς peins other

MSS.

4 Τηρείης, the editors, for τῆς ῥείης.

1 Leaf (1.6.) translates, ‘‘ hill shaped like a pine tree,”
adding (p. 187) that ‘‘ the resemblance to a pine tree, so far
as my personal observation went, means no more than that
the hill slopes gently up to a rounded top.” However, the
Greek adjective probably means in the present passage

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 15-18

lying below a pine-covered mountain ;! and it lies
between Parium and Priapus in the direction of
Linum, a place on the seashore, where are caught
the Linusian snails, the best in the world.

16. On the coasting-voyage from Parium to
Priapus lie both the old Proconnesus and the present
Proconnesus, the latter having a city and also a great
quarry of white marble that is very highly com-
mended; at any rate, the most beautiful works of
art? in the cities of that part of the world, and
especially those in Cyzicus, are made of this marble.
Aristeas was a Proconnesian—the author of the

Arimaspian Epic, as it is called—a charlatan if ever

there was one.®

17. As for “the mountain of Tereia,’ * some say
that it is the range of mountains in Peirossus which
are occupied by the Cyziceni and are adjacent to
Zeleia, where a royal hunting-ground was arranged
by the Lydians, and later by the Persians;* but
others point out a hill forty stadia from Lampsacus,
on which there is a temple sacred to the mother of
the gods, entitled “ Tereia’s’”’ temple.

18. Lampsacus,® also, is a city on the sea, a
notable city with a good harbour, and still flourishing,
like Abydus. It is about one hundred and seventy

**pine-covered ” (cf. the use of the same adjective iu 8. 6. 22,
where it applies to a sacred precinct on the Isthmus of
Corinth).

2 i.e. buildings, statues, and other marble structures (see
5. 2. 5and 5. 3. 8, and the foot-notes on ‘‘ works of art’).

3 See 1. 2. 10, and Herodotus, 4. 13.

4 The mountain mentioned in Iliad 2. 829.

. Xenophon (Hellenica 4. 1, 15) speaks of royal hunting-
grounds, ‘‘some in enclosed parks, others in open regions.’

® Now Lapsaki. On the site, see Leaf, p. 92.

33
B2

STRABO

ἑβδομήκοντα καὶ ἑκατὸν σταδίους" ἐκαλεῖτο δὲ
πρότερον Πιτυοῦσσα, καθάπερ καὶ τὴν Χίον
φασίν' ἐν δὲ τῇ περαίᾳϊ τῆς Χερρονήσου πο-
λίχνιόν spre Καλλίπολις" κεῖται δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀκτῆς,
ἐκκειμένη3 πολὺ πρὸς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν κατὰ τὴν
Λαμψακηνῶν πόλιν, ὥστε τὸ δίαρμα μὴ πλέον
εἶναι τετταράκοντα σταδίων.

19. Ἔν δὲ τῷ μεταξὺ Λαμψάκου καὶ Παρίου
Παισὸς ἢ ἣν πόλις καὶ ποταμός: κατέσπασται a
ἡ πόλις" οἱ δὲ Παισηνοὶ μετῴκησαν εἰς Λάμψα-
κον, Μιλησίων ὄντες ἄποικοι καὶ αὐτοί, καθώπερ
καὶ οἱ Λαμψακηνοί: ὁ δὲ ποιητὴς εἴρηκεν ἀμφο-
τέρως, καὶ προσθεὶς τὴν πρώτην συλλαβήν,

\ n ? a
καὶ δῆμον ᾿Απαισοῦ,
\ > ,
καὶ ἄφελων,
΄ eo, => *.¢ a
ὅς p evi Ilato@
ναῖε πολυκτήμων.
καὶ ὁ ποταμὸς νῦν οὕτω καλεῖται. Μιλησίων δ᾽
᾽ ‘ e \ « € \ 4 > a
εἰσὶ καὶ αἱ Kodwval ai ὑπὲρ Λαμψάκου ἐν τῇ
μεσογαίᾳ τῆς Λαμψακηνῆς" ἄλλαι δ᾽ εἰσὶν ἐπὶ
τῇ ἐκτὸς Ἑλλησποντίᾳ θαλάττῃ, Ἰλίου διέχουσαι
σταδίους τετταράκοντα πρὸς τοῖς ἑκατόν" ἐξ ὧν
τὸν Κύκνον φασίν. ᾿Αναξιμένης δὲ καὶ ἐν τῇ
᾿Ερυθραίᾳ φησὶ λέγεσθαι Κολωνὰς καὶ ἐν τῇ
Φωκίδι καὶ ἐν Θετταλίᾳ" ἐν δὲ τῇ Παριανῇ ἐ ἐστὶν
᾿Ιλιοκολώνη. ἐν δὲ τῇ ᾿Λαμψακηνῇ τόπος εὐάμ-
πέλος Γεργίθιον" ἣν δὲ καὶ “πόλις Γέργιθα, ἐκ
τῶν ἐν τῇ Κυμαίᾳ Τεργίθων" ἣν γὰρ κἀκεῖ πόλις

1 περαίᾳ, Xylander, for orepég ; so the later editors.
2 moz read ἐκκειμένης.
3 κατέσπασται Foz, κατέσπαστο CDhirwx.

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 18-19

stadia distant from Abydus; and it was formerly
called Pityussa, as also, it is said, was Chios. On
the opposite shore of the Chersonesus is Callipolis, a
small town. [ is on the headland and runs far out
towards Asia in the direction of the city of the
Lampsaceni, so that the passage across to Asia from
it is no more than forty stadia.

19. In the interval between Lampsacus and
Parium lay a city and river called Paesus; but the
city is in ruins. The Paeseni changed their abode
to Lampsacus, they too being colonists from the
Milesians, like the Lampsaceni. But the poet refers
to the place in two ways, at one time adding the
first syllable, “and the land of Apaesus,’! and at
another omitting it, ‘a man of many possessions,
who dwelt in Paesus.”’* And the river is now
spelled in the latter way. Colonae,? which lies
above Lampsacus in the interior of Lampsacené, is
also a colony of the Milesians; and there is another
Colonae on the outer “Hellespontine sea, which is
one hundred and forty stadia distant from Ilium and
is said to be the birthplace of Cycnus.4 Anaximenes
says that there are also places in the Erythraean
territory and in Phocis and in Thessaly that are
called Colonae. And there is an Iliocoloné in the
territory of Parium. In the territory of Lampsacus
is a place called Gergithium ® which is rich in vines ;
and there was also a city called Gergitha from
Gergithes in the territory of Cymé, for here too

1 Iliad 2, 828, 2 Iliad 5. 612.

“ a the site of Colonae, see Leaf (Strabo and the Troad),
Ρ. 101.

s pine of Colonae, slain by Achilles in the Trojan War.

δ On Gergithium, see Leaf, p. 102,

STRABO.

πληθυντικῶς καὶ θηλυκῶς λεγομένη αἱ Ρέργιθες,
ὅθενπερ ὁ Γεργίθιος ἦν Κεφάλων' καὶ νῦν ἔτι
δείκνυται τόπος ἐν τῇ Kupaig Γεργίθιον πρὸς
Λαρίσσῃ. ἐκ Παρίου μὲν οὖν ὁ γλωσσογράφος
κληθεὶς ἦν Νεοπτόλεμος μνήμης ἄξιος, ἐ ἐκ Λαμψά-
κου δὲ Χάρων TE ὁ ) συγγραφεὺς καὶ ᾿Αδείμαντος καὶ
᾿Αναξιμένης ὁ ῥήτωρ καὶ Μητρόδωρος, ὁ τοῦ
᾿Ἐπικούρου ἑταῖρος, καὶ αὐτὸς δ᾽ ᾿Επίκουρος
τρόπον τινὰ Λαμψακηνὸς ὑπῆρξε, διατρίψας ἐν
Λαμψάκῳ καὶ φίλοις χρησάμενος τοῖς ἀρίστοις
C590 τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ, τοῖς περὶ Ἰδομενέα καὶ
Λεοντέα. ἐντεῦθεν δὲ μετήνεγκεν ᾿Αγρίππας τὸν
πεπτωκότα λέοντα, Λυσίππου ἔργον" ἀνέθηκε δὲ
ἐν τῷ ἄλσει τῷ μεταξὺ τῆς λίμνης καὶ τοῦ εὐρίπου.
20. Μετὰ δὲ Λάμψακόν ἐστιν Αβυδος καὶ τὰ
μεταξὺ χωρία, περὶ ὧν οὕτως εἴρηκε συλλαβὼν
ὁ ποιητὴς καὶ τὴν “Λαμψακηνὴν͵ καὶ τῆς ἸΠαριανῆς
τινὰ (οὔπω γὰρ ἦσαν αὗται αἱ πόλεις κατὰ τὰ

τνμστηι

οἱ δ᾽ ἄρα Περκώτην καὶ Πράκτιον ἀμφενέμοντο,
πρὶ Σηστὸν καὶ “ABvdov ἔχον καὶ δὃῖαν
᾿Αρίσβην'"
τῶν αὖθ᾽ “Ὑρτακίδης ἦρχ᾽ “Actos,
φησίν,
ὃν ᾿Αρίσβηθεν φέρον ἵπποι
αἴθωνες μεγάλοι ποταμοῦ ἄπο Σελλήεντος.

1 Fl. in the Alexandrian period ; author of works entitled
Glosses and Un Epigrams.

2 Early historian ; author of Persian History and Annals
of the Lampsaceni.

3’ Known only as courtier of Demetrius Poliorcetes,

4 See Frazer’s note on Pausanias, 6. 18. 2.

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 1τ9-20

there was a city called Gergithes, in the feminine
plural, the birthplace of Cephalon the Gergithian.
And still to-day a place called Gergithium is pointed
out in the territory of Cymé near Larissa. Now
Neoptolemus,' called the Glossographer, a notable
man, was from Parium; and Charon the historian?
and Adeimantus* and Anaximenes the rhetorician *
and Metrodorus the comrade of Epicurus were from
Lampsacus ; and Epicurus himself was in a sense a
Lampsacenian, having lived in Lampsacus and having
been on intimate terms with the ablest men of that
city, Idomeneus and Leonteus and their followers.
It was from here that Agrippa transported the Fallen
Lion, a work of Lysippus ; and he dedicated it in the
sacred precinct between the Lake and the Euripus.®

20. After Lampsacus come Abydus and the
intervening places of which the poet, who comprises
with them the territory of Lampsacus and part of
the territory of Parium (for these two cities were
not yet in existence in the Trojan times), speaks as
follows: “ And those who dwelt about Percoté and
Practius, and held Sestus and Abydus and goodly
Arisbé—these in turn were led by Asius, the son of
Hyrtacus, . . . who was brought by his-large sorrel
horses from Arisbé, from the River Selléeis.”® In

δ “The Lake” seems surely to be the Stagnum Agrippae
mentioned by Tacitus (Annals 15. 37), i.e. the Nemus
Caesarum on the right bank of the Tiber (see A. Habler,
Hermes 19 (1884), p. 235). ‘‘The Stagnum Agrippae was
apparently a pond constructed by Agrippa in connection
with the Aqua Virgo and the canal called Euripus in the
neighbourhood of the Pantheon” (C. G. Ramsay, Annals of
Tacitus, 15. 37), or, as Leaf (op. cit., p. 108) puts it, ‘‘The
Euripus is the channel filled with water set up by Caesar

round the arena of the Circus Maximus at Rome to protect
the spectators from the wild beasts,” ® Iliad 2. 835.

. 8

STRABO

οὕτω δ᾽ εἰπὼν. ἔοικε τὸ βασίλειον ἀποφαίνειν
τοῦ ‘Agiov τὴν ᾿Αρίσβην, ὅθεν ἥκειν αὐτόν
φησιν"

ὃν ᾿Αρίσβηθεν φέρον ἵπποι

hae ΟΝ ἄπο Σελλήεντος.
οὕτω δ᾽ ἀφανῆ τὰ χωρία ταῦτά ἐστιν, ὥστε οὐδ᾽
ὁμολογοῦσι περὶ αὐτῶν οἱ ἱστοροῦντες, πλὴν ὅτι
περὶ "ABvéov καὶ Λάμψακόν ἐ ἐστι καὶ Πάριον, καὶ
ὅτι ἡ πάλαι Περκώτη" μετωνομάσθη, ὁ ὁ τόπος.

21. Τῶν δὲ ποταμῶν τὸν μὲν ᾿Σελλήεντά φησιν

ὁ ποιητὴς πρὸς τῇ ᾿Αρίσβῃ ῥεῖν, εἴπερ ὁ “Actos
᾿Αρίσβηθέν τε ἧκε καὶ ποταμοῦ ἄπο Σελλήεντος.
ὁ δὲ Πράκτιος ποταμὸς μὲν ἔστι, πόλις δ᾽ οὐχ
εὑρίσκεται, ὥς τίνες ἐνόμισαν" ῥεῖ δὲ καὶ οὗτος
μεταξὺ ᾿Αβύδου καὶ Λαμψάκου τὸ οὖν

καὶ Ilpuxtiov ἀμφενέμοντο,

ef / e \ “ ΄ >
οὕτω Sextéov, ὡς περὶ ποταμοῦ, καθάπερ Ka-
κεῖνα"

Le \ \ \ a μή

οἵ τ᾽ ἄρα πὰρ ποταμὸν Κηφισὸν δῖον ἔναιον,

\
Kat

ἀμφί te Παρθένιον ποταμὸν κλυτὰ ἔργ᾽ ἐνέ-
μοντο.2

ἦν δὲ καὶ ἐν Λέσβῳ πόλις ᾿Αρίσβα, ἧς τὴν
χώραν ἔχουσι Μηθυμναῖοι" ἔστι δὲ καὶ ποταμὸς
"ApiaBos ἐν Θράκῃ, ὥσπερ εἴρηται, καὶ τούτου

1 After Περκώτη Leaf inserts μετῳκίσθη καὶ Περκώπη (see
his Strabo on the Troad, p. 11, footnote 3 on p. 108, and
note on Percoté, p. 111). Thus, according to him, ‘the old
Percoté was transplanted and the name of its site changed
to Percopé.”

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 20-21

speaking thus, the poet seems to set forth Arisbé,
whence he says Asius came, as the royal residence of
Asius: “ who was brought by his horses from Arisbé,
from the River Selléeis.” But these places? are so
obscure that even investigators do not agree about
them, except that they are in the neighbourhood of
Abydus and Lampsacus and Parium, and that the
old Percoté,? the site, underwent a change of name.?

21. Of the rivers, the Selléeis flows near Arisbé,
as the poet says, if it be true that Asius came both
from Arisbé and from the Selléeis River. The
River Practius is indeed in existence, but no city of
that name is to be found, as some have wrongly
thought. This river also* flows between Abydus
and Lampsacus. Accordingly, the words, “and
dwelt about Practius,’ should be interpreted as
applying to a river, as should also those other
words, “and those who dwelt beside the goodly
Cephisus River,” ὅ and “those who had their famed
estates about the Parthenius River,’’® There was
also a city Arisba in Lesbos, whose territory is
occupied by the Methymnaeans. And there is an
Arisbus River in Thrace, as I have said before,’ near

1 4.e. Arisbé, Percoté, and the Selléeis. Strabo himself
locates the Practius (13. 1. 4, 7, 8, 21). On the sites of these
places, see Leaf’s Troy. pp. 188 ff., his note in Jour. Hellenic
Studies, XXX VII (1917), p. 26, and his Strabo on the Troad,

pp- 108 ff.
2 Homer’s Percoté, on the sea. 3 See critical note.
4 74, as well as the Selléeis. 5 Tliad 2. 522.

6 /liad 2. 854 (see critical note).
? Obviously in the lost portion of Book VII.

* Instead of ἔργ᾽ ἐνέμοντο the Homeric MSS. have δώματ᾽
ἔναιον, and Strabo himself so cites in 12. 3. 5. Eustathius
(note on {ας 2. 835) cites as in the present passage.

STRABO

πλησίον οἱ Κεβρήνιοι Θρᾷκες. πολλαὶ δ᾽ ὁμω-
νυμίαι Θρᾳξὶ καὶ Τρωσίν, οἷον Σκαιοὶ ᾿Θρᾷκές
τινες καὶ Σκαιὸς ποταμὸς καὶ Σκαιὸν τεῖχος καὶ
ἐν Τροίᾳ Σκαιαὶ πύλαι" Ξάνθιοι Θρᾷκες, Ξάνθος
ποταμὸς ἐν Τροίᾳ; “Apia Bos ὁ ἐμβάλλων εἰς τὸν
Ἕβρον, ᾿Αρίσβη ἐν Τροίᾳ: Ῥῆσος “ποταμὸς ἐν
Τροίᾳ, Ῥῆσος δὲ καὶ ὁ 0 βασιλεὺς τῶν Θρᾳκῶν.

ἔστι δὲ καὶ τῷ ᾿Ασίῳ ὁμώνυμος ἕτερος παρὰ τῷ
ποιητῇ Actos,

ὃς μήτρως ἣν “Extopos ἱπποδάμοιο,
αὐτοκασίγνητος Ἑκάβης, υἱὸς δὲ Δύμαντος,
ὃς Φρυγίην ναίεσκε pons ἐπὶ Σαγγαρίοιο.

22. "Αβυδος δὲ Μιλησίων ἐστὶ κτίσμα, ἐπι-
τρέψαντος Εύγου, τοῦ Λυδῶν βασιλέως" ἦν γὰρ
ἐπ᾿ ἐκείνῳ τὰ χωρία καὶ ἡ Τρωὰς ἅπασα,
ὀνομάζεται, δὲ καὶ ἀκρωτήριόν τι “πρὸς Δαρδάνῳ

C591 Ty vyas" ἐπίκειται δὲ τῷ στόματι τῆς Ἱροποντίδος

καὶ τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου, διέχει δὲ τὸ ἴσον Λαμψά.
κου καὶ Ἰλίου, σταδίους περὶ ἑβδομήκοντα καὶ
ἑκατόν. ἐνταῦθα δ᾽ ἐστὶ τὸ ἑπταστάδιον, ὅπερ
yy / Ν 4 \ > es \ \
ἔζευξε Ἐέρξης, τὸ διόριξον τὴν Εὐρώπην καὶ τὴν
᾿Ασίαν. καλεῖται δ᾽ ἡ ἄκρα τῆς Εὐρώπης Χερ-
ρόνησος διὰ τὸ σχῆμα, ἡ ποιοῦσα τὰ στενὰ τὰ
κατὰ τὸ ξεῦγμα" ἀντίκειται δὲ τὸ ζεῦγμα τῇ
». 7

Αβύδῳ. Σηστὸς δὲ ἀρίστη; τῶν ἐν Χερρονήσῳ
πόλεων" διὰ δὲ τὴν γειτοσύνην ὑπὸ τῷ αὐτῷ

1 For ἀρίστη Meineke conj. κρατίστη.

1 Iliad 16. 717.

. 2 On the site of Abydus, see Leaf, Strabo on the Troad, p.
117.

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 21-22

which are situated the Thracian Cebrenians. There
are many names common to the Thracians and the
Trojans; for example, there are Thracians called
Scaeans, and a river Scaeus, and a Scaean Wall, and
at Troy the Scaean Gates. And there are Thracian
Xanthians, and in Troy-land a river Xanthus. And
in Troy-land there is a river Arisbus which empties
into the Hebrus, as also a city Arisbé. And there
was a river Rhesus in Troy-land ; and there was a
Rhesus who was the king of the Thracians. And
there is also, of the same name as this Asius, another
Asius in Homer, “who was maternal uncle to horse-
taming Hector, and own brother to Hecabé, but son
of Dymas, who dwelt in Phrygia by the streams of
the Sangarius.”’+ :

22. Abydus was founded by Milesians, being
founded by permission of Gyges, king of the
Lydians; for this district and the whole of the
Troad were under his sway; and there is a promon-
tory named Gygas near Dardanus, Abydus lies at
the mouth of the Propontis and the Hellespont ;
and it is equidistant from Lampsacus and [lium,
about one hundred and seventy stadia.2 Here,
separating Europe and Asia, is the Heptastadium,?
which was bridged by Xerxes. The European
promontory that forms the narrows at the place of
the bridge is called the Chersonesus 4 because of its
shape. And the place of the bridge lies opposite
Abydus. Sestus® is the best of the cities in the
Chersonesus; and, on account of its proximity to
Abydus, it was assigned to the same governor as

3 4, ‘*Strait of seven stadia.”
4 i.e. * Land-island” or ““ Peninsula.”
5 On its site, see Leaf, work last cited, p. 119.

" 41

STRABO

ἡγεμόνι Kal αὕτη ἐτέτακτο οὔπω ταῖς ἠπείροις
διοριζόντων τῶν τότε τὰς ἡγεμονίας. ἡ μὲν οὖν
ἴἼΑβυδος καὶ ἡ Σηστὸς διέχουσιν ἀλλήλων τριά-
κοντά που σταδίους ἐκ λιμένος εἰς λιμένα, τὸ δὲ
ζεῦγμά ἐστι μικρὸν ἀπὸ τῶν πόλεων παραλλά-
ἕαντι ἐξ Αβύδου μὲν ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν Προποντίδα, ἐκ
δὲ Σηστοῦ εἰς τοὐναντίον: ὀνομάζεται δὲ πρὸς τῇ
Σηστῷ τόπος ᾿Αποβάθρα, καθ᾽ ὃν ἐξζεύγνυτο ἡ
σχεδία ἔστι δὲ ἡ Σηστὸς ἐνδοτέρω κατὰ τὴν
Προποντίδα ὑπερδέξιος τοῦ ῥοῦ τοῦ ἐξ αὐτῆς"
διὸ καὶ εὐπετέστερον ἐκ τῆς Σηστοῦ διαίρουσι
παραλεξάμενοι! μικρὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τῆς Ἡροῦς
πύργον κἀκεῖθεν ἀφιέντες τὰ πλοῖα συμπράττοντος
τοῦ ῥοῦ πρὸς τὴν περαίωσιν" τοῖς δ᾽ ἐξ Αβύδου
περαιουμένοις παραλεκτέον 3 ἐστὶν εἰς τἀναντία
ὀκτώ που σταδίους ἐπὶ πύργον τινὰ κατ᾽ ἀντικρὺ
τῆς Σηστοῦ, ἔπειτα διαίρειν πλάγιον καὶ μὴ
τελέως ἐναντίον ἔγουσιν τὸν ῥοῦν. ᾧκουν δὲ τὴν
ἼΛβυδον μετὰ τὰ Γρωωικὰ Θρᾷκες, εἶτα Μιλήσιοι.
τῶν δὲ πόλεων ἐμπρησθεισῶν ὑπὸ Δαρείου, τοῦ
Ἐέρξου πατρός, τῶν κατὰ τὴν Προποντίδα,
ἐκοινώνησε καὶ ἡ “ABudos τῆς αὐτῆς συμφορᾶς.
ἐνέπρησε δὲ πυθόμενος μετὰ τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν Σκυθῶν
ἐπάνοδον, τοὺς νομάδας παρασκευάζεσθαι δια-
βαίνειν ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν κατὰ τιμωρίαν ὧν ἔπαθον,
δεδιὼς μὴ αἱ πόλεις πυρθμεῖα παράσχοιεν τῇ
στρατιᾷ. συνέβη δὲ πρὸς ταῖς ἄλλαις μετα-
βολαῖς καὶ τῷ χρόνῳ καὶ τοῦτο αἴτιον τῆς

| παραλεξάμενοι, Kramer restores, for παραλαξάμενοι OC,
παραλλαξάμενοι rw, Xylander, and other editors.

ὁ παραλεκτέον, Kramer restores, for παραλλακτέον, earlier
editors.

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 22

Abydus in the times when governorships had not
yet been delimited by continents. Now although
Abydus and Sestus are about thirty stadia distant
from one another from harbour to harbour, yet the
line of the bridge across the strait is short, being
drawn at an angle to that between the two cities, that
is, from a point nearer than Abydus to the Propontis
on the Abydus side to a point farther away from
the Propontis on the Sestus side. Near Sestus is a
place named Apobathra, where the pontoon-bridge
was attached to the shore. Sestus lies farther in
towards the Propontis, farther up the stream that
flows out of the Propontis. It is therefore easier to
cross over from Sestus, first coasting a short distance
to the Tower of Hero and then letting the ships
make the passage across by the help of the current.
But those who cross over from Abydus must first
follow the coast in the opposite direction about
eight stadia to a tower opposite Sestus, and then
sail across obliquely and thus not have to meet the
full force of the current. After the Trojan War
Abydus was the home of Thracians, and then of
Milesians, But when the cities were burned by
Dareius, father of Xerxes, I mean the cities on the
Propontis, Abydus shared in the same misfortune.
He burned them because he had learned after his
return from his attack upon the Scythians that the
nomads were making preparations to cross the strait
and attack him to avenge their sufferings, and was
afraid that the cities would provide means for the
passage of their army. And this too, in addition to
the other changes and to the lapse of time, is a
cause of the confusion into which the topography of

1 i.e. ** Place of Disembarkation.”
43

STRABO

συγχύσεως TOY τόπων. περὶ δὲ Σηστοῦ Kal τῆς
ὅλης Χερρονήσου προείπομεν ἐν τοῖς περὶ τῆς
Θράκης τόποις, φησὶ δὲ τὴν Σηστὸν Θεόπομπος

ραχεῖαν μέν, εὐερκῆ δέ, καὶ σκέλει διπλέθρῳ
συνάπτειν πρὸς τὸν λιμένα, καὶ διὰ ταῦτ᾽ οὖν καὶ
διὰ τὸν ῥοῦν κυρίαν εἶναι τῶν παρόδων.

28. Ὑπέρκειται δὲ τῆς τῶν ᾿Αβυδηνῶν χώρας
ἐν τῇ Τρωάδι τὰ Αστυρα, ἃ νῦν μὲν ᾿Αβυδηνῶν
ἐστί, κατεσκαμμένη πόλις, πρότερον δὲ ἣν καθ᾽
αὑτά, χρυσεῖα ἔχοντα, ἃ νῦν σπάνιά ἐστιν
ἐξαναλωμένα, καθάπερ τὰ ἐν τῷ Tu@A τὰ περὶ
τὸν ΠΠακτωλόν. ἀπὸ ᾿Αβύδου δ᾽ ἐπὶ Αἰσηπὸν
περὶ ἑπτακοσίους φασὶ σταδίους, εὐθυπλοίᾳ δὲ
ἐλάττους. ,

C592 24. "ἔξω δὲ ᾿Αβύδου τὰ περὶ τὸ "λιόν ἐστι,
τά τε παράλια ἕως Λέκτου καὶ τὰ ἐν τῷ Τρωικῷ
πεδίῳ καὶ τὰ παρώρεια τῆς Ἴδης τὰ ὑπὸ τῷ
Αἰνείᾳ. διττῶς δὲ ταῦτ᾽ ὀνομάζει ὁ ποιητής, τοτὲ
μὲν οὕτω λέγων"

Δαρδανίων ait’ ἦρχεν ἐὺς παῖς ᾿Αγχίσαο,
Δαρδανίους καλῶν, τοτὲ δὲ Δαρδάνους,
Τρῶες καὶ Λύκιοι καὶ Δάρδανοι ἀγχιμαχηταί.

1 Kramer suspects that τόποις should be ejected. Meineke
conj. λόγοις, but retains τόποις in his text. Op. Frog. 55a,
Vol. III, p. 378.

1 See Vol. III, Frags. 51 (p. 373), 55d (p. 379), and 5la,
52, and 53 (p. 375).

2 2.6. about 200 feet (in breadth).

3. According to Leaf (l.c., p. 135), the shortest course of a
vessel between Abydus and the mouth of the Aesepus
measures just about 700 stadia. Hence Strabo’s authorities
for his statement are in error if, as usual, the longer voyage

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 22-24

' the country has fallen. As for Sestus and the
Chersonesus in general, I have already spoken of
them in my description of the region of Thrace.
Theopompus says that Sestus is small but well forti-
fied, and that it is connected with its harbour by a
double wall of two plethra,? and that for this reason,
as also on account of the current, it is mistress of
the passage.

23. Above the territory of the Abydeni, in the
Troad, lies Astyra. This city, which is in ruins,
now belongs to the Abydeni, but in earlier times it
was independent and had gold mines. These mines
are now scant, being used up, like those on Mt.
Tmolus in the neighbourhood of the Pactolus River.
From Abydus to the Aesepus the distance is said to
be about seven hundred stadia, but less by straight
sailing.*

24. Outside Abydus lies the territory of [lium—the
parts on the shore extending to Lectum, and the
places in the Trojan Plain, and the parts on the side
of Mt. Ida that were subject to Aeneias. The poet
names these last parts in two ways, at one time
saying as follows: “The Dardanii in turn were
led by the valiant son of Anchises,’4 calling the
inhabitants “ Dardanii’’; and at another time,
“ Dardani”’: “ The Trojans and Lycians and Dardani
that fight in close combat.’”’ And it is reason-

is a coasting voyage, following the sinuosities of the gulfs, as
against the shorter, or more direct, voyage. Leaf, however,
forces the phrase ‘‘ by straight sailing” to mean ‘‘a straight
course wholly over the land,” adding that ‘‘the meaning
must be that it would be shorter if one could sail straight,”
and that ‘‘ the expression is singularly infelicitous as applied
to a journey by land in centrast to one by sea.”
4 lliad. 2. 819.

STRABO

εἰκὸς δ᾽ ἐνταῦθα ἱδρῦσθαι τὸ παλαιὸν τὴν λεγο-
μένην ὑπὸ τοῦ ποιητοῦ Δαρδανίαν"

Δάρδανον αὖ πρῶτον τέκετο νεφεληγερέτα
Ζεύς,
κτίσσε δὲ Δαρδανίην.

“ \ \ »>Q> » / / > ,

νῦν μὲν γὰρ οὐδ᾽ ἴχνος πόλεως σώξεται αὐτόθι.
25. Εἰκάζει δὲ Πλάτων μετὰ τοὺς κατα-
κλυσμοὺς τρία πολιτείας εἴδη συνίστασθαι"
πρῶτον μὲν τὸ ἐπὶ τὰς ἀκρωρείας ἁπλοῦν τι

,
καὶ ἄγριον, δεδιότων τὰ ὕδατα ἐπιπολάζοντα
“ , tal
ἀκμὴν ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις: δεύτερον δὲ τὸ ἐν ταῖς
ς / ΄ >
ὑπωρείαις, θαρρούντων ἤδη κατὰ μικρόν, ἅτε δὴ
καὶ τῶν πεδίων ἀρχομένων ἀναψύχεσθαι" τρίτον
δὲ τὸ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις. λέγοι δ᾽ ἂν τις καὶ τέταρτον
καὶ πέμπτον ἴσως καὶ πλείω, ὕστατον δὲ τὸ ἐν
τῇ παραλίᾳ καὶ ἐν ταῖς νήσοις, λελυμένου παντὸς
fal / “
τοῦ τοιούτου φόβου. τὸ γὰρ μᾶλλον καὶ ἧττον
rn / a , / BAN
θαρρεῖν πλησιάζειν τῇ θαλάττῃ πλείους ἂν
ὑπογράφοι διαφορὰς πολιτειῶν καὶ ἠθῶν, κα-
θάπερ'! τῶν ἀγαθῶν3 τε καὶ τῶν ἀγρίων ἔτι
\ a /

πως ὃ ἐπὶ τὸ ἥμερον τῶν δευτέρων ὑποβεβηκότων.
ἔστι 5€4 τις διαφορὰ καὶ παρὰ τούτοις τῶν
cal >
ἀγροίκων καὶ μεσαγροίκων καὶ πολιτικῶν ἀφ
ὧν ἤδη καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ἀστεῖον καὶ ἄριστον ἦθος
ἐτελεύτησεν ἡ τῶν ὀνομάτων κατ᾽ ὀλίγον μετά-

1 καθάπερ, Xylander, for καὶ ἅπερ ; so the later editors.

2 ἀγαθῶν MSS., Leaf (op. cit. pp. 13, 140) restores, for
ἁπλῶν, emendation of Groskurd accepted by other later editors.
Plato (Laws 679 ΟἹ) says: ἀγαθοὶ μὲν διὰ ταῦτα (ἰ.6. the absence
of riches, poverty, insolence, injustice, and envy) τε ἦσαν καὶ

διὰ τὴν λεγομένην εὐήθειαν.
8 ἔτι πως, the editors in general, for ἐστί πως moz, ἔτι πῶς

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 24-25

able to suppose that this was in ancient times the site
of the Dardania mentioned by the poet when he
says, “ At first Dardanus was begotten by Zeus the
cloud-gatherer, and he founded Dardania” ;1 for at
the present time there is not so much as a trace of
a city preserved in that territory.”

25. Plato® conjectures, however, that after the
time of the floods three kinds of civilisation were
formed : the first, that on the mountain-tops, which
was simple and wild, when men were in fear of the
waters which still deeply covered the plains; the
second, that on the foot-hills, when men were now
gradually taking courage because the plains were
beginning to be relieved of the waters; and the
third, that in the plains, One might speak equally
of a fourth and fifth, or even more, but last of all that
on the sea-coast and in the islands, when men had
been finally released from all such fear; for the
greater or less courage they took in approaching the
sea would indicate several different stages of civilisa-
tion and manners, first as in the case of the qualities of
goodness * and wildness, which in some way further
served as a foundation for the milder qualities in the
second stage. But in the second stage also there is
a difference to be noted, I mean between the rustic and
semi-rustic and civilised qualities; and, beginning
with these last qualities, the gradual assumption
of new names ended in the polite and highest

ες Ὁ Iliad 20. 215,
3 On the boundaries of Dardania, see Leaf (J.c., p. 137),
® Laws 677-679. 4 See critical note,

ting MSS. ; omitted by Corais ; ἤδη πως, Groskurd ; ἑτέρως

4 δέ, after ἔστι, Leaf omits.

a 47

STRABO

Ayes, κατὰ τὴν τῶν ἠθῶν ἐπὶ τὸ κρεῖττον
μετάστασιν, παρὰ τὰς τῶν τόπων καὶ τῶν βίων
μεταβολάς. ταύτας δὴ τὰς διαφορὰς ὑπογράφειν
φησὶ τὸν ποιητὴν ὁ Πλάτων, “τῆς μὲν πρώτης
πολιτείας παράδειγμα τιθέντα τὸν τῶν Κυκλώπων
βίον, αὐτοφυεῖς ,Ῥεμομένων καρποὺς καὶ τὰς
ἀκρωρείας κατεχόντων ἐν σπηλαίοις τισίν'

ἀλλὰ τά γ᾽ ἄσπαρτα καὶ ἀνήροτα πάντα
4
φύονται,

φησίν, αὐτοῖς"

τοῖσιν & οὐκ ἀγοραὶ βουληφόροι, οὔτε
θέμιστες"

ἀλλ᾽ οἵ γ᾽ ὑψηλῶν ὀρέων ναίουσι κάρηνα,

ἐν σπέσσι γλαφυροῖσι, θεμιστεύει δὲ ἕκαστος

παίδων ἠδ᾽ ἀλόχων.

τοῦ δὲ δευτέρου τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ Δαρδάνου"

κτίσσε δὲ Δαρδανίην, ἐπεὶ οὔπω Ἴλιος ἑ ἱρή
C593 ἐν πεδίῳ πεπόλιστο, πόλις μερόπων ἀνθρώ-
πων,
ἀλλ᾽ ἔθ᾽ ὑπωρείας ὠκεον 53 πολυπιδάκου “Jdns.

τοῦ δὲ τρίτου ἐπὶ τοῦ λου τὸν ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις.
τοῦτον γὰρ παραδιδόασι τοῦ Ἰλίου κτίστην, ἀφ᾽
οὗ καὶ τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν λαβεῖν τὴν πόλιν: εἰκὸς
δὲ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐν μέσῳ τῷ πεδίῳ τεθάφθαι
αὐτόν, ὅτι πρῶτος ἐθάρρησεν ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις
θέσθαι τὴν κατοικίαν"

οἱ δὲ map’ Ἴλου σῆμα παλαιοῦ Δαρδανίδαο
μέσσον Kat πεδίον Tap ἐρινεὸν ἐσσεύοντο.

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 25

eulture, in accordance with the change of manners
for the better along with the changes in places of
abode and in modes of life. Now these differences,
according to Plato,! are suggested by the poet, who
sets forth as an example of the first stage of civilisa-
_ tion the life of the Cyclopes, who lived on unculti-
vated fruits and occupied the mountain-tops, living
in caves: “but all these things,” he says, “ grow
unsown and unploughed” for them. ... “And
they have no assemblies for council, nor appointed
laws, but they dwell on the tops of high mountains
in hollow caves, and each is lawgiver to his children
and his wives.” 2 And as an example of the second
stage, the life in the time of Dardanus, who “ founded
Dardania; for not yet had sacred Ilios been builded
to be a city of mortal men, but they were living on
the foot-hills of many-fountained Ida.” * And of the
third stage, the life in the plains in the time of
Ilus ; 4 for he is the traditional founder of Ilium, and
it was from him that the city took its name. And
it is reasonable to suppose, also, that he was buried
in the middle of the plain for this reason—that he
was the first to dare to settle in the plains: “ And
they sped past the tomb of ancient Ilus, son of
Dardanus, through the middle of the plain past
the wild fig tree.” 5 Yet even [lus did not have full

- 2 Laws 3. 680.
2 Odyssey 9. 109, 112-114 (quoted by Plato in Laws 3. 680).
® Iliad 20. 216 (quoted by Plato in Laws 3. 681).
* Laws 3. 682. 5 Iliad 11. 166.

1 ἐπί, Corais, for ἐκ ; so the later editors.
2 Instead of ᾧκεον, moz read ἔναιον.

STRABO

οὐδ᾽ οὗτος δὲ τελείως ἐθάρρησεν" οὐ yap ἐνταῦθα
ἵδρυσε τὴν πόλιν, ὅπου νῦν ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ σχεδόν
τι τριάκοντα σταδίοις ἀνωτέρω πρὸς ἕω καὶ πρὸς
τὴν Ἴδην καὶ τὴν Δαρδανίαν κατὰ τὴν νῦν
καλουμένην ᾿Ιλεέων Κώμην. οἱ δὲ νῦν ᾿Ιλιεῖς
φιλοδοξοῦντες καὶ θέλοντες εἶναι ταύτην τὴν
παλαιὰν παρεσχήκασι λόγον τοῖς ἐκ τῆς Ὁμήρου
ποιήσεως τεκμαιρομένοις" οὐ γὰρ ἔοικεν αὕτη
εἶναι ἡ καθ᾽ “Ὅμηρον. καὶ ἄλλοι δὲ ἱστοροῦσι
πλείους μεταβεβληκέναι τόπους τὴν πόλιν,
ὕστατα δ᾽ ἐνταῦθα συμμεῖναι κατὰ ἸΚροῖσον 1
μάλιστα. τὰς δὴ τοιαύτας μεταβάσεις εἰς τὰ
κάτω μέρη τὰς τότε συμβαινούσας ὑπολαμβάνω
καὶ βίων καὶ πολιτειῶν ὑπογράφειν διαφοράς.
ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν καὶ ἄλλοτε ἐπισκεπτέον.

20. Τὴν δὲ τῶν ᾿Ιλιέων πόλιν τῶν νῦν τέως
μὲν κώμην εἶναί φασι, τὸ ἱερὸν ἔχουσαν τῆς
᾿Αθηνᾶς μικρὸν καὶ εὐτελές, ᾿Αλέξανδρον δὲ
ἀναβάντα μετὰ τὴν ἐπὶ Γρανίκῳ νίκην, ἀναθήμασί
τε κοσμῆσαι τὸ ἱερὸν καὶ προσαγορεῦσαι πόλιν
καὶ οἰκοδομίαις ἀναλαβεῖν προστάξαι τοῖς ἐπι-
μεληταῖς ἐλευθέραν τε κρῖναι καὶ ἄφορον, ὕστερον
δὲ μετὰ τὴν κατάλυσιν τῶν Περσῶν ἐπιστολὴν
καταπέμψαι φιλάνθρωπον, ὑπισχνούμενον πόλιν
τε ποιῆσαι μεγάλην καὶ ἱερὸν ἐπισημότατον, καὶ
ἀγῶνα ἀποδείξειν ἱερῦν. μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἐκείνου

1 For Κροῖσον x reads μικρόν, moz χρησμόν.

1 Schliemann’s excavations, however, identify Hissarlik as
the site of Homer’s Troy. Hence ‘‘ the site of Homer’s Troy
at ‘the village of Ilians’ is a mere figment ” (Leaf, ἴ.6., p. 141).

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 25-26

courage, for he did not found the city at the place
where it now is, but about thirty stadia higher up
towards the east, and towards Mt. Ida and Dardania,
at the place now called “ Village of the Ilians.” ὦ
But the people of the present Ilium, being fond of
glory and wishing to show that their Ilium was the
ancient city, have offered a troublesome argument to
those who base their evidence on the poetry of
Homer, for their Ilium does not appear to have been
the Homeric city. Other inquirers also find that the
city changed its site several times, but at last settled
permanently where it now is at about the time of
Croesus.2 I take for granted, then, that such
removals into the parts lower down, which took place
in those times, indicate different stages in modes of
life and civilisation; but this must be further
investigated at another time.

26. It is said that the city of the present Ilians
was for a time a mere village, having its temple of
Athena, a small and cheap temple, but that when
Alexander went up there after his victory at the
Granicus * River he adorned the temple with votive
offerings, gave the village the title of city, and
ordered those in charge to improve it with buildings,
and that he adjudged it free and exempt from tribute;
and that later, after the overthrow of the Persians,
he sent down a kindly letter to the place, promising
to make a great city of it, and to build a magnificent
sanctuary, and to proclaim sacred games.* But after

3 King of Lydia, 560-546 B.c.

8 The first of the three battles by which he overthrew the
Persian empire (334 B.c.).

‘ ¢.g. like the Olympic Games. But his untimely death
prevented the fulfilment of this promise.

STRABO

τελευτὴν Λυσίμαχος μάλιστα τῆς πέλεως ἐπε-
μελήθη καὶ νεὼν κατεσκεύασε καὶ τεῖχος περιε-
βάλετο ὅσον τετταράκοντα σταδίων, συνῴκισέ
τε εἰς αὐτὴν τὰς κύκλῳ πόλεις ἀρχαίας ἤδη
κεκακωμένας, ὅτε καὶ ᾿Αλεξανδρείας ἤδη ἐπε-
μελήθη, συνῳκισμένης μὲν ἤδη ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αντιγόνου
καὶ προσηγορευμένης ᾿Αντιγονίας, μεταβαλούσης
δὲ τοὔνομα, ἔδοξε γὰρ εὐσεβὲς εἶναι τοὺς ᾿Αλέ-
Eavdpov διαδεξαμένους ἐκείνου πρότερον κτίζειν
ἐπωνύμους πόλεις, εἶθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν. καὶ δὴ καὶ
συνέμεινε καὶ αὔξησιν ἔσχε, νῦν δὲ καὶ Ρωμαίων
ἀποικίαν δέδεκται καὶ ἔστι τῶν ἐλλογίμων
πόλεων.

C594 27. Καὶ τὸ Ἴλιον δ᾽, ὃ νῦν ἔστι, κωμόπολίς
τις ἦν, ὅτε πρῶτον Ῥωμαῖοι τῆς ᾿Ασίας ἐπέβησαν
καὶ ἐξέβαλον ᾿Αντίοχον τὸν μέγαν ἐκ τῆς ἐντὸς
τοῦ Ταύρου. φησὶ γοῦν Δημήτριος ὁ Σκήψιος,
μειράκιον ἐπιδημήσας εἰς τὴν πόλιν κατ᾽ ἐκείνους
τοὺς καιρούς, οὕτως ὠλιγωρημένην ἰδεῖν τὴν
κατοικίαν, ὥστε μηδὲ κεραμωτὰς ἔχειν τὰς στέγας"
Ἡγησιάναξ δὲ τοὺς T'adatas περαιωθέντας ἐκ
τῆς Ἑὐρώπης ἀναβῆναι μὲν εἰς τὴν πόλιν
δεομένους ἐρύματος, παραχρῆμα δ᾽ ἐκλιπεῖν διὰ

1 Kither Strabo, or his authority, Demetrius of Scepsis, or
the Greek text as it now stands, seems guilty of inconsistency
in the passage ‘‘ devoted special attention to the ἬΝ ΡΝ
and then cities bearing ὑμὶν own.” Grote (Vol. I, chapter
xv) rearranges the Greek text in the following order:
**devoted especial attention to Alexandreia” (not Ilium),
‘which had indeed already been founded by Antigonus and
called Antigonia, but changed its name (for it was thought to
be .. . then cities bearing their own name), and he built a

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 26-27

his death Lysimachus?/ devoted special attention to
the city, and built a temple there and surrounded the
city with a wall about forty stadia in circuit, and also
incorporated into it the surrounding cities, which
were now old and in bad plight. At that time he
had already devoted attention to Alexandreia, which
had indeed already been founded by Antigonus and
ealled Antigonia, but had changed its name, for it
was thought to be a pious thing for the successors of
Alexander to found cities bearing his name before
they founded cities bearing their own. And indeed
the city endured and grew, and at present it not
only has received a colony of Romans but is one of
the notable cities of the world.

27. Also the Ilium of to-day was a kind of village-
city when the Romans first set foot on Asia and
expelled Antiochus the Great from the country this
side of Taurus. At any rate, Demetrius of Scepsis
says that, when as a lad he visited the city about
that time, he found the settlement so neglected
that the buildings did not so much as have tiled
roofs. And Hegesianax says that when the Galatae
crossed over from Europe they needed a stronghold
and went up into the city for that reason, but

temple . . . forty stadia in circuit.” He omits “‘at that
time he had already devoted attention to Alexandreia,” and so
does Leaf (op. cit., p. 142) ; but the latter, instead of rearranging
the text, simply inserts ‘‘ Alexandreia” after ‘‘ city ” in the
first clause of the passage. Leaf (p. 143) adds the following
important argument to those of Grote: ‘‘ There is no trace
whatever of any great wall at Ilium, though remains of one
40 stades in length could hardly have escaped notice. But
there is at Alexandreia such a wall which is exactly the
length mentioned by Strabo, and which is clearly referred
to.

STRABO

τὸ ἀτείχιστον" ὕστερον δ᾽ ἐπανόρθωσιν ἔσχε
πολλήν. εἶτ᾽ ἐκάκωσαν αὐτὴν πάλιν οἱ μετὰ
Φιμβρίου Ῥωμαῖοι, λαβόντες ἐκ πολιορκίας ἐν
τῷ Μιθριδατικῷ πολέμῳ. συνεπέμφθη δὲ ὁ
Φιμβρίας ὑπάτῳ Οὐαλερίῳ Φλάκκῳ ταμίας,
προχειρισθέντι ἐπὶ τὸν Μιθριδάτην' καταστα-
σιάσας δὲ καὶ ἀνελὼν τὸν ὕπατον κατὰ Βιθυνίαν
αὐτὸς κατεστάθη κύριος τῆς στρατιᾶς, καὶ
προελθὼν εἰς Ἴλιον, οὐ δεχομένων αὐτὸν τῶν
᾿Ιλεέων, ὡς λῃστήν, βίαν te} προσφέρει καὶ
ἑνδεκαταίους ὃ αἱρεῖ: καυχωμένου δ᾽, ὅτι, ἣν
᾿Αγαμέμνων πόλιν δεκάτῳ ἔτει μόλις εἷλε τὸν
χιλιόναυν στόλον ἔχων καὶ τὴν “σύμπασαν
᾿Βλλάδα συστρατεύουσαν, ταύτην αὐτὸς ἑνδεκάτῃ
ἡμέρᾳ χειρώσαιτο, εἶπέ τις τῶν ᾿Ιλεέων: Οὐ yap
ἣν “Βκτωρ ὁ ὑπερμαχῶν τῆς πόλεως. τοῦτον
μὲν οὖν ἐπελθὼν Σύλλας κατέλυσε, καὶ τὸν
Μιθριδάτην κατὰ συμβάσεις εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν
ἀπέπεμψε, τοὺς δ᾽ ᾿Ιλεξας παρεμυθήσατο πολλοῖς
ἐπαι ᾿Ἡρθώμασι. καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς μέντοι Καῖσαρ ὁ ὁ Θεὸς
πολὺ πλέον αὐτῶν προυνόησε, ζηλώσας ἅμα
καὶ ᾿Αλέξανδρον" ἐκεῖνος γὰρ κατὰ συγγενείας
ἀνανέωσιν ὥρμησε προνοεῖν αὐτῶν, ἅμα καὶ
φιλόμηρος ὦν. φέρεται γοῦν τις διόρθωσις τῆς
Ὁμήρου ποιήσεως, ἡ ἐκ τοῦ νάρθηκος λεγομένη,
τοῦ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου μετὰ τῶν περὶ Καλλισθένη καὶ
᾿Ανάξαρχον ἐπελθόντος καὶ σημειωσαμένου τινά,
1 βίαν τε, conj. of Casaubon, for μηχανάς τε 4, μάχην Tw,

ἀνάγκην x, omitted in moz, μάντι other MSS. ; so Meineke,
2 For ἑνδεκαταίους the Epit. has ἐν ἡμέραιε Bena.

1 2,6. in 86 B.c. by Cinna the consul, the leader of the
popular party at Rome.

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 27

left it at once because of its lack of walls. But
later it was greatly improved. And then it was
ruined again by the Romans under Fimbria, who
took it by siege in the course of the Mithridatic
war. Fimbria had been sent as quaestor with
Valerius Flaccus the consul when the latter was
appointed! to the command against Mithridates;
but Fimbria raised a mutiny and slew the consul
in the neighbourhood of Bithynia, and was himself
set up as lord of the army; and when he advanced
to Ilium, the Ilians would not admit him, as being
a brigand, and therefore he applied force and cap-
tured the place on the eleventh day, And when he
boasted that he himself had overpowered on the
eleventh day the city which Agamemnon had only
with difficulty captured in the tenth year, although
the latter had with him on his expedition the fleet
of a thousand vessels and the whole of Greece, one
of the Ilians said: ‘‘ Yes, for the city’s champion
was no Hector.’’ Now Sulla came over and over-
threw Fimbria, and on terms of agreement sent
Mithridates away to his homeland, but he also
consoled the Ilians by numerous improvements. In
my time, however, the deified Caesar? was far more
thoughtful of them, at the same time also emulating
the example of Alexander; for Alexander set out
to provide for them on the basis of a renewal of
ancient kinship, and also because at the same time
he was fond of Homer; at any rate, we are told of
a recension of the poetry of Homer, the Recension
of the Casket, as it is called, which Alexander, along
with Callisthenes and Anaxarchus, perused and to a

2 Julius Caesar.

STRABO

ἔπειτα καταθέντος eis νάρθηκα, dv ηὗρεν ἐν τῇ
Περσικῇ γάζῃ, πολυτελῶς κατεσκευασμένον.
κατά τε δὴ τὸν τοῦ ποιητοῦ ζῆλον καὶ κατὰ τὴν
συγγένειαν τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν Αἰακιδῶν τῶν ἐν
Μολοττοῖς βασιλευσάντων, παρ᾽ οἷς καὶ τὴν
᾿Ανδρομάχην ἱστοροῦσι βασιλεῦσαι, τὴν “Ἑκτορος
γενομένην γυναῖκα, ἐφιλοφρονεῖτο! πρὸς τοὺς
Ἰλιέας ὁ ᾿Αλέξανδρος" ὁ δὲ Καῖσαρ καὶ φιλαλέ-
Eavdpos ὧν καὶ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς ᾿Ιλιέας συγγενείας
γνωριμώτερα 3 ἔχων τεκμήρια ἐπερρώσθη πρὸς
τὴν εὐεργεσίαν νεανικῶς" γνωριμώτερα δέ, πρῶτον

C595 μὲν ὅτε Ῥωμαῖος" οἱ δὲ Ῥωμαῖοι tov? Αἰνείαν

ἀρχηγέτην ἡγοῦνται" ἔπειτα ὅτι ᾿Ιούλιος ἀπὸ
᾿ΙἸούλου Tivos τῶν προγόνων: ἐκεῖνος δ᾽ ἀπὸ
Ιούλου τὴν προσωνυμίαν" ἔσχε ταύτην, τῶν
ἀπογόνων εἷς ὧν τῶν ἀπὸ Αἰνείου. χώραν τε
δὴ προσένειμεν αὐτοῖς καὶ τὴν ἐλευθερίαν καὶ
τὴν ἀλειτουργησίαν αὐτοῖς συνεφύλαξε, καὶ
μέχρι νῦν συμμένουσιν ἐν τούτοις. ὅτε δ᾽ οὐκ
ἐνταῦθα ἵδρυται τὸ παλαιὸν Ἴλιον καθ᾽
“Ὅμηρον σκοποῦσιν, ἐκ τῶν τοιῶνδε τεκμαίρονται.
πρότερον δὲ ὑπογραπτέον τοὺς τόπους ἀπὸ τῆς
παραλίας ἀρξαμένους, ἀφ᾽ ἧσπερ ἐλίπομεν.

* All MSS, except Dhi read yap before πρός.

2 γνωριμώτερα, Corais, for γνωριμώτατα ; so the later editors,
8 All MSS except oraz have 7’ before Αἰνείαν.

* ix read Ἴλου instead of Ἰούλου.

5 F reads προσηγορίαν instead of προσωνυμίαν.

® Dhi add νῦν after ἐνταῖθα ; h reads ἵδρυτο, and so Corais.

1 According to Plutarch (Alexander 8), ‘‘ Alexander took
with him Aristotle’s recension of the poem, called the Iliad
of the Casket, and always kept it lying beside his dagger

GEOGRAPHY, 13.1. 27

certain extent annotated, and then deposited in a
richly wrought casket which he had found amongst
the Persian treasures.1_ Accordingly, it was due both
to his zeal for the poet and to his descent from the
Aeacidae who reigned as kings of the Molossians—
where, as we are also told, Andromaché, who had
been the wife of Hector, reigned as queen—that
Alexander was kindly disposed towards the Ilians.
But Caesar, not only being fond of Alexander, but
also having better known evidences of kinship with
the Ilians, felt encouraged to bestow kindness upon
them with all the zest of youth: better known
evidences, first, because he was a Roman, and
because the Romans believe Aeneias to have been
their original founder; and secondly, because the
name Iulius was derived from that of a certain lulus
who was one of his ancestors,? and this Iulus got his
appellation from the Iulus* who was one of the
descendants of Aeneas. Caesar therefore allotted
territory to them and also helped them to preserve
their freedom and their immunity from taxation;
and to this day they remain in possession of these
favours. But that this is not the site of the ancient
Ilium, if one considers the matter in accordance
with Homer's account, is inferred from the follow-
ing considerations. But first I must give a general
description of the region in question, beginning at
that point on the coast where I left off.

under his pillow, as Onesicritus informs us”; and “the
casket was the most precious of the treasures of Dareius”
(ibid. 26).

5 i.e. of the Julian gens.

3 On ‘‘Iulus,” or Ilus, see critical note.

VOL. VI. c | Bf

STRABO

28. Ἔστι τοίνυν pet Αβυδον ἥ τε Δαρδανὶς
ἄκρα, ἧς μικρὸν πρότερον ἐμνήσθημεν, καὶ ἡ
πόλις ἡ Δάρδανος, διέχουσα τῆς ᾿Αβύδου
a be ’ 4 e « /
ἑβδομήκοντα σταδίους. μεταξύ te ὁ “Podios
ἐκπίπτει ποταμός, καθ᾽ ὃν ἐν τῇ Χερρονήσῳ τὸ
Κυνὸς σῆμά ἐστιν, 6 φασιν ‘ExaBns εἶναι τάφον"
᾿ \ ἈΝ « / > \ ” > [4
οἱ δὲ τὸν “Podiov εἰς τὸν Αἴσηπον ἐμβάλλειν
φασίν" εἷς δ᾽ ἐστὶ τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ ποιητοῦ λεγο-
μένων καὶ οὗτος"

Ῥῆσός θ᾽ “Ἑπτάπορός τε Ἱζάρησός τε “Podios

τε.
ἡ δὲ Δάρδανος κτίσμα ἀρχαῖον, οὕτω δ᾽ εὐκα-
ld [2 7 e an e \
ταφρόνητον, ὥστε πολλάκις οἱ βασιλεῖς οἱ μὲν
Ud > \ > ν € εἶ 3 ‘
μετῴκιζον αὐτὴν eis "Αβυδον, οἱ δὲ ἀνῳκιζον
πάλιν εἰς τὸ ἀρχαῖον κτίσμα. ἐνταῦθα δὲ
συνῆλθον Σύλλας τε Κορνήλιος, ὁ τῶν Ῥωμαίων
e
ἡγεμών, καὶ Μιθριδάτης ὁ κληθεὶς Εἰὐπάτωρ,

\ | \ > / 3 \ /
καὶ συνέβησαν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐπὶ καταλύσει
τοῦ πολέμου.

29. Πλησίον δ᾽ ἐστὶ τὸ ᾿Οφρύνιον,3 ἐφ᾽ ᾧ τὸ
τοῦ Ἕκτορος ἄλσος ἐν περιφανεῖ τόπῳ' καὶ
ἐφεξῆς λίμνη 8 Πτελεώς.

80. Εἶτα Ροίτειον πόλις ἐπὶ λόφῳ κειμένη
καὶ τῷ “Porteiw* συνεχὴς ἠιὼν ἁλιτενής,5 ἐφ᾽
ἡ μνῆμα καὶ ἱερὸν Αἴαντος καὶ ἀνδριάς, ὃν
ἄραντος ᾿Αντωνίου κομισθέντα εἰς Αἴγυπτον
ἀπέδωκε τοῖς Ῥοιτειεῦσιδ πάλιν, καθάπερ καὶ

1 moxz read μικρῷ instead of μικρόν.

2 "Οφρύνιον E and Epit., ᾿᾽᾿Οφρούνιον other MSS.

8 λίμνη, Leaf (see his note, Zroad, p. 154), following

Calvert, whom he quotes fully, emends to λιμήν.
4 “Pyrig CFmoxz, ‘Porrly D, ‘Pouriy hi, Ῥουτείῳ other MSS.

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 28-30

28. After Abydus, then, comes the Dardanian
Promontory, which I mentioned a little while ago,}
and also the city Dardanus, which is seventy stadia
distant from Abydus. Between the two places
empties the Rhodius River, opposite which, in the
Chersonesus, is Cynos-Sema,? which is said to be
the tomb of Hecabé. But some say that the
Rhodius empties into the Aesepus. This too is one
of the rivers mentioned by the poet: “ Rhesus,
Heptaporus, Caresus, and Rhodius.”? Dardanus
was an ancient settlement, but it was held in such
contempt that it was oftentimes transplanted by
some of the kings to Abydus and then resettled
again by others on the ancient site. It was here
that Cornelius Sulla, the Roman commander, and
Mithridates surnamed Eupator met and arranged
the terms for the conclusion of the war.

29. Near by is Ophrynium, near which, in a
conspicuous place, is the sacred precinct of Hector.
And next comes the Lake® of Pteleos,

30. Then come Rhoeteium, a city situated on a
hill, and, adjacent to Rhoeteium, a low-lying shore,
on which are a tomb and temple of Aias, and also a
statue of him, which was taken up by Antony
and carried off to Aegypt ; but Augustus Caesar gave
it back again to the Rhoeteians, just as he gave

»2:13.1. 11.

3 See ‘‘ Cynos-Sema” and foot-note in Vol. III, p. 377.

3 Iliad 12. 20.

4 On the site of Ophrynium, see Leaf, p. 153.

5 Leaf, p. 154, following Calvert, emends ‘‘ Lake” to
** Harbour.”

5 Αἰάντειον, after ἁλιτενῆς, Jones deletes,
ὁ Ροιτειεῦσι, the editors, for Ῥυτιεῦσι.

. Ὁ

C 596

STRABO

ἄλλοις ἄλλους, ὁ Σεβαστὸς Καῖσαρ. τὰ γὰρ
κάλλιστα ἀναθήματα ἐκ τῶν ἐπιφανεστάτων
ἱερῶν ὁ μὲν ἦρε, τῇ Αἰγυπτίᾳ χαριζόμενος, ὁ
δὲ θεοῖς ἀπέδωκε.

31. Μετὰ δὲ τὸ ἹΡοίτειόν 2 ἐστε τὸ Σίγειον,3
κατεσπασμένη πόλις, καὶ τὸ ναύσταθμον καὶ ὁ
᾿Αχαιῶν λιμὴν καὶ τὸ ᾿Αχαϊκὸν στρατόπεδον
καὶ ἡ Στομαλίμνη καλουμένη καὶ αἱ τοῦ Σκαμάν-
δρου ἐκβολαί. συμπεσόντες yap ὅ τε Σιμόεις
καὶ ὁ Σκάμανδρος ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ, πολλὴν κατα-
φέροντες ἰλύν, προσχοῦσι τὴν παραλίαν καὶ
τυφλὸν στόμα τε καὶ λιμνοθαλάττας καὶ ἕλη
ποιοῦσι. κατὰ δὲ τὴν Σιγειάδα Δ ἄκραν ἐστὶν
ἐν τῇ Χερρονήσῳ τὸ “Ἡρωτεσιλάειον ® καὶ ἡ
᾿Ελεοῦσσα,δ περὶ ὧν εἰρήκαμεν ἐν τοῖς Θρᾳκίοις.

32. "Kote δὲ τὸ μῆκος τῆς παραλίας ταύτης,
ἀπὸ τοῦ Ῥοιτείου Ἶ μέχρι Σιγείου καὶ τοῦ
᾿Αχιλλέως μνήματος εὐθυπλοούντων, ἑξήκοντα
σταδίων" ὑποπέπτωκε δὲ τῷ Ἰλίῳ πᾶσα, τῷ μὲν
νῦν κατὰ τὸν ᾿Αχαιῶν λιμένα ὅσον δώδεκα στα-
δίους διέχουσα, τῷ δὲ προτέρῳ τριάκοντα ἄλλοις
σταδίοις ἀνωτέρῳ κατὰ τὸ πρὸς τὴν Ἴδην μέρος.
τοῦ μὲν οὖν ᾿Αχιλλέως καὶ ἱερόν ἐστι καὶ μνῆμα
πρὸς τῷ Σιγείῳ, ἸΠατρόκλου δὲ καὶ ᾿Αντιλόχου
μνήματα, καὶ ἐναγίξουσιν οἱ ᾿᾽ἸΙλιεῖς πᾶσι καὶ
τούτοις καὶ τῷ Αἴαντι. Ἡρακλέα δ᾽ οὐ τιμῶσιν,

1 ἄλλους, omitted by the MSS., Kramer inserts (x reads
ἄλλα) ; so the later editors.

2 Ῥοίτειον, the editors, for Ῥοίτιον h, ‘Pitiov other MSS.,
except that D has οἱ over υ.

8 Σίγειον E, Σίγιον other MSS.

4 Σιγειάδα E, Σιγιάδα other MSS,

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 30-32

back other statues to their owners. For Antony
took away the finest dedications from the most
famous temples, to gratify the Egyptian woman,!
but Augustus gave them back to the gods.

31. After Rhoeteium come Sigeium, a destroyed
city, and the Naval Station and the Harbour of the
Achaeans and the Achaean Camp and Stomalimné,?
as it is called, and the outlets of the Scamander ;
for after the Simoeis and the Scamander meet in
the plain, they carry down great quantities of
alluvium, silt up the coast, and form a blind mouth,
lagoons, and marshes. Opposite the Sigeian Pro-
montory on the Chersonesus are Eleussa* and the
temple of Protesilaiis, both of which I have men-
tioned in my description of Thrace.*

32. The length of this coast, I mean on a straight
voyage from Rhoeteium to Sigeium, and the
monument of Achilles, is sixty stadia; and the
whole of it lies below Ilium, not only the present
Ilium, from which, at the Harbour of the Achaeans,
it is about twelve stadia distant, but also the earlier
Ilium, which lies thirty stadia farther inland in the
_ direction of Mt. Ida. Now there are a temple and
a monument of Achilles near Sigeium, as-also monu-
ments of Patroclus and Antilochus; and the Ilians
offer sacrifices to all four heroes, both to these and
to Aias. But they do not honour Heracles, giving

1 Cleopatra. 2 ** Mouth-of-the-marsh.”
8. «*Eleussa” appears to be an error for ‘‘ Eleus.”
4 Book VII, Frags. 51, 54, 55.

δ᾽ Πρωτεσιλάειον E, Πρωτεσίλαιον Forz, Πρωτεσιλαίων OC,
Πρωτεσιλέων Dhi.

5 »Ελεοῦσσα, Oorais emends to ᾿Ελαιοῦσσα.

? *Porrtov Dh, Ῥρυτίου CO, Ἱροιτείου other MSS,

STRABO

> , \ e > > “ f > >’ > »
αἰτιώμενοι τὴν ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ πόρθησιν. ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνος
μέν, φαίη τις ἄν, οὕτως ἐπόρθησεν, ὥστ᾽ ἀπο-
λιπεῖν τοῖς ὕστερον ἐκπορθήσουσι κεκακωμένην
μέν, πόλιν δέ' διὸ καὶ οὕτως εἴρηκεν ὁ ποιητής"

Ἰλίου ἐξαλάπαξε πόλιν, χήρωσε δ᾽ ἀγυιάς.

e \ / , ’, 3 >

ἡ yap ynpeia λειπανδρία τίς ἐστιν, οὐκ
ἀφανισμὸς τέλειος: οὗτοι 8 ἠφάνισαν τελείως,
οἷς ἐναγίζειν ἀξιοῦσι καὶ τιμᾶν ὡς θεούς" εἰ μὴ
τοῦτ᾽ αἰτιάσαιντο, διότι οὗτοι μὲν δίκαιον

’ ) / > -“ \ »” Ὁ >
πόλεμον ἐξήνεγκαν, ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἄδικον, ἕνεχ
ἵππων Λαομέδοντος" πρὸς τοῦτο δὲ πάλιν ἀν-

, n 7
τιτίθεται μῦθος" ov yap ἕνεκα ἵππων, ἀλλὰ
μισθοῦ ὑπὲρ τῆς Ησιόνης καὶ τοῦ κήτους. ἀλλ᾽
ἐάσωμεν ταῦτα' εἰς γὰρ μύθων ἀνασκευὰς
ἐκπίπτει: τάχα δὲ λανθάνουσί τινες ἡμᾶς αἰτίαι

al ΕῚ »" a
πιστότεραι, δι᾿ ἃς τοῖς ᾿Ιλιεῦσιν ἐπῆλθε τοὺς
cal if
μὲν τιμᾶν, τοὺς δὲ μή. ἔοικε δὲ ὁ ποιητὴς
μικρὰν ἀποφαίνειν τὴν πόλιν ἐν τῷ περὶ

ς
Ηρακλέους λόγῳ, εἴπερ

ἃ Μ \ \ ΔΊΩΝ / /

ἕξ οἴης σὺν νηυσὶ Kal ἀνδράσι παυροτέροισιν

Ἰλίου ἐξαλάπαξε πόλιν.

A , e ͵ A 4 , /
καὶ φαίνεται o Ilpiawos τῷ τοιούτῳ λόγῳ μέγας
ἐκ μικροῦ γεγονὼς καὶ βασιλεὺς βασιλέων, ὡς
ἔφαμεν. μικρὸν δὲ προελθοῦσιν ἀπὸ τῆς παρα-
λίας ταύτης ἐστὶ τὸ ᾿Αχαίϊον, ἤδη τῆς Τενεδίων
περαίας ὕπαρχον.

1 Iliad 5, 642. 2 Tliad 5. 640.

8 To appease the anger of Poseidon, Laomedon exposed
his daughter Hesioné on the promontory Agameia (see
Stephanus s.v.) to be devoured by a sea-monster. Heracles
promised to kill the monster and save Hesioné if Laomedon

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 32

as their reason his sacking of the city. But one
might say that, although Heracles did sack it, yet
he sacked it in such a way as still to leave it a city,
even though damaged, for those who were later to
sack it utterly ; and for this reason the poet states
it thus: “ He sacked the city of llios and widowed
her streets’ ;1 for “ widowed” means a loss of the
male population, not a complete annihilation. But
the others, whom they think fit to worship with sacri-
fices and to honour as gods, completely annihilated
the city. Perhaps they might give as their reason
for this that these waged a just war, whereas
Heracles waged an unjust one “on account of the
horses of Laomedon.’’? But writers set over against
this reason the myth that it was not on account
of the horses but of the reward offered for Hesioné
and the sea-monster.* But let us disregard these
reasons, for they end merely in controversies about
myths. And perhaps we fail to notice certain more
credible reasons why it occurred to the Ilians to
honour some and not others. And it appears that
the poet, in what he says about Heracles, represents
the city as small, if it be true that “ with only six
_ ships and fewer men he sacked the city of Ilium.” 4

And it is clearly shown by this statement that
Priam became great and king of kings from a small
beginning, as I have said before. Advancing a
little farther along this shore, one comes to the
Achaeium, where begins the part of the mainland
that belongs to Tenedos.

would give him his immortal horses. Laomedon agreed.
Heracles fulfilled his promise, but Laomedon refused to give
up the horses, and hence the war.

* Jliad 5. 641, » Δ ῶ δι νυ 8 5} 7.

Ν 63

C 597 ὃ

STRABO

33. Τοιούτων δὲ τῶν ἐπὶ τῇ θαλάττῃ τόπων
ὄντων, ὑπέρκειται τούτων τὸ Τρωικὸν πεδίον
μέχρι τῆς Ἴδης ἀνῆκον ἐπὶ πολλοὺς σταδίους
κατὰ τὸ πρὸς ἕω “Μέρος. τούτου δ᾽ ἡ μὲν
παρώρειός ἐστι στενή, τῇ μὲν ἐπὶ τὴν μεσημβρίαν
τεταμένη μέχρι τῶν κατὰ Σκῆψιν τόπων, τῇ

ἐπὶ τὰς ἄρκτους μέχρι τῶν κατὰ Ζέλειαν
Λυκίων. ταύτην δ᾽ ὁ ποιητὴς ὑπ᾽ Αἰνείᾳ τάττει
καὶ τοῖς ᾿Αντηνορίδαις, καλεῖ δὲ Δαρδανίαν.
ὑπὸ δὲ ταύτῃ Κεβρηνία, πεδιὰς ἡ πλείστη,
παράλληλός πως τῇ Δαρδανίᾳ: ἦν δὲ καὶ πόλις
ποτὲ Κεβρήνη. ὑπονοεῖ 8 6 Δημήτριος μέχρι
δεῦρο διατείνειν τὴν περὶ τὸ "ἵλιον χώραν τὴν
ὑπὸ τῷ “Ἑκτορι, ἀνήκουσαν ἀπὸ τοῦ ναυστάθμου
μέχρι Κεβρηνίας' τάφον τε γὰρ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου
δείκνυσθαί φησιν αὐτόθι καὶ Οἰνώνης, ἣν
ἱστοροῦσι γυναῖκα γεγονέναι τοῦ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου,
πρὶν Ἑλένην ἁρπάσαι" λέγειν τε τὸν ποιητὴν

Κεβριόνην νόθον υἱὸν ἀγακλῆος Πριάμοιο,

ὃν εἰκὸς εἶναι ἐπώνυμον τῆς χώρας ἢ καὶ πόλεως,
ὅπερ sada τὴν δὲ , Κεβρηνίαν διήκειν
μέχρι τῆς Σκηψίας, ὅ ὅριον δ᾽ εἶναι τὸν Σκάμανδρον
μέσον αὐτῶν ῥέοντα" ἔχθραν δ᾽ ἀεὶ καὶ πόλεμον
εἶναι τοῖς τε KeBpnvots καὶ τοῖς Σκηψίοις, ἕως
᾿Αντίγονος αὐτοὺς συνῴκισεν εἰς τὴν τότε μὲν
᾿Αντεγονίαν, νῦν δὲ ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν' τοὺς μὲν οὖν
Κεβρηνιέας " συμμεῖναι τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐν τῇ
᾿Αλεξανδρείᾳ, τοὺς δὲ Σκηψίους ἐπανελθεῖν εἰς
τὴν οἰκείαν, ἐπιτρέψαντος Λυσιμάχου.

1 λέγειν τε τὸν ποιητήν F, λέγει ὃ ποιητὴς καί x; CDhi omit

τε, moz read τε καί.
2. Instead of Κεβρηνιέας imoxz read Κεβρήνους.

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 33

33. Such are the places on the sea. Above these
lies the Trojan Plain, which extends inland for
many stadia in the direction of the east as far as
Mt. Ida. The part of this plain alongside the
mountain is narrow, extending on one side towards
the south as far as the region of Scepsis, and on
the other towards the north as far as the Lycians of
Zeleia. This is the country which the poet makes
subject to Aeneias and the sons of Antenor, calling
it Dardania; and below this is Cebrenia, which is
level for the most part and lies approximately
parallel to Dardania; and in it there was once a
city called Cebrené.1 Demetrius suspects that the
territory of Ilium subject to Hector extended inland
from the naval station as far as Cebrenia, for he
says that the tomb of Alexander? is pointed out
there, as also that of Oenoné, who, according to
historians, had been the wife of Alexander before
he carried off Helen. And, he continues, the poet
mentions “‘Cebriones, bastard son of glorious Priam,’’*
after whom, as one may suppose, the country was
named—or the city too, which is more plausible;
and Cebrenia extends as far as the territory of
Scepsis ; and the Scamander, which flows between,
is the boundary; and the Cebreni and Scepsians
were always hostile to one another and at war until
_ Antigonus settled both peoples together in Anti-
_ gonia, as it was then called, or Alexandreia, as it is
now called; now the Cebreni, he adds, remained
with the rest in Alexandreia, but the Scepsians,
by permission of Lysimachus, went back to their
homeland.

1 So the name is spelled in § 47, but ‘* Cebren” in § 52.
2 Paris. 3 Iliad 16. 738.
65

-
C2

STRABO

34. "Azo δὲ τῆς κατὰ τούτους τοὺς τόπους
᾽ ’ lel , a
Idaias ὀρεινῆς δύο φησὶν ἀγκῶνας ἐκτείνεσθαι
\ Θ mr \ \ 30 δ ὧδ / 2 \ \
πρὸς θάλατταν, τὸν μὲν εὐθὺ ‘Posteion,2 τὸν δὲ
/ ω ral
Σιγείου, ποιοῦντας ἐξ ἀμφοῖν γραμμῃν ἡμικυκ-
, aA > fol fal
λιώδη: τελευτᾶν δ᾽ ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ, τοσοῦτον
Ε] ’ “ Ὁ“
ἀπέχοντας τῆς θαλάττης, ὅσον τὸ νῦν Ἴλιον.
lal A \ nr -»" “Ὁ
τοῦτο μὲν δὴ μεταξὺ τῆς τελευτῆς τῶν λεχθέντων
> , \
ἀγκώνων εἶναι, TO δὲ παλαιὸν κτίσμα μεταξὺ
τῆς ἀρχῆς" μεταλαμβάνεσθαι8ϑ δ᾽ ἐντὸς τό τε
, , id
Σιμοείσιον πεδίον, δι’ οὗ ὁ Σιμόεις φέρεται, καὶ
τὸ Σκαμάνδριον, δι’ οὗ Σκάμανδρος ῥεῖ. τοῦτο
/
δὲ καὶ ἰδίως Τρωικὸν λέγεται, Kal τοὺς πλείστους
᾽ lal ς n
ἀγῶνας ὁ ποιητὴς ἐνταῦθα ἀποδίδωσι, πλατύ-
τερον γάρ ἐστι, καὶ τοὺς ὀνομαζομένους τόπους
fa) e “ ,
ἐνταῦθα δεικνυμένους ὁρῶμεν, τὸν ᾿Ερινεόν, τὸν
n > fa)
tod Αἰσυήτου τάφον, τὴν Βατίειαν, τὸ τοῦ Ἴλου
σῆμα. οἱ δὲ ποταμοὶ 6 τε Σκάμανδρος καὶ 6
ς nm
Σιμόεις, ὁ μὲν TH Σιγείῳ πλησιάσας, ὁ δὲ
a c / Ν a fal
τῷ Ροιτείῳ, μικρὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ viv Ἰλίου
/ Les 2.9 » ES Ν “ > ,
συμβάλλοῦσιν, εἶτ᾽ ἐπὶ τὸ Σίγειον ἐκδιδόασι
καὶ ποιοῦσε, τὴν Στομαλίμνην καλουμένην.
διείργει δ᾽ ἑκάτερον τῶν λεχθέντων πεδίων ἀπὸ
θατέρου μέγας τις αὐχὴν τῶν εἰρημένων ἀγκώνων
᾽ Ν = - »
ἐπ᾽ εὐθείας, ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν ᾿Ιλίου τὴν ἀρχὴν ἔχων,
A “ a
συμφυὴς αὐτῷ, τεινόμενος 8 ἕως τῆς KeBpnvias
a) \ ‘
καὶ ἀποτελῶν TO E γράμμα πρὸς τοὺς ἑκατέρωθεν
ἀγκῶνας.
1 τούτους, before τούς, Groskurd inserts ; so Miiller-Diibner,
Meineke, and Leaf.
2 ‘Porrefou, the editors, for ‘Porrfou CDFAZ, Ῥυτίου other MSS.
3 μεταλαμβάνεσθαι, all MSS. except Εἰ, which reads μετα-
λάσσασθαι, Leaf rightly restores, instead of ἀπολαμβάνεσθαι
Meiueke, καταλαμβάνεσθαι Corais.

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 34

34. From the mountain range of Ida in this region,
according to Demetrius, two spurs extend to the
sea, one straight to Rhoeteium and the other
straight to Sigeium, forming together a semicircular
lime, and they end in the plain at the same distance
from the sea as the present Ilium; this Ilium,
accordingly, lies between the ends of the two spurs
mentioned, whereas the old settlement lies between
their beginnings; and, he adds, the spurs include
both the Simoeisian Plain, through which the Simoeis
runs, and the Scamandrian Plain, through which the
Scamander flows. This is called the Trojan Plain in
the special sense of the term; and here it is that
the poet represents most of the fights as taking
place, for it is wider; and here it is that we see
pointed out the places named by the poet—Erineus,1
the tomb of Aesyetes,? Batieia,? and the monument
of Ilus.4 The Scamander and Simoeis Rivers, after
running near to Sigeium and Rhoeteium respectively,
meet a little in front of the present Ilium, and then
issue towards Sigeium and form Stomalimné,’ as it is
called. The two plains above mentioned are separated
from each other by a great neck of land which runs
in a straight line between the aforesaid spurs, starting
from the present Ilium, with which it is connected,
and stretches as far as Cebrenia and, along with
the spurs on either side, forms a complete letter €.?

4 “Fig tree.” Iliad 6. 433. 2 Tliad 2. 798.

3 [liad 2. 813. 4 Iliad 10. 415.

5 See 13. 1. 31 and foot-note.

* These spurs forming a semi-circular line, as stated above.

τ i. the uncial letter written backwards (3). See Leaf’s
diagram, p. 175.

* Βατίειαν, Xylander, for Βάτειαν ; so the later editors.

STRABO

35. Ὑπὲρ δὲ τούτου μικρὸν ἡ τῶν "Idtéwr
κώμη ἐστίν, ἐν ἣ νομίζεται τὸ παλαιὸν Ἴλιον
ἱδρῦσθαι πρότερον, τριάκοντα σταδίους διέχον
ἀπὸ τῆς νῦν πόλεως. ὑπὲρ δὲ τῆς ᾿Ιλιέων κώμης
δέκα σταδίοις ἐστὶν ἡ Καλλικολώνη, 9608 τις,
map ὃν ὁ Σιμόεις ῥεῖ, πενταστάδιον διέχων:
γίνεται οὖν εὔλογον πρῶτον μὲν τὸ ἐπὶ τοῦ
“A peos*

ὦρτο δ᾽ “Apns ἑτέρωθεν ἐρεμνῇ λαίλαπε ἶσος,
ὀξὺ Kat ἀκροτάτης πόλιος Τρώεσσι κελεύων,
ἄλλοτε πὰρ Σιμόεντι θέων ἐπὶ Καλλικολώνῃ.

C598 τῆς γὰρ μάχης ἐπὶ τῷ Σκαμανδρίῳ πεδίῳ
συντελουμένης, πιθανῶς ἂν 0” Apns ἄλλοτε μὲν τὴν
ἐγκέλευσιν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀκροπόλεως ποιοῖτο, ἄλλοτε
δ᾽ ἐκ τῶν πλησίον τόπων τοῦ τε Σιμόεντος καὶ
τῆς Καλλικολώνης, μέχρι οὗ εἰκὸς καὶ τὴν μάχην
παρατετάσθαι. τετταράκοντα δὲ σταδίους διε-

΄ a / > Ν -“ a > /
Xovons τῆς Καλλεκολώνης ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν [λίου,
τί χρήσιμον ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον μεταλαμβάνεσθαι τοὺς
τόπους, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον ἡ διάταξις οὐ διέτεινε ; τό τε

πρὸς Θύμβρης δ᾽ ἔλαχον Λύκιοι

οἰκειότερόν ἐστι τῷ παλαιῷ κτίσματι: πλησίον
γάρ ἐστι τὸ πεδίον ἡ Θύμβρα καὶ ὁ δι᾽ αὐτοῦ
ῥέων ποταμὸς Θύμβριος, ἐμβάλλων εἰς τὸν
, Ν \ / > /
Σκάμανδρον κατὰ τὸ Θυμβραίου ᾿Απόλλωνος
ἱερόν, τοῦ δὲ νῦν ᾿Ιλίου καὶ πεντήκοντα σταδίους

1 διέχων, Corais, from conj. of Palmer, for ἔχων ; ὁ has κύκλον
after ἔχων, and so Eustathius reads (note on Iliad 20. 47, 53).
The scholiast (quoted by C. Miller, Ind. Var. Lect. p. 1024)
quotes Demetrius as saying that this hill is ‘‘ five stadia in

ἜΝ

᾿

GEOGRAPHY, 13. τ. 35

35. A little above this! is the Village of the
Ilians, where the ancient Ilium is thought to have
been situated in earlier times, at a distance of thirty
stadia from the present city. And ten stadia above

_ the Village of the Ilians is Callicoloné, a hill, past

which, at a distance of five stadia, flows the Simoeis.?
It therefore becomes easy to understand, first, the
reference to Ares: “ And over against her leaped
Ares, like unto a dreadful whirlwind, in shrill tones
cheering the Trojans from the topmost part of the
city, and now again as he sped alongside Simoeis
oer Callicoloné” ;* for if the battle was fought on
the Scamandrian Plain, it is plausible that Ares
should at one time shout his cheers from the acropolis
and at another from the region near the Simoeis and
Callicoloné, up to which, in all probability, the battle
would have extended. But since Callicoloné is forty
stadia distant from the present Ilium, for what
useful purpose would the poet have taken in places
so far away that the line of battle could not have
reached them? Again, the words, “ And towards
Thymbra fell the lot of the Lycians,’‘4 are more
suitable to the ancient settlement, for the plain of
Thymbra is near it, as also the Thymbrius River,

_ which flows through the plain and empties into the

Seamander at the temple of the Thymbraean Apollo,
but Thymbra is actually fifty stadia distant from the

1 4.e. a little farther inland than the country which has the

_ shape of the letter in question.

2 See critical note. 8. Iliad 20. 51.
* Iliad 10. 430.
perimeter . . ., five stadia distant from the Simoeis, and ten

stadia distant from the village of the Llians.”
69
.

STRABO

διέχει. ὅ τε "Epiveos, τραχύς tis τόπος καὶ
ἐρινεώδης, τῷ μὲν ἀρχαίῳ κτίσματι ὑποπέπτωκεν,
ὥστε τὸ
λαὸν δὲ στῆσον παρ᾽ "Epweor, ἔνθα μάλιστα
ἄμβατός ἐστι πόλις καὶ ἐπίδρομον ἔπλετο
τεῖχος

οἰκείως ἂν λέγοιϊ ἡ ᾿Ανδρομάχη, τῆς δὲ νῦν

πόλεως πάμπολυ ἀφέστηκε." καὶ ὁ Φηγὸς δὲ

μικρὸν κατωτέρω ἐστὶ τοῦ ᾿Ἐρινεοῦ, ἐφ᾽ οὗ φησὶν
ὁ ᾿Αχιλλεύς,

ὄφρα δ᾽ ἐγὼ μετ᾽ ᾿Αχαιοῖσιν πολέμιξον,
οὐκ ἐθέλεσκε μάχην ἀπὸ τείχεος ὀρνύμεν
Ἕκτωρ,
ἀλλ᾽ ὅσον ἐς Σκαιάς τε πύλας καὶ Φηγὸν
ἵκανεν.8

36. Καὶ μὴν τό γε ναύσταθμον τὸ νῦν ἔτι
λεγόμενον πλησίον. οὕτως ἐστὶ τῆς νῦν πόλεως,
ὥστε θαυμάζειν εἰκότως ἄν τινα τῶν μὲν τῆς
ἀπονοίας, τῶν δὲ «Τοὐναντίον τῆς ἀψυχίας" ἀπο-
νοίας μέν, εἰ εἰς 4 τοσοῦτον χρόνον ἀτείχιστον
αὐτὸ εἶχον, πλησίον οὔσης τῆς πόλεως καὶ
τοσούτου πλήθους, τοῦ τ᾽ ἐν αὐτῇ καὶ τοῦ
ἐπικουρικοῦ" νεωστὶ γὰρ γεγονέναι φησὶ τὸ
τεῖχος (ἢ οὐδ᾽ ἐγένετο, ὁ δὲ πλάσας ποιητὴς
ἠφάνισεν, ὡς ᾿Αριστοτέλης φησίν)" ἀψυχίας δέ,
εἰ, γενομένου τοῦ τείχους, ἐτειχομάχουν καὶ ὃ
εἰσέπεσον εἰς αὐτὸ τὸ ναύσταθμον καὶ προσεμά-
χοντὸ ταῖς ναυσίν, ἀτείχιστον δὲ ἔχοντες, οὐκ
ἐθάρρουν προσιόντες πολιορκεῖν, μικροῦ τοῦ

1 Some of the MSS. read λέγοιτο instead of λέγοι.
70

GEOGRAPHY, 13. τ. 35-36

present Ilium. And again, Erineus, a place that is
rugged and full of wild fig trees, lies at the foot
of the ancient site, so that Andromaché might
appropriately say, “Stay thy host beside Erineus,
where best the city can be approached and the wall
sealed,’? but Erineus stands at a considerable distance
from the present Ilium. Further, a little below
Erineus is Phegus,* in reference to which Achilles
says, “ But so long as I was carrying on war amid
the Achaeans, Hector was unwilling to rouse battle
away from the wall, but would come only as far as
the Scaean Gates and Phegus.”’ #

36. However, the Naval Station, still now so
called, is so near the present Ilium that one might
reasonably wonder at the witlessness of the Greeks
and the faint-heartedness of the Trojans; witlessness,
if the Greeks kept the Naval Station unwalled for
so long a time, when they were near to the city and
to so great a multitude, both that in the city and
that of the allies; for Homer says that the wall had
only recently been built (or else it was not built at
all, but fabricated and then abolished by the poet, as
Aristotle says) ; and faint-heartedness, if the Trojans,
when the wall was built, could besiege it-and break
into the Naval Station itself and attack the ships,
yet did not have the courage to march up and be-
siege the station when it was still unwalled and only

1 See foot-note on ‘‘ Erineus,”’ ὃ 34 above.
2 Iliad 6. 433. 3 Oak tree. 4 Iliad 9. 352.

3 ἀφέστηκε (the reading of Eustathius, note on Iliad 6.
433), Casaubon, for ἀπέοικε: so Kramer and Meineke.

8 ἵκανεν, Xylander, for ἵκοντο ; so the later editors.

4 εἰς, Meineke omits.

δ᾽ καί, Meineke and Leaf, from conj. of Kramer, for és.

: 7%

C599

STRABO

διαστήματος ὄντος" ἔστι γὰρ τὸ ναύσταθμον
πρὸς Σιγείῳ, πλησίον δὲ καὶ ὁ Σκάμανδρος
ἐκδίδωσι, διέχων τοῦ Ἰλίου σταδίους εἴκοσιν.
εἰ δὲ φήσει τις τὸν νῦν λεγόμενον ᾿Αχαιῶν
λιμένα εἶναι τὸ ναύσταθμον, ἐγγυτέρω τινὰ λέξει
τόπον, ὅσον δώδεκα σταδίους διεστῶτα τῆς
πόλεως, TO! ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ πεδίον συμπροστιθείς,"
διότι τοῦτο πᾶν πρόσχωμα 3 τῶν ποταμῶν. ἐστί, τὸ
πρὸ τῆς πόλεως ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ πεδίον" ὥστε, εἰ
δωδεκαστάδιόν ἐστι νῦν τὸ μεταξύ, τότε καὶ τῷ
ἡμίσει ἔλαττον ὑπῆρχε. καὶ ἡ διήγησις δ᾽ ἡ
πρὸς τὸν Εὔμαιον ὑ ὑπὸ τοῦ ᾽Οδυσσέως διασκευασ-
θεῖσα μέγα ἐμφαίνει τὸ διάστημα τὸ μέχρι
τῆς πόλεως ἀπὸ τοῦ ναυστάθμου"

ὡς ὅθ᾽ ὑπὸ Τροίῃ λόχον ἤγομεν"
φησὶ γὰρ ὑποβάς"

λίην γὰρ νηῶν ἑκὰς ἤλθομεν.
ἐπί τε τὴν κατασκοπὴν πέμπονται γνωσόμενοι,
ποτέρον μενοῦσι παρὰ νηυσὶν ἀπόπροθεν πολὺ
ἀπεσπασμένοι τοῦ οἰκείου τείχους,

ἠὲ πόλινδε

ἂψ ἀναχωρήσουσι.
καὶ ὁ Πολυδάμας,

ἀμφὶ μάλα φράζεσθε, φίλοι" κέλομαι γὰρ

ἔγωγε
ἄστυδε νῦν ἰέναι,

paren: ἑκὰς δ᾽ ἀπὸ τείχεός εἶμεν.
παρατίθησι δ᾽ ὁ Δημήτριος καὶ τὴν ᾿Αλεξανδρινὴν
‘Eotiaiay μάρτυρα, τὴν συγγράψασαν περὶ τῆς
Ὁμήρου ᾿Ιλιάδος, πυνθανομένην, εἰ περὶ τὴν νῦν

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 36

a slight distance away; for it is near Sigeium, and
the Scamander empties near it, at a distance of only
twenty stadia from Ilium. But if one shall say that
the Harbour of Achaeans, as it is now called, is the
Naval Station, he will be speaking of a place that is
still closer, only about twelve stadia distant from the
city, even if one includes the plain by the sea,
because the whole of this plain is a deposit of the
rivers—I mean the plain by the sea in front of the
city; so that, if the distance between the sea and
the city is now twelve stadia, it must have been
no more than half as great at that time. Further,
the feigned story told by Odysseus to Eumaeus
clearly indicates that the distance from the Naval
Station to the city is great, for after saying, “as
when we led our ambush?! beneath the walls of
Troy,’ he adds a little below, “for we went very
far from the ships.’ And spies are sent forth to
find whether the Trojans will stay by the ships “ far
away, far separated from their own walls, “ or will
withdraw again to the city.”? And Polydamas
says, “on both sides, friends, bethink ye well, for I,
on my own part, bid you now to go to the city;
afar from the walls are we.” * Demetrius cites also
Hestiaea of Alexandreia as a witness, a woman who
wrote a work on Homer's //iad and inquired whether

_ 1 Odyssey 14. 469. 2 Iliad 10. 209. ® Iliad 18, 254.

1 +é, before ἐπί, Groskurd inserts ; so the later editors.

2 συμπροστιθείς, Meineke, for viv προστιθείς ; Leaf omits
. προστιθείς ; Kramer conj. οὐκ εὖ after προστιθείς.

8 πρόσχωμα Crwxz, πρόχωμα other MSS.

. 73

STRABO

πόλιν ὁ πόλεμος συνέστη Kall τὸ Τρωικὸν
πεδίον, ὃ μεταξὺ τῆς πόλεως καὶ τῆς θαλάττης
ὁ ποιητὴς φράζει" τὸ μὲν γὰρ πρὸ τῆς νῦν
πόλεως ὁρώμενον πρόσχωμα εἶναι τῶν ποταμῶν
«

ὕστερον γεγονός.

37. Ὅ τε Πολίτης,

ὃς Τρώων σκοπὸς ἷζε, ποδωκείῃσι πεποιθώς,

τύμβῳ ἐπ᾽ ἀκροτάτῳ Αἰσυήταο γέροντος,
μάταιος ἦν. καὶ γὰρ εἰ ἐπ᾽ ἀκροτάτῳ, ὅμως
? \ 2 \ μὴ / e an > Ud
ἀπὸ" πολὺ ἂν μείζονος ὕψους τῆς ἀκροπόλεως
ἐσκόπευεν, ἐξ ἴσου σχεδόν τι διαστήματος, μὴ
δεόμενος μηδὲν τῆς ποδωκείας τοῦ ἀσφαλοῦς
χάριν' πέντε γὰρ διέχει σταδίους ὁ νῦν δεικνύ-
μενος τοῦ Αἰσυήτου τάφος κατὰ τὴν εἰς ᾿Αλε-
ξάνδρειαν ὁδόν. οὐδ᾽ ἡ τοῦ “Extopos δὲ περι-
δρομὴ ἡ περὶ τὴν πόλιν ἔχει τι εὔλογον, οὐ γάρ
ἐστι περίδρομος ἡ νῦν, διὰ τὴν συνεχῆ ῥάχιν" ἡ δὲ
παλαιὰ ἔχει περιδρομήν.

38. Οὐδὲν δ᾽ ἴχνος σώζεται τῆς ἀρχαίας
πόλεως" εἰκότως: ἅτε γὰρ ἐκπεπορθημένων τῶν
κύκλῳ πόλεων, οὐ τελέως δὲ κατεσπασμένων,
ταύτης δ᾽ ἐκ βάθρων ἀνατετραμμένης, οἱ λίθοι
πάντες εἰς τὴν ἐκείνων ἀνάληψιν μετηνέχθησαν.
᾿Αρχαιάνακτα γοῦν φασι τὸν Μιτυληναῖον ἐκ
τῶν ἐκεῖθεν λίθων τὸ Σίγειον τειχίσαι. τοῦτο
δὲ κατέσχον μὲν ᾿Αθηναῖοι, Φρύνωνα τὸν ᾽Ολυμ-
πιονίκην πέμψαντες, Λεσβίων ἐπιδικαζομένων
σχεδόν τι τῆς συμπάσης Τρωάδος: ὧν δὴ καὶ

1 After καὶ Groskurd inserts ποῦ ἐστί, Kramer conj. ποῦ or

τί, Meineke indicates a lacuna, and Leaf omits altogether
τὸ Τρωικὸν πεδίον. . . ὕστερον γεγονός.

GEOGRAPRY, 13. 1. 36-38

the war took place round the present Ilium and the
Trojan Plain, which latter the poet places between
the city and the sea; for, she says, the plain now to
be seen in front of the present Ilium is a later deposit
of the rivers.

37. Again, Polites, “who was wont to sit as a
sentinel of the Trojans, trusting in his fleetness of
foot, on the topmost part of the barrow of aged
Aesyetes,” 1} was doing a foolish thing, for even
though he sat on the topmost part of it, still he might
have kept watch from the much greater height of the
acropolis, at approximately the same distance, with no
need of fleetness of foot for safety ; for the barrow of
Aesyetes now pointed out is five stadia distant on the
road to Alexandreia. Neither is the “clear running
space ’’* of Hector round the city easy to understand,
for the present Ilium has no “ clear running space,”
on account of the ridge that joins it. The ancient city,
however, has a “ clear running space”’ round it.

38. But no trace of the ancient city survives; and
naturally so, for while the cities all round it were
sacked, but not completely destroyed, yet that city
was so utterly demolished that all the stones were
taken from it to rebuild the others. At any rate,
Archaeanax of Mitylené is said to have built a wall
round Sigeium with stones taken from there. Sigeium
was seized by Athenians under Phrynon the Olympian
victor, although the Lesbians laid claim to almost
the whole of the Troad. Most of the settlements in

1 Iliad 2. 792. 2 See Iliad 2. 812.

2 ἀπό, before πολύ, Corais inserts; and so Meineke.
Kramer and Leaf insert ἀφ᾽ before ὕψους.

STRABO

κτίσματά εἰσιν ai πλεῖσται τῶν κατοικιῶν, ai
μὲν συμμένουσαι καὶ νῦν, αἱ δ᾽ ἠφανισμέναι.

C 600 Πιττακὸς δ᾽ ὁ Μιτυληναῖος, εἷς τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν

λεγομένων, πλεύσας ἐπὶ τὸν Φρύνωνα στρατηγὸν
διεπολέμει τέως, διατιθεὶς καὶ πάσχων κακῶς,
ὅτε καὶ ᾿Αλκαῖός φησιν ὁ ποιητής, ἑαυτὸν ἔν
τινι ἀγῶνι κακῶς φερόμενον τὰ ὅπλα ῥίψαντα
φυγεῖν: λέγει δὲ πρός τινα κήρυκα, κελεύσας
> a > » > a , Μ
ἀγγεῖλαι τοῖς ἐν οἴκῳ, ᾿Αλκαῖος coos “Apert
ἔντεα δ᾽ ἡ οὐκυτὸν ἁληκτορὶν ἐς Γλαυκωποῦ ἱερὸν
ἀνεκρέμασαν ᾿Αττικοί, ὕστερον δ᾽ ἐκ μονομα-
χίας, προκαλεσαμένου3 τοῦ Φρύνωνος, ἁλιευ-
τικὴν ἀναλαβὼν σκευὴν συνέδραμε, καὶ τῷ μὲν
ἀμφιβλήστρῳ περιέβαλε, τῇ τριαίνῃ δὲ καὶ τῷ
ξιφιδίῳ ἔπειρε καὶ ἀνεῖλε. μένοντος δ᾽ ἔτι τοῦ
/ \ ς ε Ν

πολέμου, Περίανδρος διαιτητὴς αἱρεθεὶς ὑπὸ
ἀμφοῖν ἔλυσε τὸν πόλεμον.

39. Τίμαιον δὲ ψεύσασθαί φησιν ὁ Δημήτριος,
ε a“ > al , a > ? ’ /
ἱστοροῦντα ἐκ τῶν λίθων τῶν ἐξ ᾿Γλίου Περίανδρον
> / 3 » Fee | / fal > θ /
ἐπιτειχίσαι TO ᾿Αχίλλειον τοῖς ᾿Αθηναίοις, Bon-
θοῦντα τοῖς περὶ [Ππττακόν' ἐπιτειχισθῆναι μὲν
γὰρ ὑπὸ τῶν Μιτυληναίων τὸν τόπον τοῦτον τῷ
Σιγείῳ, οὐ μὴν ἐκ λίθων τοιούτων, οὐδ᾽ ὑπὸ τοῦ

1 Meineke, following conj. of Kramer, ejects ὅτε. ...
*Atrixol, The passage ᾿Αλκαῖος. .. ᾿Αττικοί, from odos to
ἀνεκρέμασαν, has been so badly mutilated by the copyists
that it is impossible to do more in a translation than to give
the general sense of it. For conjectural restorations see
Kramer, C. Miiller (Ind. Var. Lect. p. 1025), and Bergk
(Vol. ITI. Frag. 32 of Alcaeus), who reads ἐνθαδ᾽ οὐκυτὸν ἁληκ-
τορὶν és γλαυκωπὸν ἱερὸν ὃν ἐκρέμασαν ᾿Αττικοί, Meineke and
Leaf omit the whole passage.

3 προκαλεσαμένου F, other MSS. προσκαλεσαμένου.

8 ἐπιτειχίσαι, Corais, for περιτειχίσαι ; so the later editors.

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 38-39

the Troad belong, in fact, to the Lesbians, and some
endure to this day, while others have disappeared.
Pittacus of Mitylené, one of the Seven Wise Men,
as they are called, sailed against Phrynon the
general! and for a time carried on the war, but with

r management and ill consequences. It was at
this time that the poet Alcaeus says that he himself,
being sorely pressed in a certain battle, threw away
his arms and fled. He addresses his story to a
certain herald, whom he had bidden to report to
the people at home that “ Alcaeus is safe, but his
arms have been hung up as an offering to Ares by the
Attic army in the temple of Athena Glaucopis.” 2 But
later, on being challenged to single combat by
Phrynon, he took up his fishing-tackle, ran to meet
him, entangled him in his fishing net, and stabbed
and slew him with trident and dagger. But since
the war still went on, Periander was chosen by both
sides as arbiter and ended it.

39. Demetrius says that Timaeus falsifies when he
informs us that Periander fortified Achilleium against
the Athenians with stones from Ilium, to help the
army of Pittacus; for this place, he says, was indeed
fortified by the Mitylenaeans against Sigeium, though
not with such stones as those, nor yet by Periander.

1 The Athenian general.
2 Only this fragment (Bergk 32) of Alcaeus’ poem, ad-
to Melanippus (see Herodotus 5. 95), is preserved.
But the text has been so badly mutilated by the copyists
that none of the conjectural restorations can with certainty
be adopted; and hence the translator can give only the
general sense of the passage. However, the whole reference
to Alcaeus appears to be merely a note that has crept into
the text from the margin (see critical note).

. 77

STRABO

Περιάνδρου. πῶς yap ἂν αἱρεθῆναι διαιτητὴν
τὸν προσπολεμοῦντα ; ᾿Αχίλλειον δ᾽ ἐστὶν ὁ
τόπος, ἐν ᾧ τὸ ᾽Α χιλλέως μνῆμα, κατοικία μικρά.
κατέσκαπται δὲ καὶ τὸ Σίγειον ὑ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰλιέων
ἀπειθοῦν" }} ὑπ᾽ ἐκείνοις γὰρ ἣν ὕστερον 7
παραλία πᾶσα ἡ μέχρι Δαρδάνου, καὶ νῦν ὑπ᾽
ἐκείνοις ἐστί. τὸ δὲ παλαιὸν ὑπὸ τοῖς Αἰολεῦσιν
ἣν τὰ πλεῖστα, ὥστε Ἔφορος οὐκ ὀκνεῖ πᾶσαν
τὴν ἀπὸ ᾿Αβύδου μέχρι Κύμης καλεῖν Αἰολίδα.
Θουκυδίδης δέ φησιν ἀφαιρεθῆναι τὴν Τροίαν
ὑπὸ ᾿Αθηναίων τοὺς Μετυληναίους ἐν τῷ
Πελοποννησιακῷ πολέμῳ τῷ Παχητίῳ.

40, Λέγουσι δ᾽ οἱ νῦν ᾿Ιλιεῖς καὶ τοῦτο, ὡς
οὐδὲ τελέως ἠφανίσθαι συνέβαινεν 5 τὴν πόλιν
κατὰ τὴν ἅλωσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ᾿Αχαιῶν, οὐδ᾽ ἐξε-
λείφθη ὃ οὐδέποτε. αἱ γοῦν Λοκρίδες παρθένοι,
μικρὸν ὕστερον ἀρξάμεναι, ἐ ἐπέμποντο κατ᾽ ἔτος.
καὶ ταῦτα δ᾽ οὐ Ὁ μηρικά' οὔτε γὰρ τῆς
Κασάνδρας φθορὰν οἶδεν " Ὅμηρος, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι μὲν
παρθένος ἦν ὑπ᾽ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον λέγει"

πέφνε γὰρ ᾿Οθρυονῆα, Καβησόθεν ἔνδον ἐόντα,
ὅς pa νέον πτολέμοιο μετὰ κλέος εἰληλούθει.

1 CDFhirwz read ἀπειθούντων instead of ἀπειθοῦν.

2 mz, and Corais, read συνέβη instead of συνέβαινεν.

-3 ἐξελείφθη, Corais, for ἐξελήφθη CDF, ἐξηλήφθη hi,
ἐξηλείφθη γιοῦ.

1 See 18. 1. 4.
᾿ # 7,e, the campaign of Paches, the Athenian general, who
in 427 B.c. captured Mitylené (see Thucydides 3. 18-49).

5 To appease the wrath of Athena, caused after the Trojan
War by the sacrilege of Aias the Locrian in her temple (he

a 7 >

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 39-40

For how could the opponent of the Athenians have
been chosen as arbiter? Achilleium is the place
where stands the monument of Achilles and is only
a smal] settlement. Sigeium, also, has been rased
to the ground by the Ilians, because of its dis-
obedience; for the whole of the coast as far as
Dardanus was later subject to the Ilians and is now
subject to them. In ancient times the most of it
was subject to the Aeolians, so that Ephorus does
not hesitate to apply the name Aeolis to the whole
of the coast from Abydus to Cymé.1 Thucydides
says that Troy was taken away from the Mitylenaeans
by the Athenians in the Pachetian part? of the
Peloponnesian War.

40. The present Ilians further tell us that the city
was, in fact, not completely wiped out at its capture
by the Achaeans and that it was never even deserted.
At any rate the Locrian maidens, beginning a little
later, were sent every year.? But this too is non-
Homeric, for Homer knows not of the violation of
Cassandra, but he says that she was a maiden at
about that time, “for he* slew Othryoneus, a
sojourner in Troy from Cabesus, who had but recently
come, following after the rumour of war,> and he

dragged Cassandra away from the altar of the Palladium),
the rians were instructed by an oracle from Delphi to
send to her temple (as temple slaves) at Ilium two maidens
every year for a thousand years. It appears that the servi-
tude of the maidens lasted for only one year, each pair being
released at the end of the year when the next pair arrived,
but that upon their return home they were forced to remain
unmarried (see Leaf, Annual of the British School at Athens,
XXI, pp. 148-154).

4 Idomeneus, son of Minos and King of Crete; one of the
bravest heroes of the war.

® Or perhaps ‘‘ in quest of war’s renown ” (Leaf).

C 601

STRABO

ἥτεε δὲ Πριάμοιο θυγατρῶν εἶδος ἀρίστην,
Κασσάνδρην, ἀνάεδνον"

βίας δὲ οὐδὲ μέμνηται, οὐδ᾽ ὅτι ἡ φθορὰ τοῦ
Αἴαντος ἐν τῇ ναυαγίᾳ κατὰ μῆνιν ᾿Αθηνᾶς
συνέβη, ἢ κατὰ τοιαύτην αἰτίαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπεχθα-
νόμενον μὲν τῇ ᾿Αθηνᾷ κατὰ τὸ κοινὸν εἴρηκεν
ἁπάντων γὰρ εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἀσεβησάντων, ἅ ἅπασιν
ἐμήνιεν), ἀπολέσθαι δὲ ὑπὸ Ποσειδῶνος μεγα-
λορρημονήσαντα. τὰς δὲ Λοκρίδας πεμφθῆναι,

ερσῶν ἤδη κρατούντων, συνέβη.

41. Οὕτω μὲν δὴ λέγουσιν οἱ Ἰλιεῖς, Ὅμηρος
δὲ Lab τὸν ἀφανισμὸν ΤῊΣ πόλεως εἴρηκεν"

ἔσσεται ἦμαρ, ὅταν ποτ᾽ ὀλώλῃ Ἴλιος ἑ ἱρή.

ἢ γὰρ: καὶ “Πριάμοιο πόλιν διεπέρσαμεν αἰπήν

βουλῇ 5 καὶ μύθοισι.

πέρθετο δὲ ΤΠΙριάμοιο πόλις δεκάτῳ ἐνιαυτῷ.
καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα δὲ τοῦ αὐτοῦ τίθενται τεκμήρια,
οἷον, ὅτι τῆς ᾿Αθηνᾶς τὸ ξόανον νῦν μὲν ἑστηκὸς
ὁρᾶται, Ὅμηρος δὲ καθήμενον ἐμφαίνει" πέπλον
γὰρ κελεύει

θεῖναι ᾿Αθηναίης ἐπὶ γούνασιν"
ὡς Kal,

μή ποτε γούνασιν οἷσιν ἐφέζεσθαι φίλον υἱόν.
βέλτιον γὰρ οὕτως, ἢ ὥς τινες δέχονται ἀντὶ τοῦ

1 αὐτὰρ ἐπεί, instead of ἦ γάρ, is the reading in the Odyssey.

2 The MSS., except moz, which omit βουλῇ καὶ μύθοισι, have
εἴπερ before these words.

1 Tliad 13. 368. Homer mentions Cassandra in only two
other places, Iliad 24. 699 and Odyssey 11. 422.

a γυυνυνγνυ ν᾿

"louie δ

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 40-41

was asking Cassandra in marriage, the comeliest of
the daughters of Priam, without gifts of wooing,”?
and yet he does not so much as mention any viola-
tion of her or say that the destruction of Aias in
the shipwreck took place because of the wrath of
Athena or any such cause; instead, he speaks of
Aias as “ hated by Athena,’ ? in accordance with her
general hatred (for since they one and all committed
sacrilege against her temple, she was angry at them
all), but says that he was destroyed by Poseidon
because of his boastful speech.2 But the fact is that
the Locrian maidens were first sent when the
Persians were already in power.

41. So the Ilians tell us, but Homer expressly
states that the city was wiped out: “The day shall
eome when sacred Ilios shall perish” ;* and “ surely
we have utterly destroyed the steep city of Priam,’ 5
“by means of counsels and persuasiveness”’ ;® “ and
in the tenth year the city of Priam was destroyed.” 7
And other such evidences of the same thing are set
forth ; for example, that the wooden image of Athena
now to be seen stands upright, whereas Homer
clearly indicates that it was sitting, for orders are
given to “put” the robe “upon Athena’s knees” 8

compare “that never should there sit upon his
nees a dear child”’).® For it is better to interpret
it*® in this way than, as some do, to interpret it as

2 Odyssey 4. 502. 3 Odyssey 4. 500 ff.

* Iliad 6. 448. 5 Odyssey 3. 130.

® This phrase is not found in the J/iad or Odyssey, but once
before (1. 2. 4) Strabo has ascribed it to Homer (see critical
note).

7 Iliad 12. 15. 8 Iliad 6. 92, 273. ® Iliad 9. 455.

10 7,.e. the Greek preposition ἐπί, which more naturally
means *‘ upon” rather than ‘‘ beside.”

vol. Vi.

STRABO

παρὰ τοῖς γόνασι θεῖναι, παρατιθέντες TO
ε > are / > Ν > lol
ἡ δ᾽ ἧσται ἐπ᾽ ἐσχάρῃ ἐν πυρὸς αὐγῇ

> \ a »»ν / / \ xX / ’

ἀντὶ τοῦ παρ᾽ ἐσχάρῃ. τίς γὰρ ἂν νοηθείη πέπλου

ἀνάθεσις παρὰ τοῖς γόνασι; καὶ οἱ τὴν προσῳδίαν

Ὁ

δὲ διαστρέφοντες, γουνάσιν, ὡς θυιάσιν, ὁποτέρως
oe 2 ,

ἂν δέξωνται, ἀπεραντολογοῦσιν, εἴθ᾽ ἱκετεύοντές

τε φρένας. πολλὰ δὲ τῶν ἀρχαίων τῆς ᾿Αθηνᾶς

ξοάνων καθήμενα δείκνυται, καθάπερ ἐν

Φωκαίᾳε Μασσαλίᾳ, ι Ῥώμῃ, Χίῳ, ἄλλαις

a ΄ Ἁ

πλείοσιν. ὁμολογοῦσι δὲ καὶ οἱ νεώτεροι τὸν

ἀφανισμὸν τῆς πόλεως, ὧν ἐστὶ καὶ Λυκοῦργος

ς ε “ ᾽

ὁ ῥήτωρ' μνησθεὶς γὰρ τῆς ᾿Ιλεέων πόλεως

φησί, τίς οὐκ ἀκήκοεν, ws ἅπαξ ὑπὸ τῶν

€ , / > / Φ

Ελλήνων κατεσκάφθη, ἀοίκητον οὖσαν ;

42. Εἰκάζουσι δὲ τοὺς ὕστερον ἀνακτίσαι
διανοουμένους οἰωνίσασθαι τὸν τόπον ἐκεῖνον,
εἴτε διὰ τὰς συμφοράς, εἴτε καὶ καταρασαμένου
τοῦ ᾿Αγαμέμνονος κατὰ παλαιὸν ἔθος (καθάπερ

Ν ς > \ \ / > €
καὶ ὁ Κροῖσος ἐξελὼν τὴν Σιδηνήν, eis ἣν ὁ

/ / Ὕ ’ > \ ”
τύραννος κατέφυγε Γλαυκίας, ἀρὰς ἔθετο κατὰ
τῶν τειχιούντων πάλιν τὸν τόπον), ἐκείνου μὲν
οὖν ἀποστῆναι τοῦ χωρίου, ἕτερον δὲ τειχίσαι.
πρῶτοι μὲν οὖν ᾿Αστυπαλαιεῖς οἱ τὸ “Ροίτειον
κατασχόντες συνῴκισαν πρὸς τῷ Σιμόεντι
Πόλιον, ὃ νῦν καλεῖται ἸΤόλισμα, οὐκ ἐν εὐερκεῖ

1 The words εἴθ᾽ ἱκετεύοντές τε φρένας are unintelligible.
Meineke emends to εἴθ᾽ ἱκετείας ἑρμηνεύοντες εἴτε φρένας ;
Leaf translates (with a question mark) ‘‘whether as sup-
pliants or mind”! Jones conj. that the words ἐπὶ (or ἐν) τῇ
τέφρᾳ (‘Sin the ashes”), referring to ἐπ᾽ ἐσχάρῃ, are hidden
in τε φρένας.

ee ee ee

ἘΣ

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 41-42

meaning “to put the robe ‘beside’ her knees,”
comparing the words “ and she sits upon the hearth
in the light of the fire,” which they take to mean
“beside” the hearth. For how could one conceive
of the dedication of a robe “beside” the knees?
Moreover, others, changing the accent on yovvaow,
accenting it γουνάσιν," like θυιάσιν 3 (in whichever of
two ways they interpret it), talk on endlessly. . . .4
There are to be seen many of the ancient wooden
images of Athena in a sitting posture, as, for example,
in Phocaea, Massalia, Rome, Chios, and several other
places. Also the more recent writers agree that
the city was wiped out, among whom is the orator
Lycurgus,® who, in mentioning the city of the Ilians,
says: “ Who has not heard that once for all it was
rased to the ground by the Greeks, and is unin-
habited ?”’

42. It is surmised that those who later thought of
refounding the city regarded that site as ill-omened,
either on account of its misfortune or also because,
in accordance with an ancient custom, a curse had
been laid upon it by Agamemnon, just as Croesus,
after he destroyed Sidené, whither the tyrant
Glaucias had fled for refuge, put a curse on any
persons who should re-fortify the site; and that
they therefore avoided that place and fortified
another. Now the Astypalaeans who held possession
of Rhoeteium were the first to settle Polium, now
called Polisma, on the Simoeis River, but not on a

1 “ Knees.”

2 They obviously took γουνάσιν, if there ever was such a
word, to mean “‘ female suppliants.”

3. ** Maenads.” * See critical note.

5 Against Leocrates, 62.

C 602

STRABO

τόπῳ' διὸ κατεσπάσθη ταχέως. ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν
Λυδῶν ἡ νῦν ἐκτίσθη κατοικία καὶ τὸ ἱερόν᾽ οὐ
μὴν πόλις γε ἦν, ἀλλὰ πολλοῖς χρόνοις ὕστερον,
καὶ κατ᾽ ὀλίγον, ὡς εἴρηται, τὴν αὔξησιν ἔσχεν.
“Ἑλλάνικος δὲ χαριζόμενος τοῖς ᾿ἸΙλιεῦσιν, οἷος
ἐκείνου θυμός, συνηγορεῖ τὸ τὴν αὐτὴν εἶναι
πόλιν τὴν νῦν τῇ τότε. τὴν δὲ χώραν, ἀφανισ-
θείσης τῆς πόλεως, οἱ τὸ Σίγειον καὶ τὸ Ῥοίτειον
ἔχοντες διενείμαντο καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὡς ἕκαστοι
τῶν πλησιοχώρων, ἀπέδοσαν δ᾽ ἀνοικισθείσης.
48, Πολυπίδακον δὲ τὴν Ἴδην ἰδίως οἴονται
λέγεσθαι διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς ῥεόντων
ποταμῶν, καθ᾽ ἃ μάλιστα ἡ Δαρδανικὴ ὑποπέ-
πτωκεν αὐτῇ καὶ μέχρι Σκήψεως καὶ τὰ περὶ

Ἴλιον. ἔμπειρος δ᾽ ὧν τῶν τόπων, ὡς ἂν

ἐπιχώριος ἀνήρ, ὁ Δημήτριος τοτὲ μὲν οὕτως
λέγει περὶ αὐτῶν' ἔστι γὰρ λόφος τις τῆς Ἴδης
Κότυλος: ὑπέρκειται δ᾽ οὗτος ἑκατόν που καὶ
” / / eg /
εἴκοσι σταδίοις Σκήψεως, ἐξ οὗ 6 Te Σκάμανδρος
ῥεῖ καὶ ὁ Τράνικος καὶ Αἴσηπος, οἱ μὲν πρὸς ἄρκτον
καὶ τὴν Προποντίδα, ἐκ πλειόνων πηγῶν συλλει-
βόμενοι, ὁ δὲ Σκάμανδρος ἐπὶ δύσιν ἐκ μιᾶς
fol lal >] > 4 / >
πηγῆς: πᾶσαν δ᾽ ἀλλήλαις πλησιάζουσιν, ἐν
, ’ Ὁ
εἴκοσι σταδίων περιεχόμεναι διαστήματι" πλεῖσ-
τον δ᾽ ἀφέστηκεν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς τὸ τοῦ Αἰσήπου
τέλος, σχεδόν τι καὶ πεντακοσίους σταδίους.
παρέχει δὲ λόγον, TAS? φησιν ὁ ποιητής"

1 θυμός, Xylander, for μῦθος ; so the later editors,
2 πῶς, Corais, for és; so the later editors.

1 2,6. of Ilium. 2.13.11. 26:
84

——

eee

q GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 42-43

4 well-protected site; and therefore it was soon de-
_ molished. It was in the time of the Lydians that
_ the present settlement! was founded, as also the
temple. It was not a city, however, and it was
only after many ages, and gradually, as I have said,?
_ that it increased. But Hellanicus, to gratify the
_ Ilians, “such is the spirit of that man,’’? agrees with
_ them that the present Ilium is the same as the
_ ancient. When the city was wiped out, its territory
was divided up between the inhabitants of Sigeium
and Rhoeteium and several other neighbouring
peoples, but the territory was given back when the

_ place was refounded.
43. The epithet “many-fountained”’* is thought
_ to be especially applied to Mt. Ida because of the
great number of rivers that flow from it, particularly
_ in those parts below it where lie the territory of
Dardanus—even as far as Scepsis—and the region of
Ilium. Demetrius, who as a native was acquainted
_ with the topography of the country, says in one
‘ place as follows: There is a hill of Ida called
_ Cotylus; and this hill lies about one hundred and
᾿ twenty stadia above Scepsis; and from it flow the
Scamander, the Granicus, and the Aesepus, the two
_ latter flowing towards the north and the Propontis
_ and constituting a collection of streams from several
_ sources, while the Scamander flows towards the west
from only one source; and all the sources lie close
_ together, being comprised within a distance of twenty
_ Stadia; but the end of the Aesepus stands farthest
_ away from its beginning, approximately five hundred
_ Stadia. But it is a matter of argument what the poet
ΟΠ Means when he says: “ And they came to the two

* A quotation from Iliad 15. 94. * Cf. 13. 1. 5.
85

Diwe

STRABO

‘ Ἅ “ / Μ Ν /
κρουνὼ δ᾽ ἵκανον καλιρρόω, ἔνθα δὲ πηγαί
δοιαὶ ἀναΐσσουσι Σκαμάνδρου δινήεντος"

ἡ μὲν γάρ θ᾽ ὕδατι λιαρῷ ῥέει,

7? ? a > / /
6 ἐστι θερμῷ: ἐπιφέρει dé
> \ \ Ἁ
ἀμφὶ δὲ καπνὸς
γίγνεται ἐξ αὐτῆς, ὡσεὶ πυρός.
ς ; 7 / “ / > Lal /
ἡ δ᾽ ἑτέρη θέρεϊ προρέει εἰκυῖα χαλάξῃ
a / a
ἢ χιόνι ψυχρῇ.

ΝΜ \ \ a > a ῇ Sa ἢ wy? ¢
οὔτε yap θερμὰ νῦν ἐν τῷ τόπῳ εὑρίσκεται, οὔθ᾽ ἡ
τοῦ Σκαμάνδρου πηγὴ ἐνταῦθα, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ ὄρει"

> \
καὶ μία, ἀλλ᾽ ov δύο. τὰ μὲν οὖν θερμὰ ἐκλε-

“ /
λεῖφθαι εἰκός, TO δὲ ψυχρὸν κατὰ διάδοσιν 1
ὑπεκρέον ἐκ τοῦ Σκαμάνδρου κατὰ τοῦτ᾽ ἀνατέλ-
ew τὸ χωρίον, ἢ καὶ διὰ τὸ πλησίον εἶναι τοῦ
Σκαμάνδρου καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ὕδωρ λέγεσθαι τοῦ
Σκαμάνδρου πηγήν" οὕτω γὰρ λέγονται πλείους
πηγαὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ποταμοῦ.

44, Συμπίπτει δ᾽ εἰς αὐτὸν ὁ ἔΑνδερος ἀπὸ τῆς
Καρησηνῆς, ὀρεινῆς τινὸς πολλαῖς κώμαις συνοι-
κουμένης καὶ γεωργουμένης καλῶς, παρακειμένης
τῇ Δαρδανικῇ μέχρι τῶν περὶ Ζέλειαν καὶ
ΠιτύειανξΞ τόπων. ὠνομάσθαι δὲ τὴν χώραν
φασὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καρήσου ποταμοῦ, ὃν ὠνόμακεν ὁ
ποιητής"

Ῥῆσός θ᾽ «Ἑπτάπορός te Κάρησός τε Ῥοδίος τε.

A \ / / \ ε y 2 nr

τὴν δὲ πόλιν κατεσπάσθαι τὴν ὁμώνυμον τῷ
aA € ς a

ποταμῷ. πάλιν δ᾽ οὗτός dyow' ὁ μὲν Ῥῆσος
n a «

ποταμὸς νῦν καλεῖται Ῥοείτης, εἰ μὴ ἄρα ὁ εἰς

\ / ? ΄ © a / >’ «ς /

τὸν Γράνικον ἐμβάλλων Ῥῆσός ἐστιν. ᾿Επτά-

1 For διάδοσιν (all MSS. and Eustathius), Corais, Meineke
86

Ε΄ 2. — ---

are re “SEES δον τὰ

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 43-44

fair-flowing streams, where well up the two springs
of eddying Scamander; for the one flows with soft
water’ + (that is, with “hot water”), and the poet
adds, “and round abouta smoke arises from it as if from
a blazing fire, whereas the other even in summer flows
forth cold as hail or chill snow.” But, in the first
place, no hot waters are now to be found at the site,?
and, secondly, the source of the Scamander is not to
be found there, but in the mountain; and it has
only one source, not two. It is reasonable to sup-
pose, therefore, that the hot spring has given out,
and that the cold one is evacuated from the Scamander
through an underground passage and rises to the
surface here, or else that because of the nearness of
the Scamander this water is called a source of the
Seamander; for people are wont to ascribe several
sources to one and the same river in this way.

44. The Scamander is joined by the Andirus,
which flows from Caresené, a mountainous country
settled with many villages and beautifully culti-
vated; it extends alongside Dardania as far as the
regions of Zeleia and Pityeia. It is said that the
country was named after the Caresus River, which is
named by the poet, “ Rhesus, Heptaporus, Caresus,
and Rhodius,”’ * and that the city of the same name
as the river was torn down. Again, Demetrius says
as follows: “The Rhesus River is now called
Rhoeites, unless it be that the river which empties
into the Granicus is the Rhesus. The Heptaporus,

1 Iliad 22. 147. 2 2,6. of Troy. 8 Iliad 12. 20.

and Leaf, from conj. of Xylander, read diddvow; but the
emendation is unnecessary.
3 πιτύειαν, Xylander, for Πιτυίαν ; so the later editors.
87

STRABO

(603 topos δέ, ὃν καὶ Πολύπορον λέγουσιν, ἑπτάκις

ιαβαινόμενος ἐκ τῶν περὶ τὴν Καλὴν Πεύκην
χωρίων ἐπὶ Μελαινὰξ κώμην ἰοῦσι καὶ τὸ
᾿Ασκληπίειον, ἵδρυμα Λυσιμάχου. περὶ δὲ τῆς
Καλῆς Πεύκης "Ἄτταλος ὁ πρῶτος βασιλεύσας
οὕτως γράφει" τὴν μὲν περίμετρον εἶναί φησι
ποδῶν ,Τεττάρων καὶ εἴκοσι, τὸ δὲ ὕ ὕψος ἀπὸ μὲν
ῥίζης a ἀνιέναι" ἐπὶ ἑξήκοντα καὶ ἑπτὰ πόδας, εἶτ᾽
εἰς τρία σχιξομένην ἴ ἰσον ἀλλήλων διέχοντα, εἶτα
πάλιν συναγομένην εἰς μίαν κορυφήν, ἀποτελοῦ-
σαν τὸ" πᾶν ὕψος δυεῖν πλέθρων καὶ πεντεκαί-
δεκα πηχῶν" ᾿Αδραμυττίου δὲ διέχει πρὸς ἄρκτον
ἑκατὸν καὶ ὀγδοήκοντα σταδίους. Κάρησος δ᾽
ἀπὸ Μαλοῦντος ῥεῖ, τόπου τινὸς κειμένου μεταξὺ
Παλαισκήψεως καὶ ᾿Αχαιίου τῆς Τενεδίων
περαίας" ἐμβάλλει δὲ εἰς τὸν Αἴσηπον. “Ῥοδίος
δὲ ἀπὸ Κλεανδρίας καὶ Τόρδου, ἃ διέχει τῆς
Καλῆς Πεύκης ἑξήκοντα σταδίους" ἐμβάλλει δ᾽
εἰς τὸν Αἴνιον.

45. Τοῦ δ᾽ αὐλῶνος τοῦ περὶ τὸν Αἴσηπον ἐν
ἀριστερᾷ τῆς ῥύσεως αὐτοῦ πρῶτόν ἐστι Πολίχνα,
τειχῆρες χωρίον, εἶθ᾽ ἡ Παλαίσκηψις, εἶτ᾽
᾿Αλαζόνιον, τοῦτ᾽ ἤδη πεπλασμένον πρὸς τὴν τῶν
᾿Αλιζώνων. ὑπόθεσιν, περὶ ὧν εἰρήκαμεν" εἶτα
Κάρησος ἐρήμη καὶ ἡ Καρησηνὴ καὶ ὁμώνυμος
ποταμός, ποιῶν καὶ αὐτὸς αὐλῶνα ἀξιόλογον,
ἐλάττω δὲ τοῦ περὶ τὸν Αἴσηπον. τὰ δ᾽ ἑξῆς ἤδη
τὰ τῆς Ζελείας ἐστὶ πεδία καὶ ὀροπέδια καλῶς

* ἀνιέναι, Meineke and Leaf, following ὁ, for ἐάν Dgh,
ἐᾶν C, ἕως moz.

2 Instead of τό, CDFhi read τότε.

8 For Atvwy Kramer conj. Αἴσηπον.

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 44-45

also called Polyporus, is crossed seven times by one
travelling from the region of the Beautiful Pine to
the village called Melaenae and the Asclepieium
that was founded by Lysimachus. Concerning the
Beautiful Pine, King Attalus the First writes as
follows: “Its circumference is twenty-four feet;
and its trunk rises to a height of sixty-seven feet
from the root and then splits into three forks equi-
distant from one another, and then contracts again
into one head, thus completing a total height of two
plethra and fifteen cubits.”1 It is one hundred and
eighty stadia distant from Adramyttium, to the
north of it. The Caresus flows from Malus, a place
situated between Palaescepsis and the Achaeium,
the part of the mainland that belongs to the Tene-
dians;* and it empties into the Aesepus. The
Rhodius flows from Cleandria and Gordus, which
are sixty stadia distant from the Beautiful Pine; and
it empties into the Aenius.®

45. In the dale of the Aesepus, on the left of the
stream, one comes first to Polichna, a place enclosed
by walls; and then to Palaescepsis; and then to
Alizonium (this last name having been fabricated 4
to support the hypothesis about the Halizones,
whom I have already discussed);° and then to
Caresus, which is deserted, and Caresené, and the
river of the same name,® which also forms a notable
dale, though smaller than that of the Aesepus;
and next follow the plains and plateaux of Zeleia,

1 About 225 feet. 2 See end of § 32.
8. ** Aenius” appears to be an error for ‘‘ Aesepus,” as
suggested by Kramer. See Leaf, p. 207.
i.c. by Demetrius. 5 12. 3. 20-27.
5 The Caresus, of course.

VOL. VI. »D 89

STRABO

γεωργούμενα" ἐν δεξιᾷ δὲ τοῦ Αἰσήπου μεταξὺ
ΠΝ τε καὶ Παλαισκήψεως ἡ Νέα! Κώμη
"Apyupia,2 καὶ τοῦτο πάλιν πλάσμα 8 πρὸς
τὸ αὐτὴν ὑπόθεσιν, ὅπως σωθείη τὸ
ὅθεν ἀργύρου ἐστὶ γενέθλη.
ἡ οὖν ᾿Αλύβη ποῦ, i) ᾿Αλόπη ἢ ὅπως βούλονται
παρονομάξειν ; ; ἐχρῆν γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο πλάσαι
παρατριψαμένους τὸ μέτωπον καὶ μὴ χωλὸν ἐᾶν
καὶ ἕτοιμον “πρὸς ἔλεγχον ἅπαξ ἤδη ἀποτετολμη-
κότας. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἔνστασιν ἔχει τοιαύτην,
τἄλλα δὲ ὑπολαμβάνομεν, ἢ τά γε πλεῖστα, δεῖν
προσέχειν * ὡς ἀνδρὶ ἐ ἐμπείρῳ καὶ ἐντοπίῳ, φροντί-
σαντί τε τοσοῦτον περὶ τούτων, ὥστε τριάκοντα
βίβλους συγγράψαι στίχων ἐξήγησιν μικρῷ
πλειόνων ἑξήκοντα, τοῦ καταλόγου τῶν Τρώων.
φησὶ δ᾽ οὖν τὴν Παλαίσκηψιν τῆς μὲν Aivéas®
διέχειν πεντήκοντα σταδίους, τοῦ δὲ ποταμοῦ τοῦ
Αἰσήπου τριάκοντα, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Παλαισκήψεως
ταύτης διατεῖναι τὴν ὁμωνυμίαν καὶ εἰς ἄλλους
πλείους τόπους. ἐπάνιμεν δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν παραλίαν,
ὅθενπερ ἀπελίπομεν.
C604 46. "ἔστι δὴ μετὰ τὴν Σιυγειάδα a “ἄκραν καὶ τὸ
᾿Αχίλλειον ἡ Τενεδίων περαία, τὸ ᾿Αχαίϊον, καὶ

1 Νέα appears to be an error for Αἰνέα, and Leaf so reads.
This appears to be the same village mentioned in the same
paragraph below (Aivéas) and in 12. 3. 23 ν Ἑνέαν Κώμην).

2 ᾿Αργυρία, Corais, for 4 ἀργυρεῖα οὔ, ἀργύρια other MSS.

3 After πλάσμα, F adds τάγματα ἀργύρια, CDhi τάγματα τὰ
ἀργύρια, τακτέον τὰ ὰ ἀργυρεῖα, x τακτέον.

4 Professor Capps rightly suspects that αὐτῷ, or Δημητρίῳ,
has fallen out of the MSS. before προσέχειν.

5 Instead of Aivéas, CFA read Αἰνείας, # Nelas; Meineke
reads Νέας.

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 45-46

which are beautifully cultivated. On the right of
the Aesepus, between Polichna and Palaescepsis,
one comes to Nea! Comé and Argyria,? and this again
is a name fabricated to support the same hypo-
thesis, in order to save the words, “where is the
birthplace of silver.” ? Now where is Alybé, or Alopé,
or however they wish to alter the spelling of the
name?* For having once made their bold venture,
they should have rubbed their faces® and fabricated
this name too, instead of leaving it lame and readily
subject to detection. Now these things are open
to objections of this kind, but, in the case of the
others, or at least most of them, I take it for granted
that we must give heed to him * as a man who was
acquainted with the region and a native of it, who
gave enough thought to this subject to write thirty
books of commentary on a little more than sixty lines
of Homer, that is, on the Catalogue of the Trojans.’
He says, at any rate, that Palaescepsis is fifty stadia
distant from Aenea and thirty from the Aesepus
River, and that from this Palaescepsis® the same
name was extended to several other sites. But [
shall return to the coast at the point where [ left off.

46. After the Sigeian Promontory and the Achil-
leium one comes to the Achaeium, the part of the

1 Leaf emends ‘‘ Nea” (‘‘ New”) to ‘* Aenea” (see critical
note).

2 Silvertown. 3 Iliad 2. 856.

* See 12. 3. 21.

5 «.¢.to make them red and thus conceal their blushes of
shame.

5 i.e. Demetrius of Scepsis.

7 Iliad 2. 816-877. 8 Old Scepsis.

® δή, Corais, for δ᾽ ἡ ; so Meineke.

STRABO

αὐτὴ ἡ Tévedos, ov πλείους τῶν τετταράκοντα
σταδίων διέχουσα τῆς ἠπείρου: ἔχει δὲ τὴν
περίμετρον ὅσον ὀγδοήκοντα σταδίων καὶ πόλιν
Αἰολίδα καὶ λιμένας δύο καὶ ἱερὸν τοῦ Σμινθέως
᾿Απόλλωνος, καθώπερ καὶ ὁ ποιητὴς μαρτυρεῖ"

Τενέδοιό τε ἶφι ἀνάσσεις,
Σμινθεῦ.

περίκειται δ᾽ αὐτῇ νησία πλείω, καὶ δὴ καὶ δύο, ἃ.
καλοῦσι Καλύδνας, κειμένας κατὰ τὸν ἐπὶ Λεκτὸν
πλοῦν" καὶ αὐτὴν δὲ τὴν Τένεδον Κάλυδνάν τινες
εἶπον, ἄλλοι. δὲ Λεύκοφρυν.1 μυθεύουσι δ᾽ ἐν
αὐτῇ τὰ περὶ τὸν Τέννην, ἀφ᾽ οὗ καὶ τοὔνομα τῇ
νήσῳ, καὶ τὰ περὶ τὸν Κύκνον, Θρᾷκα τὸ γένος,
πατέρα δ᾽, ὥς τινες, τοῦ Τέννου, βασιλέα δὲ
Κολωνῶν.

41. Ἦν δὲ τῷ ᾿Αχαιίῳ συνεχὴς ἥ τε Λάρισα
καὶ Κολωναί, τῆς 3 Τενεδίων περαίας οὖσαι πρό-
τερον, καὶ ἡ νῦν Χρύσα, ἐφ᾽ ὕψους τινὸς πετρώδους
ὑπὲρ τῆς θαλάττης ἱδρυμένη, καὶ ἡ ᾿Αμαξιτὸς ἡ
τῷ Λεκτῷ ὑποκειμένη συνεχής" νῦν δ᾽ ἡ ᾿Αλεξάν-
δρεια συνεχής ἐστι τῷ ᾿Αχαιίῳ" τὰ δὲ πολίσματα
ἐκεῖνα συνῳκισμένα τυγχάνει, καθάπερ καὶ ἄλλα
πλείω τῶν φρουρίων, εἰς τὴν ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν. ὧν
καὶ Κεβρήνη καὶ Νεανδρία ἐστί, καὶ τὴν χώραν
ἔχουσιν ἐκεῖνοι" ὁ δὲ τόπος, ἐν ᾧ νῦν κεῖται ἡ
᾿Αλεξάνδρεια, Συγία ἐκαλεῖτο.

48. Ἐν δὲ τῇ Χρύσῃ ταύτῃ καὶ τὸ τοῦ

1 After Λεύκοφρυν, moz add εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ ἕτερα νησία περὶ
αὐτήν.

2 After τῆς there is a lacuna in DFA” of about ten letters
followed by δίας οὖσαι κτλ. Corais writes Tevediuss but

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 46-48

mainland that belongs to the Tenedians;! and to
Tenedos itself, which is not more than forty stadia
distant from the mainland. It is about eighty stadia
in circumference, and has an Aeolian city and two
harbours and a temple of Sminthian Apollo, as the
poet testifies : “‘ And dost rule mightily over Tenedos,
O Sminthian.”2 Round it lie several small islands,
in particular two, which are called the Calydnae and
are situated on the voyage to Lectum. And some
give the name Calydna to Tenedos itself, while
others call it Leucophrys. In it is laid the scene of
the myth of Tennes,*? after whom the island was
named, as also that of Cycnus, a Thracian by birth
and, according to some, father of Tennes and king
of Colonae.*

47. Both Larisa and Colonae used to be adjacent
to the Achaeium, formerly being on the part of the
mainland that belonged to the Tenedians; and then
one comes to the present Chrysa, which was founded
on a rocky height above the sea, and to Hamaxitus,
which lies below Lectum and adjacent to it. At
the present time Alexandreia is adjacent to the
Achaeium; and those other towns, like several
others of the strongholds, have been incorporated
with Alexandreia, among them Cebrené and
Neandria; and Alexandreia holds their territory.
But the site on which Alexandreia now lies used
to be called Sigia.

48. In this Chrysa is also the temple of Sminthian

1 See end of § 32. 2 Iliad 1. 38.

® For this myth, see Pausanias 10. 14. 1.
* On the myth of Cycnus, see Leaf, p. 219.

Kramer, Meineke, and Leaf write Τενεδίων περαίας, the con-
vincing conjecture of Groskurd.

C 605

STRABO

Σμινθέως ᾿Απόλλωνός ἐστιν ἱερὸν καὶ τὸ σύμ-
βολον τὸ τὴν ἐτυμότητα τοῦ ὀνόματος σῶζον, ὁ
μῦς, ὑπόκειται τῷ ποδὶ τοῦ Eodvov. Σκόπα δ᾽
ἐστὶν ἔργα 1 τοῦ Ἰ]αρίου: συνοικειοῦσε δὲ καὶ τὴν
ἱστορίαν εἴτε μῦθον τούτῳ τῷ τόπῳ τὴν περὶ τῶν
μυῶν. τοῖς γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Κρήτης ἀφιγμένοις
Τεύκροις (ods πρῶτος παρέδωκε Καλλῖνος ὁ τῆς
ἐλεγείας ποιητής, ἠκολούθησαν δὲ πολλοῦ
χρησμὸς ἦν, αὐτόθι ποιήσασθαι τὴν μονήν, ὅπου
ἂν οἱ γηγενεῖς αὐτοῖς ἐπιθῶνται: συμβῆναι δὲ
τοῦτ᾽ αὐτοῖς φασὶ περὶ ᾿Αμαξιτόν: νύκτωρ. yap
πολὺ πλῆθος ἀρουραίων μνῶν ἐξανθῆσαν διαφαγεῖν
ὅσα σκύτινα τῶν τε ὅπλων καὶ τῶν χρηστηρίων"
τοὺς δὲ αὐτόθι μεῖναι" τούτους δὲ καὶ τὴν “Ldnv
> \ a > / / 4 4

ἀπὸ τῆς ἐν Κρήτῃ προσονομάσαι.Σ Ἡρακλείδης
δ᾽ ὁ Ποντικὸς πληθύοντάς φησι τοὺς μύας περὶ
τὸ ἱερὸν νομισθῆναί τε ἱεροὺς καὶ τὸ ξόανον οὕτω
κατασκευασθῆναι βεβηκὸς ἐπὶ τῷ μυΐ. ἄλλοι δ᾽
ἐκ τῆς ᾿Αττικῆς ἀφῖχθαί τινα Τεῦκρόν φασιν ἐκ
δήμου Τρώων, ὃς νῦν οἱ Ἐξυπετεῶνες 3 λέγεται,
Τεύκρους δὲ μηδένας ἐλθεῖν ἐκ τῆς Κρήτης. τῆς
δὲ πρὸς τοὺς ᾿Αττικοὺς ἐπιπλοκῆς τῶν Τρώων
τιθέασι σημεῖον καὶ τὸ παρ᾽ ἀμφοτέροις ᾽ἜἜρι-
χθόνιόν τινα γενέσθαι τῶν ἀρχηγετῶν. λέγουσι
μὲν οὖν οὕτως οἱ νεώτεροι, τοῖς δ᾽ Ομήρου μᾶλλον
ἔπεσι συμφωνεῖ τὰ ἐν τῷ Θήβης πεδίῳ καὶ τῇ
αὐτόθι Χρύσῃ ἱδρυμένῃ ποτὲ δεικνύμενα ἴχνη,

1 Instead of ἔργα, Eustathius reads ἔργον ; so Leaf.

2 Instead of προσονομάσαι, moz and Eustathius read παρονο-
μάσαι ; the editors before Kramer, κατονομάσαι. .

3 of Humereaves, Meineke, for ὁδξυπετεῶν ; 6 Ἐυπετεών,
Tzschucke and Corais.

GEOGRAPHY, 13. τ. 48

Apollo; and the symbol which preserves the
etymology of the name,'! I mean the mouse, lies
beneath the foot of his image. These are the works
of Scopas of Paros; and also the history, or myth,
about the mice is associated with this place: When
the Teucrians arrived from Crete (Callinus the
elegiac poet was the first to hand down an account
of these people, and many have followed him), they
had an oracle which bade them to “stay on the
spot where the earth-born should attack them” ;
and, he says, the attack took place round Hamaxitus,
for by night a great multitude of field-mice swarmed
out of the ground and ate up all the leather in their
arms and equipment; and the Teucrians remained
there ; and it was they who gave its name to Mt. Ida,
naming it after the mountain in Crete. Heracleides
of Pontus says that the mice which swarmed round
the temple were regarded as sacred, and that for
this reason the image was designed with its foot
upon the mouse. Others say that a certain Teucer
came from the deme ot Troes, now called
Xypeteones, in Attica, but that no Teucrians came
from Crete. As a further sign of the close re-
lationship of the Trojans with the people of Attica
they record the fact that Erichthonius was one
of the original founders in both tribes. Now this
is the account of the more recent writers; but
more in agreement with Homer are the traces to be
seen in the plain of Thebé and in the Chrysa
which was once founded there, which I shall soon

1 Sminthian means ‘‘ Mouse-god.”

* Instead of τῶν ἀρχηγετῶν moz read ἀρχηγέτην.
95

STRABO

περὶ ὧν αὐτίκα ἐροῦμεν. πολλαχοῦ δ᾽ ἐστὶ τὸ
τοῦ Σμινθέως ὄνομα" καὶ γὰρ περὶ αὐτὴν τὴν
¢ \ \ “ \ \ e \ Ψ rd
Apakitov χωρὶς τοῦ κατὰ TO ἱερὸν Σμινθίου δύο
τόποι καλοῦνται Σμίνθια- καὶ ἄλλοι δ᾽ ἐν τῇ
πλησίον Aapicaia: καὶ ἐν τῇ Παριανῇ δ᾽ ἐστὶ
χωρίον τὰ Σμίνθια καλούμενον καὶ ἐν Ῥόδῳ καὶ
ἐν Λίνδῳ καὶ ἄλλοθι δὲ πολλαχοῦ: καλοῦσι δὲ
νῦν τὸ ἱερὸν Σμίνθιον. χωρὶς γοῦν καὶ τὸ
“Ax / 9 OL Ε] / 2 x 3 “ lal A
ἥσιον " πεδίον ov μέγα ἐντὸς 8 τοῦ Λεκτοῦ καὶ
τὸ Τραγασαῖον ἁλοπήγιον αὐτόματον τοῖς ἐτησίαις
« lal a lal
πηγνύμενον πρὸς ᾿Αμαξιτᾷ. ἐπὶ δὲ TO Asal
βωμὸς τῶν δώδεκα θεῶν δείκνυται, καλοῦσι
᾿Αγαμέμνονος ἵδρυμα: ἐν ἐπόψει δὲ τῷ Ἰλίῳ
ἐστὶ τὰ χωρία ταῦτα, ws ἐν διακοσίοις σταδίοις ἢ
μικρῷ πλείοσιν: ὡς δ᾽ αὕτως καὶ τὰ περὶ "Αβυδον
ἐκ θατέρου μέρους, μικρὸν δ᾽ ὅμως ἐγγυτέρω ἡ
"Αβυδος.
49. Κάμψαντι δὲ τὸ Λεκτὸν ἐλλογιμώταται
, lal ? 4 \ ΦΧ ὃ \ U
πόλεις τῶν Αἰολέων καὶ ὁ ᾿Αδραμυττηνὸς κόλπος
ἐκδέχεται, ἐν ᾧ τοὺς πλείους τῶν Λελέγων κατοι-
κίζων ὁ ποιητὴς φαίνεται καὶ τοὺς Κίλικας,
διττοὺς ὄντας. ἐνταῦθα δὲ καὶ ὁ τῶν Μιτυληναίων
ἐστὶν αἰγιαλός, κώμας τινὰς ἔχων τῶν κατὰ τὴν
ἤπειρον τῶν Μιτυληναίων. τὸν δὲ αὐτὸν κόλπον
καὶ ᾿Ιδαῖον λέγουσιν: ἡ γὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ Λεκτοῦ
ῥάχις, ἀνατείνουσα πρὸς τὴν Ἴδην, ὑπέρκειται
τῶν πρώτων τοῦ κόλπου μερῶν’ ἐν οἷς πρῶτον
e e
τοὺς Λέλεγας ἱδρυμένους ὁ ποιητὴς πεποίηκεν.
1 Leaf omits the words καλοῦσι. . . γοῦν, and indicates a
lacuna.
2 "“Αλήσιον E and the editors, ᾿Αλίσιον DCFhaz, ᾿Αλύσιον moz.

ὃ ἐντός, Tyrwhitt, for ἐν τοῖς ; so the later editors.
4 ray, before κατά, hi, Corais and Leaf omit.

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 48-49

discuss. The name of Smintheus is used in many
places, for in the neighbourhood of Hamaxitus
itself, apart from the Sminthium at the temple,
there are two places called Sminthia; and there
are others in the neighbouring territory of Larisa.
And also in the territory of Parium there is a
place called Sminthia, as also in Rhodes and in
Lindus and in many other places. And they now
call the temple Sminthium. Apart, at any rate, lie
both the Halesian Plain, of no great size, and inland
from Lectum, and the Tragasaean salt-pan near
Hamaxitus, where salt is naturally caused to con-
geal by the Etesian winds. On Lectum is to be
seen an altar of the twelve gods, said to have been
founded by Agamemnon. These places are all in
sight of Ilium, at a distance of about two hundred
stadia or a little more; and the same is the case
with the places round Abydus on the other side,
although Abydus is a little closer.

49. On doubling Lectum one comes next to the
most notable cities of the Aeolians, and to the Gulf
of Adramyttium, on which the poet obviously places
the majority of the Leleges, as also the Cilicians,
who were twofold.* Here too is the shore-land of
the Mitylenaeans, with certain villages* belonging
to the Mitylenaeans who live on the mainland.
The same gulf is also called the Idaean Gulf, for
the ridge which extends from Lectum to Mt. Ida
lies above the first part of the gulf, where the poet
represents the Leleges as first settled.*

1 The Greek for these four words seems to be corrupt.
2 See 13. 1. 7, 60.

3. Coryphantis and Heracleia are named in ὃ 51,

4 Iliad 10, 429.

97
D2

STRABO

50. Εὔρηται δὲ περὶ αὐτῶν καὶ πρότερον" καὶ
νῦν δὲ προσληπτέον, ὅτι Πήδασόν twa λέγει
πόλιν αὐτῶν ὑπὸ "Αλτῃ τεταγμένην" ἢ

ἴἼΛλτεω, ὃς Λελέγεσσι φιλοπτολέμοισιν ἀνάσ-
σει,
/ > ld » > \ /
Πήδασον αἰπήεσσαν ἔχων ἐπὶ Σατνιόεντι.

καὶ νῦν ὁ τόπος δείκνυται τῆς πόλεως ἔρημος.
γράφουσι δέ τινες οὐκ εὖ ὑπὸ Σατνιόεντι, ὡς ὑπὸ
ὄρει Σατνιόεντι κειμένης τῆς πόλεως" οὐδὲν δ᾽
ἐστὶν ὄρος ἐνταῦθα Σατνιόεις πρασαγορευόμενον,
ἀλλὰ ποταμός, ἐφ᾽ ἃ ἵδρυται ἡ πόλις" νῦν δ᾽
ἐστὶν ἐρήμη. ὀνομάζει δὲ τὸν ποταμὸν ὁ ποιη-
τής"
Σάτνιον yap? οὔτασε δουρὶ

Oivoridny,® ὃν ἄρα νύμφη τέκε Νηὶς ἀμύμων

Οἴνοπι" βουκολέοντι παρ᾽ ὄχθαις Σατνιόεντος"
καὶ πάλιν"

C606 ναῖε δὲ Σατνιόεντος édppeitao παρ᾽ ὄχθαις
Πήδασον αἰπεινήν.

Σατνιόεντα δ᾽ ὕστερον εἶπον, οἱ δὲ Σαφνιόεντα.
ἔστι δὲ χείμαρρος μέγας" ἄξιον δὲ μνήμης πεποίη-
κεν ὀνομάξων ὁ ὁ ποιητὴς αὐτόν. οὗτοι δ᾽ οἱ πόποι
συνεχεῖς εἰσὶ τῇ Δαρδανίᾳ καὶ τῇ Σκηψίᾳ, ὥσπερ
ἄλλη τις Δαρδανία, ταπεινοτέρα δέ.

51. ᾿Ασσίων δ᾽ ἐστὶ νῦν καὶ Tapyapéwv τὰ ὃ ἕως
τῆς κατὰ Λέσβον θαλάττης περιεχόμενα τῇ τε

1 Instead οὗ τεταγμένην, CDhia read τεταγμένων.
2 yap, after Σάτνιον, omitted by other editors.
8. Instead of Oinentbar: the editors before Kramer, follow-
ing the MSS. of Jiiad 14. 443, read *HvomiSnv.

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 50-51

50. But I have already discussed these matters.
I must now add that Homer speaks of a Pedasus, a
city of the Leleges, as subject to lord Altes: “Of
Altes, who is lord over the war-loving Leleges, who
hold steep Pedasus on the Satnioeis.”? And the
site of the place, now deserted, is still to be seen.
Some write, though wrongly, “at the foot of
Satnioeis,’* as though the city lay at the foot of
a mountain called Satnioeis; but there is no
mountain here called Satnioeis, but only a river
of that name, on which the city is situated; but
the city is now deserted. The poet names the
river, for, according to him, “he wounded Satnius
with a thrust of his spear, even the son of Oenops,
whom a peerless Naiad nymph bore unto Oenops,
as he tended his herds by the banks of the Sat-
nioeis’’;* and again: “ And he dwelt by the banks
of the fair-flowing Satnioeis in steep Pedasus.”’®
And in later times it was called Satnioeis, though
some called it Saphnioeis. It is only a large
winter torrent, but the naming of it by the poet
has made it worthy of mention. These places
are continuous with Dardania and Scepsia, and
are, as it were, a second Dardania, but it is lower-
lying. ;

51. Tothe Assians and the Gargarians now belong
all the parts as far as the sea off Lesbos that are sur-

Σ 13. 1. 7. Ξ Iliad 21. 86.
3 2,6, ὑπό for ἐπί in the Homeric passage quoted,
4 Iliad 14. 443. 5 Iliad 6. 34.

4 Instead of Οἴνοπι, CDF and the editors before Kramer,
following Jliad 14, 444, read Ἤνοπι.
5 Leaf inserts ra before ἕως,

STRABO

᾿Αντανδρίᾳ καὶ τῇ Κεβρηνίων καὶ Νεανδριέξων καὶ
‘Apakitéwv. τῆς μὲν γὰρ ᾿Αμαξιτοῦ Νεανδριεῖς
ὑπέρκεινται, καὶ αὐτοὶ ὄντες ἐντὸς Λεκτοῦ, μεσο-
γειότεροι δὲ; καὶ πλησιαίτεροι τῷ ᾿Ιλίῳ- διέχουσι
γὰρ ἑκατὸν καὶ τριάκοντα σταδίους. τούτων δὲ
καθύπερθε Κεβρήνιοι, τούτων δὲ Δαρδάνιοι μέχρι
Παλαισκήψεως καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς Σκήψεως. τὴν δὲ
ἼΑντανδρον ᾿Αλκαῖος μὲν καλεῖ Λελέγων πόλιν"
πρῶτα 3 μὲν "Αντανδρος Λελέγων πόλις.

ὁ δὲ Σκήψιος ἐν ταῖς παρακειμέναις τίθησιν, ὥστ᾽
ἐκπίπτοι ἂν εἰς τὴν τῶν Κιλίκων: οὗτοι γάρ
εἰσι συνεχεῖς τοῖς Λέλεξι, μᾶλλόν πως τὸ νότιον
πλευρὸν τῆς "Ἴδης ἀφορίζοντες" ταπεινοὶ δ᾽ ὅμως
καὶ οὗτοι καὶ 5 τῇ παραλίᾳ συνάπτοντες μᾶλλον
τῇ κατὰ ᾿Αδραμύττιον. μετὰ γὰρ τὸ Λεκτὸν τὸ
Πολυμήδιόν ἐστι χωρίον te ἐν τετταράκοντα
σταδίοις, εἶτ᾽ ἐν ὀγδοήκοντα “Acaos,* μικρὸν ὑπὲρ
τῆς θαλάττης, εἶτ᾽ ἐν ἑκατὸν καὶ τετταράκοντα

1 δέ, Corais, for τε.

2 For πρῶτα, Leaf, as his translation (p. 253) shows, must
have intended to read πρώτα (πρώτη).

8 oi, before τῇ, Corais rejects; so Kramer, Meineke, and
Leaf.

4 *Agoos, Tzschucke, from conj. of Mannert, for ἄλσος ; so
the later editors.

1 Frag. 65 (Bergk). Leaf translates: ‘‘ Antandros, first
city of the Leleges” (see critical note).

2 Leaf translates: ‘* But Demetrios puts it in the district
adjacent (to the Leleges), so that it would fall within the
territory of the Kilikes”; and in his commentary (p. 255)
he says: ‘‘As the words stand, Strabo says that ‘ Demetrios
places Antandros (not at Antandros but) in the neighbour-
hood of Antandros.’ That is nonsense however we look at

100

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 51

rounded by the territory of Antandrus and that of
the Cebrenians and Neandrians and Hamaxitans ; for
the Antandrians are situated above Hamaxitus, like
it being situated inside Lectum, though farther
inland and nearer to Ilium, for they are one hundred
and thirty stadia distant from Ilium. Higher up
than these are the Cebrenians, and still higher up
than the latter are the Dardanians, who extend as
far as Palaescepsis and Scepsis itself. Antandrus is
called by Alcaeus “city of the Leleges”: “ First,
Antandrus, city of the Leleges’’;1 but it is placed
by the Scepsian among the cities adjacent to their
territory,” so that it would fall within the territory
of the Cilicians ; for the territory of the Cilicians is
continuous with that of the Leleges, the former,
rather than the latter, marking off the southern
flank of Mt. Ida. But still the territory of the
Cilicians also lies low and, rather than that of the
Leleges, joins the part of the coast that is near
Adramyttium.? For after Lectum one comes to a
place called Polymedium, at a distance of forty stadia;
then, at a distance of eighty,4 to Assus, slightly above
the sea; and then, at a distance of one hundred and

it.” Yet the Greek cannot mean that Demetrius transfers
Antandrus, ‘‘a fixed point,” to ‘‘the adjacent district,” as
Leaf interprets, but that he includes it among the cities
(ταῖς παρακειμέναι5) which he enumerates as Cilician,

38 The interpretation of the Greek for this last sentence is
somewhat doubtful. Cf. translation and commentary of
Leaf (pp. 254-255), who regards the text as corrupt.

4 i.e. eighty stadia from Polymedium, not from ποθι
as thought by Thatcher Clark (American Journal of
Archaeology, 4. 291 ff., quoted by Leaf). His interpretation,
neither accepted nor definitely rejected by Leaf (p. 257), is
not in accordance with Strabo’s manner of enumerating
distances, a fact apparently overlooked by both scholars.

Io!

C 607

STRABO

Γάργαρα" κεῖται δὲ τὰ Γάργαρα ἐπ᾽ ἄκρας ποιού-
σης τὸν ἰδίως ᾿Αδραμυττηνὸν καλούμενον κόλπον,
λέγεται γὰρ καὶ πᾶσα ἡ ἀπὸ Λεκτοῦ μέχρι
Κανῶν παραλία τῷ αὐτῷ τούτῳ ὀνόματι, ἐν ᾧ καὶ
ὁ ᾿Ελαϊτικὸς περιλαμβάνεται" ἰδίως μέντοι τοῦτόν
φασιν ᾿Αδραμυττηνόν, τὸν κλειόμενον ὑπὸ ταύτης
τε τῆς ἄκρας, ἐφ᾽ 7 τὰ T'apyapa, καὶ τῆς Πυρρᾶς
ἄκρας προσαγορευομένης, ἐφ᾽ ἡ καὶ ᾿Αφροδίσιον
ἵδρυται. πλάτος δὲ τοῦ στόματός ἐστιν ἀπὸ τῆς
ἄκρας ἐπὶ τὴν ἄκραν δίαρμα ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι
σταδίων. ἐντὸς δὲ ἥ τε ᾿Αντανδρός ἐστιν, ὑπερ-
κείμενον ἔχουσα ὄρος, ὃ καλοῦσιν ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν,
ὅπου τὰς θεὰς κριθῆναί φασιν ὑπὸ τοῦ Πάριδος,
καὶ ὁ ᾿Ασπανεύς, τὸ ὑλοτόμιον τῆς ᾿Ιδαίας ὕλης"
ἐνταῦθα γὰρ διατίθενται κατάγοντες τοῖς δεο-
μένοις. εἶτ᾽ Αστυρα, κώμη καὶ ἄλσος τῆς
᾿Αστυρηνῆς ᾿Αρτέμιδος ἅ ἅγιον. πλησίον δ᾽ εὐθὺς
τὸ ᾿Αδραμύττιον, ᾿Αθηναίων ἄποικος πόλις,
ἔχουσα καὶ λιμένα καὶ ναύσταθμον: ἔξω δὲ τοῦ
κόλπου καὶ τῆς Πυρρᾶς ἄκρας ἥ τε Κισθήνη ἐστὶ
πόλις ἔρημος, ἔχουσα λεμένα. ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς ἐν τῇ
μεσογαίᾳ τό τε τοῦ χαλκοῦ μέταλλον καὶ
Περπερηνὴ ; καὶ Τράριον καὶ ἄλλαι τοιαῦται
κατοικίαι. ἐν δὲ τῇ παραλίᾳ τῇ ἐφεξῆς αἱ τῶν
Μιτυληναίων κῶμαι Kopugartis τε Kal Ἡράκλεια,
καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα "Artea, εἶτ᾽ ᾿Αταρνεὺς καὶ
Πιτάνη καὶ αἱ τοῦ Καΐκου ἐκβολαί" ταῦτα δ᾽
ἤδη τοῦ ᾿Ελαϊτῶν κόλπου: καὶ ἔστιν ἐν τῇ

1 Περπερηνή, Meineke, from conj. of Kramer, for Περπερήνα,

1 See preceding foot-note.
102

GEOGRAPHY, 13. τ. 51

twenty, to Gargara, which lies on a promontory?
that forms the Adramyttene Gulf, in the special sense
of that term ; for the whole of the coast from Lectum
to Canae is also called by this same name, in which is
also included the Elaitic Gulf. In the special sense
of the term, however, only that part of it is called
Adramyttene which is enclosed by that promontory
on which Gargara lies and the promontory called
Pyrrha, on which the Aphrodisium® is situated.
The breadth of the mouth across from promon-
tory to promontory is a distance of one hundred
and twenty stadia. Inside is Antandrus, above
which lies a mountain called Alexandreia, where
the Judgment of Paris is said to have taken place,
as also Aspaneus, the market for the timber from
Mt. Ida; for here people bring it down and sell it
to those who want it. And then comes Astyra, a
village with a precinct sacred to the Astyrene
Artemis. And quite near Astyra is Adramyttium,
a city colonised by the Athenians, which has both
a harbour and a naval station. Outside the gulf
and the promontory called Pyrrha lies Cisthené, a
deserted city with a harbour. Above it, in the
interior, lie the copper mine and Perperené and
Trarium and other settlements like these two. On
the next stretch of coast one comes to the villages
of the Mitylenaeans, I mean Coryphantis and Hera-
cleia; and after these places to Attea, and then
to Atarneus and Pitané and the outlets of the
Caicus River; and here we have already reached
the Elaitic Gulf. On the far side of the river lie

2 So Clark ; or ‘‘ona height,” as Leaf translates (see his
note).
3 Temple of Aphrodite.
103

STRABO

περαίᾳ ἡ ᾿Ελαία καὶ ὁ λοιπὸς μέχρι Κανῶν
κόλπος. λέγωμεν δὲ ἀναλαβόντες περὶ τῶν καθ᾽
ἕκαστα πάλιν, € τι παραλέλειπται μνήμης ἄξιον,
καὶ πρῶτον περὶ τῆς Σκήψεως.

52. "ἔστι δ᾽ ἡ μὲν Παλαίσκηψιες ἐπάνω
Κεβρῆνος κατὰ τὸ μετεωρότατον τῆς Ἴδης ἐ ἐγγὺς
Πολέχνης" ἐκαλεῖτο δὲ τότε Leyes, | εἴτ᾽ ἄλλως,
εἴτ᾽ ἀπὸ τοῦ περίσκεπτον. εἶναι τὸν τόπον, εἰ δεῖ
τὰ παρὰ τοῖς βαρβάροις ἐν τῷ τότε ὀνόματα ταῖς
Ἑλληνικαῖς ἐτυμολογεῖσθαι φωναῖς" ὕστερων δὲ
κατωτέρω σταδίοις ° ἑξήκοντα εἰς τὴν νῦν Σκῆψιν
μετῳκίσθησαν ὑπὸ Σκαμανδρίου τε τοῦ “Ἕκτορος
καὶ ᾿Ασκανίου τοῦ Αἰνείου παιδός: καὶ δύο γένη
ταῦτα βασιλεῦσαι πολὺν χρόνον ἐν τῇ Σκήψει
λέγεται" μετὰ ταῦτα δ᾽ εἰς ὀλιγαρχίαν μετέστη-
σαν, εἶτα Μιλήσιοι" 8 συνεπολιτεύθησαν. αὐτοῖς *
καὶ δημοκρατικῶς ὥκουν" οἱ δ᾽ ἀπὸ τοῦ γένους
οὐδὲν ἧττον ἐκαλοῦντο βασιλεῖς, ἔχοντές Twas
sa εἶτ᾽ εἰς THY AX εξάνδρειαν συνεπόλισε τοὺς
Σκηψίους ᾿Αντίγονος, εἶτ᾽ ἀπέλυσε Λυσίμαχος καὶ
ἐπανῆλθον εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν.

53. Οἴεται δ᾽ ὁ Σκήψιος καὶ βασίλειον τοῦ Ai-
νείου γεγονέναι τὴν Σκῆψιν, μέσην οὖσαν τῆς τε
ὑπὸ τῷ Αἰνείᾳ καὶ Λυρνησσοῦ, εἰς ἣν φυγεῖν
εἴρηται διωκόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ ᾿Αχιλλέως" φησὶ γοῦν
ὁ ᾿Αχιλλεύς:

1 Ἐλαία, Tzschucke, from conj. of Casaubon, for Μελαία
CF raz, Μελέα 1). Μελήα h, MeAla i.

* After σταδίοις, Leaf inserts διακοσίοις καί (ἴ.6. σταδίοισσξ'
instead of σταδίοισξ').

3 Μιλήσιοι, Corais, following Ald., for Μιλησίοιξ.

4 For αὐτοῖς, moz and Corais read veel:

104

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 51-53

Elaea and the rest of the gulf as faras Canae. But
let me go back and again discuss in detail the
several places, if anything worthy of mention has
been passed over; and first of all, Scepsis.

52. Palaescepsis lies above Cebren near the highest
part of Mt. Ida, near Polichna; and it was then
called Scepsis (whether for another reason or from
the fact that the place is visible all round, if it is
right to derive from Greek words names then used
by barbarians),' but later the inhabitants were re-
moved sixty stadia? lower down to the present
Scepsis by Scamandrius the son of Hector and
Ascanius the son of Aeneias; and their two families
are said to have held the kingship over Scepsis
for a long time. After this they changed to an
oligarchy, and then Milesians settled with them as
fellow-citizens ;* and they began to live under a
democracy. But the heirs of the royal family none
the less continued to be called kings and retained
certain prerogatives. Then the Scepsians were in-
corporated into Alexandreia by Antigonus; and then
they were released by Lysimachus and went back to
their home-land.

53. Demetrius thinks that Scepsis was also the royal
residence of Aeneias, since it lies midway between
the territory subject to Aeneias and Lyrnessus, to
which latter he fled, according to Homer's state-
ment, when he was being pursued by Achilles. At

1 The Greek word ‘‘scepsis’”’ means ‘‘a viewing,” ‘‘an
inspection.”

* Leaf emends to ‘‘two hundred and sixty stadia” (see
critical note).

3 See 14, 1, 6.

τος

STRABO

ἢ οὐ μέμνῃ, ὅτε πέρ σε Body ἄπο μοῦνον
ἐόντα
σεῦα κατ᾽ ᾿Ιδαίων ὀρέων ταχέεσσι πόδεσσι,
κεῖθεν δ᾽ ἐς Λυρνησσὸν ὑπέκφυγες" αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ
τὴν
πέρσα, μεθορμηθείς.
οὐχ ὁμολογεῖ δὲ τῷ περὶ τῶν ἀρχηγετῶν τῆς
Σκήψεως λόγῳ τῷ λεχθέντι νῦν τὰ περὶ τοῦ
Αἰνείου θρυλούμενα. περιγενέσθαι γὰρ δὴ τοῦτόν
φασιν ἐκ τοῦ πολέμου διὰ τὴν πρὸς Πρίαμον
δυσμένειαν"

ἀεὶ γὰρ Πριάμῳ ἐπεμήνιε δίῳ,
οὕνεκ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐσθλὸν ἐόντα pet ἀνδράσιν οὔ τι
τίεσ κε"

τοὺς δὲ συνάρχοντας ᾿Αντηνορίδας καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν
᾿Αντήνορα διὰ τὴν Μενελάου παρ᾽ αὐτῷ ἕενίαν.
C 608 Σοφοκλῆς γοῦν ἐν τῇ ἁλώσει τοῦ Ἰλίου παρδαλέαν
φησὶ πρὸ τῆς θύρας τοῦ ᾿Αντήνορος προτεθῆναι
σύμβολον τοῦ ἀπόρθητον ἐαθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν.
τὸν μὲν οὖν ᾿Αντήνορα καὶ τοὺς παῖδας μετὰ τῶν
περιγενομένων ᾿Ενετῶν εἰς τὴν Θράκην περι-
σωθῆναι," κἀκεῖθεν διαπεσεῖν εἰς τὴν λεγομένην
κατὰ τὸν ᾿Αδρίαν ἱΕνετεκήν' τὸν δὲ Αἰνείαν μετ᾽
᾿Αγχίσου τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ παιδὸς ᾿Ασκανίου
λαὸν ἀθροίσαντα πλεῦσαι, καὶ οἱ μὲν οἰκῆσαι
περὶ τὸν Μακεδονικὸν "Ολυμπόν φασιν, οἱ δὲ
περὶ Μαντίνειαν τῆς ᾿Αρκαδίας κτίσαι Καπύας,
ἀπὸ Κάπυος θέμενον τοὔνομα τῷ πολίσματι, οἱ
δ᾽ εἰς Αἴγεσταν κατᾶραι τῆς Σικελίας σὺν ᾿Ελύ-

1 περιγενομένων, Rustathius and the editors, for παραγενο-
106

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 53

any rate, Achilles says: “ Dost thou not remember
how from the kine, when thou wast all alone, I
made thee run down the Idaean mountains with
swift feet? And thence thou didst escape to
Lyrnessus, but I rushed in pursuit of thee and
sacked it.”1 However, the oft-repeated stories of
Aeneias are not in agreement with the account
which I have just given of the founders of Scepsis.
For according to these stories he survived the war
because of his enmity to Priam: “For always he
was wroth against goodly Priam, because, although
he was brave amid warriors, Priam would not honour
him at all” ;2 and his fellow-rulers, the sons of
Antenor and Antenor himself, survived because of
the hospitality shown Menelaiis at Antenor’s house.
At any rate, Sophocles*® says that at the capture of
Troy a leopard’s skin was put before the doors of
Antenor as a sign that his house was to be left
unpillaged; and Antenor and his children safely
escaped to Thrace with the survivors of the Heneti,
and from there got across to the Adriatic Heneticé,4
as it is called, whereas Aeneias collected a host of
followers and set sail with his father Anchises and
his son Ascanius; and some say that he took up his
abode near the Macedonian Olympus, others that he
founded Capyae near Mantineia in Arcadia, deriving
the name he gave the settlement from Capys, and
others say that he landed at Aegesta in Sicily with

τ Iliad 20. 188. 2 Iliad 13. 460.
3 Frag. 10 (Nauck).
* As distinguished from that in Paphlagonia (see 5. 1. 4).

μένων Dhi, λεγομένων rwx, . . . νομένων C; word omitted by
moz,
2 For περισωθῆναι Corais reads περαιωθῆναι.
107

STRABO

pot Tpwi καὶ “Epuca καὶ Λιλύβαιον κατασχεῖν,
καὶ ποταμοὺς περὶ Αἴγεσταν προσαγορεῦσαι δ κά.
μανδρον καὶ Σιμόεντα" ἔνθεν δ᾽ εἰς τὴν Λατίνην
ἐλθόντα μεῖναι κατά τι λόγιον τὸ κελεῦοι' μένειν,
ὅπου ἂν τὴν τράπεζαν καταφάγῃ" συμβῆναι δὲ
τῆς Λατίνης 5 περὶ τὸ Aaoviviov τοῦτο, ἄρτου
μεγάλου τεθέντος ἀντὶ τραπέζης κατὰ ἀπορίαν 3
καὶ ἅμα ἀναλωθέντος τοῖς ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ κρέασιν.
Ὅμηρος μέντοι συνηγορεῖν οὐδετέροις ἔοικεν, οὐδὲ
τοῖς περὶ τῶν ἀρχηγετῶν τῆς Σκήψεως λεχθεῖσιν"
ἐμφαίνει γὰρ μεμενηκότα τὸν Αἰνείαν ἐν τῇ
Τροίᾳ καὶ διαδεδεγμένον τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ παρα-
δεδωκότα παισὶ παίδων τὴν διαδοχὴν αὐτῆς,
ἠφανισμένου τοῦ τῶν ἸΠριαμιδῶν γένους"

ἤδη γὰρ Πριάμου γενεὴν ἤχθηρε Kpoviwv:

νῦν δὲ δὴ Αἰνείαο βίη Τρώεσσιν ἀνάξει

καὶ παίδων παῖδες, Tot κεν μετόπισθε γέ-
νωνται.

a >
οὕτω δ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ἡ τοῦ Σκαμανδρίου διαδοχὴ σώζοιτ
ἄν. πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον τοῖς ἑτέροις διαφωνεῖ τοῖς

’ \ 3 ’ > fal \ / /
μέχρι καὶ ᾿Ιταλίας αὐτοῦ τὴν πλάνην λέγουσι
καὶ αὐτόθι ποιοῦσι τὴν καταστροφὴν τοῦ βίου.
τινὲς δὲ γράφουσιν

Αἰνείαο γένος πάντεσσιν ἀνάξει,
καὶ παῖδες παίδων,
τοὺς Ρωμαίους λέγοντες.
54. Ἔκ δὲ τῆς Σκήψεως οἵ τε Σωκρατικοὶ

1 Ἑλύμῳ F, Ἐλύμνῳ other MSS,
2 Instead of τῆς Λατίνης, D(pr. man.)irw have τοῖς Λατίνοις,
moz ἐν τῇ Aativy.

108

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 53-54

Elymus the Trojan and took possession of Eryx
and Lilybaeum, and gave the names Scamander and
Simoeis to rivers near Aegesta, and that thence he
went into the Latin country and made it his abode,
in accordance with an oracle which bade him
abide where he should eat up his table, and that
this took place in the Latin country in the neigh-
bourhood of Lavinium, where a large loaf of bread
was put down for a table, for want of a better table,
and eaten up along with the meats upon it. Homer,
however, appears not to be in agreement with either
of the two stories, nor yet with the above account
of the founders of Scepsis; for he clearly indicates
that Aeneias remained in Troy and succeeded to the
empire and bequeathed the succession thereto to
his sons’ sons, the family of the Priamidae having
been wiped out: “ For already the race of Priam was
hated by the son of Cronus; and now verily the
mighty Aeneias will rule over the Trojans, and his
sons’ sons that are hereafter to be born.””"? And in
this case one cannot even save from rejection the
succession of Scamandrius.2, And Homer is in far
greater disagreement with those who speak of
Aeneias as having wandered even as far as Italy
and make him die there. Some write, “the family
of Aeneias will rule over all,? and his sons’ sons,”
meaning the Romans.

54. From Scepsis came the Socratic philosophers

1 Iliad 20. 306.

2 The son of Hector, who, along with Ascanius, was said
to have been king of Scepsis (§ 52).

3 i.e. they emend ‘‘ Trojans” (Τρώεσσιν) to “all” (πάντεσ-
σιν) in the Homeric passage.

8 ἀπορίαν, Casaubon, for ἀπειρίαν ; so the later editors.
109g

STRABO

γεγόνασιν “Epaotos καὶ Κορίσκος καὶ ὁ τοῦ
Κορίσκου υἱὸς Νηλεύς, ἀνὴρ καὶ ᾿Αριστοτέλους
ἠκροαμένος καὶ Θεοφράστου, διαδεδεγμένος δὲ
τὴν βιβλιοθήκην τοῦ Θεοφράστου, ἐν ἣ ἦν καὶ
ἡ τοῦ ᾿Αριστοτέλους" ὁ γοῦν ᾿Αριστοτέλης τὴν
ἑαυτοῦ Θεοφράστῳ παρέδωκεν, ᾧπερ καὶ τὴν
σχολὴν ἀπέλιπε, πρῶτος, ὧν ἴσμεν, συναγαγὼν
βιβλία καὶ διδάξας τοὺς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ βασιλέας
C 609 βιβλιοθήκης σύνταξιν. Θεόφραστος δὲ Νηλεῖ
παρέδωκεν: ὁ δ᾽ εἰς Σκῆψιν κομίσας τοῖς μετ᾽
αὐτὸν παρέδωκεν, ἰδιώταις ἀνθρώποις, οἱ κατά-
κλειστα εἶχον τὰ βιβλία, οὐδ᾽ ἐπιμελῶς κείμενα"
ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἤσθοντο τὴν σπουδὴν τῶν ᾿Ατταλικῶν
βασιλέων, ὑφ᾽ οἷς ἦν ἡ πόλις, ζητούντων βιβλία
εἰς τὴν κατασκευὴν τῆς ἐν Περγάμῳ βιβλιοθήκης,
κατὰ γῆς ἔκρυψαν ἐν διώρυγί τινι ὑπὸ δὲ νοτίας
καὶ σητῶν κακωθέντα ὀψέ ποτε ἀπέδοντο οἱ ἀπὸ
τοῦ γένους ᾿Απελλικῶντι τῷ Τηίῳ πολλῶν
ἀργυρίων τά τε ᾿Αριστοτέλους καὶ τὰ τοῦ
Θεοφράστου βιβλία: ἣν δὲ ὁ ᾿Απελλικῶν φιλό-
βιβλος μᾶλλον ἢ φιλόσοφος" διὸ καὶ ἕξητῶν
ἐπανόρθωσιν τῶν διαβρωμάτων εἰς ἀντίγραφα
καινὰ μετήνεγκε τὴν γραφήν, ἀναπληρῶν ovK
εὖ, καὶ ἐξέδωκεν ἁμαρτάδων πλήρη τὰ βιβλία.
συνέβη δὲ τοῖς ἐκ τῶν περιπάτων τοῖς μὲν πάλαι
τοῖς μετὰ Θεόφραστον οὐκ ἔχουσιν ὅλως τὰ
βιβλία πλὴν ὀλίγων, καὶ μάλιστα τῶν ἐξω-
τερικῶν, μηδὲν ἔχειν φιλοσοφεῖν πραγματικῶς,
ἀλλὰ θέσεις ληκυθίζειν: τοῖς δ᾽ ὕστερον, ἀφ᾽
οὗ τὰ βιβλία ταῦτα προῆλθεν, ἄμεινον μὲν

1 Strabo refers to Eumenes II, who reigned 197-159 8,0,
IIo

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 54

Erastus and Coriscus and Neleus the son of Coriscus,
this last a man who not only was a pupil of Aristotle
and Theophrastus, but also inherited the library of
Theophrastus, which included that of Aristotle. At
any rate, Aristotle bequeathed his own library to
Theophrastus, to whom he also left his school; and
he is the first man. so far as I know, to have collected
books and to have taught the kings in Egypt how to
arrange a library. Theophrastus bequeathed it to
Neleus; and Neleus took it to Scepsis and be-
queathed it to his heirs, ordinary people, who kept
the books locked up and not even carefully stored.
But when they heard how zealously the Attalic
kings! to whom the city was subject were searching
for books to build up the library in Pergamum, they
hid their books underground in a kind of trench.
But much later, when the books had been damaged
by moisture and moths, their descendants sold them
to Apellicon? of Teos for a large sum of money, both
the books of Aristotle and those of Theophrastus.
But Apellicon was a bibliophile rather than a philo-
sopher; and therefore, seeking a restoration of the
parts that had been eaten through, he made new
copies of the text, filling up the gaps incorrectly, and
published the books full of errors. The result was
that the earlier school of Peripatetics who came after
Theophrastus had no books at all, with the exception
of only a few, mostly exoteric works, and were there-
fore able to philosophise about nothing in a practical
way, but only to talk bombast about commonplace
propositions, whereas the later school, from the time
the books in question appeared, though better able

2 Died about 84 5.6.
111

STRABO

ἐκείνων φιλοσοφεῖν καὶ ἀριστοτελίξειν, ἀναγκά-
ζεσθαι μέντοι τὰ πολλὰ εἰκότα λέγειν διὰ τὸ
πλῆθος τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν. πολὺ δὲ εἰς τοῦτο καὶ
ἡ Ῥώμη προσελάβετο' εὐθὺς γὰρ μετὰ τὴν
᾿Απελλικῶντος τελευτὴν Σύλλας ἦρε τὴν ᾿Απελ-
λικῶντος βιβλιοθήκην ὁ τὰς ᾿Αθήνας ἑλών,
δεῦρο δὲ κομισθεῖσαν Tupavviwy τε ὁ γραμματικὸς
διεχειρίσατο φιλαριστοτέλης ὦν, θεραπεύσας τὸν
ἐπὶ τῆς βιβλιοθήκης, καὶ βιβλιοπῶλαί τινες
γραφεῦσι φαύλοις χρώμενον καὶ οὐκ ἀντι-
βάλλοντες, ὅπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων συμβαίνει
τῶν εἰς πρᾶσιν γραφομένων βιβλίων καὶ ἐνθάδε
καὶ ἐν ᾿Αλεξανδρείᾳ. περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων ἀπόχρη.

55. "Ex δὲ τῆς Σκήψεως καὶ ὁ Δημήτριός
ἐστιν, οὗ μεμνήμεθα πολλάκις, ὁ τὸν Τρωικὸν
διάκοσμον ἐξηγησάμενος γραμματικός, κατὰ τὸν
αὐτὸν χρόνον γεγονὼς Κράτητι καὶ ᾿Αριστάρχῳ'
καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο M ἡτρόδωρος, ἀνὴρ ἐκ τοῦ
φιλοσόφου μεταβεβληκὼς ἐπὶ τὸν πολιτικὸν
βίον καὶ ᾿ῥητορεύων τὸ πλέον ἐν τοῖς συγγράμ-
μασιν' ἐχρήσατο δὲ φράσεώς τινι χαρακτῆρι
καινῷ καὶ κατεπλήξατο πολλούς" διὰ δὲ τὴν
δόξαν ἐν Χαλκηδόνι γάμου λαμπροῦ πένης ἂν
ἔτυχε καὶ ἐχρημάτιζε Χαλκηδόνιος" Μιθριδάτην
δὲ θεραπεύσας τὸν Εὐπάτορα συναπῆρεν εἰς τὸν
Πόντον ἐκείνῳ μετὰ τῆς γυναικὸς καὶ ἐτιμήθη

C 610 διαφερόντως, ταχθεὶς ἐ ἐπὶ τῆς δικαιοδοσίας, ἀφ᾽ 3

ἧς οὐκ ἣν τῷ κριθέντε ἀναβολὴ 3 τῆς δίκης ἐπὶ
τὸν βασιλέα. οὐ μέντοι διηυτύχησεν, ἀλλ᾽

1 Instead of κατεπλήξατο, F reads κατεπλήξαντο, moxz κατέ-
πληξε (so Corais, who inserts τούς before πολλού5).

112

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 54-55

to philosophise and Aristotelise, were forced to call
most of their statements probabilities, because of
the large number of errors.1_ Rome also contributed
much to this; for, immediately after the death of
Apellicon, Sulla, who had captured Athens, carried
off Apellicon’s library to Rome, where Tyrannion the
grammarian, who was fond of Aristotle, got it in his
hands by paying court to the librarian, as did also
certan booksellers who used bad copyists and would
not collate the texts—a thing that also takes place
in the case of the other books that are copied for
selling, both here? and at Alexandria. However,
this is enough about these men.

55. From Scepsis came also Demetrius, whom I
often mention, the grammarian who wrote a com-
mentary on The Marshalling of the Trojan Forces, and
was born at about the same time as Crates and
Aristarchus; and later, Metrodorus, a man who
changed from his pursuit of philosophy to political
life, and taught rhetoric, for the most part, in his
written works; and he used a brand-new style and
dazzled many. On account of his reputation he
succeeded, though a poor man, in marrying brilliantly
in Chalcedon; and he passed for a Chalcedonian.
And having paid court to Mithridates Eupator, he
with his wife sailed away with him to Pontus; and
he was treated with exceptional honour, being
appointed to the judgeship from which there was no
appeal to the king. However, his good fortune did

1 7.e. errors in the available texts of Aristotle.
2 2,4. at Rome.

2 ag’, Casaubon, for ἐφ᾽ ; so the later editors.
8 ἀναβολή, Casaubon, for βουλή ; so the later editors.

113

STRABO

ἐμπεσὼν εἰς ἔχθραν ἀδικωτέρων ἀνθρώπων
ἀπέστη τοῦ βασιλέως κατὰ τὴν πρὸς Τιγράνην
τὸν ᾿Αρμένιον πρεσβείαν: ὁ δ᾽ ἄκοντα ἀνέπεμψεν
αὐτὸν τῷ Εὐπάτορι, φεύγοντι ἤδη τὴν προγονικήν,
κατὰ δὲ τὴν ὁδὸν κατέστρεψε τὸν βίον εἴθ᾽ ὑπὸ
τοῦ βασιλέως, εἴθ᾽ ὑπὸ νόσου: λέγεται yap
ἀμφότερα. περὶ μὲν τῶν Σκηψίων ταῦτα.

56. Μετὰ δὲ Σκῆψιν Ανδειρα καὶ Πιονίαι
καὶ ἡ Γαργαρίς. ἔστι δὲ λίθος περὶ τὰ ΓΑνδειρα,
ὃς καιόμενος σίδηρος γίνεται" εἶτα μετὰ γῆς τινὸς
καμινευθεὶς ἀποστάζει ψευδάργυρον, ἣ προσλα-
βοῦσα χαλκὸν τὸ καλούμενον γίνεται κρᾶμα, ὅ
τινες ὀρείχαλκον καλοῦσι" γίνεται δὲ ψευδάργυρος
καὶ περὶ τὸν μῶλον. ταῦτα δ᾽ ἐστὶ τὰ χωρία,
ἃ οἱ Λέλεγες κατεῖχον" ὡς δ᾽ αὕτως καὶ τὰ περὶ
ἼΑσσον.

57. "ἔστι δὲ ἡ ἴΑσσος ἐρυμνὴ καὶ εὐτειχής,
ἀπὸ θαλάττης καὶ τοῦ λιμένος ὀρθίαν καὶ μακρὰν
ἀνάβασιν ἔχουσα" ὥστ᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῆς οἰκείως εἰρῆσθαι
δοκεῖ τὸ τοῦ Στρατονίκου τοῦ κιθαριστοῦ"

"Accor ἴθ᾽, ὥς κεν θᾶσσον ὀλέθρου πείραθ᾽
ἵκηαι.

ὁ δὲ λιμὴν χώματι κατεσκεύασται μεγάλῳ.
> ΄σ ΕΥ ᾽ὕ ς \ / ε
ἐντεῦθεν ἣν Κλεάνθης, ὁ στωικὸς φιλόσοφος ὁ
διαδεξάμενος τὴν Ζήνωνος τοῦ Κιτιέως σχολήν,

\ \ r / fal n Ε “ \
καταλιπὼν δὲ Χρυσίππῳ τῷ Σολεῖ: ἐνταῦθα δὲ

\? / / \ \ \ c /

καὶ ᾿Αριστοτέλης διέτριψε διὰ τὴν πρὸς “Eppetav
τὸν τύραννον κηδείαν. ἣν δὲ “Ἑρμείας εὐνοῦχος,
τραπεζίτου τινὸς οἰκέτης γενόμενος δ᾽ ᾿Αθήνησιν

1 Instead of ἔάνδειρα, DERi and Epit. read ἴΑνδηρα.
114

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 55-57

not continue, but he incurred the enmity of men less
just than himself and revolted from the king when
he was on the embassy to Tigranes the Armenian.
And Tigranes sent him back against his will to
Eupator, who was already in flight from his ancestral
realm; but Metrodorus died on the way, whether by
order of the king? or from disease; for both accounts
are given of his death. So much for the Scepsians.

56. After Scepsis come Andeira and Pioniae and
the territory of Gargara. There is a stone in the
neighbourhood of Andeira which, when burned,
becomes iron, and then, when heated in a furnace
with a certain earth, distils mock-silver ;* and this,
with the addition of copper, makes the “ mixture,”
as it is called, which by some is called “ mountain-
copper.’ * These are the places which the Leleges
occupied ; and the same is true of the places in the
neighbourhood of Assus.

57. Assus is by nature strong and well-fortified ;
and the ascent to it from the sea and the harbour is
very steep and long, so that the statement of
Stratonicus the citharist in regard to it seems appro-
priate: ‘‘Go to Assus, in order that thou mayest
more quickly come to the doom of death.”® The
harbour is formed by a great mole. From Assus
came Cleanthes, the Stoic philosopher who succeeded
Zeno of Citium as head of the school and left it to
Chrysippus of Soli. Here too Aristotle tarried,
because of his relationship by marriage with the
tyrant Hermeias. Hermeias was a eunuch, the slave
of a certain banker ;® and on his arrival at Athens he

1 For the story see Plutarch, Lucullus 22. 2 Tigranes.

3. ἡ, ὁ. zinc. * The Latin term is orichalewm.

° A precise quotation of Jliad 6. 143 except that Homer’s

ἄσσον ((** nearer”) is changed to ἴΑσσον (‘‘ to Assus”).
5 Eubulus.

115

C611

STRABO

ἠκροάσατο καὶ Πλάτωνος καὶ ᾿Αριστοτέλους"
ἐπανελθὼν δὲ τῷ δεσπότῃ συνετυράννησε, πρῶτον
ἐπιθεμένῳ τοῖς περὶ ᾿Αταρνέα καὶ Ασσον
χωρίοις" ἔπειτα διεδέξατο ἐκεῖνον, καὶ μετε-
πέμψατο τόν τε ᾿Αριστοτέλην καὶ Ἐενοκράτην
καὶ ἐπεμελήθη αὐτῶν' τῷ δ᾽ ᾿Αριστοτέλει καὶ
θυγατέρα ἀδελφοῦ συνῴκισε. Μέμνων δ΄. ὁ
Ῥόδιος ὑπηρετῶν τότε τοῖς Πέρσαις καὶ ᾿ στρατη-
γῶν, προσποιησάμενος φιλίαν καλεῖ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν
ξενίας τε ἅμα καὶ πραγμάτων προσποιητῶν
χάριν, συλλαβὼν δ᾽ cueweutioae ὡς τὸν a eg
κἀκεῖ κρεμασθεὶς ἀπώλετο" i φιλόσοφοι ὃ
ἐσώθησαν, φεύγοντες τὰ Ἀμάν τ ἃ οἱ Ilépoac
κατέσχον.

58. Φησὶ δὲ Μυρσίλος Μηθυμναίων κτίσμα
εἶναι τὴν λσσον, ‘EXXaviKds τε καὶ Αἰολίδα
φησίν, ὥσπερ 3 καὶ τὰ Γάργαρα καὶ ἡ Λαμπωνία
Αἰολέων. ᾿Ασσίων γάρ ἐστι κτίσμα τὰ Γάργαρα,
οὐκ εὖ συνοικούμενα" ἐποίκους “γὰρ οἱ βασιλεῖς
εἰσήγαγον ἐκ Μιλητουπόλεως, ἐρημώσαντες ἐκεί-
νην, ὥστε ἡμιβαρβάρους γενέσθαι φησὶ Δημήτριος
αὐτοὺς ὁ Σκήψιος ἀντὶ Αἰολέων. καθ᾽ Ὅμηρον
μέντοι ταῦτα πάντα ἣν Λελέγων, οὕς τινες μὲν
Κᾶρας ἀποφαίνουσιν, Ὅμηρος δὲ χωρίζει.

πρὸς μὲν ἁλὸς Κᾶρες καὶ Παίονες ἀγκυλότοξοι
καὶ Λέλεγες καὶ Καύκωνες.

Ψ \ / lal a e n » Ν
ἕτεροι μὲν τοίνυν τῶν Καρῶν ὑπῆρξαν: ῴκουν δὲ

1 Instead of ἅμα, moz read ὀνόματι.
2 ὥσπερ, Meineke, for és re; others omit re.

1 The historian of Methymna, who appears to have

116

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 57-58

became a pupil of both Plato and Aristotle. On his
return he shared the tyranny with his master, who
had already laid hold of the districts of Atarneus and
Assus; and then Hermeias succeeded him and sent
for both Aristotle and Xenocrates and took care of
them; and he also married his brother's daughter to
Aristotle. Memnon of Rhodes, who was at that
time serving the Persians as general, made a pre-
tence of friendship for Hermeias, and then invited
him to come for a visit, both in the name of hos-
pitality and at the same time for pretended business
reasons ; but he arrested him and sent him up to the
king, where he was put to death by hanging. But
the philosophers safely escaped by flight from the
districts above-mentioned, which were seized by the
Persians.

58. Myrsilus! says that Assus was founded by
the Methymnaeans; and Hellanicus too calls it an
Aeolian city, just as also Gargara and Lamponia
belonged to the Aeolians. For Gargara was founded
by the Assians; but it was not well peopled, for the
kings brought into it colonists from Miletopolis when
they devastated that city, so that instead of Aeolians,
according to Demetrius of Scepsis, the inhabitants
of Gargara became semi-barbarians. According to
Homer, however, all these places belonged to the
Leleges, who by some are represented to be Carians,
although by Homer they are mentioned apart: “ To-
wards the sea are the Carians and the Paeonians
of the curved bow and the Leleges and the
Cauconians.”’? They were therefore a different
people from the Carians; and they lived between

flourished about 300 3B.c.; only fragments of his works
remain, 2 Iliad 10, 428.

STRABO

\ A © \ a > / \ A /
μεταξὺ τῶν ὑπὸ τῷ Αἰνείᾳ καὶ τῶν καλουμένων
ὑπὸ τοῦ ποιητοῦ Κιλίκων" ἐκπορθηθέντες δὲ ὑπὸ
τοῦ ᾿Αχιλλέως μετέστησαν εἰς τὴν Kapiav, καὶ
κατέσχον τὰ περὶ τὴν νῦν ᾿Αλικαρνασὸν ' χωρΐἴα.

59. Ἢ μέντοι νῦν ἐκλειφθεῖσα ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν πόλις
Πήδασος οὐκέτ᾽ ἐστίν. ἐν δὲ τῇ μεσογαίᾳ τῶν
‘A ΄ 2 \ Π δ eta φ' Alias

λικαρνασέων“ τὰ Ilnoaca ὑπ αὑτῶν ὀνο-

-“" Al

μασθέντα ἣν πόλις, Kal ἡ νῦν χώρα Πηδασὶς
λέγεται. φασὶ δ᾽ ἐν αὐτῇ καὶ ὀκτὼ πόλεις
ὠκίσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν Λελέγων πρότερον εὐανδρη-
σάντων, ὥστε καὶ τῆς Καρίας κατασχεῖν τῆς
μέχρι Μύνδου καὶ Βαργυλίων, καὶ τῆς 1Πισιδίας
ἀποτεμέσθαι πολλήν. ὕστερον δ᾽ ἅμα τοῖς Καρσὶ
στρατευόμενοι κατεμερίσθησαν εἰς ὅλην τὴν
em / \ > , \ ΄ a » \
Ελλάδα καὶ ἠφανίσθη τὸ γένος, τῶν δ᾽ ὀκτὼ

/ \ a ΄ > , \ c
πόλεων τὰς ἕξ Μαύσωλος εἰς μίαν τὴν ᾿Αλι-
καρνασὸν ὃ συνήγαγεν, ὡς Καλλισθένης ἱστορεῖ"
Συάγγελα ὁ δὲ καὶ Μύνδον διεφύλαξε. τοῖς δὲ

- \ ¢
Πηδασεῦσι τούτοις φησὶν Ἡρόδοτος ὅτε μέλλοι
τι ἀνεπιτήδειον ὅ ἔσεσθαι καὶ τοῖς περιοίκοις, τὴν
ἱέρειαν τῆς ᾿Αθηνᾶς πώγωνα ἴσχειν" ὃ τρὶς δὲ
συμβῆναι τοῦτο αὐτοῖς. ἸΠήδασον Ἷ δὲ καὶ ἐν τῇ
νῦν Στρατονικέων πολίχνιόν ἐστιν. ἐν ὅλῃ δὲ

1 "Αλικαρνασόν, Dhxz, ᾿Αλικαρνασσόν other MSS.

3 "Αλικαρνασσέων CF ; ᾿Αλικαρνασέων other MSS,

8 ᾿Αλικαρνασσόν, all MSS., but see two preceding notes ;
also see 8. 6. 14 (where all MSS. have ᾿Αλικαρνασόν) and
14. 2. 16.

4 Sudyyeaa, Kramer, for συναγέλα CDz, σὺν ἀγέλαι hmowz,
συναγελας F (Σουάγελα Tzschucke and Corais, from conj. of
Casaubon) ; so Miiller-Diibner, Meineke, and ᾿

5 ἀνεπιτήδειον, Xylander, for ἐπιτήδειον; so the later
editors.

ὃ ἴσχειν, Corais, for σχεῖν ; so the later editors,

118

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 58-59.

the people subject to Aeneias and the people whom
the poet called Cilicians, but when they were pillaged
by Achilles they migrated to Caria and took posses-
sion of the district round the present Halicarnassus.!

59. However, the city Pedasus, now abandoned
by them, is no longer in existence; but in the
inland territory of the Halicarnassians there used to
be a city Pedasa, so named by them; and the present
territory is called Pedasis. It is said that as many
as eight cities were settled in this territory by the
Leleges, who in earlier times were so numerous that
they not only took possession of that part of Caria
which extends to Myndus and Bargylia, but also cut
off for themselves a large portion of Pisidia. But later,
when they went out on expeditions with the Carians,
they became distributed throughout the whole of
Greece, and the tribe disappeared. Of the eight
cities, Mausolus? united six into one city, Halicarnas-
sus, as Callisthenes tells us, but kept Syangela and
Myndus as they were. These are the Pedasians of
whom Herodotus? says that when any misfortune was
about to come upon them and their neighbours, the
priestess of Athena would grow a beard; and that
this happened to them three times. And there is also
a small town called Pedasum in the present territory
of Stratoniceia. And throughout the whole of Caria

1 Cf. 7.7.2. On the variant spellings of ‘‘ Halicarnas(s)us”
see critical note.

2 King of Caria 377-353 B.c. The first ‘‘ Mausoleum” was
so named after him.

3 1. 175, 8. 104.

7 Instead of Πήδασον, moz have Πήδασος (see Stephanus, 8.0.
Πήδασα).

119

C 612

STRABO

Καρίᾳ καὶ ἐν Μιλήτῳ Λελέγων τάφοι καὶ épv-
ματα καὶ ἴχνη κατοικιῶν δείκνυται.

60. Μετὰ δὲ τοὺς Λέλεγας τὴν ἑξῆς παραλίαν
κουν Κίλικες καθ᾽ Ὅμηρον, ἣν νῦν ἔχουσιν
᾿Αδραμυττηνοΐ τε καὶ ᾿Αταρνεῖται καὶ Πιταναῖοι
μέχρι τῆς ἐκβολῆς τοῦ Καΐκου. διήρηντο δ᾽ εἰς
δύο δυναστείας οἱ Κίλικες, καθάπερ εἴπομεν, τήν
τε ὑπὸ τῷ Ἠετίωνι καὶ τὴν ὑπὸ Μύνητι.

61. Τοῦ μὲν οὖν ᾿Ηετίωνος λέγει πόλεν Θήβην"

5] , ee | / e \ “id ᾽ ,

ὠχόμεθ᾽ ἐς Θήβην ἱερὴν πόλιν ᾿Ηετίωνος.

/ δὲ \ \ / \ v 2 \
τούτου δὲ καὶ τὴν Χρύσαν τὴν Exovcav? τὸ
e \ a / , Ud > / Μ
ἱερὸν τοῦ Σμινθέως ᾿Απόλλωνος ἐμφαίνει, εἴπερ
ἡ Χρυσηὶς ἐκ τῆς Θήβης ἑάλω"

ὠχόμεθα γάρ, φησίν, ἐς Θήβην,

\ / / \ ’ / la
τὴν δὲ διεπραάθομέν τε Kal ἤγομεν ἐνθάδε πάντα,
καὶ τὰ μὲν εὖ δάσσαντο μετὰ σφίσιν,

b > of. ’ / /

ἐκ δ᾽ ἕλον ᾿Ατρείδῃ Χρυσηίδα.

a \ ΄, \ / b \
τοῦ δὲ Μύνητος τὴν Λυρνησσόν' ἐπειδὴ

Λυρνησσὸν διαπορθήσας καὶ τείχεα Θήβης
tov τε Μύνητα καὶ τὸν ᾿᾿ῇ7πίστροφον ἀνεῖλεν
’ 4 Ὁ“ cd lel ς ’ὔ
Αχιλλεύς: ὥστε, ὅταν φῇ ἡ Bptonis,

οὐδέ μ᾽ ἔασκες, ὅτ᾽ ἄνδρ᾽ ἐμὸν ὠκὺς ᾿Αχιλλεὺς
ἔκτεινεν, πέρσεν δὲ πόλιν θείοιο Μύνητος,
οὐ τὴν Θήβην λέγοι ἄν (αὕτη γὰρ ᾿Ηετίωνος),
> \ \ / > ld ’ Ss > A
ἀλλὰ τὴν Λυρνησσόν' ἀμφότεραι δ᾽ ἦσαν ἐν τῷ
κληθέντι μετὰ ταῦτα Θήβης πεδίῳ, ὃ διὰ τὴν
ἀρετὴν περιμάχητον γενέσθαι φασὶ Μυσοῖς μὲν

1 ἐν Μιλήτῳ, omitted by Dhi.
[20

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 59-61

and in Miletus are to be seen tombs, fortifications,
and traces of settlements of the Leleges.

60. After the Leleges, on the next stretch of coast,
lived the Cilicians, according to Homer; I mean the
stretch of coast now held by the Adramytteni and
Atarneitae and Pitanaei, as far as the outlet of the
Caicus. The Cilicians, as I have said,! were divided
into two dynasties,” one subject to Eétion and one to
Mynes.

61. Now Homer calls Thebé the city of EKétion:
*‘We went into Thebé, the sacred city of Eétion”’ ; 8
and he clearly indicates that also Chrysa, which had
the temple of Sminthian Apollo, belonged to Eétion,
if it be true that Chryseis was taken captive at Thebé,
for he says, ‘‘ We went into Thebé, and laid it waste
and brought hither all the spoil. And this they
divided aright among themselves, but they chose
out Chryseis for the son of Atreus”;4 and that
Lyrnessus belonged to Mynes, since Achilles “laid
waste Lyrnessus and the walls of Thebé’’5 and slew
both Mynes and Epistrophus; so that when Briseis
says, “thou wouldst not even let me,® when swift
Achilles slew my husband and sacked the city of
divine Mynes,’? Homer cannot mean Thebé (for
this belonged to Eétion), but Lyrnessus. Both were
situated in what was afterwards called the Plain of
Thebé, which, on account of its fertility, is said to
have been an object of contention between the

1 13. 1. 7, 49. 2 But cf. 13. 1. 70.
3 Iliad 1. 366. 4 Iliad 1. 366 ff.

5 Tliad 2. 691. ὁ sc. “weep.”

7 Iliad 19. 295.

2 τὴν ἔχουσαν, added from moz,
VOL. VI. E 91

STRABO

καὶ Λυδοῖς τὸ πρότερον, τοῖς δ᾽ “Ἕλλησιν ὕστερον
τοῖς ἐποικήσασιν ἐκ τῆς Αἰολίδος καὶ τῆς Λέσβου.
ΝΜ \ r ᾽ \ \ / ΕῚ lol
ἔχουσι δὲ viv ᾿Αδραμυττηνοὶ τὸ πλέον" ἐνταῦθα
yap καὶ ἡ Θήβη καὶ ἡ Λυρνησσός, ἐρυμνὸν
, Μ > , , PD 9

χωρίον" ἔρημοι δ᾽ ἀμφότεραι" διέχουσι δὲ ᾿Αδρα-
μυττίου σταδίους ἡ μὲν ἑξήκοντα, ἡ δὲ ὀγδοήκοντα
καὶ ὀκτὼ ἐπὶ θάτερα.3

62. Ἔν δὲ τῇ ᾿Αδραμυττηνῇ ἐστὶ καὶ ἡ Χρῦσα
καὶ ἡ Κίλλα' πλησίον οὖν τῆς Θήβης ere? νῦν
Κίλλα τις τόπος λέγεται. ἐν ᾧ Κιλλαίου ® ᾿Απόλ-
λωνός ἐστιν ἱερόν: παραρρεῖ δ᾽ αὐτῷ ἐξ Ἴδης

e lal

φερόμενος ὁ Κίλλαιοςθ ποταμός" ταῦτα 8 ἐστὶ

\ \ > ’ \ \ > \
kata τὴν ᾿Αντανδρίαν' καὶ τὸ ἐν Λέσβῳ δὲ
Κίώλλαιον ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς Κίλλης ὠνόμασται"
Μ \ \ / Μ \ ͵ \
ἔστι δὲ καὶ Κίλλαιον ὄρος μεταξὺ Γαργάρων καὶ
᾿Αντάνδρου. φησὶ δὲ Δάης ὁ Κολωναεὺς ἐν
Κολωναῖς ἱδρυθῆναι πρῶτον ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκ τῆς
“Ελλάδος πλευσάντων Αἰολέων τὸ τοῦ Κιλλαίου
᾽ , « / \ ᾽ 4 \ /
Απόλλωνος ἱερόν: καὶ ἐν Χρύσῃ δὲ λέγουσι
Κώλλαιον ᾿Απόλλωνα ἱδρῦσθαι, ἄδηλον, εἴτε τὸν
αὐτὸν τῷ Σμινθεῖ, εἴθ᾽ ἕτερον.

63. Ἢ δὲ Χρῦσα ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ πολίχνιον ἦν
ἔχον λιμένα, πλησίον δὲ ὑπέρκειται ἡ Θήβη:
> “ ᾽ 95 \ \ ς \ “ ἢ 7 > /
ἐνταῦθα δ᾽ ἦν Kal TO ἱερὸν τοῦ Σμινθέως ᾿Απόλ-

1 τό, before πρότερον, Meineke, for τοῖς. Corais omits the
τοῖς, and so Leaf.

2 Leaf omits the words καὶ ὀκτὼ ἐπὶ θάτερα (see his critical
note on text, p. 36).

3 ἔτι, Meineke, for ἔστι.

4 Instead of λέγεται, moz read λεγόμενος.

5 Κιλλαίου, Casaubon and later editors, for Κιλλεούς C,
Κιλλέους Dhrur, Κιλλεός F, Κιλλέου mozxz.

6 “Κίχλαιος, Kramer and later editors, for KiAAeds F, Κίλλεος
other MSS.

122

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 61-63

Mysians and Lydians in earlier times, and later
between the Greeks who colonised it from Aeolis
and Lesbos. But the greater part of it is now held
by the Adramytteni, for here lie both Thebé and
Lyrnessus, the latter a natural stronghold; but both
places are deserted. From Adramyttium the former
is distant sixty stadia and the latter eighty-eight,
in opposite directions.

62. In the territory of Adramyttium lie also
Chrysa and Cilla. At any rate there is still to-day
a place near Thebé called Cilla, where is a temple
of the Cillaean Apollo; and the Cillaeus River,
which runs from Mt. Ida, flows past it. These
places lie near the territory of Antandrus. The
Cillaeum in Lesbos is named after this Cilla; and
there is also a Mt. Cillaeum between Gargara and
Antandrus. Daés of Colonae says that the temple
of the Cillaean Apollo was first founded in Colonae
by the Aeolians who sailed from Greece ; it is also
said that a temple of Cillaean Apollo was established
at Chrysa, though it is not clear whether he is the
same as the Sminthian Apollo or distinct from him.

63. Chrysa was a small town on the sea, with a
harbour; and near by, above it, lies Thebé. Here
too was the temple of the Sminthian Apollo; and

1 The site of Thebé has been definitely identified with
that of the modern Edremid (see Leaf, p. 322). But that of
Lyrnessus is uncertain. Leaf (p. 308), regarding the text as
corrupt, reads merely ‘“‘eighty” instead of ‘ eighty-eight,”
and omits ‘‘in opposite directions” (see critical note).

7 Κίλλαιον, Tzschucke and later editors, for Κιλλέου ; and
so in the three subsequent instances the MSS. have « instead
of at.

123

STRABO

Awvos Kai ἡ Xpvoniss ἠρήμωται δὲ νῦν TO χωρίον
τελέως" εἰς δὲ τὴν νῦν Χρῦσαν τὴν κατὰ Apakerov
μεθίδρυται τὸ ἱερὸν τῶν Κιλίκων τῶν μὲν εἰς τὴν
Παμφυλίαν ἐκπεσόντων, τῶν δὲ εἰς ᾿Αμαξιτόν.
οἱ δ᾽ ἀπειρότεροι τῶν παλαιῶν ἱστοριῶν ἐνταῦθα
τὸν Χρύσην καὶ τὴν Χρυσηίδα γεγονέναι φασὶ
καὶ τὸν Ὅμηρον τούτου τοῦ τόπου μεμνῆσθαι.
ἀλλ᾽ οὔτε λιμήν ἐστιν ἐνταῦθα, ἐκεῖνος δέ φησιν"
οἱ δ᾽ ὅτε δὴ λιμένος πολυβενθέος ἐντὸς ἵκοντο.
οὔτ᾽ ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ τὸ ἱερόν ἐστιν, ἐκεῖνος δ᾽ ἐπὶ
θαλάττῃ ποιεῖ τὸ ἱερόν"
ἐκ δὲ Χρυσηὶς νηὸς βῆ ποντοπόροιο"
Ο018 τὴν μὲν ἔπειτ᾽ ἐπὶ βωμὸν ἄγων πολύμητις
᾿Οδυσσεὺς
\ / > /
πατρὶ φίλῳ ἐν χερσὶ τίθει"

οὐδὲ Θήβης πλησίον, ἐκεῖνος δὲ πλησίον' ἐκεῖθεν
γοῦν ἁλοῦσαν λέγει τὴν Χρυσηίδα. ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ
Κίλλα τόπος οὐδεὶς ἐν τῇ ᾿Αλεξανδρέων χώρᾳ
δείκνυται, οὐδὲ Κιλλαίου ᾿Απόλλωνος ἱερόν" ὁ
ποιητὴς δὲ συζεύγνυσιν"

ὃς Χρύσην ἀμφιβέβηκας
Κώλλαν τε ζαθέην"
ἐν δὲ τῷ Θήβης πεδίῳ δείκνυται πλησίον" ὅ τε
a > \ \ n / 4 > \
πλοῦς ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς Κιλικίου Χρύσης ἐπὶ τὸ
ναύσταθμον ἑπτακοσίων που σταδίων ἐστὶν
e / / [τς ’ 4 1]
ἡμερήσιός πως, ὅσον φαίνεται πλεύσας ὁ Ὀδυσ-
σεύς. ἐκβὰς γὰρ εὐθὺς παρίστησι τὴν θυσίαν
τῷ θεῷ καὶ τῆς ἑσπέρας ἐπιλαβούσης μένει
lay : τὰ \) «8 a Drie , ¢ a \
αὐτόθι, πρωὶ δὲ ἀποπλεῖ: ἀπὸ δὲ ᾿Αμαξιτοῦ τὸ

124

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 63

here lived Chryseis. But the place is now utterly
deserted; and the temple was transferred to the
present Chrysa near Hamaxitus when the Cilicians
were driven out, partly to Pamphylia! and partly to
Hamaxitus. Those who are less acquainted with
ancient history say that it was at this Chrysa that
Chryses and Chryseis lived, and that Homer mentions
this place; but, in the first place, there is no harbour
here, and yet Homer says, ‘And when they had
now arrived inside the deep harbour” ;* and, secondly,
the temple is not on the sea, though Homer makes
it on the sea, “and out from the seafaring ship
stepped Chryseis. Her then did Odysseus of many
wiles lead to the altar, and place in the arms of her
dear father” ;* neither is it near Thebé, though
Homer makes it near; at any rate, he speaks of
Chryseis as having been taken captive there. Again,
neither is there any place called Cilla to be seen in
the territory of the Alexandreians, nor any temple
of Cillaean Apollo; but the poet couples the two,
“who dost stand over Chrysa and sacred Cilla.” 4
But it is to be seen near by in the Plain of Thebé.
And the voyage from the Cilician Chrysa to the Naval
Station is about seven hundred stadia, approximately
a day’s voyage, such a distance, obviously, as that
sailed by Odysseus ;° for immediately upon disem-
barking he offered the sacrifice to the god, and since
evening overtook him he remained on the spot and
sailed away the next morning. But the distance
from Hamaxitus is scarcely a third of that above

1 Cf. 14, 4. 1. 2 Iliad 1. 482. 8. Iliad 1. 438.
4 Tliad 1. 37. 5 See Iliad 1. 430 ff.

1 εὐθύς xz, εὐθύ other MSS.
125

STRABO

τρίτον μόλις τοῦ λεχθέντος διαστήματός ἐστιν,
ὥστε “παρῆν τῷ Ὀδυσσεῖ αὐθημερὸν ἀναπλεῖν
ἐπὶ τὸ ναύσταθμον τελέσαντι τὴν θυσίαν. ἔστι
δὲ καὶ Κύίλλου μνῆμα περὶ τὸ ἱερὸν τοῦ Κιλλαίου
᾿Απόλλωνος, χῶμα μέγα" ἡνίοχον δὲ τοῦτον Πέλο-
πός φασιν ἡ ἡγησάμενον τῶν τόπων, ἀφ᾽ οὗ ἴσως ἡ
Κιλικία ἢ ἔμπαλιν.

θέ. Τὰ οὖν περὶ τοὺς Τεύκρους καὶ τοὺς μύας,
ad ὧν ὁ Σμινθεύς, ἐπειδὴ σμίνθοι" οἱ μύες, δεῦρο
μετενεκτέον. παραμυθοῦνται δὲ τὴν ἀπὸ μικρῶν
ἐπίκλησιν τοιούτοις τισί: καὶ γὰρ ἀπὸ τῶν
παρνόπων, ods οἱ Οἰταῖοι 3 ᾿κόρνοπας͵ λέγουσι,
Κορνοπίωνα ὃ τιμᾶσθαι παρ᾽ ἐκείνοις Ἡρακλέα
ἀπαλλαγῆς ἀκρίδων χάριν' Ἰποκτόνον δὲ παρ᾽
᾿Ερυθραίοις τοῖς τὸν Μίμαντα ἃ οἰκοῦσιν, ὅτι
φθαρτικὸς τῶν ἀμπελοφάγων ἰπῶν" καὶ δὴ παρ᾽
ἐκείνοις μόνοις τῶν ᾿Ερυθραίων τὸ θηρίον τοῦτο
μὴ γίνεσθαι. “Ῥόδιοι δὲ ᾿Ερυθιβίου ᾿Απόλλωνος
ἔχουσιν ἐν τῇ χώρα ἱερόν, τὴν ἐρυσίβην καλοῦντες
ἐρυθίβην: παρ᾽ Αἰολεῦσι δὲ τοῖς ἐν ᾿Ασίᾳ μείς
τις ὃ καλεῖται Πορνοπίων, οὕτω τοὺς πάρνοπας
καλούντων Βοιωτῶν, καὶ θυσία συντελεῖται
Πορνοπίωνι ᾿Απόλλωνι.

65. Μυσία μὲν οὖν ἐστὶν ἡ περὶ τὸ ᾿Αδραμύτ-
τιον, ἣν δέ ποτε ὑπὸ Λυδοῖς, καὶ νῦν Πύλαι
Λύδιαι καλοῦνται ἐν ᾿Αδραμυττίῳ, Λυδῶν, ὥς

1 σμίνθοι, Meineke, for σμίνθιοι.

2 Οἰταῖοι E, *Oréo: other MSS.

3 E inserts τινα before τιμᾶσθαι.

4 Μίμαντα, Corais, for Μελιοῦντα (see 14. 1. 33); so the
later editors.

5 γίνεσθαι, moz and Corais and Meineke, for γενέσθαι.
6 “ , .
μνείς τις EF, pts τις Dmorz, μύσων τις hi, μιστις C.

126

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 63-65

mentioned, so that Odysseus could have completed
the sacrifice and sailed back to the Naval Station
on the same day. There is also a tomb of Cillus in
the neighbourhood of the temple of the Cillaean
Apollo, a great barrow. He is said to have been
the charioteer of Pelops and to have ruled over
this region; and perhaps it was after him that
Cilicia was named, or vice versa.

64. Now the story of the Teucrians and the mice— |
whence the epithet “Sminthian,”? since “sminthi” —
means “mice’’—must be transferred to this place.
And writers excuse this giving of epithets from small
creatures by such examples as the following: It is
from locusts,? they say, which the Oetaeans call
“cornopes,’ that Heracles is worshipped among
the Oetaeans as “Cornopion,” for ridding them of
locusts; and he is worshipped among the Erythraeans
who live in Mimas as “ Ipoctonus,’’* because he is the
destroyer of the vine-eating ips ;* and in fact, they
add, these are the only Erythraeans in whose
country this creature is not to be found. And the
Rhodians, who call erysibé® “erythibé,” have a
temple of Apollo “ Erythibius” in their country; and
among the Aeolians in Asia a certain month is called
Pornopion, since the Boeotians so call the locusts,
and a sacrifice is offered to Apollo Pornopion.

65. Now the territory round Adramyttium is
Mysian, though it was once subject to the Lydians ;
and to-day there is a gate in Adramyttium which
is called the Lydian Gate because, as they say, the

1 i.e. the “‘Sminthian” Apollo (J/iad 1. 39).
2 <* Parnopes.” 3 **Tps-slayer.”
$ A kind of cynips, 5 ** Mildew.”

127

STRABO

φασι, τὴν πόλιν ἐκτικότων. Μυσίας δὲ Αστυρα
τὴν πλησίον κώμην φασίν. ἦν δὲ πολίχνη ποτέ,
ἐν 7) τὸ τῆς ᾿Αστυρηνῆς ᾿Αρτέμιδος ἱ ἱερὸν ἐν ἄλσει,
προστατούμενον μετὰ ἁγιστείας ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αντανδρίων,
οἷς μᾶλλον γειτνιᾷ" διέχει δὲ τῆς παλαιᾶς Χρύσης
εἴκοσι σταδίους, καὶ αὐτῆς ἐν ἄλσει τὸ ἱερὸν
ἐχούσης. αὐτοῦ δὲ καὶ ὁ ᾿Αχίλλειος άραξ' ἐν
δὲ τῇ μεσογαίᾳ ἀπὸ πεντήκοντα σταδίων ἐστὶν
C 614 ἡ Θήβη ἔ ἔρημος,1 ἥν φησιν ὁ ποιητὴς ὑπὸ Πλάκῳ
ὑληέσσῃ" οὔτε δὲ Πλάκος ἢ ἢ Πλὰξ ἐ ἐκεῖ τι λέγεται,
οὔθ᾽ ὕλη ὑπέρκειται, καΐτοι πρὸς τῇ Ἴδη. ᾿Αστύ-
ων δ᾽ ἡ Θήβη διέχει εἰς ἑβδομήκοντα σταδίους,
Ανδείρων 5 δὲ ἑξήκοντα. πάντα δὲ ταῦτᾶ ἐστι
τὰ ὀνόματα τόπων ἐρήμων ἢ φαύλως οἰκουμένων
ἢ ποταμῶν χειμάρρων' τεθρύληται δὲ διὰ τὰς
παλαιὰς ἱστορίας.

66. Πόλεις δ᾽ εἰσὶν ἀξιόλογοι ἼΛσσος τε καὶ
᾿Αδραμύττιον. ἠτύχησε δὲ τὸ ᾿Αδραμύττιον ἐν
τῷ Μιθριδατικῷ πολέμῳ" τὴν γὰρ βουλὴν ἀπέ-
σφαξε τῶν πολιτῶν Διόδωρος στρατηγός, χαριξζό-
μενος τῷ βασιλεῖ, προσποιούμενος δ᾽ ἅμα τῶν τε
ef ᾿Ακαδημίας φιλοσόφων εἶναι καὶ δίκας λέγειν
καὶ σοφιστεύειν τὰ ῥητορικά' καὶ δὴ καὶ συνα-
πῆρεν εἰς τὸν Πόντον τῷ βασιλεῖ" καταλυθέντος
δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως, ἔτισε δίκας τοῖς ἀδικηθεῖσιν'"
ἐγκλημάτων γὰρ ἐπενεχθέντων ἅμα πολλῶν,
ἀπεκαρτέρησεν αἰσχρῶς, οὐ φέρων τὴν δυσφη-
μίαν, ἐν τῇ ἡμετέρᾳ πόλει. ἀνὴρ δὲ ᾿Αδραμυτ-

1 ἔρημος, moz omit.
2 For ᾿Ανδείρων, DEi read ᾿Ανδήρων, in D corrected to
᾿Ανδίρων.

128

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 65-66

city was founded by Lydians. And they say that
the neighbouring village Astyra belongs to Mysia.
It was once a small town, where, in a sacred pre-
cinect, was the temple of the Astyrene Artemis,
which was superintended, along with holy rites, by
the Antandrians, who were its nearer neighbours.
It is twenty stadia distant from the ancient Chrysa,
which also had its temple in a sacred precinct.
Here too was the Palisade of Achilles. And in the
interior, fifty stadia away, is Thebé, now deserted,
which the poet speaks of as “beneath wooded
Placus” ; but, in the first place, the name “ Placus”’
or “ Plax” is not found there at all, and, secondly,
no wooded place lies above it, though it is near
Mt. Ida. Thebé is as much as seventy stadia distant
from Astyra and sixty from Andeira. But all these
are names of deserted or scantily peopled places, or
of winter torrents; and they are often mentioned
only because of their ancient history.

66. Both Assus and Adramyttium are notable
cities. But misfortune befell Adramyttium in the
Mithridatic War, for the members of the city council
were slaughtered, to please the king, by Diodorus?
the general, who pretended at the same time to be
a philosopher of the Academy, a dispenser of justice,
and a teacher of rhetoric. And indeed he also
joined the king on his journey to Pontus; but when
the king was overthrown he paid the penalty for his
misdeeds; for many charges were brought against
him, all at the same time, and, being unable to bear
the ignominy, he shamefully starved himself to death,
in my own city. Another inhabitant of Adramyttium

1 Jliad 6. 396.
2 This Diodorus is otherwise unknown.
129
E 2

STRABO

τηνὸς ῥήτωρ ἐπιφανὴς γεγένηται Ξενοκλῆς, τοῦ
μὲν ᾿Ασιανοῦ αρακτῆρος, ἀγωνιστὴς δέ, εἴ τις
ἄλλος, καὶ εἰρηκὼς ὑπὲρ τῆς ᾿Ασίας ἐπὶ τῆς
συγκλήτου, καθ᾽ ὃν καιρὸν αἰτίαν εἶχε Μιθρι-
δατισμοῦ.

61. Πρὸς δὲ τοῖς ᾿Αστύροις λίμνη καλεῖται
Σάπρα βαραθρώδης, εἰς ῥαχιώδη τῆς θαλάττης
αἰγιαλὸν τὸ ἔκρηγμα ἔχουσα. ὑπὸ δὲ τοῖς
᾿Ανδείροις ἱερόν ἐστι Μητρὸς θεῶν ᾿Ανδειρηνῆς
ἅγιον καὶ ἄντρον ὑπόνομον μέχρι Παλαιᾶς. ἔστι
δ᾽ ἡ Παλαιὰ κατοικία τις οὕτω καλουμένη, διέ-
χουσα τῶν ᾿Ανδείρων ἑκατὸν καὶ. τριάκοντα
σταδίους" ἔδειξε, δὲ τὴν ὑπονομὴν χίμαρος ἐμπε-
σὼν εἰς τὸ στόμα καὶ ἀνευρεθεὶς τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ
κατὰ "Avderpa ὑπὸ τοῦ ποιμένος κατὰ τύχην
ἐπὶ θυσίαν ἥκοντος. ᾿Αταρνεὺς δ᾽ ἐστὶ τὸ τοῦ
Ἑρμείου " τυραννεῖον, εἶτα Πιτάνη, πόλις Αἰολική,
δύο ἔχουσα λιμένας, καὶ ὁ παραρρέων αὐτὴν
ποταμὸς Εὔηνος, ἐξ οὗ τὸ ὑδραγωγεῖον πεποίηται
τοῖς ᾿Αδραμυττηνοῖς. ἐκ δὲ τῆς Πιτάνης ἐστὶν
᾿Αρκεσίλαος, ὁ ἐκ τῆς ᾿Ακαδημίας, Ζήνωνος τοῦ
Κιτιέως συσχολαστὴς παρὰ Πολέμωνι. καλεῖται
δὲ καὶ ἐν τῇ Πιτάνῃ τίς τόπος ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ
᾿Αταρνεὺς ὑπὸ τῇ Πιτάνῃ, κατὰ τὴν καλουμένην
νῆσον ᾿Ελεοῦσσαν.3 φασὶ δ᾽ ἐν τῇ Πιτάνῃ τὰς
πλίνθους ἐπιπολάξειν ἐν τοῖς ὕδασι, καθάπερ καὶ
ἐν τῇ Τυρρηνίᾳ γῆ τις 4 πέπονθε: _Kouporépa yap
ἡ γῆ τοῦ ἐπισόγκου ὕδατός ἐστιν, ὥστ᾽ ἐποχεῖσθαι.

1 Instead of “Avdeipa, CDA read ἤάλνδιρα.

2 ‘Eppuetov F, ‘Eputvov other MSS.

8 "Ἐλεοῦσσαν, Palmer, for ἔχουσαν ; so later editors, except
Meineke and Leaf, who read ᾿Ἐλαιοῦσσαν.

130

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 66-67

was the famous orator Xenocles,!} who belonged to
the Asiatic school and was as able a debater as ever
lived, having even made a speech on behalf of Asia
before the Senate,” at the time when Asia was accused
of Mithridatism.

67. Near Astyra is an abysmal lake called Sapra,
which has an outbreak into a reefy seashore. Below
Andeira is a temple sacred to the Andeirene Mother
of the gods, and also a cave that runs underground
as far as Palaea. Palaea is a settlement so named,?
at a distance of one hundred and thirty stadia from
Andeira. The underground passage became known
through the fact that a goat fell into the mouth of it
and was found on the following day near Andeira by
a shepherd who happened to have come to make sacri-
fice. Atarneus is the abode of the tyrant Hermeias ;
and then one comes to Pitané, an Aeolic city, which
has two harbours, and the Evenus River, which flows
past it, whence the aqueduct has been built by the
Adramytteni. From Pitané came Arcesilaiis, of the
Academy, a fellow-student with Zeno of Citium
under Polemon. In Pitané there is also a place on
the sea called “ Atarneus below Pitané,” opposite
the island called Eleussa. It is said that in Pitané
bricks float on water, as is also the case with a
certain earth* in Tyrrhenia, for the earth is lighter
than an equal bulk of water, so that it-floats. And

1 This Xenocles is otherwise unknown except for a reference

to him by Cicero (Brutus 91).
2 The Roman Senate. i.e. “" Old Settlement.”

4 ** Rotten-stone.”

* γῇ τις, Corais, for νησίς ; so Leaf.

[31

C 615

STRABO

ἐν ᾿Ιβηρίᾳ δέ φησιν ἰδεῖν Ποσειδώνιος ἔκ τινος
γῆς ἀργιλώδους, ἣ ἧ τὰ ἀργυρώματα ἐκμάττεται,
πλίνθους πηγνυμένας καὶ ἐπιπλεούσας. μετὰ δὲ
τὴν Πιτάνην ὁ Κάϊκος εἰς τὸν ᾿Ελαΐτην καλούμενον
κόλπον ἐν τριάκοντα σταδίοις ἐκδίδωσιν. ἐν δὲ
τῷ πέραν τοῦ Καΐκου, δώδεκα διέχουσα τοῦ
ποταμοῦ σταδίους ᾿Ελαία πόλις Αἰολικὴ καὶ
αὕτη Περγαμηνῶν ἐπίνειον, ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι
σταδίους διέχουσα. τοῦ Περγάμου.

θ8. Kir’ ἐν ἑκατὸν σταδίοις ἡ ἡ ΚΚάνη, τὸ ἀνταῖρον
ἀκρωτήριον τῷ Λεκτῷ καὶ ποιοῦν τὸν ᾿Αδραμυτ-
τηνὸν κόλπον, οὗ μέρος καὶ ὁ ᾿Ελαϊτικός ἐστι.
Κάναι δὲ πολίχνιον Λοκρῶν τῶν ἐκ Κύνου κατὰ
τὰ ἄκρα τῆς Λέσβου τὰ νοτιώτατα κείμενον ἐν
τῇ Καναίᾳ' αὕτη δὲ μέχρι τῶν ᾿Αργινόυσσῶν
διήκει καὶ τῆς ὑπερκειμένης ἄκρας, ἣν Αἶγά τινες
ὀνομάξουσιν ὁμωνύμως τῷ ξώῳ: δεῖ δὲ μακρῶς
τὴν δευτέραν συλλαβὴν ἐκφέρειν Aiydy,? ὡς
᾿Ακτὰν καὶ ᾿Αρχάν' οὕτω γὰρ καὶ τὸ ὄρος ὅλον
ὠνομάξετο, ὃ νῦν Κάνην καὶ Κάνας λέγουσι.
κύκλῳ δὲ περὶ τὸ ὄρος πρὸς νότον μὲν καὶ δύσιν
ἡ θάλαττα, πρὸς ἕω δὲ τὸ Καΐκου πεδίον ὑπό-
κειται, πρὸς ἄρκτον δὲ ἡ ᾿Ελαΐτις" αὐτὸ δὲ καθ'
αὑτὸ ἱκανῶς συνέσταλται, “προσνεύει δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ
Αἰγαῖον πέλαγος, ὅθεν αὐτῷ καὶ τοὔνομα" 3 ὕστε-

1 Instead of Alya, D reads Aiya, hoz Αἶγαν, Epit. Αἴγα,
Meineke Aiydv.

2 Αἰγάν Ez; so Meineke and Leaf.

. Leaf brackets the words ὅ ὕστερον. . . Κάναι.

1 2,6. Att, ‘‘ goat.”

132

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 67-68

Poseidonius says that in Iberia he saw bricks moulded
from a clay-like earth, with which silver is cleaned,
and that they floated on water. After Pitané one
comes to the Caicus River, which empties at a
distance of thirty stadia into the Elaitic Gulf, as
it is called. On the far side of the Caicus, twelve
stadia distant from the river, is Elaea, an Aeolic
city, which also is a seaport of the Pergamenians,
being one hundred and twenty stadia distant from
Pergamum.

68. Then, at a distance of a hundred stadia, one
comes to Cané, the promontory which rises opposite
Lectum and forms the Adramyttene Gulf, of which
the Elaitic Gulf is a part. Canae is a small town
of Locrians from Cynus, and lies in the Canaean
territory opposite the southernmost ends of Lesbos.
This territory extends as far as the Arginussae
Islands and the promontory above them, which
some call Aega, making it the same as the word
for the animal ;+ but the second syllable should be
pronounced long, that is, “ Aega,” like Acta and
Archa, for Aega used to be the name of the whole
of the mountain which is now called Cané or Canae.
The mountain is surrounded on the south and west
by the sea, and on the east by the plain of the
Caicus, which lies below it, and on the north by
the territory of Elaea. This mountain forms a fairly
compact mass off to itself, though it slopes towards
the Aegaean Sea, whence it got its name.” Later

3 It is not clear in the Greek whether Strabo says that the
Aegean Sea got its name from Aega or vice versa. Elsewhere
(8. 7. 4) he speaks of ‘‘ Aegae in Boeotia, from which it is
probable that the Aegean Sea got its name.”

133

STRABO

pov δὲ αὐτὸ τὸ ἀκρωτήριον Aliya! κεκλῆσθαι,"
ὡς Σαπφώ φησινβδ τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν Κάνη καὶ
Κάναι.

69. Μεταξὺ δὲ ᾿Ελαίας τε καὶ Πιτάνης καὶ
> / / / > ,
Atapvéws καὶ Περγάμου TevOpavia ἐστί, διέ-
χουσα οὐδεμιᾶς αὐτῶν ὑπὲρ ἑβδομήκοντα σταδίους
ἐντὸς τοῦ Καΐκου, καὶ ὁ Τεύθρας Κιλίκων καὶ

an ᾽
Μυσῶν ἱστόρηται βασιλεύς. Εὐριπίδης δ᾽ ὑπὸ
᾿Αλέου ὁ φησί, τοῦ τῆς Αὔγης πατρός, εἰς λάρνακα
τὴν Αὔγην κατατεθεῖσαν ἅμα τῷ παιδὶ Τηλέφῳ
καταποντωθῆναι, φωράσαντος τὴν ἐξ “Ηρακλέους
φθοράν" ᾿Αθηνᾶς δὲ προνοίᾳ τὴν λάρνακα περαιω-
θεῖσαν ἐκπεσεῖν εἰς τὸ στόμα τοῦ Καΐκου, τὸν δὲ
Τεύθραντα, ἀναλαβόντα τὰ σώματα, τῇ μὲν ὡς
a na want a / a

γαμετῇ χρήσασθαι, τῷ δ᾽ ὡς ἑαυτοῦ παιδί. τοῦτο
μὲν οὖν μῦθος, ἄλλην δέ τινα δεῖ γεγονέναι συντυ-

i > ἃ ς na? / ΄ A a
χίαν, δι’ ἣν ἡ τοῦ ᾿Αρκάδος θυγάτηρ τῷ Μυσῶν
βασιλεῖ συνῆλθε καὶ ὁ ἐξ αὐτῆς διεδέξατο τὴν
ἐκείνου βασιλείαν. πεπίστευται δ᾽ οὖν, ὅτι καὶ
ε 7 ς 7 > / n ,
ὁ Τεύθρας καὶ ὁ Τήλεφος ἐβασίλευσαν τῆς χώρας
τῆς περὶ τὴν Τευθρανίαν καὶ τὸν Κάϊκον, ὁ δὲ
ποιητὴς ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον μέμνηται μόνον τῆς ἱστορίας
ταύτης"

ἀλλ᾽ οἷον τὸν Τηλεφίδην κατενήρατο χαλκῷ

“ > Pt ἐν \ 3.» > >= N ε n

ἥρω᾽ Ἐὐρύπυλον, πολλοὶ δ᾽ ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν ἑταῖροι

Κήτειοι κτείνοντο γυναίων εἵνεκα δώρων"

C616 αἴνιγμα τιθεὶς ἡμῖν μᾶλλον ἢ λέγων τι σαφές.

1 Αἰγά, Meineke, for A?ya DE, Αὐγᾷ other MSS.

2 For κεκλῆσθαι Miiller-Diibner write ἐκλήθη. .

3 φησιν, after Ξαπφώ, moz insert; but Meineke, following
conj. of Kramer, omits ὡς Σαπφώ,

134

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 68-69

the promontory itself was called Aega, as in Sappho,}
but the rest was called Cané or Canae.

69. Between Elaea, Pitané, Atarneus, and Per-
gamum lies Teuthrania, which is at no greater
distance than seventy stadia from any of them and
is this side the Caicus River; and the story told
is that Teuthras was king of the Cilicians and
Mysians. Euripides? says that Augé, with her
child Telephus, was put by Aleus, her father, into
a chest and submerged in the sea when he had
detected her ruin by Heracles, but that by the
providence of Athena the chest was carried across
the sea and cast ashore at the mouth of the Caicus,
and that Teuthras rescued the prisoners, and treated
the mother as his wife and the child as his own son.
Now this is the myth, but there must have been
some other issue of fortune through which the
daughter of the Arcadian consorted with the king of
the Mysians and her son succeeded to his kingdom.
It is believed, at any rate, that both Teuthras and
Telephus reigned as kings over the country round
Teuthrania and the Caicus, though Homer goes
only so far as to mention the story thus: “ But
what a man was the son of Telephus, the hero
Eurypylus, whom he slew with the bronze; and
round him were slain many comrades, Ceteians, on
account of a woman's gifts.”’* The poet thus sets
before us a puzzle instead of making a clear state-
ment; for we neither know whom we should under-

1 A fragment otherwise unknown (Bergk Frag. 131).
2 Fray. 696 (Nauck). 8 Οἱ. 12.8.2,4. 4 Odyssey 11.521.

4 *Addov, Xylander, for ’AAdvov F, ’AAalov other MSS. ; so
the later editors.

135

STRABO

οὔτε γὰρ τοὺς Κητείους ἴ ἴσμεν, οὕστινας δέξασθαι
δεῖ, οὔτε τὸ γυναίων εἵνεκα δώρων" ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ
γραμματικοὶ μυθάρια παραβάλλοντες εὑρεσιλο-
γοῦσι μᾶλλον ἢ λύουσι τὰ ζητούμενα.
71. lal a

10. "EacOm δὴ ταῦτα, ἐκεῖνο δ᾽, ὅπερ ἐστὶ
“ > a , / Ὁ >
μᾶλλον ἐν φανερῷ, λαβόντες λέγωμεν, ὅτι ἐν
τοῖς περὶ τὸν Κάϊκον τόποις φαίνεται βεβασι-
λευκὼς καθ᾽ “Ὅμηρον ὁ Εὐρύπυλος, ὥστ᾽ ἴσως
καὶ τῶν Κιλίκων τι μέρος ἣν ὑπ᾽ αὐτῷ, καὶ οὐ
δύο δυναστεῖαι μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τρεῖς ὑπῆρξαν
ἐν αὐτοῖς. τῷ δὲ λόγῳ τούτῳ συνηγορεῖ τὸ ἐν
τῇ ᾿Ελαΐτιδι χειμαρρῶδες ποτάμιον δείκνυσθαι
Κήτειον: ἐμπίπτει δ᾽ οὗτος εἰς ἄλλον ὅμοιον,
C JOG Κὰὰ / \ ? Ν 7. e
εἶτ᾽ ἄλλον, καταστρέφουσι δὲ εἰς τὸν Κάϊκον: ὁ
δὲ Κάϊκος οὐκ ἀπὸ τῆς “Ids ῥεῖ, καθάπερ εἴρηκε
Βακχυλίδης, οὐδ᾽ ὀρθῶς 1 Ἐὐριπίδης τὸν Μαρσύαν
φησὶ

f
τὰς διωνομασμένας
/ \ > ΄ v /
ναίειν Κελαινὰς ἐσχάτοις “Idns τόποις"

πολὺ γὰρ τῆς Ἴδης ἄπωθεν αἱ Κελαιναΐί, πολὺ
δὲ καὶ αἱ τοῦ Καΐκου πηγαί: δείκνυνται γὰρ ἐν
πεδίῳ. “Ῥῆμνον " δ᾽ ἐστὶν ὄρος, ὃ διορίξει τοῦτό
τε καὶ τὸ καλούμενον ᾿Απίας πεδίον, ὃ ὃ ὑπέρκειται
ἐν τῇ μεσογαίᾳ τοῦ Θήβης πεδίου" ῥεῖ δ᾽ ἐκ τοῦ
Τήμνου 3 ποταμὸς Μύσιος, ἐμβάλλων εἰς τὸν
Κάϊκον ὑπὸ ταῖς πηγαῖς αὐτοῦ, ad’ οὗ δέχονταί

1 οὐδ᾽ ὀρθῶς, Jones, for οὐχ ὡς F, οὔθ᾽ other MSS.; οὔτ᾽ ὀρθῶς
conj. Meineke ; Groskurd conj. οὔτ' ἀληθῶς. Kramer would
omit the negative before ὡς.

* Τῆμνον, Xylander, for Tijxvoy.

8 τοῦ Thuvov, Xylander, for τοῦ Thxvov Dhimoz, τῶν 5 Thever
ΟΕ σα.

136

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 69-70

stand the poet to mean by the “Ceteians” nor
what he means by “on account of the gifts of a
woman” ;! but the grammarians too throw in petty
myths, more to show their inventiveness than to
solve questions.

70. However, let us dismiss these; and let us,
taking that which is more obvious, say that, according
to Homer, Eurypylus clearly reigned in the region of
the Caicus, so that per haps a part of the Cilicians
were subject to him, in which case there were three
dynasties among them and not merely two.? This
statement is supported by the fact that there is to
be seen in the territory of Elaea a torrential stream
called the Ceteius; this empties into another like it,
and this again into another, and they all end in the
Caicus. But the Caicus does not flow from Ida, as
Bacchylides ὃ states; neither is Euripides ¢ correct
in saying that Marsyas ‘‘dwells in widely-famed
Celaenae, in the farthermost region of Ida”; for
Celaenae is very far from Ida, and the sources of the
Caicus are also very far, for they are to be seen in
a plain. Temnus is a mountain which forms the
boundary between this plain and the Plain of Apia,
as it is called, which lies in the interior above the
Plain of Thebé. From Temnus flows a river called
Mysius, which empties into the Caicus below its
sources ; and it was from this fact, as some interpret

1 On the variant myths of Augé and Telephus see Eusta-
thius (note on Od., l.c.) ; also Leaf’s note and references (p.
340).

3 Cf. 13. 1. 7, 67.

ae fragment otherwise unknown (Bergk 66).
* Frag. 1085 (Nauck).

137

STRABO

tives εἰπεῖν Αἰσχύλον κατὰ τὴν εἰσβολὴν τοῦ
ἐν Μυρμιδόσι προλόγου"

ἰὼ Κάϊκε Μύσιαί τ᾽ ἐπιρροαί.
ἐγγὺς δὲ τῶν πηγῶν κώμη Γέργιθά ' ἐστιν, εἰς
ἣν μετῴκισεν "Attados τοὺς ἐν τῇ Τρωάδι, τὸ
χωρίον ἐξελών.

1. "Exel? δὲ τῇ παραλίᾳ τῇ ἀπὸ Λεκτοῦ μέχρι
Κανῶν ἀντιπαρατέταται νῆσος ἡ “Λέσβος, λόγου
ἀξία πλείστου (περίκειται δὲ αὐτῇ καὶ νησία, τὰ
μὲν ἔξωθεν, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷϑ μεταξὺ αὐτῆς τε
καὶ τῆς ἠπείρου), καιρὸς ἤδη περὶ τούτων εἰπεῖν᾽
καὶ γὰρ ταῦτά ἐστιν Αἰολικά, σχεδὸν δέ τι καὶ

μητρόπολις ἡ “Λέσβος ὑπάρχει τῶν Αἰολικῶν
πόλεων. ἀρκτέον δ᾽ ἀφ᾽ ὧνπερ καὶ τὴν παραλίαν
ἐπήλθομεν τὴν κατ᾽ αὐτήν.

2. "Amo Λεκτοῦ τοίνυν ἐπὶ "Άσσον πλέουσιν
ἀρχὴ τῆς Λεσβίας ἐστὶ κατὰ Σίγριον τὸ πρὸς
ἄρκτον αὐτῆς ἄκρον. ἐνταῦθα δέ που καὶ
Μήθυμνα πόλις Λεσβίων ἐστὶν ἀπὸ ἑξήκοντα
σταδίων τῆς ἐκ ἸΠολυμηδίου πρὸς τὴν Ασσον
παραλίας. οὔσης δὲ τῆς περιμέτρου σταδίων
χιλίων ἑκατόν, ἣν ἡ σύμπασα ἐκπληροῖ νῆσος,
τὰ καθέκαστα οὕτως ἔχει: aro Μηθύμνης εἰς
Μαλίαν τὸ νοτιώτατον ἄκρον ἐν δεξιᾷ ἔχουσι

1 Τ᾽ Ῥγιθα, Corais, for Γέ
2 éwel oz; ἐπί other MSS.
8 +g, Corais, for τῇ.

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 1. 70-2. 2

the passage, that Aeschylus said at the opening of
the prologue to the Myrmidons, “Oh! thou Caicus
and ye Mysian in-flows.” Near the sources is a
village called Gergitha, to which Attalus transferred
the Gergithians of the Troad when he had destroyed
their place.

1. Since Lesbos, an island worthy of a full account,
lies alongside and opposite the coast which extends
from Lectum to Canae, and also has small islands
lying round it, some outside it and some between it
and the mainland, it is now time to describe these;
for these are Aeolian, and I might almost say that
Lesbos is the metropolis of the Aeolian cities. But
I must begin at the point whence 1 began to traverse
the coast that lies opposite the island.

2. Now as one sails from Lectum to Assus, the
Lesbian country begins at Sigrium, its promontory
on the north.” In this general neighbourhood is
also Methymna, a city of the Lesbians, sixty stadia
distant from the coast that stretches from Poly-
medium to Assus. But while the perimeter which
is filled out by the island as a whole is eleven
hundred stadia, the several distances are as follows:
From Methymna to Malia, the southernmost? pro-
montory to one keeping the island on the right, I

1 Frag. 143 (Nauck). |

2 But Sigrium was the westernmost promontory of the
island,

8 More accurately, ‘‘southwesternmost.”

139

STRABO

C617 τὴν νῆσον, καθ᾽ ὃ ai Κάναι μάλιστα ἀντίκεινται
τῇ νήσῳ καὶ συναπαρτίζουσι, στάδιοί εἰσι
τριακόσιοι τετταράκοντα: ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπὶ Σίγριον,
ὅπερ ἐστὶ τῆς νήσου τὸ μῆκος, πεντακόσιοι
ἑξήκοντα' εἶτ᾽ ἐπὶ τὴν Μήθυμναν 1 διακόσιοι
δέκα. Μιτυλήνη δὲ κεῖται μεταξὺ Μηθύμνης καὶ
τῆς Μαλίας ἡ μεγίστη πόλις, διέχουσα τῆς
Μαλίας ἑβδομήκοντα σταδίους, τῶν δὲ Κανῶν
ἑκατὸν εἴκοσιν, ὅσους καὶ τῶν ᾿Αργινουσσῶν, αἱ
τρεῖς μέν εἰσιν οὐ μεγάλαι νῆσοι, πλησιάζουσι δὲ
τῇ ἠπείρῳ, παρακείμεναι3 ταῖς Κάναις. ἐν δὲ
τῷ μεταξὺ Μιτυλήνης καὶ τῆς Μηθύμνης κατὰ
κώμην τῆς Μηθυμναίας, καλουμένην Αἴγειρον,
στενωτάτη ἐστὶν ἡ νῆσος, ὑπέρβασιν ἔχουσα
eis τὸν Πυρραίων Ἐὔριπον σταδίων εἴκοσιν.
ἵδρυται δ᾽ ἡ Πύρρα ἐν τῷ ἑσπερίῳ πλευρῷ τῆς
Λέσβου, διέχουσα τῆς Μαλίας ἑκατόν. ἔχει δ᾽ ἡ
Μιτυλήνη λιμένας δύο, ὧν ὁ νότιος κλειστὸς
τριηρικὸς ὃ ναυσὶ πεντήκοντα, ὁ δὲ βόρειος μέγας
καὶ βαθύς, χώματι σκεπαζόμενος" πρόκειται
ἀμφοῖν νησίον, μέρος τῆς πόλεως ἔχον αὐτόθι
συνοικούμενον: κατεσκεύασται δὲ τοῖς πᾶσι
καλῶς.

8. "Avépas δ᾽ ἔσχεν ἐνδόξους, τὸ παλαιὸν μὲν
Πιττακόν, ἕνα τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν, καὶ τὸν ποιητὴν
᾿Αλκαῖον καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν ᾿Αντειμενίδαν, ὅν φησιν
᾿Αλκαῖος Βαβυλωνίοις συμμαχοῦντα τελέσαι

1 Μήθυμναν, Kramer, for Μηθυμναίαν.

2 δέ, after παρακείμεναι, omitted by moz and ejected by
Corais and later editors,

3 rpinpixds, Meineke, for τριήρεικαί. Wesseling conj.

140

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 2. 2-3

mean at the point where Canae lies most directly
opposite the island and precisely corresponds with
it, the distance is three hundred and forty stadia ;
thence to Sigrium, which is the length of the island,
five hundred and sixty ; and then to Methymna, two
hundred and ten. Mitylene, the largest city, lies
between Methymna and Malia, being seventy stadia
distant from Malia, one hundred and twenty from
Canae, and the same distance from the Arginussae,
which are three small islands lying near the mainland
alongside Canae. In the interval between Mitylene
and Methymna, in the neighbourhood of a village
called Aegeirus in the Methymnaean territory, the
island is narrowest, with a passage of only twenty
stadia over to the Euripus of the Pyrrhaeans.
Pyrrha is situated on the western side of Lesbos at
a distance of one hundred stadia from Malia. Mity-
lene has two harbours, of which the southern can
be closed and holds only fifty triremes, but the
northern is large and deep, and is sheltered by a
mole. Off both lies a small island, which contains
a part of the city that is settled there. And the
city is well equipped with everything.

3. Mitylene has produced famous men: in early
times, Pittacus, one of the Seven Wise Men; and
the poet Alcaeus, and his brother Antimenidas, who,
according to Alcaeus, won a great struggle when
fighting on the side of the Babylonians, and rescued

1 The total, 1110, being ten more than the round number
given above.

τριηρικὺς καὶ ναύσταθμον, the complete phrase found in 14.
2. 15.

14!

STRABO

/ “. \ > , > A 7
μέγαν ἄθλον καὶ ἐκ πόνων αὐτοὺς ῥύσασθαι,
κτείναντα
,
ἄνδρα μαχαίταν, βασιλήιον }
, ,
παλαστὰν 5 (ὥς φησι) ἀπολείποντα 3 μόνον
μίαν
7 > \ / 5
παχέων ἀπὺ πέμπων.

συνήκμασε δὲ τούτοις καὶ ἡ Σαπφώ, θαυμαστόν
TL χρῆμα" οὐ γὰρ ἴσμεν ἐν τῷ τοσούτῳ χρόνῳ τῷ
μνημονευομένῳ φανεῖσάν τινα γυναῖκα ἐνάμιλλον,
οὐδὲ κατὰ μικρόν, ἐκείνῃ ποιήσεως χάριν. ἐτυ-
ραννήθη δὲ ἡ πόλις κατὰ τοὺς χρόνους τούτους
ὑπὸ πλειόνων διὰ τὰς διχοστασίας, καὶ τὰ
στασιωτικὰ καλούμενα τοῦ ᾿Αλκαίου ποιήματα
περὶ τούτων ἐστίν: ἐν δὲ τοῖς τυράννοις καὶ ὁ
Πιττακὸς éyévero. ᾿Αλκαῖος μὲν οὖν ὁμοίως
ἐλοιδορεῖτο καὶ τούτῳ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις, Μυρσίλῳ
καὶ Μελάγχρῳϑ καὶ τοῖς Κλεανακτίδαις καὶ
ἄλλοις τισίν, οὐδ᾽ αὐτὸς καθαρεύων τῶν τοιούτων
νεωτερισμῶν. Πιττακὸς δ᾽ εἰς μὲν τὴν τῶν δυνα-
στειῶν κατάλυσιν ἐχρήσατο τῇ μοναρχίᾳ καὶ
αὐτός, καταλύσας δὲ ἀπέδωκε τὴν αὐτονομίαν τῇ
πόλει. ὕστερον δ᾽ ἐγένετο χρόνοις πολλοῖς
Διοφάνης ὁ ῥήτωρ' καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς δὲ Ποτάμων καὶ
Λεσβοκλῆς καὶ Κριναγόρας καὶ ὁ συγγραφεὺς
Θεοφάνης. οὗτος δὲ καὶ πολιτικὸς ἀνὴρ ὑπῆρξε
καὶ Πομπηΐῳ τῷ Μάγνῳ κατέστη φίλος, μάλιστα
διὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν αὐτήν, καὶ πάσας συγκατώρθωσεν

1 βασιλήιον, Ὁ, Miller (quoted by Bergk, who prefers
βασιληίων), for βασιλήων.

2 παλαστάν DFAi and Kramer (παλάσταν Meineke) ; παλαί
oray other MSS.

142

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 2. 3

them from their toils by killing “a warrior, the royal
wrestler” (as he says), “ who was but one short of
five cubits in height.”1 And along with these
flourished also Sappho, a marvellous woman; for in
all the time of which we have record I do not know
of the appearance of any woman who could rival]
Sappho, even in a slight degree, in the matter of
poetry. The city was in those times ruled over by
several tyrants because of the dissensions among
the inhabitants; and these dissensions are the sub-
ject of the Stasiotic? poems, as they are called, of
Aleaeus. And also Pittacus* was one of the
tyrants. Now Alcaeus would rail alike at both
Pittacus and the rest, Myrsilus and Melanchrus
and the Cleanactidae and certain others, though
even he himself was not innocent of revolu-
tionary attempts; but even Pittacus himself used
monarchy for the overthrow of the oligarchs, and
then, after overthrowing them, restored to the city its
independence. Diophanes the rhetorician was born
much later; but Potamon, Lesbocles, Crinagoras, and
Theophanes the historian in my time. ‘Theophanes
was also a statesman; and he became a friend to
Pompey the Great, mostly through his very ability,
and helped him to succeed in all his achievements ;

1 Frag. 33 (Bergk). 2 Seditious.
8 Reigned 589-579 B.o.

8 ἀπολείποντα, Miiller, for ἀπολιπόντα : so Kramer and
Meineke.

4 μίαν, Miiller, for ἀνίαν ; so Kramer and Meineke.

5 ἀπὺ πέμπων (ἀπυπέμπων ΕἾ, Miiller, for ἀποπέμπων ; so
Kramer and Meineke.

δ. MeAdyxpy, Groskurd and other editors, for Μελάνδρῳ F,
Μεγαλογύρῳ other MSS.

143

C 618

STRABO

αὐτῷ τὰς πράξεις" ἀφ᾽ ὧν τήν τε πατρίδα
ἐκόσμησε τὰ μὲν δι’ ἐκείνου, τὰ δὲ δι’ ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ
ἑαυτὸν πάντων τῶν “EXAnvev ἐπιφανέστατον
ἀνέδειξεν" υἱόν τε ἀπέλιπε Μάρκον Πομπήιον,
ὃν τῆς ᾿Ασίας ἐ ἐπίτροπον κατέστησέ ποτε Καῖσαρ
ὁ Σεβαστός, καὶ νῦν ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις ἐξετάζεται
τῶν Τιβερίου φίλων. ᾿Αθηναῖοι δ᾽ ἐκινδύνευσαν
μὲν ἀνηκέστῳ wWoyo περιπεσεῖν, ψηφισάμενοι
Μιτυληναίους ἡβηδὸν ἀποσφαγῆναι, μετέγνωσαν
δέ, καὶ ἔφθη μιᾷ θᾶττον ἡμέρᾳ τὸ ψήφισμα
ἀφιγμένον ὡς τοὺς στρατηγοὺς πρὶν ἢ πρᾶξαι τὸ
προσταχθέν.

4. Ἡ δὲ Πύρρα, κατέστραπται, τὸ δὲ προάσ-
τειον οἰκεῖται καὶ ἔχει λιμένα, ὅθεν εἰς Μιτυλή-
νην ὑπέρβασις σταδίων ὀγδοήκοντα. εἶτ᾽ ᾽ἔρεσ-
σός ἐστι μετὰ τὴν Πύρραν' ἵδρυται δ᾽ ἐπὶ λόφου
καθήκει τε ἐπὶ θάλατταν' εἶτ᾽ ἐπὶ τὸ Σίέγριον
ἐντεῦθεν στάδιοι εἰκοσιοκτώξ ἐξ ᾿Ἐρεσσοῦ &
ἦσαν Θεόφραστός τε καὶ Φανίας, οἱ ἐκ τῶν
περιπάτων φιλόσοφοι, ᾿Αριστοτέλους γνώριμοι.
Τύρταμος δ᾽ ἐκαλεῖτο ἔμπροσθεν ὁ Θεόφραστος,
μετωνόμασε δ᾽ αὐτὸν ᾿Αριστοτέλης Θεόφραστον,
ἅμα μὲν φεύγων τὴν τοῦ προτέρου ὀνόματος
κακοφωνίαν, ἅμα δὲ τὸν τῆς φράσεως αὐτοῦ
ξῆλον ἐπισημαινόμενος" ἅπαντας μὲν γὰρ λογίους
ἐποίησε τοὺς μαθητὰς ᾿Αριστοτέλης, λογιώτατον
δὲ Θεόφραστον. "Αντίσσα δ᾽ ἐφεξῆς ἐστὶ τῷ
Σιεγρίῳ πόλις, ἔχουσα λιμένα" ἔπειτα Μήθυμνα,
ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἣν ᾿Αρίων ὁ ἐπὶ τῷ δελφῖνι μυθευο-
μενος ὑπὸ τῶν περὶ Ἡρόδοτον εἰς Ταίναρον
σωθῆναι, καταποντωθεὶς ὑ ὑπὸ τῶν λῃστῶν' οὗτος
μὲν οὖν κιθαρῳδός. καὶ Τέρπανδρον δὲ τῆς αὐτῆς
144

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 2. 3-4

whence he not only adorned his native land, parily
through Pompey and partly through himself, but
also rendered himself the most illustrious of all the
Greeks. He left a son, Marcus Pompey, whom
Augustus Caesar once set up as Procurator of Asia,
and who is now counted among the first of the
friends of Tiberius. The Athenians were in danger
of suffering an irreparable disgrace when they voted
that all Mitylenaeans from youth upwards should be
slain, but they changed their minds and their counter-
decree reached the generals only one day before the
order was to be executed.

4. Pyrrha has been rased to the ground, but its
suburb is inhabited and has a harbour, whence there
is a passage of eighty stadia over hills to Mitylene.
Then, after Pyrrha, one comes to Eressus; it is
situated on a hill and extends down to the sea.
Then to Sigrium, twenty-eight stadia from Eressus.
Both Theophrastus and Phanias, the peripatetic
philosophers, disciples of Aristotle, were from
Eressus. Theophrastus was at first called Tyrtamus,
but Aristotle changed his name to Theophrastus, at
the same time avoiding the cacophony of his former
name and signifying the fervour of his speech; for
Aristotle made all his pupils eloquent, but Theo-
phrastus most eloquent of all. Antissa, a city witha
harbour, comes next in order after Sigrium. And
then Methymna, whence came Arion, who, accord-
ing to a myth told by Herodotus and his followers,
safely escaped on a dolphin to Taenarum after being
thrown into the sea by the pirates. Now Arion
played, and sang to, the cithara; and Terpander,

145

C 619

STRABO

μουσικῆς τεχνέτην γεγονέναι φασὶ καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς
νήσου, τὸν πρῶτον ἀντὶ τῆς τετραχόρδου λύρας
ἑπταχόρδῳ χρησάμενον: καθάπερ καὶ ἐν τοῖς
ἀναφερομένοις ἔπεσιν εἰς αὐτὸν λέγεται"

σοὶ δ᾽ ἡμεῖς τετράγηρυν ἀποστρέψαντες ἀοιδήν,
ἑπτατόνῳ φόρμιγγι νέους κελαδήσομεν ὕμνους.

καὶ Ἑλλάνικος δὲ Λέσβιος συγγραφεὺς καὶ
Καλλίας ὁ τὴν Σαπφὼ καὶ τὸν ᾿Αλκαῖον ἐξηγη-
σάμενος.

ὅ. Κατὰ δὲ τὸν πορθμὸν τὸν μεταξὺ τῆς
᾿Ασίας καὶ τῆς Λέσβου νησία ἐστὶ περὶ εἴκοσεν,
ὡς δὲ Τιμοσθένης φησί, τετταράκοντα καλοῦνται
δ᾽ “Εκατόννησοι συνθέτως, ὡς Πελοπόννησος,
κατὰ ἔθος τε τοῦ N γράμματος πλεονάζξοντος ἐν
τοῖς τοιούτοις, ὡς Μυόννησος καὶ ἹΠροκόννησος
λέγεται καὶ ᾿Αλόννησος, ὥστε ‘Exarovynooi
εἰσιν, οἷον ᾿Απολλωνόννησοι, “Exatos γὰρ ὁ
᾿Απόλλων' παρὰ πᾶσαν γὰρ δὴ τὴν παραλίαν
ταύτην ὁ ᾿Απόλλων ἐκτετίμηται μέχρι Τενέδου,
Σμινθεὺς ἢ Κιλλαῖος καλούμενος ἢ Γρυνεὺς ἤ
τινα ἄλλην ἐπωνυμίαν ἔχων. πλησίον δὲ τούτων
ἐστὶ καὶ ἡ ἸΠορδοσελήνη,ϊ πόλιν ὁμώνυμον ἔχουσα
ἐν αὑτῇ" καὶ πρὸ τῆς πόλεως ταύτης ἄλλη νῆσος"
μείξων αὐτῆς ὁμώνυμος, ἔρημος, ἱερὸν ἅγιον ἔχουσα
Απόλλωνος.

6. Τὰς δὲ δυσφημίας τῶν ὀνομάτων φεύγοντές ὃ
tives ἐνταῦθα μὲν ἸΤοροσελήνην δεῖν λέγειν φασί,
τὸ δ᾽ ᾿Ασπόρδηνον ὄρος τὸ περὶ Πέργαμον, τραχὺ

1 Instead of Πορδοσελήνη, Dhirwaz read Παρδοσελήνη.

2 πόλις (πόλης F) after νῆσος, Jones ejects, following conj.
of Kramer and C. Miller,

1406

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 2. 4-6

also, is said to have been an artist in the same
music and to have been born in the same island,
having been the first person to use the seven-
stringed instead of the four-stringed lyre, as we are
told in the verses attributed to him: “ For thee I,
having dismissed four-toned song, shall sing new
hymns to the tune of a seven-stringed cithara.’’?
Also Hellanicus the historian, and Callias, who
interpreted Sappho and Alcaeus, were Lesbians.

5. In the strait between Asia and Lesbos there
are about twenty small islands, but according to
Timosthenes, forty. They are called Hecatonnesi,
a compound name like Peloponnesus, the second
letter x being customarily redundant in such com-
pounds, as in the names Myonnesus, Proconnesus,
and Halonnesus; and consequently we have Heca-
tonnesi, which means Apollonnesi, for Apollo is
called Hecatus; for along the whole of this coast,
as far as Tenedos, Apollo is highly honoured, being
called Sminthian or Cillaean or Grynian or by some
other appellation. Near these islands is Pordose-
lené, which contains a city of the same name, and
also, in front of this city, another island, larger and
of the same name, which is uninhabited and has a
temple sacred to Apollo.

6. Some writers, to avoid the indecency of the
names, say that in this place we should read “ Poro-
selené,’ and that we should call Aspordenum, the
rocky and barren mountain round Pergamum,
*« Asporenum,” and the temple of the Mother of the

1 Frag. 5 (Bergk).

8 φεύγοντες, Corais, for φυγόντες ; so the later editors.
147

STRABO

καὶ λυπρὸν ὄν, ᾿Ασπόρηνον, καὶ τὸ ἱερὸν τὸ
ἐνταῦθα τῆς Μητρὸς τῶν θεῶν ᾿Ασπορηνῆς.3 τί οὖν
φήσομεν τὴν Πόρδαλιν καὶ τὸν Σαπέρδην καὶ τὸν
Περδίκκαν καὶ τὸ Σιμωνίδου

σὺν πορδακοῖσιν ἐκπεσόντες εἵμασιν 8
> \ lal ‘ \ 3 A » /
ἀντὶ τοῦ διαβρόχοις, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀρχαίᾳ που
κωμῳδίᾳ
\
πορδακὸν τὸ χωρίον,

τὸ λίμναζον ; διέχει δ᾽ ἡ Λέσβος τὸ ἴσον ἀπὸ

fol / \ / \ / / fal
τῆς Τενέδου καὶ Λήμνου καὶ Χίου σχεδόν τι τῶν
πεντακοσίων ἐνδοτέρω σταδίων.

ΠῚ

, \ κ \ \ a > /
1. Τοιαύτης δὲ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς Τρῶας οἰκειό-
ε ͵ὔ nan / \ n ,
τητος ὑπαρχούσης τοῖς Te Λέλεξι καὶ τοῖς Κύλεξι,
le} »
ζητοῦσιν αἰτίαν, du ἣν οὐ συγκαταλέγονται καὶ
οὗτοι ἐν τῷ καταλόγῳ. εἰκὸς δὲ διὰ τὴν τῶν
ἡγεμόνων διαφθορὼν καὶ τὴν τῶν πόλεων
> , > / ε / \ /
ἐκπόρθησιν ὀλίγους ὑπολειφθέντας τοὺς Κίλικας
ὑπὸ τῷ “Ἕκτορι τάττεσθαι: ὅ τε yap ᾿Πετίων
καὶ οἱ παῖδες αὐτοῦ λέγονται πρὸ τοῦ καταλόγου
διαφθαρῆναι"
ἤτοι μὲν πατέρ᾽ ἀμὸν ὁ ἀπέκτανε δῖος ᾿Αχιελ-
λεύς,

ἐκ δὲ πόλιν πέρσεν Κιλίκων,
Θήβην ὑψίπυλον.

i Instead of ᾿Ασπόρηνον, F reads ᾿Ασπρόκνον, oz ᾿Ασπόρινον.
* ᾿Ασπορινῆς 02.

148

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 2. 6-3.1

gods there the temple of the “ Asporene”’ mother.
What, then, shall we say of Pordalis and Saperdes
and Perdiccas, and of the phrase of Simonides,
* banished, ‘ pordacian’ clothes and all,’’ instead of
*wet’’ clothes, and, somewhere in the early comedy,
“the place is ‘ pordacian,’” that is, the place that
is “marshy”? Lesbos is equidistant from Tenedos
and Lemnos and Chios, one might say rather less
than five hundred stadia,

ΠῚ

1. Since the Leleges and the Cilicians were so
closely related to the Trojans, people inquire for the
reason why they are not included with the Trojans
in the Catalogue. But it is reasonable to suppose
that because of the loss of their leaders and the
sacking of their cities the few Cilicians that were
left were placed under the command of Hector,
for both Eétion and his sons are said to have
been slain before the Catalogue :* “Verily my father
was slain by the goodly Achilles, who utterly sacked
the city of Cilicians, Thebé of the lofty gates.

1 2,6. they avoid ‘‘pord,” which, as also ‘‘ perd,” is the
stem of an indecent Greek word.
2 2,6. before the marshalling of the troops as described in

the Catalogue.

8 eluacw, Tyrwhitt, for ἵμασιν ; so the later editors.
4 ἀμόν, Xylander, for ἐμόν ; so the later editors.

149

STRABO

οἱ δέ μοι ἑπτὰ κασίγνητοι ἔσαν ἐν μεγαροισιν,
a , ”
οἱ μὲν πάντες ἰῷ κίον ἤματι ”Aidos εἴσω"
7 \ / / lal >
πάντας yap κατέπεφνε ποδάρκης δῖος ᾿Αχιλ-
λεύς.
e > “ \ ΜΆ. Ν / / ᾿ ,
ὡς δ᾽ αὕτως καὶ of ὑπὸ Μύνητι τούς τε ἡγεμόνας
ἀποβεβλήκασι καὶ τὴν πόλιν"
καδ᾽ δὲ Μύνητ᾽ ἔβαλε καὶ ᾿Επίστροφον,
πέρσεν δὲ πόλιν θείοιο Μύνητος.

\ \ / a \ Ε] “.: ΄ a
τοὺς δὲ Λέλεγας τοῖς μὲν ἀγῶσι παρόντας ποιεῖ,
ὅταν οὕτω λέγῃ"

πρὸς μὲν ἁλὸς Κᾶρες καὶ Ἰ]Παίονες ἀγκυλότοξοι

καὶ Λέλεγες καὶ Καύκωνες"
καὶ πάλιν"

Σάτνιον οὔτασε δουρὶ
> / ἃ » , , \ 2 4

Οἰνοπίδην, ὃν dpa νύμφη τέκε Νηὶς ἀμύμων

Οἴνοπι βουκολέοντι παρ᾽ ὄχθας Σατνιόεντος.
οὐ γὰρ οὕτως ἐξελελοίπεσαν τελέως, ὥστε μὴ

\ > € \ y 4 [2 la
καὶ καθ᾽ αὑτοὺς ἔχειν τι σύστημα, ἅτε τοῦ
n ’
βασιλέως αὐτῶν ἔτι περιόντος,

ἼΛλτεω, ὃς Λελέγεσσι φιλοπτολέμοισιν ἀνάσσει,
καὶ τῆς πόλεως οὐ τελέως ἠφανισμένης" ἐπιφέρει
γὰρ

Πήδασον αἰπήεσσαν ἔχων ἐπὶ ' Σατνιόεντι.

C 620 ἐν μέντοι τῷ καταλόγῳ παραλέλοιπεν αὐτούς,
οὐχ ἱκανὸν ἡγούμενος τὸ σύστημα, ὥστ᾽ ἐν
καταλόγῳ τάττεσθαι, ἢ Kal? ὑπὸ τῷ “Εκτορι καὶ
τούτους συγκαταλέγων, οὕτως ὄντας οἰκείους.
ὁ γὰρ Λυκάων φησίν, ἀδελφὸς dv “Exrtopos:

150

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 3.1

And the seven brothers of mine in our halls, all
these on the same day! went inside the home of
Hades, for all were slain by swift-footed, goodly
Achilles.’ And so, in the same way, those subject
to Mynes lost both their leaders and their city:
“And he laid low Mynes and Epistrophus, and
sacked the city of godlike Mynes.”® But he makes
the Leleges present at the battles when he says as
follows: ** Towards the sea are situated the Carians
and the Paeonians, with curved bows, and the

Leleges and Caucones.”* And again, “he pierced
with his spear Satnius, son of Oenops, whom a
noble Naiad nymph bore to Oenops, as he tended
his herds beside the banks of the Satnioeis”’ ;° for
they had not so completely disappeared that they
did not have a separate organisation of their own,
since their king still survived, “ of Altes, who is lord
over the war-loving Leleges,” ® and since their city
had not been utterly wiped out, for the poet adds,
“who holds steep Pedasus on the Satnioeis.” 7
However, the poet has omitted them in the Catalogue,
not considering their organisation sufficient to have
a place in it, or else including them under the com-
mand of Hector because they were so closely related ;

1 6, with Eétion. 2 Tiiad 6. 414.
3 Jliad 2. 692, 19. 296. 4 Jliad 10. 428.
5 Iliad 14, 443. ® Tliad 21. 86. 7 [liad 21. 87.

1 ἐπί, Corais, for ὑπό.
* καί, before ὑπό, omitted by O.

151

STRABO

μινυνθάδιον δέ we μήτηρ
γείνατο Λαοθόη, θυγάτηρ" Αλταο γέροντος,
“Artem, ὃς Λελέγεσσι φιλοπτολέμοισιν ἀνάσ-
σει.

ταῦτα μὲν οὖν τοιαύτην τινὰ ἔχει τὴν εἰκοτο-
λογίαν.

2. Εἰκοτολογεῖν δ᾽ ἐστί, κἂν εἴ τις τὸν ἀκριβῆ
ζητεῖ κατὰ τὸν ποιητὴν ὅρον, μέχρι τίνος οἱ
Κίλικες διέτεινον καὶ οἱ Πελασγοὶ καὶ ἔτι οἱ
μεταξὺ τούτων ΚΚήτειοι λεγόμενοι οἱ ὑπὸ τῷ
Εὐρυπύλῳ. περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν Κιλίκων καὶ τῶν
ὑπ᾽ Εὐρυπύλῳ τὰ ἐνόντα εἴρηται, καὶ διότι él τὰ
περὶ τὸν ΚΚάϊκον μάλιστα περατοῦνται. τοὺς δὲ
Πελασγοὺς εὔλογον τούτοις ἐφεξῆς τιθέναι ἔκ τε
τῶν ὑφ᾽ Ὁμήρου λεγομένων καὶ ἐκ τῆς ἄλλης
ἱστορίας. ὁ μὲν γὰρ οὕτω φησίν'

Ἱππόθοος δ᾽ ἄγε φῦλα Πελασγῶν ἐγχεσι-

μώρων,

τῶν, οἱ Λάρισαν ἐριβώλακα ναιετάασκον"

τῶν ἦρχ᾽ Ἱππόθοος τε Πὐλαιός τ᾽ ὄζος *Apnos,

υἷε δύω Λήθοιο Πελασγοῦ Τευταμίδαο.

ἐξ ὧν πλῆθός τε ἐμφαίνει ἀξιόλογον τὸ τῶν

Πελασγῶν (οὐ γὰρ φῦλον, ἀλλὰ φῦλα ἔφη) καὶ

\ » > / 4 \ \ -

τὴν οἴκησιν ἐν Λαρίσῃ φράζει. πολλαὶ μὲν οὖν
΄ a lal 4

ai Λάρισαι, Set δὲ τῶν ἐγγύς τινα δέξασθαι,
/ > a ‘ \ 4 ς 7

μάλιστα 8 ἂν τὴν περὶ Κύμην ὑπολάβοι τις

“Ὁ lal a x, ¢

ὀρθῶς: τριῶν yap οὐσῶν, ἡ μὲν καθ᾽ ᾿Αμαξιτὸν ἐν
“ ,

ὄψει τελέως ἐστὶ τῷ ᾿Ιλίῳ, καὶ ἐγγὺς σφόδρα ἐν

διακοσίοις που σταδίοις, ὥστ᾽ οὐκ ἂν λέγοιτο

2 ἐπί, Meineke inserts,
152

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 3. 1-2

for Lycaon, who was a brother of Hector, says, “toa
short span of life my mother, daughter of the old
man Altes, bore me—Altes who is lord over the
war-loving Leleges.” 1 Such, then, are the proba-
bilities in this matter.

2. And it is also a matter of reasoning from prob-
abilities if one inquires as to the exact bounds to
which the poet means that the Cilicians extended,
and the Pelasgians, and also the Ceteians, as they
are called, under the command of Eurypylus, whe
lived between those two peoples. Now as for the
Cilicians and the peoples under the command of
Eurypylus, all has been said about them that can
be said, and that their country is in a general way
bounded by the region of the Caicus River. As for
the Pelasgians, it is reasonable, both from the words
of Homer and from history in general, to place them
next in order after these peoples; for Homer says
as follows: “‘ And Hippothoiis led the tribes of the
Pelasgians that rage with the spear, them that dwelt
in fertile Larisa; these were ruled by Hippothoiis
and Pylaeus, scion of Ares, the two sons of Pelasgian
Lethus, son of Teutamus.”? By these words he
clearly indicates that the number of Pelasgians was
considerable, for he says “ tribes,’ not “tribe ;’’ and
he also specifies their abode as “in Larisa.”” Now
there are many Larisas, but we must interpret him
as meaning one of those that were near; and best of
all one might rightly assume the one in the neigh-
bourhood of Cymé; for of the three Larisas the one
near Hamaxitus was in plain sight of Ilium and very
near it, within a distance of two hundred stadia, and
therefore it could not be said with plausibility that

1 Iliad 21. 84. * Iliad 2. 840.
VOL, VI.

ν “Ὁ

STRABO

πιθανῶς ὁ Ἱππόθοος πεσεῖν ἐν τῷ ὑπὲρ Πα-
τρόκλου ἀγῶνι

THA ἀπὸ Λαρίσης,

ταύτης γε, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον τῆς περὶ Κύμην" χίλιοι
γάρ που στάδιοι μεταξύ" “τρίτη δ᾽ ἐστὶ Λάρισα,
κώμη τῆς ᾿Εφεσίας ἐν τῷ Καύστρίῳ πεδίῳ, ἥν
φασι πόλιν ὑπάρξαι πρότερον, ἔχουσαν καὶ ἱερὸν
᾿Απόλλωνος Λαρισηνοῦ, πλησιάξουσαν τῷ ὁ Ῥμώλῳ
μᾶλλον ἢ τῇ ᾿Εφέσῳ' ταύτης γὰρ ἑκατὸν καὶ
ὀγδοήκοντα διέχει σταδίους, ὥστε ὑπὸ τοῖς
Μύήοσιν ἄν τις τάττοι ταύτην. ᾿Εφέσιοι δ᾽
αὐξηθέντες ὕστερον πολλὴν τῆς τῶν Mnovev,
ods νῦν Λυδούς φαμεν, ἀπετέμοντο, dor οὐδ᾽
αὕτη ἂν ἡ τῶν Πελασγῶν “Λάρισα εἴη, ἀλλ᾽
ἐκείνη μᾶλλον. καὶ γὰρ τῆς μὲν ἐν τῇ Καῦστριανῇ
Λαρίσης οὐδὲν ἔχομεν τεκμήριον ἰσχυρόν, ὡς ἣν
ἤδη τότε' οὐδὲ γὰρ τῆς ᾿Εφέσου" τῆς δὲ περὶ τὴν

C 621 Κύμην μαρτύριόν ἐστι πᾶσα ἡ Αἰολικὴ i ἱστορία,
μικρὸν ὕστερον τῶν ᾿ Τρωικῶν γενομένη.

8. Φασὶ γὰρ τοὺς ἐκ τοῦ Φρικίου 1 τοῦ ὑπὲρ
Θερμοπυλῶν Λοκρικοῦ ὄρους ὁρμηθέντας κατᾶραι
μὲν εἰς τὸν τόπον, ὅπου νῦν ἡ Κύμη ἐστί,
καταλαβόντας δὲ τοὺς Πελασγοὺς κεκακωμένους
ὑπὸ τοῦ Τρωικοῦ πολέμου, κατέχοντας δ᾽ ὅμως
ἔτι τὴν Λάρισαν διέχουσαν τῆς Κύμης ὅσον
ἑβδομήκοντα σταδίους, ἐπιτειχίσαι αὐτοῖς τὸ νῦν
ἔτι λεγόμενον Νέον τεῖχος ἀπὸ τριάκοντα σταδίων
τῆς Λαρίσης, ἑλόντας ° δὲ κτίσαι τὴν Κύμην καὶ
τοὺς περιγενομένους ἀνθρώπους ἐκεῖσε ἀνοικίσαι"

1 ἐκ τοῦ ΡΥ Tyrwhitt, for ἐν τῷ Φρικίῳ; so the later
editors.

154

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 3. 2-3

Hippothoiis fell in the fight over Patroclus “far
away from” this ‘‘ Larisa,” but rather from the
Larisa near Cymé, for the distance between the two
is about a thousand stadia. The third Larisa is a
village in the territory of Ephesus in the Cayster
Plain; it is said to have been a city in earlier
times, containing a temple of Larisaean Apollo and
being situated closer to Mt. Tmolus than to Ephesus.
lt is one hundred and eighty stadia distant from
Ephesus, and might therefore be placed under the
Maeonians. But the Ephesians, having grown in
power, later cut off for themselves much of the
territory of the Maeconians, whom we now call
Lydians, so that this could not be the Larisa of the
Pelasgians either, but rather the one near Cymé.
In fact we have no strong evidence that the Larisa
in the Cayster Plain was already in existence at that
time, for we have no such evidence as to Ephesus
either; but all Aeolian history, which arose but
shortly after the Trojan times, bears testimony to
the existence of the Larisa near Cymé.

3. For it is said that the people who set out from
Phricium, the Locrian mountain above Thermopylae,
put in at the place where Cymé now is, and finding
the Pelasgians in bad plight because of the Trojan
War, though still in possession of Larisa, which was
about seventy stadia distant from Cymé, built on
their frontier what is still to-day called Neon
Teichos,' thirty stadia from Larisa, and that, having
eaptured Larisa, they founded Cymé and settled
there the survivors» And Cymé is called Cymé

1“ ”
A New wall,

. ένα, Corais, Kramer, \and_ Meineke, for ἐλθόντας ;
ἀνελθόντας Groskurd.. A
155

STRABO

> \ \ A la) Μ / /
ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ Aoxpixod ὄρους τήν τε Κύμην
lal ε
Φρικωνίδα καλοῦσιν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὴν Λάρισαν"
+] nr ᾽
ἐρήμη δ᾽ ἐστὶ νῦν. ὅτι δ᾽ οἱ Πελασγοὶ μέγα Hv
ἔθνος, καὶ ἐκ τῆς ἄλλης ἱστορίας οὕτως ἐκμαρτυ-

lal 1 Ἂ Μ ’ lal δια i 3
ρεῖσθαί φασι Μενεκράτης γοῦν ὁ ᾿Ελαΐτης ἐν
τοῖς περὶ κτίσεων φησὶ τὴν παραλίαν τὴν νῦν
᾿Ιωνικὴν πᾶσαν, ἀπὸ Μυκάλης ἀρξαμένην, ὑπὸ
Πελασγῶν οἰκεῖσθαι πρότερον καὶ τὰς πλησίον

᾽ ’

νήσους. Λέσβιοι δ᾽ ὑπὸ Πυλαίῳ τετάχθαι λέ-
γουσι σφᾶς, τῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ ποιητοῦ λεγομένῳ τῶν
Πελασγῶν ἄρχοντι, ad’ οὗ καὶ τὸ παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς
ὄρος ἔτι Τύλαιον καλεῖσθαι. καὶ Χῖοι δὲ οἰκιστὰς
© 5 ΄ \ 3 “ /
ἑαυτῶν IleXacyovs φασι τοὺς ἐκ τῆς Θετταλίας.
πολύπλανον δὲ καὶ ταχὺ τὸ ἔθνος πρὸς ἀπα-

᾿ 2 » 46 δι. - | \ \ » ‘
ναστάσεις," ηὐξήθη τε ἐπὶ πολὺ καὶ ἀθρόαν
», \ Ν \ / aN \
ἔλαβε τὴν ἔκλειψιν, καὶ μάλιστα κατὰ τὴν
τῶν Αἰολέων καὶ τῶν ᾿Ιώνων περαίωσιν εἰς τὴν
᾿Ασίαν.

4. ἥϊδιον δέ τι τοῖς Λαρισαίοις συνέβη τοῖς
te Καύστριανοῖς ὃ καὶ τοῖς Φρικωνεῦσι καὶ τρίτοις
τοῖς ἐν Θετταλίᾳ ἅπαντες γὰρ ποταμόχωστον
τὴν χώραν ἔσχον, οἱ μὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ Kavotpou, οἱ

an ’ -“ “
δ᾽ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἕρμου, οἱ δ᾽ ὑπὸ τοῦ Πηνειοῦ. ἐν
- / n

δὲ τῇ Φρικωνίδι Aapion τετιμῆσθαι λέγεται
Πίασος, ὅν φασιν ἄρχοντα Πελασγῶν ἐρασθῆναι
τῆς θυγατρὸς Λαρίσης, βιασάμενον δ᾽ αὐτὴν
τῖσαι τῆς ὕβρεως δίκην: ἐγκύψαντα yap εἰς
πίθον οἴνου καταμαθοῦσαν τῶν σκελῶν λαβο-
μένην ἐξᾶραι καὶ καθεῖναι αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν πίθον.
τὰ μὲν οὖν ἀρχαῖα τοιαῦτα.

1 Dhi read τοῦτο ἐκμαρτυρῆσαι.

2 ἀπαναστάσεις, Corais, for ἐπαναστάσει.

156

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 3. 3-4

Phriconis after the Locrian mountain; and likewise
Larisa is called Larisa Phriconis; but Larisa is now
deserted. That the Pelasgians were a great tribe is
said also to be the testimony of history in general :
Menecrates of Elaea, at any rate, in his work On the
Founding of Cities, says that the whole of what is now
the Ionian coast, beginning at Mycalé, as also the
neighbouring islands, were in earlier times inhabited
by Pelasgians. But the Lesbians say that their
people were placed under the command of Pylaeus,
the man whom the poet calls the ruler of the
Pelasgians,' and that it is from him that the mountain
in their country is still called Pylaeus. The Chians,
also, say that the Pelasgians from Thessaly were
their founders. But the Pelasgian race, ever
wandering and quick to migrate, greatly increased
and then rapidly disappeared, particularly at the time
of the migration of the Aecolians and Ionians to Asia.

4. A peculiar thing happened in the case of the
Larisaeans, 1 mean the Caystrian and the Phryconian
Larisaeans and, third, those in Thessaly: they all
held land that was deposited by rivers, by the
Cayster and by the Hermus and by the Peneius. It
is at the Phryconian Larisa that Piasus is said to
have been honoured, who, they say, was ruler of the
Pelasgians and fell in love with his daughter Larisa,
and, having violated her, paid the penalty for the
outrage; for, observing him leaning over a cask of
wine, they say, she seized him by the legs, raised
him, and plunged him into the cask. Such are the
ancient accounts.

1 Iliad 2. 842.

3 Instead of Καῦστριανοῖς, CDEhimoz read Καῦστρηνοῖς, Fx
Kavorpivois.

157

σθ:

STRABO

5. Ταῖς δὲ viv Αἰολικαῖς πόλεσιν ἔτι καὶ τὰς
Αἰγὰς 1 προσληπτέον καὶ τὴν Τῆμνον, ὅθεν ἦν
᾿Ἑρμαγόρας ὁ τὰς ῥητορικὰς τέχνας συγγράψας"
ἵδρυνται δ᾽ αἱ πόλεις αὗται κατὰ τὴν ὀρεινὴν
τὴν ὑπερκειμένην τῆς τε Κυμαίας καὶ τῆς
Φωκαέων καὶ Σμυρναίων γῆς, παρ᾽ ἣν ὁ “Eppos
ῥεῖ. οὐκ ἄπωθεν δὲ τούτων τῶν πόλεων οὐ
ἡ Μαγνησία ἐστὶν ἡ ὑπὸ Σιπύλῳ, ἐλευθέρα
πόλις ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων κεκριμένη. καὶ ταύτην δ᾽
ἐκάκωσαν οἱ νεωστὶ γενόμενοι σεισμοί. εἰς δὲ
τἀναντία τὰ ἐπὶ τὸν Κάϊκον νεύοντα ἀπὸ Λαρίσης
μὲν διαβάντι τὸν Ἕρμον εἰς Κύμην ἑβδομήκοντα
στάδιοι, ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ εἰς Μύριναν τετταράκοντα
στάδιοι, τὸ δ᾽ ἴσον ἐντεῦθεν εἰς Γρύνιον, κἀκεῖθεν
εἰς ᾿Ελαίαν' ὡς δ᾽ ᾿Αρτεμίδωρος, ἀπὸ τῆς
Κύμης εἰσὶν "Adat, εἶτ᾽ ἄκρα μετὰ τετταράκοντα
σταδίους, ἣν καλοῦσιν "Tépay, ἡ ποιοῦσα τὸν
κόλπον τὸν ᾿Ελαϊτικὸν πρὸς τὴν ἀπεναντίον
ἄκραν ᾿Ἀρματοῦντα. τοῦ μὲν οὖν στόματος τὸ
πλάτος περὶ ὀγδοήκοντα σταδίους ἐστίν, ἐγκολπί-
ἕοντι δὲ Μύρινα ἐν ἑξήκοντα σταδίοις, Αἰολὶς
πόλις ἔχουσα λιμένα, εἶτ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν λιμήν, ὅπου
οἱ βωμοὶ τῶν δώδεκα θεῶν, εἶτα πολίχνιον
᾿ρύνιον καὶ ἱερὸν ᾿Απόλλωνος καὶ μαντεῖον
ἀρχαῖον καὶ νεὼς πολυτελὴς λίθου λευκοῦ,
στάδιοι δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτὴν τετταράκοντα" εἶθ᾽ ἑβδομή-
κοντα εἰς ᾿Ελαίαν, λιμένα ἔχουσαν καὶ ναύσταθ-
μον τῶν ᾿Ατταλικῶν βασιλέων, Μενεσθέως
κτίσμα καὶ τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ ᾿Αθηναίων τῶν
συστρατευσάντων ἐπὶ Ἴλιον. τὰ δ᾽ ἑξῆς εἴρηται
τὰ “περὴ Πιτάνην καὶ ᾿Αταρνέα καὶ τἄᾶλλα τὰ
ταύτῃ.

158

GEOGRAPRY, 13. 3. 5

5. To the present Aeolian cities we must add
Aegae, and also Temnus, the birthplace of Herma-
goras, who wrote The Art of Rhetoric. These cities
are situated in the mountainous country that lies
above the territory of Cymé and that of the Phocians
and that of the Smyrnaeans, along which flows the
Hermus, Neither is Magnesia, which is situated
below Mt. Sipylus and has been adjudged a free
city by the Romans, far from these cities. This city
too has been damaged by the recent earthquakes.
To the opposite parts, which incline towards the
Caicus, from Larisa across the Hermus to Cymé, the
distance is seventy stadia; thence to Myrina, forty
stadia; thence to Grynium, the same; and from
there to Elaea. But, according to Artemidorus, one
goes from Cymé to Adae, and then, forty stadia
distant, to a promontory called Hydra, which with
the opposite promontory Harmatus forms the Elaitic
Gulf. Now the width of the mouth of this gulf is
about eighty stadia, but, including the sinuosities of
the gulf, Myrina, an Aeolian city with a harbour, is at
a distance of sixty stadia; and then one comes to the
Harbour of the Achaeans, where are the altars of
the twelve gods; and then to a town Grynium and
an altar of Apollo and an ancient oracle and a costly
shrine of white marble, to which the distance is forty
stadia; and then seventy stadia to Elaea, with
harbour and naval station belonging to the Attalic
kings, which was founded by Menestheus and the
Athenians who took the expedition with him to
Ilium. I have already spoken of the places that
come next, those about Pitané and Atarneus and
the others in that region.

1 αἰγᾶς Dh,

159

C 623 ”

STRABO

6. Meyiorn δέ ἐστι TOV Αἰολικῶν καὶ ἀρίστη
Κύμη καὶ σχεδὸν μητρόπολις αὕτη τε καὶ ἡ
Λέσβος τῶν ἄλλων πόλεων, περὶ τριάκοντά που
τὸν ἀριθμόν, ὧν ἐκλελοίπασιν οὐκ ὀλίγαι.
σκώπτεται δ᾽ εἰς ἀναισθησίαν ἡ Κύμη κατὰ
τοιαύτην τινά, ὥς φασιν ἔνιοι, δόξαν, ὅτι τρια-
κοσίοις ἔτεσιν ὕστερον τῆς κτίσεως ἀπέδοντο
τοῦ λιμένος τὰ τέλη, πρότερον δ᾽ οὐκ ἐκαρποῦτο
τὴν πρόσοδον ταύτην ὁ δῆμος: κατέσχεν οὖν
δόξα, ὡς ὀψὲ ἢσθημένων, ὅ ὅτι ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ πόλιν
οἰκοῖεν. ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἄλλος λόγος, ὅτι δανεισά-
μενοι χρήματα δημοσίᾳ τὰς στοὰς ὑπέθεντο, εἶτ᾽
οὐκ ἀποδιδόντες κατὰ τὴν ὡρισμένην ἡμέραν
εἴργοντο τῶν περιπάτων" ὅτε μέντοι ὄμβρος εἴη,
κατ᾽ αἰδῶ τινὰ κηρύττοιεν οἱ δανεισταΐ, κελεύοντες
ὑπὸ τὰς στοὰς ὑπέρχεσθαι: τοῦ δὴ κήρυκος οὕτω
φθεγγομένου “ὑπὸ τὰς στοὰς ὑπέλθετε," ἐκπεσεῖν
λόγον, ὡς Κυμαίων οὐκ αἰσθανομένων, ὡς ἐν τοῖς
ὄμβροις ὑ ὑπὸ τὰς στοὰς ὑπελθετέον, ἃ ἂν μὴ σημάνῃ
τίς αὐτοῖς διὰ κηρύγματος. ἀνὴρ δ᾽ ἄξιος μνήμης
ἐκ τῆσδε τῆς πόλεως ἀναντιλέκτως μέν ἐστιν
Ἔφορος, τῶν ᾿Ισοκράτους γνωρίμων τοῦ ῥήτορος,
ὁ τὴν ἱστορίαν συγγράψας καὶ τὰ περὶ τῶν
εὑρημάτων: καὶ ἔτι πρότερος τούτου Ἡσίοδος
ὁ ποιητής" αὐτὸς γὰρ εἴρηκεν, ὅτι ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ
Aios μετῴκησεν εἰς Βοιωτούς, Κύμην Αἰολίδα
προλιυπών"

νάσσατο δ᾽ a ἄγχ᾽ “Ἑλικῶνος ὀϊξυρῇ ἐ ἐνὶ κώμῃ
"Ackpn, χεῖμα κακῇ, θέρει ἀργαλέῃ, οὐδέ ποτ᾽
ἐσθλῇ.

Ὅμηρος δ᾽ οὐχ ὁμολογουμένως: πολλοὶ γὰρ
160

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 3. 6

6. The largest and best of the Aeolian cities is
Cymé; and this with Lesbos might be called the
metropolis of the rest of the cities, about thirty in
number, of which not a few have disappeared. Cymé
is ridiculed for its stupidity, owing to the repute, as
some say, that not until three hundred years after
the founding of the city did they sell the tolls of the
harbour, and that before this time the people did not
reap this revenue. They got the reputation, there-
fore, of being a people who learned late that they were
living in a city by the sea. There is also another
report of them, that, having borrowed money in the
name of the state, they pledged their porticoes as
security, and then, failing to pay the money on the
appointed day, were prohibited from walking in
them; when it rained, however, their creditors,
through a kind of shame, would bid them through a
herald to go under the porticoes; so the herald
would ery out the words, “ Go under the porticoes,”
but the report went abroad that the Cymaeans did
not understand that they were to go under the
porticoes when it rained unless they were given
notice by the herald. Ephorus, a man indisputably
noteworthy, a disciple of Isocrates the orator, and
the author of the History and of the work on In-
ventions, was from this city; and so was Hesiod the
poet, still earlier than Ephorus, for Hesiod himself
states that his father Dius left Aeolian Cymé and
migrated to Boeotia: “ And he settled near Helicon
in a wretched village, Ascré, which is bad in winter,
oppressive in summer, and pleasant at no time.”
But it is not agreed that Homer was from Cymé, for

1 Works and Days, 639-40 (quoted also in 9. 2. 25).

161
F2

STRABO

ἀμφισβητοῦσιν αὐτοῦ. τὸ δ᾽ ὄνομα ἀπὸ ᾿Αμα-
ζόνος τῇ πόλει τεθεῖσθαι, καθάπερ καὶ τῇ
Μυρίνῃ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐν τῷ Τρωικῷ πεδίῳ κειμένης
ὑπὸ τῇ Βατιείᾳ'
τὴν ἤτοι ἄνδρες Βατίειαν κικλήσκουσιν,
ἀθάνατοι δέ τε σῆμα πολυσκάρθμοιο Μυρίνης.

, \ \ Φ - , na /
σκώπτεται δὲ καὶ ὁ “Edopos, διότι τῆς πατρίδος
ἔργα οὐκ ἔχων φράζειν ἐν τῇ διαριθμήσει τῶν
ἄλλων πράξεων, οὐ μὴν οὐδ᾽ 1 ἀμνημόνευτον αὐτὴν
ΩΣ , ΜΝ ? mn ᾿ \ \ \
εἶναι θέλων, οὕτως ἐπιφωνεῖ: “Kara δὲ τὸν
αὐτὸν καιρὸν Κυμαῖοι τὰς ἡσυχίας ἦγον." ἐπεὶ
δὲ διεληλύθαμεν τὴν Τρωικὴν ἅμα καὶ τὴν

ν᾽ Ν / > a x ν \ ,
Αἰολικὴν παραλίαν, ἐφεξῆς ἂν εἴη τὴν μεσόγαιαν
ἐπιδραμεῖν μέχρι τοῦ Ταύρου, φυλάσσοντας τὴν
αὐτὴν τῆς ἐφόδου τάξιν.

1. “Eyer δέ τινα ἡγεμονίαν πρὸς τοὺς τόπους
τούτους τὸ Πέργαμον, ἐπιφανὴς πόλις καὶ πολὺν
συνευτυχήσασα χρόνον τοῖς ᾿Ατταλικοῖς βασι-
λεῦσι' καὶ δὴ καὶ ἐντεῦθεν ἀρκτέον τῆς ἑξῆς
περιοδείας, καὶ πρῶτον περὶ τῶν βασιλέων,
ὁπόθεν ὡρμήθησαν καὶ εἰς ἃ κατέστρεψαν, ἐν
βραχέσι δηλωτέον. jv μὲν δὴ τὸ Πέργαμον
Λυσιμάχου γαζοφυλάκιον τοῦ ᾿Αγαθοκλέους, ἑνὸς
τῶν ᾿Αλεξάνδρου διαδόχων, αὐτὴν τὴν ἄκραν τοῦ
ὄρους oui οἰκουμένην ἔχον" ἔστι δὲ στροβιλοειδὲς
τὸ ὄρος εἰς ὀξεῖαν κορυφὴν ἀπολῆγον. ἐπεπίσ-
τευτο δὲ τὴν φυλακὴν τοῦ ἐρύματος τούτου καὶ
τῶν χρημάτων (ἦν δὲ τάλαντα ἐννακισχίλια)

162

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 3. 6-4. 1

many peoples lay claim to him. It is agreed, how-
ever, that the name of the city was derived from an
Amazon, as was Myrina from the Amazon who lies
in the Trojan plain below Batieia, “which verily
men call Baticia, but the immortals the tomb of
much-bounding Myrina,”’!_ Ephorus, too, is ridiculed
because, though unable to tell of deeds of his native
land in his enumeration of the other achievements in
history, and yet unwilling that it should be unmen-
tioned, he exclaims as follows: “ At about the same
time the Cymaeans were at peace.”

Since I have traversed at the same time the Trojan
and Aeolian coasts, it would be next in order to treat
cursorily the interior as far as the Taurus, observing
the same order of approach.

1. A kind of hegemony is held over these places
by Pergamum, which is a famous city and for a long
time prospered along with the Attalic kings; indeed
I must begin my next description here, and first I
must show briefly the origin of the kings and the
end to which they came. Now Pergamum was a
treasure-hold of Lysimachus, the son of Agathocles,
who was one of the successors of Alexander, and its
people are settled on the very summit of the
mountain; the mountain is cone-like and ends ina
sharp peak. The custody of this stronghold and the
treasure, which amounted to nine thousand talents,

1 Also quoted in 12, 8. 6.
4 All MSS. except F% insert ἂν after οὐδ᾽.

163

STRABO

Φιλέταιρος, ἀνὴρ Τιανός,1 θλιβίας ἐκ παιδός.
συνέβη γὰρ ἔν τινι ταφῆ θέας οὔσης καὶ πολλῶν
παρόντων, ἀποληφθεῖσαν ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ τὴν κομί-
fovcav τροφὸν τὸν Φιλέταιρον ἔτι νήπιον συν-
θλιβῆναι μέχρι τοσοῦδε, ὥστε πηρωθῆναι τὸν
παῖδα. ἣν μὲν δὴ εὐνοῦχος, τραφεὶς δὲ καλῶς
ἐφάνη τῆς πίστεως ταύτης ἄξιος. τέως μὲν οὖν
εὔνους διέμεινε 3 τῷ Λυσιμάχῳ, διενεχθεὶς δὲ
πρὸς ᾿Αρσινόην τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ δια βάλλου-
σαν αὐτὸν ἀπέστησε τὸ χωρίον καὶ πρὸς τοὺς
καιροὺς em ONLTEUETO, ὁρῶν ἐπιτηδείους “πρὸς νεω-
τερισμόν' ὅ τε γὰρ Λυσίμαχος κακοῖς οἰκείοις
περιπεσὼν ἠναγκάσθη τὸν υἱὸν ἀνελεῖν ᾽Αγα-
θοκλέα, Σέλευκός τε ἐπελθὼν ὃ ὁ Νικάτωρ ἐκεῖνόν
τε κατέλυσε καὶ αὐτὸς κατελύθη, δολοφονηθεὶς
ὑπὸ Πτολεμαίου τοῦ Κεραυνοῦ. τοιούτων δὲ
θορύβων 6 ὄντων, διεγένετο μένων ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐρύματος
ὁ εὐνοῦχος καὶ πολιτευόμενος δι᾿ ἃ ὑποσχέσεων
καὶ τῆς ἄλλης θεραπείας ἀεὶ πρὸς τὸν | ἰσχύοντα
καὶ ἐγγὺς παρόντα" διετέλεσε γοῦν ἔτη εἴκοσι
κύριος ὧν τοῦ φρουρίου καὶ τῶν χρημάτων.
C624 2. Ἦσαν δ᾽ αὐτῷ δύο ἀδελφοί, πρεσβύτερος
μὲν υὐμένης, νεώτερος δ᾽ "Ατταλος" ἐκ μὲν οὗν
τοῦ Εὐμένους ἐγένετο ὁμώνυμος τῷ πατρὶ Εὐμένης,
ὅσπερ καὶ διεδέξατο τὸ Πέργαμον, καὶ ἣν ἤδη
δυνάστης τῶν κύκλῳ χωρίων, ὥστε καὶ περὶ
Σάρδεις ἐνίκησε μάχῃ συμβαλὼν ᾿Αντίοχον
τὸν Σελεύκου" δύο δὲ καὶ εἴκοσιν ἄρξας ἔτη
τελευτᾷ τὸν βίον. ἐκ δὲ ᾿Αττάλου καὶ ᾿Αν-

1 πιαννός C, Τυανός x, Τυανεύς moz,
2 Instead of διέμεινε, CDxz and Corais read διέμενε.
3 ἐπανελθών muz, instead of ἐπελθών.

164

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 4. 1-2

was entrusted to Philetaerus of Tieium, who was a
eunuch from boyhood; for it came to pass at a
certain burial, when a spectacle was being given
at which many people were present, that the nurse
who was carrying Philetaerus, still an infant, was
caught in the crowd and pressed so hard that the
child was incapacitated. He was a eunuch, there-
fore, but he was well trained and proved worthy of
this trust. Now for a time he continued loyal to
Lysimachus, but he had differences with Arsinoé,
the wife of Lysimachus, who slandered him, and so
he caused Pergamum to revolt, and governed it to
suit the occasion, since he saw that it was ripe for a
change; for Lysimachus, beset with domestic troubles,
was forced to slay his son Agathocles, and Seleucus
Nicator invaded his country and overthrew him,
and then he himself was overthrown and treacher-
ously murdered by Ptolemy Ceraunus. During these
disorders the eunuch continued to be in charge of
the fortress and to manage things through promises
and courtesies in general, always catering to any
man who was powerful or near at hand. At any
rate, he continued lord of the stronghold and the
treasure for twenty years.

2. He had two brothers, the elder of whom was
Eumenes, the younger Attalus. Eumenes had a son
of the same name, who succeeded to the rule of
Pergamum, and was by this time sovereign of the
places round about, so that he even joined battle
with Antiochus the son of Seleucus near Sardeis and
conquered him. He died after a reign of twenty-
two years, Attalus, the son of Attalus and Antiochis,

1 263 -241 B.o.

4 μεθ᾽ moz, instead of δι᾽,

165

STRABO

τιοχίδος, τῆς ᾿Αχαιοῦ, γεγονὼς ἤΑτταλος διεδέ-
ξατο τὴν ἀρχήν, καὶ ἀνηγορεύθη βασιλεὺς πρῶτος,
νικήσας Γαλάτας μάχῃ μεγάλῃ. οὗτος δὲ καὶ
“Ῥωμαίοις κατέστη φίλος καὶ συνεπολέμησε πρὸς
Φίλιππον μετὰ τοῦ Ῥοδίων ναυτικοῦ" γηραιὸς
δὲ ἐτελεύτα,1 βασιλεύσας ἔτη τρία καὶ TeTTa-
ρώκοντα, κατέλιπε. δὲ τέτταρας υἱοὺς ἐξ ᾽᾿Απολ-
λωνίδος Κυζικηνῆς γυναικός, ᾿ὐμένη, Λτταλον,
Φιλέταιρον, ᾿Αθήναιον. οἱ μὲν οὖν νεώτεροι διε-
τέλεσαν ἰδιῶται, τῶν δ᾽ ἄλλων ὁ πρεσβύτερος
Εὐμένης ἐβασίλευσε: συνεπολέμησε δὲ οὗτος
Ῥωμαίοις πρός τε ᾿Αντίοχον τὸν μέγαν καὶ πρὸς
Περσέα, καὶ ἔλαβε παρὰ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἅπασαν
τὴν ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αντιόχῳ τὴν ἐντὸς τοῦ Ταύρου. πρό-
τερον δ᾽ ἦν τὰ περὶ Πέργαμον οὐ πολλὰ χωρία
μέχρι τῆς θαλάττης τῆς κατὰ τὸν ᾿Βλαΐτην
κόλπον καὶ τὸν ᾿Αδραμυττηνόν. κατεσκεύασε δ᾽
οὗτος τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸ Νικηφόριον ἄλσει
κατεφύτευσε, καὶ ἀναθήματα καὶ βιβλιοθήκας
καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τοσόνδε κατοικίαν τοῦ Περγάμου
τὴν VUv οὖσαν ἐκεῖνος “ππροσεφιλοκάλησε' βασι-
λεύσας δὲ 3 ἔτη τετταράκοντα καὶ ἐννέα ἀπέλιπεν.
υἱῷ τὴν ἀρχὴν ᾿Αττάλῳ, γεγονότι, ἐκ Στρατονίκης
τῆς ᾿Αριαράθου θυγατρὸς τοῦ Καππαδύκων
βασιλέως. ἐπίτροπον δὲ κατέστησε καὶ τοῦ
παιδὸς νέου τελέως ὄντος καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς τὸν
ἀδελφὸν "Ατταλον. ν δὲ καὶ εἴκοσιν ἔτη βασι-
λεύσας γέρων οὗτος τελευτᾷ, κατορθώσας πολλά:

1 ἐτελεύτησε moz, instead of ἐτελεύτα,
2 δέ, before ἔτη, inserted by 2; moz have re.

1 241-197 B.o.
166

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 4. 2

daughter of Achaeus, succeeded to the throne and
was the first to be proclaimed king, after conquering
the Galatians in a great battle. Attalus not only
became a friend of the Romans but also fought on
their side against Philip along with the fleet of the
Rhodians. He died in old age, having reigned as
king forty-three years;1 and he left four sons by
Apollonis, a woman from Cyzicus, Eumenes, Attalus,
Philetaerus, and Athenaeus. Now the two younger
sons remained private citizens, but Eumenes, the elder
of the other two, reigned as king. Eumenes fought
on the side of the Romans against Antiochus the
Great and against Perseus, and he received from the
Romans all the country this side the Taurus that
had been subject to Antiochus. But before that
time the territory of Pergamum did not include
many places that extended as far as the sea at the
Elaitic and Adramyttene Gulfs. He built up the
city and planted Nicephorium with a grove, and
the other elder brother,? from love of splendour,
added sacred buildings and libraries and raised the
settlement of Pergamum to what it now is. After a
reign of forty-nine years* Eumenes left his empire
to Attalus, his son by Stratonicé, the daughter of
Ariathres, king of the Cappadocians, He appointed
his brother Attalus 4 as guardian both of his son, who
was extremely young, and of the empire. After a
reign of twenty-one years, his brother died an old
man, having won success in many undertakings; for

2 Others make ἐκεῖνος refer to Eumenes, but the present
translator must make it refer to Attalus, unless the text is
corrupt.

8 But he died in 159 B.c. (see Pauly-Wissowa, 8.0.

**Eumenes,” p. 1103), thus having reigned 197-159 B.c.
* Attalus Philadelphus. 5 159-138 B.c.

167

STRABO

καὶ γὰρ απ κρίκοι τὸν Σελεύκου συγκατεπολέ-
μησεν ᾿Αλεξάνδ ρῳ τῷ ᾿Αντιόχου καὶ συνεμάχησε
Ῥωμαίοις ἐπὶ τὸν Ψευδοφίλιππον, ἐχειρώσατο
δὲ καὶ Δεήγυλεν τὸν Καινῶν] βασιλέα στρα-
τεύσας εἰς τὴν Θράκην, ἀνεῖλε δὲ καὶ Προυσίαν,
ἐπισυστήσαξ αὐτῷ Νικομήδη τὸν υἱόν, κατέλιπε
δὲξ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῷ ἐπιτροπευθέντι ᾿Αττάχφ'
βασιλεύσας δὲ οὗτος ἔτη πέντε καὶ κληθεὶς
Φιλομήτωρ ἐτελεύτα νόσῳ τὸν βίον, κατέλιπε
δὲ κληρονόμους Ρωμαίους: οἱ δ᾽ ἐπαρχίαν ἀπέ-
δειξαν τὴν χώραν, ᾿Ασίαν προσαγορεύσαντες,
ὁμώνυμον τῇ ἠπείρῳ. παραρρεῖ δ᾽ ὁ Κάϊκος τὸ
Πέργαμον, διὰ τοῦ Καΐκου πεδίου προσαγορευο-
μένου. σφόδρα εὐδαίμονα γῆν διεξιών, σχεδὸν δέ
τι καὶ τὴν ἀρίστην τῆς Μυσίας.

C625 3. “Avédpes δ᾽ ἐγένοντο ἐλλόγιμοι καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς
Περγαμηνοί, Μιθριδάτης τε Μηνοδότου υἱὸς καὶ
᾿Αδοβογίωνος, ee Tov τετραρχικοῦ τῶν Γαλατῶν
γένους ἦν, ἣν ἃ καὶ ὅ παλλακεῦσαι τῷ βασιλεῖ
Μιθριδάτῃ φασίν: ὅθεν καὶ τοὔνομα τῷ παιδὶ
θέσθαι τοὺς ἐπιτηδείους, προσποιησμένους ἐκ
τοῦ βασιλέως αὐτὸν γεγονέναι. οὗτος γοῦν
Καίσαρι τῷ Θεῷ γενόμενος φίλος εἰς τοσόνδε
προῆλθε τιμῆς, ὥστε καὶ τετράρχης ἀπεδείχθη
ἀπὸ τοῦ μητρῴου γένους καὶ βασιλεὺς ἄλλων
τε καὶ τοῦ Βοσπόρου: κατελύθη δ᾽ ὑπὸ ᾿Ασαν-
δρου * τοῦ καὶ Dap: ἄκην ἀνελόντος τὸν βασιλέα
καὶ κατασχόντος τὸν Βόσπορον. οὗτός τε δὴ

1 Καινῶν, Tzschucke, for ἐκείνων CDhimorwaz, ἐκεῖνον F,
καινόν Kpit.; so the later editors.

? The MSS., except Fz, have καί after δέ.

5 ABoBoyleres, és, the editors, for ᾿Αδοβογίων, ὅς,

168

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 4. 2-3

example, he helped Alexander, the son of Antiochus,
to defeat in war Demetrius, the son of Seleucus,
and he fought on the side of the Romans against
the Pseudo-Philip, and in an expedition against
Thrace he defeated Diegylis the king of the Caeni,
and he slew Prusias, having incited his son Nicomedes
against him, and he left his empire, under a guardian,
to Attalus. Attalus, surnamed Philometor, reigned
five years, died of disease, and left the Romans his
heirs. The Romans proclaimed the country a
province, calling it Asia, by the same name as the
continent. The Caicus flows past Pergamum, through
the Caicus Plain, as it is called, traversing land that
is very fertile and about the best in Mysia.

3. Pergamenians have become famous in my time:
Mithridates the son of Menodotus and of Adobogion.
Menodotus was of the family of the tetrarchs of the
Galatians, and Adobogion, it is said, was also the
concubine of King Mithridates,? and for this reason
her relatives gave to the child the name of
Mithridates, pretending that he was the son of the
king. At any rate, he became a friend to the deified
Caesar and reached so great preferment with him
that he was appointed tetrarch from his mother’s
family and king both of the Bosporus and other
territories. He was overthrown by Asander, who
not only slew King Pharnaces but also took posses-
sion of the Bosporus. Mithridates, then, has been

1 138-133 B.c. 2 Mithridates the Great.

4 ἥν, inserted by the editors.

5 gy, before παλλακεῦσαι, ejected by the editors.

6 ἀπό, Casaubon inserts ; so the later editors.

7 *Agdvdpov, Casaubon, for Λυσάνδρου ; so the later editors.

169

STRABO

ὀνόματος ἠξίωται μεγάλου, καὶ ᾿Απολλόδωρος ὁ
id ‘
ῥήτωρ ὁ Tas τέχνας συγγράψας Kal τὴν ᾿Απολ-
λοδώρειον αἵρεσιν παραγαγών, ἥτις ποτ᾽ ἐστί:
\ \ > / U \ a 5 ς a
πολλὰ yap ἐπεκράτει, μείζονα δὲ ἢ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς
Μ \ ’ Φ » Δ 6a ,
ἔχοντα τὴν κρίσιν, ὧν ἐστὶ καὶ ἡ ᾿Απολλοδώρειος
6 © , / \ σα
αἵρεσις καὶ ἡ Θεοδώρειος,. μάλιστα δὲ ἐξῆρε
Ν ᾽ , © lol "4 / fal
tov ᾿Απολλόδωρον ἡ τοῦ Καίσαρος φιλία τοῦ
Σεβαστοῦ, διδάσκαλον τῶν λόγων γενόμενον"
\ > 4 > / / \
μαθητὴν δ᾽ ἔσχεν ἀξιόλογον Διονύσιον τὸν
ἐπικληθέντα ᾿Αττικόν, πολίτην αὐτοῦ, καὶ γὰρ
ε
σοφιστὴς ἣν ἱκανὸξ καὶ συγγραφεὺς καὶ
λογογράφος.

4. IIpoiovts δ᾽ ἀπὸ τοῦ πεδίου καὶ τῆς πόλεως
> \ \ \ Ν σ / μ > \ > ’
ἐπὶ μὲν τὰ πρὸς ἕω μέρη πόλις ἐστὶν ᾿Απολλωνία,
μετεώροις ἐπικειμένη τόποις" ἐπὶ δὲ τὸν νότον
» \ δ... ᾿ / ¢ lal \ 7
ὀρεινὴ ῥάχις ἐστίν, ἣν ὑπερβᾶσι καὶ Badifovow
ἐπὶ Σάρδεων πόλις ἐστὶν ἐν ἀριστερᾷ Θυάτειρα,
κατοικία Μακεδόνων, ἣν Μυσῶν ἐσχάτην τινές

> “ »» / / /
φασιν. ἐν δεξιᾷ δ᾽ ᾿Απολλωνίς, διέχουσα Περγά-
μου τριακοσίους σταδίους, τοὺς δὲ ἴσους καὶ τῶν

, 5] , Φ \ a an )
Σάρδεων, ἐπώνυμος δ᾽ ἐστὶ τῆς Κυζικηνῆς ᾿Απολ-

΄
λωνίδος" εἶτ᾽ ἐκδέχεται τὸ “Ἑρμου πεδίον καὶ
Σάρδεις. τὰ δὲ προσάρκτια τῷ Περγάμῳ τὰ
πλεῖστα ὑπὸ Μυσῶν ἔχεται τὰ ἐν δεξιᾷ τῶν
᾿Αβαειτῶν! λεγομένων, οἷς συνάπτει ἡ ᾿᾽Επί-
κτητος μέχρι Βιθυνίας. oh

5. Αἱ δὲ Σάρξεις πόλις ἐστὶ μεγάλη, νεωτέρα
μὲν τῶν Τρωικῶν, ἀρχαία δ᾽ ὅμως, ἄκραν ἔχουσα
εὐερκῆ βασίλειον δ᾽ ὑπῆρξε τῶν Λυδῶν, ods ὁ

ΟΕ ῬΑβαειτῶν, Kramer, from conj. of Kiepert, for ᾿Αβλιτῶν E,
᾿Αβλίτων other MSS,

170

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 4. 3-5

thought worthy of a great name, as has also
Apollodorus the rhetorician, who wrote the work
on Ihetoric and was the leader of the Apollodoreian
sect, whatever in the world it is; for numerous
philosophies were prevalent, but to pass judgment
upon them is beyond my power, and among these
are the sects of Apollodorus and Theodorus. But
the friendship of Caesar Augustus has most of all
exalted Apollodorus, who was his teacher in the art
of speech. And Apollodorus had a notable pupil in
Dionysius, surnamed Atticus, his fellow-citizen, for he
was an able sophist and historian and speech-writer.

4. As one proceeds from the plain and the city
towards the east, one comes to a city called
Apollonia, which lies on an elevated site, and also,
towards the south, to a mountain range, on crossing
which, on the road to Sardeis, one comes to
Thyateira, on the left-hand side, a settlement of
the Macedonians, which by some is calkted the
farthermost city of the Mysians. On the right is
Apollonis, which is three hundred stadia distant
from Pergamum, and the same distance from Sar-
deis, and it is named after the Cyzicene Apollonis.
Next one comes to the plain of Hermus and to
Sardeis. The country to the north of Pergamum is
held for the most part by the Mysians, I mean the
country on the right of the Abaeitae, as they are
called, on the borders of which is the Epictetus! as
far as Bithynia.

5. Sardeis is a great city, and, though of later
date than the Trojan times, is nevertheless old, and
has a strong citadel. It was the royal city of the
Lydians, whom the poet calls Meionians; and later

1 Phrygia Epictetus (see 12, 3. 7, 12. 4. 1, and 12. 4. δ).
171

STRABO

ποιητὴς καλεῖ Myovas, οἱ δ᾽ ὕστερον Maiovas,
οἱ μὲν τοὺς αὐτοὺς τοῖς Λυδοῖς, οἱ δ᾽ ἑτέρους
ἀποφαίνοντες, τοὺς δ᾽ αὐτοὺς ἄμεινόν ἐστι λέγειν.
ὑπέρκειται δὲ τῶν Σάρδεων ὁ Ὑμῶλος, εὔδαιμον
ὄρος, ἐν τῇ ἀκρωρείᾳ σκοπὴν ἔχον, ἐξέδραν
λευκοῦ λίθου, Περσῶν ἔργον, ἀφ᾽ οὗ κατοπτεύεται
τὰ κύκλῳ πεδία, καὶ μάλιστα τὸ Καῦστριανόν'
“ Ν \ \ \ \ U
περιοικοῦσι δὲ Λυδοὶ καὶ Μυσοὶ καὶ Μακεδόνες.
ῥεῖ δ᾽ ὁ Πακτωλὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ Τμώλου, καταφέρων
τὸ παλαιὸν ψῆγμα χρυσοῦ πολύ, ἀφ᾽ οὗ τὸν
C 626 Κροίσου λεγόμενον πλοῦτον καὶ τῶν προγόνων
αὐτοῦ διονομασθῆναί φασι νῦν δ᾽ ἐκλέλοιπε
\ a / 2 € \ >
τὸ ψῆγμα. καταφέρεται δ᾽ ὁ Llaxtwdos εἰς
tov Ἕρμον, εἰς ὃν καὶ ὁ Ὕλλος ἐμβάλλει,
Φρύγιος νυνὶ καλούμενος" συμπεσόντες δ᾽ οἱ
τρεῖς καὶ ἄλλοι ἀσημότεροι σὺν αὐτοῖς εἰς
τὴν κατὰ Φωκαίαν ἐκδιδόασι θάλατταν, ὡς
Ἡρόδοτός φησιν. ἄρχεται 8 ἐκ Μυσίας ὁ
ρόδοτός φὴ px
Ἕρμος, ἐξ ὄρους ἱεροῦ τῆς Δινδυμήνης, καὶ διὰ
τῆς Κατακεκαυμένης εἰς τὴν Σαρδιανὴν φέρε-
ται καὶ tat συνεχῆ πεδία, ὡς εἴρηται, μέχρι
τῆς θαλάττης. ὑπόκειται δὲ τῇ πόλει τό τε
Σαρδιανὸν πεδίον καὶ τὸ τοῦ Κύρου 3 καὶ τὸ τοῦ
Ἕρμου καὶ τὸ Καϊστριανόν, συνεχῆ τε ὄντα
καὶ πάντων ἄριστα πεδίων. ἐν δὲ σταδίοις
τετταράκοντα ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεώς ἐστιν ἡ Γυγαία
μὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ ποιητοῦ λεγομένη, Koron δ᾽ ὕστερον
μετονομασθ.ῖσα, ὅπου τὸ ἱερὸν τῆς Κολοηνῆς
᾿Αρτέμιδος, μεγάλην ἁγιστείαν ἔχον. φασὶ δ᾽
1 καὶ τά Kix, κατά CFw, κατὰ τά Dhmoz.

2. Κύρου (see Κύρου πεδίον, 18. 4. 13), Tzschucke, for κόρου ;
Καΐκου, Corais.

172

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 4. ς

writers call them Maeonians, some identifying them
with the Lydians and others representing them as
different, but it is better to call them the same
people. Above Sardeis is situated Mt. Tmolus, a
blest mountain, with a look-out on its summit, an
arcade of white marble, a work of the Persians,
whence there is a view of the plains below all round,
particularly the Cajster Plain. And round it dwell
Lydians and Mysians and Macedonians. The Pac-
tolus River flows from Mt. Tmolus; in early times a
large quantity of gold-dust was brought down in
it, whence, it is said, arose the fame of the riches of
Croesus and his forefathers. But the gold-dust
has given out. The Pactolus runs down into the
Hermus, into which also the Hyllus, now called
the Phrygius, empties. These three, and other less
significant rivers with them, meet and empty into
the sea near Phocaea, as Herodotus says.1 The
Hermus rises in Mysia, in the sacred mountain
Dindymené, and flows through the Catacecaumene
country into the territory of Sardeis and the con-
tiguous plains, as I have already said,” to the sea.
Below the city lie the plain of Sardeis and that
of the Cyrus and that of the Hermus and that
of the Cayster, which are contiguous to one another
and are the best of all plains, Within forty stadia
from the city one comes to Gygaea,? which is
mentioned by the poet, the name of which was
later changed to Coloé, where is the temple of
Coloénian Artemis, which is characterised by great
holiness. They say that at the festivals here the

1 1. 80. a Oe ΜΒ ΤΟ Ἃ
8 Lake Gygaea, Iliad 2. 865.

173

STRABO

ἐνταῦθα χορεύειν τοὺς καλάθους * κατὰ τὰς
ἑορτάς, οὐκ oid ὅπως ποτὲ παραδοξολογοῦντες
μᾶλλον ἢ ἀληθεύοντες.

6. Κειμένων δ᾽ οὕτω πως τῶν ἐπῶν παρ᾽
Ὁμήρῳ'

Myocw ad Μέσθλης τε καὶ ἔΑντιφος ἡγησά-

σθην,

υἷε αλαεμένῥοοϑ τὼ Γυγαίη τέκε λίμνη,

οἱ καὶ Μήονας ἦγον ὑπὸ Tudo γεγαῶτας,
προσγράφουσί τινες τοῦτο τέταρτον ἔπος"

Tyor ὑπὸ νιφόεντι, “Tdns* ἐν πίονι δήμῳ.

οὐδεμία δ᾽ εὑρίσκεται “Tdn ἐν τοῖς Λυδοῖς. οἱ δὲ
καὶ τὸν Τυχίον ἐνθένδε ποιοῦσιν, ὅν φησιν ὁ
ποιητής"

σκυτοτόμων ὄχ᾽ ἄριστος “TSn4 ἔνι,
προστιθέασι δὲ καί, διότι δρυμώδης. ὁ τόπος καὶ
κεραυνόβολος, καὶ ὅτι ἐνταῦθα οἱ "Ἀριμοι" καὶ
γὰρ τῷ ὃ

εἰν ᾿Αρίμοις, ὅθι φασὶ Τυφωέος ἔμμεναι εὐνάς
ἐπεισφέρουσι

χώρῳ ἐνὶ δρυόεντι, Ὕδης ἐν πίονι δήμῳ.

ἄλλοι δ᾽ ἐν Κιλικίᾳ, σινὲς δ᾽ ἐν Συρίᾳ πλάττουσι
τὸν μῦθον τοῦτον, οἱ δ᾽ ἐν Πθηκουσσαῖς, οἱ καὶ
τοὺς πιθήκους φασὶ παρὰ τοῖς 'Γυρρηνοῖς ἀρίμους
καλεῖσθαι" οἱ δὲ τὰς Σάρδεις Ὕδην ὀνομάζουσιν,
οἱ δὲ τὴν ἀκρόπολιν αὐτῆς, πιθανωτάτους δ᾽ ὁ

1 Instead of καλάθους, rw read καθόλου; mz, Ald., and

Casaubon πιθήκους ; Lobeck conj. πιθάκνας and certain others
καλάμους.

174

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 4. 5-6

baskets dance,} though I do not know why in the
world they talk marvels rather than tell the truth.

6. The verses of Homer are about as follows:
“Mnesthles and Antiphus, the two sons of Talae-
menes, whose mother was Lake Gygaea, who led
also the Meionians, who were born at the foot
of Tmolus”’;? but some add the following fourth
verse: “ At the foot of snowy Tmolus, in the fertile
land of Hydé.” But there is no Hydé to be found
in the country of the Lydians. Some also put
Tychius there, of whom the poet says, “far the
best of workers in hide, who lived in Hydé.” ὃ
And they add that the place is woody and subject
to strokes of lightning, and that the Arimi live
there, for after Homer’s verse, “in the land of
the Arimi where men say is the couch of
Typhon,’* they insert the words, “in a wooded
place, in the fertile land of Hydé.” But others lay
the scene of this myth in Cilicia, and some lay
it in Syria, and still others in the Pithecussae
Islands, who say that among the Tyrrhenians
“‘pitheci’’® are called “ arimi.”” Some call Sardeis
Hydé, while others call its acropolis Hydé. But

' Thought to be the baskets carried on the heads of maidens
at festivals.

2 Iliad 2. 864. 8 Iliad 7. 221.

4 Jlad 2. 783. 5 7.¢. monkeys.

2 Ταλαιμένεος, Corais, for Παλαιμένεος Dhriw, Πυλαιμένεος
CEF zz.

8 “γδης Emoz, “fans CDFhirwz. Thus the MSS. vary in the
following “Tn.

4 Instead of Ὕδῃ, h(by corr. )orz read Ὕλῃ.

5 τῷ E (so Meineke) ; οὕτως other MSS.

175

STRABO

Σκήψιος ἡγεῖται τοὺς ἐν τῇ Κατακεκαυμένῃ τῆς
Μυσίας τοὺς ᾿Αρίμους τιθέντας. Πίνδαρος δὲ
συνοικειοῖ τοῖς ἐν τῇ Κιλικίᾳ τὰ ἐ ἐν ᾿πθηκούσσαις,
ἅπερ ἐστὶ πρὸ τῆς Κυμαίας, καὶ τὰ ἐν Σικελίᾳ'
καὶ γὰρ τῇ Αἴτνῃ φησὶν ὑποκεῖσθαι τὸν Τυφῶνα:

τόν ποτε
Κιλέκιον θρέψεν barge ἄντρον" νῦν γε
ay
C627 ταί θ᾽} ὑπὲρ Κύμας ἁλιερκέες ὄχθαι
Σικελία τ᾽ αὐτοῦ πιέζει στέρνα λαχνάεντα.3

καὶ πάλιν"

κείνῳ μὲν Αἴτνα δεσμὸς ὑπερφίαλος
ἀμφίκειται.

καὶ πάλιν'

ἀλλ᾽ οἷος ἄπλατον κεράϊξε θεῶν
Τυφῶνα ,πεντηκοντακέφαλον 8 ἀνάγκᾳ Ζεὺς
πατὴρ
ἐ Ἵ /
ἐν ᾿Αρίμοις ποτέ.

οἱ δὲ τοὺς Σύρους ᾿Αρίμους 4 BE our ods νῦν
᾿Αραμαίους λέγουσι, τοὺς δὲ Κίλικας τοὺς ἐν
Ἱροίᾳ μεταναστάντας εἰς Συρίαν ἀνῳκισμένους,
ἀποτεμέσθαι παρὰ τῶν Σύρων τὴν νῦν λεγομένην
Κιλικίαν. Καλλισθένης δ 2 ἐγγὺς τοῦ Καλυκάδ-
νου καὶ τῆς Σαρπηδόνος ἄκρας παρ᾽ αὐτὸ τὸ
Κωρύκιον ἄντρον εἶναι τοὺς ᾿Αρίμους, ἀφ᾽ ὧν τὰ
ἐγγὺς ὄρη “λέγεσθαι “A puma.

7. Περίκειται δὲ τῇ λίμνῃ τῇ Κολόῃ τὰ μνή-
ματα τῶν βασιλέων. πρὸς δὲ ταῖς Σάρδεσίν
ἐστι τὸ τοῦ ᾿Αλυάττου ἐπὶ κρηπῖδος ὑψηλῆς
176

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 4. 6--)

the Scepsian! thinks that those writers are most
plausible who place the Arimi in the Catacecaumene
country in Mysia. But Pindar associates the
Pithecussae which lie off the Cymaean territory, as
also the territory in Sicily, with the territory in
Cilicia, for he says that Typhon lies beneath Aetna:
“Once he dwelt in a far-famed Cilician cavern;
now, however, his shaggy breast is o’er-pressed by
the sea-girt shores above Cymae and by Sicily.” ?
And again, “round about him lies Aetna with her
haughty fetters,” and again, “Κ but it was father Zeus
that once amongst the Arimi, by necessity, alone of
the gods, smote monstrous Typhon of the fifty
heads.”’* But some understand that the Syrians are
Arimi, who are now called the Arimaeans, and that
the Cilicians in Troy, forced to migrate, settled
again in Syria and cut off for themselves from Syria
what is now called Cilicia. Callisthenes says that the
Arimi, after whom the neighbouring mountains are
called Arima, are situated near Mt. Calycadnus and
the promontory of Sarpedon near the Corycian cave
itself.

7. Near Lake Coloé are the monuments of the
kings. At Sardeis is the great mound, on a lofty
base, of Alyattes, built, as Herodotus * says, by the

1 Demetrius of Scepsis. 2 Pythian Odes, 1. 31.
8 Frag. 93 (Bergk). # 1: 93%.

1 Instead of μὰν ταί θ᾽, CDFA have μαντευθ᾽,

2 Aaxvdevra, the editors, for λαχνήεντα.

3 For πεντηκοντακέφαλον, Bergk, following Hermann and
Boeckh, reads ἑκατοντακάρανον (see Pindar, Pyth. 8. 16 and Ol.
4. 7). Meineke emends to πεντηκοντακάρανον.

4 ᾿Αρίμους, Casaubon, for ᾿Αράμους.

177

STRABO

χῶμα μέγα, ἐργασθέν, ὥς φησιν Ἡρόδοτος, ὑ ὑπὸ
τοῦ πλήθους τῆς πόλεως, οὗ τὸ πλεῖστον ἔργον
αἱ παιδίσκαι συνετέλεσαν' λέγει δ᾽ ἐκεῖνος καὶ
πορνεύεσθαι πάσας, τινὲς δὲ καὶ πόρνης μνῆμα
λέγουσι τὸν τάφον. χειροποίητον δὲ τὴν λίμνην
ἔνιοι ἱστοροῦσι τὴν Κολόην πρὸς τὰς ; ἐκδοχὰς τῶν
πλημμυρίδων, αἵ συμβαίνουσι τῶν ποταμῶν
πληρουμένων. Ὕπαιπα δὲ πόλις ἐστὶ κατα-
βαίνουσιν ἀπὸ τοῦ Τμώλου πρὸς τὸ τοῦ Καὕὔστρου
πεδίον.

8, Φησὶ δὲ Καλλισθένης ἁλῶναι τὰς Σάρδεις
ὑπὸ Κιμμερίων πρῶτον, εἶθ᾽ ὑπὸ Τρηρῶν καὶ
Λυκίων, ὅπερ καὶ Καλλῖνον “δηλοῦν, τὸν τῆς
ἐλεγείας ποιητήν, ὕστατα δὲ τὴν ἐπὶ Κύρου καὶ
Κροίσου γενέσθαι ἅλωσιν. λέγοντος δὲ τοῦ
Καλλίνου τὴν ἔφοδον τῶν Κιμμερίων ἐπὶ τοὺς
᾿Ησιονῆας γεγονέναι, Kal? ἣν αἱ Σάρδεις ἑάλωσαν,
εἰκάζουσιν οἱ περὶ τὸν Σκήψιον ἰαστὶ λέγεσθαι
᾿Ησιονεῖς τοὺς ᾿Ασιονεῖς" τάχα γὰρ ἡ Μηονία,
φησίν, ᾿Ασία ἐλέγετο, καθ᾽ ὃ καὶ “Ὅμηρος
εἴρηκεν"

᾿Ασίῳ ἐν λειμῶνι Kavotpiov ἀμφὶ ῥέεθρα.

ἀναληφθεῖσα δ᾽ ἀξιολόγως ὕστερον διὰ τὴν
ἀρετὴν τῆς χώρας ἡ πόλις καὶ οὐδεμιᾶς λεϊπτομένη
τῶν ἀστυγειτόνων, νεωστὶ ὑπὸ σεισμῶν ἀπέβαλε
πολλὴν τῆς κατοικίας. ἡ δὲ τοῦ Τιβερίου πρόνοια,
τοῦ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἡγεμόνος, καὶ ταύτην καὶ τῶν ἄλλων
συχνὰς ἀνέλαβε ταῖς εὐεργεσίαις, ὅσαι περὶ τὸν
αὐτὸν καιρὸν ἐκοινώνησαν τοῦ αὐτοῦ πάθους.
9. ΓΑνδρες δ᾽ ἀξιόλογοι γεγόνασι τοῦ αὐτοῦ
C 628 γένους Διόδωροι δύο οἱ ῥήτορες, ὧν ὁ ὁ πρεσβύτερος
178

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 4. 7-9

common people of the city, most of the work on
which was done by prostitutes; and he says that
all women of that country prostituted themselves ;
and some call the tomb of Alyattes a monument of
prostitution. Some report that Lake Coloé is an
artificial lake, made to receive the overflows which
take place when the rivers are full. Hypaepa is a
city which one comes to on the descent from Mt,
Tmolus to the Cayster Plain.

8. Callisthenes says that Sardeis was captured
first by the Cimmerians, and then by the Treres
and the Lycians, as is set forth by Callinus the
elegiac poet, and lastly in the time of Cyrus and
Croesus. But when Callinus says that the incursion
of the Cimmerians was against the Ksioneis, at the
time of which Sardeis was captured, the Scepsian !
and his followers surmise that the Asioneis were
by Callinus called the Esioneis, in the Ionic dialect ;
for perhaps Meionia, he says, was called Asia, and
accordingly Homer likewise says, ‘‘on the Asian
mead about the streams of the Cayster.” The
city was later restored in a notable way because
of the fertility of its territory, and was inferior to
none of its neighbours, though recently it has lost
many of its buildings through earthquakes. How-
ever, the forethought of Tiberius, our present ruler,
has, by his beneficence, restored not only this city
but many others—I mean all the cities that shared
in the same misfortune at about the same time.

9. Notable men of the same family were born at
Sardeis : the two Diodoruses, the orators, of whom

4 Again Demetrius of Scepsis.

179

STRABO

ἐκαλεῖτο Ζωνᾶς, ἀνὴρ πολλοὺς ἀγῶνας ἠγωνισ-
μένος ὑπὲρ τῆς ᾿Ασίας, κατὰ δὲ τὴν Μιθριδάτου
τοῦ βασιλέως ἔφοδον αἰτίαν ἐσχηκώς, ὡς ἀφιστὰς
παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὰς πόλεις, ἀπελύσατο τὰς διαβολὰς
ἀπολογησάμενος" τοῦ δὲ νεωτέρου φίλου ἡμῖν
γενομένου καὶ ἱστορικὰ συγγράμματά ἐστι καὶ
μέλη καὶ ἄλλα ποιήματα, τὴν ἀρχαίαν γραφὴν
ἐπιφαίνοντα ἱκανῶς. Ἐάνθος δὲ ὁ παλαιὸς
συγγραφεὺς Λυδὸς μὲν λέγεται, εἰ δὲ ἐκ Σάρδεων,
οὐκ ἴσμεν.

10. Μετὰ δὲ Λυδούς εἰσιν οἱ Μυσοὶ καὶ πόλις
Φιλαδέλφεια σεισμῶν πλήρης. οὐ γὰρ διαλεί-
πουσιν οἱ τοῖχοι διιστάμενοι, καὶ ἄλλοτ᾽ ἄλλο
μέρος τῆς πόλεως κακοπαθοῦν: οἰκοῦσιν οὖν
ὀλίγοι διὰ τοῦτο τὴν πόλιν, οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ κατα-
βιοῦσιν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ γεωργοῦντες, ἔχοντες εὐδαί-
μονα γῆν: ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ὀλίγων θαυμάζειν ἐστίν,
ὅτι οὕτω φιλοχωροῦσιν, ἐπισφαλεῖς τὰς οἰκήσεις
ἔχοντες: ἔτι δ᾽ ἄν τις μᾶλλον θαυμάσειε τῶν
κτισάντων αὐτήν.

11. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτ᾽ ἐστὶν ἡ Κατακεκαυμένη λεγο-
μένη χώρα μῆκος μὲν καὶ πεντακοσίων σταδίων,
πλάτος δὲ τετρακοσίων, εἴτε Μυσίαν χρὴ καλεῖν,
εἴτε Μῃονίαν (λέγεται γὰρ ἀμφοτέρως), ἅπασα
ἄδενδρος πλὴν ἀμπέλου τὸν Κατακεκαυμενίτην
φερούσης οἶνον, οὐδενὸὲ τῶν ἐλλογίμων ἀρετῇ
λειπόμενον. ἔστι δὲ ἡ ἐπιφάνεια τεφρώδης τῶν
πεδίων, ἡ δ᾽ ὀρεινὴ καὶ πετρώδης μέλαινα, ὡς ἂν

1 παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ, Xylander changes from a position between τὰς
and πόλεις ; so the later editors.

1 i.e. ‘‘burnt” country, situated about the upper course
180

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 4. 9-11

the elder was called Zonas, a man who many times
pleaded the cause of Asia ; and at the time of the
attack of King Mithridates, he was accused of
trying to cause the cities to revolt from him, but in
his defence he acquitted himself of the slander.
The younger Diodorus, who was a friend of mine,
is the author, not only of historical treatises, but
also of melic and other poems, which display full
well the ancient style of writing. Xanthus, the
ancient historian, is indeed called a Lydian, but
whether or not he was from Sardeis 1 do not know.

10. After the Lydians come the Mysians; and
the city Philadelphia, ever subject to earthquakes.
Incessantly the walls of the houses are cracked,
different parts of the city being thus affected at
different times. For this reason but few people live
in the city, and most of them spend their lives
as farmers in the country, since they have a fertile
soil. Yet one may be surprised at the few, that
they are so fond of the place when their dwellings
are so insecure ; and one might marvel still more at
those who founded the city.

11. After this region one comes to the Catace-
caumene country,! as it is called, which has a length
of five hundred stadia and a breadth of four hundred,
whether it should be called Mysia or Meionia (for
both names are used) ; the whole of it is without trees
except the vine that produces the Catacecaumenite
wine, which in quality is inferior to none of the
notable wines. The surface of the plains are covered
with ashes, and the mountainous and rocky country

of the Hermus and its tributaries. Hamilton (Researches, IT,
p. 136), quoted by Tozer (Selections, p. 289), confirms Strabo’s
account.

181

STRABO

ἐξ ἐπικαύσεως. εἰκάζουσι μὲν οὖν τινὲς ἐκ
κεραυνοβολιῶν καὶ πρηστήρων συμβῆναι τοῦτο,
καὶ οὐκ ὀκνοῦσι τὰ περὶ τὸν Τυφῶνα ἐνταῦθα
μυθολογεῖν. Ξάνθος δὲ καὶ ᾿Αριμοῦν τινὰ λέγει
τῶν τόπων τούτων βασιλέα. οὐκ ,“εὔλογον δὲ
ὑπὸ τοιούτων παθῶν τὴν τοσαύτην χώραν
ἐμπρησθῆναι ἀθρόως,. ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ὑπὸ γηγενοῦς
πυρός, ἐκλιπεῖν δὲ νῦν τὰς πηγάς" δείκνυνται δὲ
καὶ βόθροι τρεῖς, ods φύσας καλοῦσιν, ὅ ὅσον τεττα-
ράκοντα ἀλλήλων διεστῶτες σταδίους" ὑπέρκειν-
ται δὲ λόφοι τραχεῖς, ods εἰκὸς ἐκ τῶν ἀναφυση-
θέντων σεσωρεῦσθαι μύδρων. τὸ δ᾽ εὐάμπελον
τὴν τοιαύτην ὑπάρχειν γῆν, λάβοι tus ἂν καὶ ἐκ
τῆς Καταναίας" τῆς χωσθείσης τῇ σποδῷ καὶ νῦν
ἀποδιδούσης οἶνον δαψιλῆ καὶ καλόν. ἀστεῖζό-
μενοι δέ τινες, εἰκότως πυριγενῆ τὸν Διόνυσον
λέγεσθαί φασιν, ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων χωρίων τεκμαι-
ρόμενοι.

12. Τὰ δ᾽ ἑξῆς ἐπὶ τὰ νότια μέρη τοῖς τόποις
τούτοις ἐμπλοκὰς ἔχει. μέχρι πρὸς τὸν Ταῦρον,
ὥστε καὶ τὰ Φρύγια καὶ τὰ Καρικὰ καὶ τὰ Λύδια
καὶ ἔτι τὰ τῶν Μυσῶν δυσδιάκριτα εἶναι, παρα-
πίπτοντα εἰς ἄλληλα" εἰς δὲ τὴν σύγχυσιν ταύτην
οὐ μικρὰ συλλαμβάνει τὸ τοὺς Ῥωμαίους μὴ
κατὰ φῦλα διελεῖν αὐτούς, ἀλλὰ ἕτερον τρόπον
διατάξαι τὰς διοικήσεις, ἐν αἷς τὰς ἀγοραίους
ποιοῦνται καὶ τὰς δικαιοδοσίας. ὁ μέν ye Tu@Xos
ἱκανῶς συνῆκται 3 καὶ περιγραφὴν ἔχει μετρίαν, ἐν
αὐτοῖς ἀφοριζόμενος τοῖς Λυδίοις μέρεσιν, ἡ δὲ

1 Καταναίας, Xylander, for Κατανίας.
2 συνῆκται E, συνῆπται other MSS.

i ςἐ Fire-born.”
182

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 4. 11-12

is black, as though from conflagration. Now some
conjecture that this resulted from thunderbolts and
from fiery subterranean outbursts, and they do not
hesitate to lay there the scene of the mythical story
of Typhon ; and Xanthus adds that a certain Arimus
was king of this region; but it is not reasonable
to suppose that all that country was burnt all at
once by reason of such disturbances, but rather by
reason of an earth-born fire, the sources of which
have now been exhausted. Three pits are to be
seen there, which are called “ bellows,” and they are
about forty stadia distant from each other. Above
them lie rugged hills, which are reasonably supposed
to have been heaped up by the hot masses blown
forth from the earth. ‘That such soil should be well
adapted to the vine one might assume from the
land of Catana, which was heaped with ashes and
now produces excellent wine in great plenty.
Some writers, judging from places like this, wittily
remark that there is good reason for calling Dionysus
““ Pyrigenes.” +

12. The parts situated next to this region towards
the south as far as the Taurus are so inwoven with
one another that the Phrygian and the Carian and
the Lydian parts, as also those of the Mysians, since
they merge into one another, are hard to distinguish.
To this confusion no little has been contributed by the
fact that the Romans did not divide them according
to tribes, but in another way organised their juris-
dictions, within which they hold their popular
assemblies and their courts. Mt. Tmolus is a quite
contracted mass of mountain and has only a moderate
circumference, its limits lying within the territory of
the Lydians themselves; but the Mesogis extends

183

C 629

STRABO

Μεσωγὶς } els τὸ ἀντικείμενον μέρος διατείνει μέχρι
Μυκάλης, ἀπὸ Κελαινῶν ἀρξάμενον, ὥς φησι
Θεόπομπος" ὥστε τὰ μὲν αὐτοῦ Φρύγες κατέ-
χουσι, τὰ πρὸς ταῖς Κελαιναῖς καὶ τῇ ᾿Απαμείᾳ,
τὰ δὲ Μυσοὶ καὶ Λυδοί, τὰ δὲ Κᾶρες καὶ Ἴωνες.
οὕτω δὲ καὶ οἱ ποταμοί, καὶ μάλιστα ὁ Μαίανδρος,
τὰ μὲν διορίζοντες τῶν ἐθνῶν, δι ὧν δὲ μέσοι
φερόμενοι, δύσληπτον ποιοῦσι τἀκριβές" καὶ περὶ
τῶν πεδίων δὲ τῶν ἐφ᾽ ἑκάτερα τῆς τε ὀρεινῆς καὶ
τῆς ποταμίας ὁ αὐτὸς λόγος. οὐδ᾽ 2 ἡμῖν ἴσως ἐπὶ
τοσοῦτον φροντιστέον, ὡς ἀναγκαῖον 3 χωρομετ-
ροῦσιν, ἀλλὰ τοσοῦτον μόνον ὑπογραπτέον, ὅσον
καὶ οἱ πρὸ ἡμῶν παραδεδώκασι.

18, Τῷ δὴ Καὐατριανῷ πεδίῳ μεταξὺ πίπτοντι
τῆς τε Μεσωγίδος ὃ καὶ τοῦ Τμώλου, συνεχές ἐστι
πρὸς ἕω τὸ Κιλβιανὸν πεδίον, πολύ τε καὶ συνοι-
κούμενον εὖ καὶ χώραν ἔχον σπουδαίαν' εἶτα τὸ
Ὑρκάνιον πεδίον, Περσῶν ἐπονομασάντων καὶ
ἐποίκους ἀγαγόντων ἐκεῖθεν (ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὸ
Κύρου πεδίον Πέρσαι κατωνόμασαν)" εἶτα τὸ
Πελτινὸν πεδίον, ἤδη Φρύγιον, καὶ τὸ Κιλλάνιον
καὶ τὸ Ταβηνόν, ἔ ἔχοντα ᾿ πολίχνας μιξοφρυγίους,
ἐχούσας τι καὶ Πισιδικόν, ἀφ᾽ ὧν αὐτὰ κατωνο-
μάσθη.

14. Ὑπερβάλλουσι δὲ τὴν Μεσωγίδα τὴν
μεταξὺ Καρῶν τε καὶ τῆς Νυσαΐδος, ἥ ἐστι χώρα

1 Μεσωγίς, Palmer, μεσόγαιος I’, μεσόγειος other MSS.

2 οὐδ᾽, Meineke, for οὔθ᾽.

τ ἀναγκαῖον, Kramer, for ἄρα κενῇ, all MSS. except F, which
has ἀναγκαῖον κενῇ.

4 Instead of ὑπογραπτέον, Dhi have περιγραπτέον.

5 Μεσωγίδος, Casaubon, for μεσογειώτιδος ; so the later
editors.

184

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 4. 12-14

in the opposite direction as far as Mycalé, beginning
at Celaenae, according to Theopompus. And there-
fore some parts of it are occupied by the Phrygians,
I mean the parts near Celaenae and Apameia, and
other parts by Mysians and Lydians, and other parts
by Carians and Ionians. So, also, the rivers, par-
ticularly the Maeander, form the boundary between
some of the tribes, but in cases where they flow
through the middle of countries they make accurate
distinction difficult. And the same is to be said of
the plains that are situated on either side of the
mountainous territory and of the river-land. Neither
should I, perhaps, attend to such matters as closely
as a surveyor must, but sketch them only so far as
they have been transmitted by my predecessors.

13. Contiguous on the east to the Cajyster Plain,
which lies between the Mesogis and the Tmolus, is
the Cilbian Plain. It is extensive and well settled
and has a fertile soil. Then comes the Hyrcanian
Plain, a name given it by the Persians, who brought
Hyrcanian colonists there (the Plain of Cyrus, like-
wise, was given its name by the Persians). Then
come the Peltine Plain (we are now in Phrygian
territory) and the Cillanian and the Tabene Plains,
which have towns with a mixed population of
Phrygians, these towns also containing a Pisidian
element; and it is after these that the plains
themselves were named.

14. When one crosses over the Mesogis, between
the Carians and the territory of Nysa, which latter is

® 3, after πεδίον, the editors eject.
7 ἔχοντα, Corais and Meineke, for ἔχοντας Dh, ἔχον τάς
other MSS.

185
VOL. VI. G

STRABO

κατὰ τὸ τοῦ Μαιάνδρου πέραν μέχρι τῆς Κιβυ-
ράτιδος καὶ τῆς Καβαλίδος, mores! εἰσί, πρὸς
μὲν τῇ Μεσωγίδι καταντικρὺ Λαοδικείας ‘Tepa-
πολις, ὅπου τὰ θερμὰ ὕδατα καὶ τὸ Πλουτώνιον,
ἄμφω παραδοξολογίαν τινὰ ἔχοντα. τὸ μὲν γὰρ
ὕδωρ οὕτω ῥᾳδίως εἰς πῶρον μεταβάλλει πηττό-
μενον, ὥστ᾽ ὀχετοὺς ἐπάγοντες φραγμοὺς ἀπεργά-
ζονται μονολίθους, τὸ δὲ Πλουτώνιον ὑπ᾽ ὀφρύι
μικρᾷ τῆς ὑπερκειμένης ὀρεινῆς στόμιόν ἐστι
σύμμετρον, ὅσον ἄνθρωπον δέξασθαι δυνάμενον,
βεβάθυται δ᾽ ἐπὶ πολύ: πρόκειται δὲ τούτον
δρυφάκτωμα τετράγωνον, ὅσον ἡμιπλέθρου τὴν
περίμετρον" τοῦτο δὲ πλῆρές ἐστιν ὁμιχλώδους
παχείας ἀχλύος, ὥστε μόγις τοὔδαφος καθορᾶν.
τοῖς μὲν οὖν κύκλῳ πλησιάζουσι πρὸς τὸν δρύ-
φακτον ἄλυπός ἐστιν ὁ ἀήρ, καθαρεύων ἐκείνης
6680 τῆς ἀχλύος ἐν ταῖς νηνεμίαις" συμμένει γὰρ ἐντὸς
τοῦ περιβόλου" τῷ δ᾽ εἴσω παριόντι ζώῳ θάνατος
παραχρῆμα ἀπαντᾷ: ταῦροι γοῦν. εἰσαχθέντες
πίπτουσι καὶ ἐξέλκονται vexpot, ἡμεῖς δὲ στρουθία
ἐπέμψαμεν καὶ ἔπεσεν εὐθὺς ἐκπνεύσαντα" οἱ δ᾽
amoxotoi Γάλλοι παρίασιν ἀπαθεῖς, ὥστε καὶ
μέχρι τοῦ στομίου πλησιάζειν καὶ ἐγκύπτειν καὶ
καταδύνειν μέχρι ποσοῦ συνέχοντας ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ
πολὺ τὸ πνεῦμα (ἑωρῶμεν γὰρ ἐκ τῆς ὄψεως
ὡς ἂν πνιγώδους τινὸς πάθους ἔμφασιν), εἴτε

1 δ᾽, after πόλεις, omitted by xand the later editors.

1 On the “‘ Plutonia,” see Vol. II, p. 442, footnote 1.
2 <‘The road overlooks many green spots, once vineyards
and gardens, separated by partitions of the same material”

186

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 4. 14

a country on the far side of the Maeander extending
to Cibyratis and Cabalis, one comes to certain cities.
First, near the Mesogis, opposite Laodiceia, to
Hierapolis, where are the hot springs and the
Plutonium,’ both of which have something mar-
vellous about them; for the water of the springs
so easily congeals and changes into stone that people
conduct streams of it through ditches and thus
make stone fences? consisting of single stones, while
the Plutonium, below a small brow of the moun-
tainous country that lies above it, is an opening
of only moderate size, large enough to admit a
man, but it reaches a considerable depth, and it is
enclosed by a quadrilateral handrail, about half a
plethrum in circumference, and this space is full of
a vapour so misty and dense that one can scarcely
see the ground. Now to those who approach the
handrail anywhere round the enclosure the air is
harmless, since the outside is free from that vapour
in calm weather, for the vapour then stays inside
the enclosure, but any animal that passes inside
meets instant death. At any rate. bulls that are
led into it fall and are dragged out dead; and I
threw in sparrows and they immediately breathed
their last and fell. But the Galli,? who are eunuchs,
pass inside with such impunity that they even
approach the opening, bend over it, and descend
into it to a certain depth, though they hold their
breath as much as they can (for I could see in their
countenances an indication of a kind of suffocating
attack, as it were),—whether this immunity belongs

(Chandler, Travels in Asia Minor, I. p. 288), quoted by Tozer
(op. cit., p. 290).
3 Priests of Cybelé.
187

STRABO °

πάντων οὕτω πεπηρωμένων “τοῦτο, εἴτε μόνον
τῶν περὶ τὸ ἱερόν, καὶ εἴτε θείᾳ προνοίᾳ,
καθάπερ ἐ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐνθουσιασμῶν εἰκός, εἴτε ἀντιδό-
τοις τισὶ δυνάμεσι τούτου! συμβαίνοντος. τὸ δὲ
τῆς ἀπολιθώσεως καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐν Λαοδικείᾳ ποτα-
μῶν φασὶ συμβαίνειν, καίπερ ὄντων ποτίμων.
ἔστι δὲ καὶ πρὸς βαφὴν ἐρίων θαυμαστῶς σύμ-
μετρον τὸ κατὰ τὴν Ἱεράπολιν ὕδωρ, ὥ ὥστε τὰ ἐ ἐκ
τῶν ῥιζῶν βαπτόμενα ἐνάμιλλα εἶναι τοῖς " ἐκ
τῆς κόκκου καὶ τοῖς ἁλουργέσιν" οὕτω δ᾽ ἐστὶν
ἄφθονον τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ ὕδατος, ὥστε ἡ πόλις
μεστὴ τῶν αὐτομάτων βαλανείων ἐ ἐστί.

15. Μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἹΙεράπολιν τὰ πέραν τοῦ
Μαιάνδρου, τὰ μὲν ὃ περὶ Λαοδίκειαν καὶ ᾿Αφρο-
δισιάδα καὶ τὰ μέχρι Καρούρων εἴρηται. τὰ δ᾽
ἑξῆς ἐστὶ τὰ “μὲν πρὸς δύσιν, ἡ τῶν ᾿Αντιοχέων
πόλις τῶν ἐπὶ Μαιάνδρῳ, τῆς Καρίας ἤδη: τὰ δὲ
πρὸς νότον ἡ Κίβυρά ἐστιν ἡ μεγάλη καὶ ἡ Σίνδα
καὶ ἡ Καβαλὶς “ μέχρι τοῦ Ταύρου καὶ τῆς Λυκίας.
ἡ μὲν οὖν ᾿Αντιόχεια μετρία πόλις ἐστὶν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ
κειμένη τῷ Μαιάνδρῳ κατὰ τὸ πρὸς τῇ Φρυγίᾳ
μέρος, ἐπέζευκται δὲ γέφυρα' “χώραν δ᾽ ἔχει
πολλὴν ἐφ᾽ ἑκάτερα τοῦ ποταμοῦ, πᾶσαν εὐδαί-
μονα, πλείστην δὲ φέρει τὴν καλουμένην ᾿Αντιο-
χικὴν ἰσχάδα, τὴν δὲ αὐτὴν καὶ τρίφυλλον
ὀνομάζουσιν: εὔσειστος δὲ καὶ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ
τόπος. σοφιστὴς δὲ παρὰ τούτοις ἔνδοξος γεγένη-

1 Instead of τούτου, Di and Corais read οὕτω,

2 rois Fxz, rats other MSS.

3 After μέν, E and Meineke read od».

4 Καβαλίς, the editors, for Καβαλαΐς, all MSS. except DA,
which read Καβαλλαΐς.

188

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 4. 14-15

to all who are maimed in this way or only to those
round the temple, or whether it is because of divine
providence, as would be likely in the case of divine
obsessions, or whether it is the result of certain
physical powers that are antidotes against the
vapour. The changing of water into stone is said
also to be the case with the rivers in Laodiceia,
although their water is potable. The water at
Hierapolis is remarkably adapted also to the dyeing
of wool, so that wool dyed with the roots? rivals
that dyed with the coccus? or with the marine
purple. And the supply of water is so abundant
that the city is full of natural baths.

15. After Hierapolis one comes to the parts on
the far side of the Maeander; I have already de-
scribed 4 those round Laodiceia and Aphrodisias and
those extending as far as Carura. The next there-
after are the parts towards the west, I mean the
city of the Antiocheians on the Maeander, where
one finds himself already in Caria, and also the parts
towards the south, I mean Greater Cibyra and Sinda
and Cabalis, extending as far as the Taurus and
Lycia. Now Antiocheia is a city of moderate size,
and is situated on the Maeander itself in the region
that lies near Phrygia, and there is a bridge over
the river. Antiocheia has considerable territory on
each side of the river, which is everywhere fertile,
and it produces in greatest quantities the “ Anti-
ocheian” dried fig, as it is called, though they also
name the same fig “ three-leaved.’”’ This region, too,
is much subject to earthquakes. Among these people

1 Madder-root. 2 Kermes-berries.
8. Using this particular water, of course.
# 12. 8. 13, 16,17.
189

STRABO

tat Διοτρέφης, οὗ διήκουσεν “TBpéas, ὁ Kal’
ἡμᾶς γενόμενος μέγιστος ῥήτωρ. ἷ

16. Σολύμους δ᾽ εἶναί φασι τοὺς Καβαλεῖς"}
τῆς γοῦν Τερμησσέων" ἄκρας ὁ ὑπερκείμενος
λόφος καλεῖται Σόλυμος, καὶ αὐτοὶ δὲ οἱ Τερμησ-
σεῖς ὃ Σόλυμοι καλοῦνται. πλησίον δ᾽ ἐστὶ καὶ
ὁ Βελλεροφόντου χάραξ καὶ ὁ Πεισάνδρου τάφος
τοῦ υἱοῦ, πεσόντος ἐν τῇ πρὸς Σολύμους μάχη.
ταῦτα δὲ καὶ τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ ποιητοῦ λεγομένοις
ὁμολογεῖται" περὶ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ Βελλεροφόντου
φησὶν οὕτως" .

δεύτερον ad Σολύμοισι μαχέσσατο κυδαλίμοισι"
περὶ δὲ τοῦ παιδὸς αὐτοῦ"

Ο681 Πείσανδρον ὃ δέ οἱ υἱὸν “Apns τος πολέμοιο
μαρνάμενον Σολύμοισι κατέκτανεν.

ἡ δὲ Τερμησσός ἐστι Πισιδικὴ πόλις ἡ μάλιστα
καὶ ἔγγιστα ὑπερκειμένη τῆς Κιβύρας.

17. Λέγονται δὲ ἀπόγονον Λυδῶν οἱ Κιβυρᾶται
τῶν κατασχόντων τὴν Καβαλίδα,Σ ὕστερον δὲ
Πισιδῶν τῶν ὁμόρων οἰκισάντων ἴ καὶ μετακτι-
σάντων εἰς ἕτερον τόπον εὐερκέστατον ἐν κύκλῳ
σταδίων περὶ ἑκατόν. ηὐξήθη δὲ διὰ τὴν εὐνομίαν,
καὶ αἱ κῶμαι παρεξέτειναν ἀπὸ Πισιδίας. καὶ τῆς
ὁμόρου Μιλυάδος8 ἕως Λυκίας καὶ τῆς Ῥοδίων

1 Καβαλεῖς ὦ, Καβαλλεῖς other MSS.

5. Τερμησσέων, Corais, for Τερμησέως ΟΠ moaz, Τελμήσσεως
rw, Τελμισσέων E.

8: Instead of Τερμησσεῖς, CDFAx read TeAunoeis, rw TeAune-
σεῖς, Ei Τελμισεῖς.

4 δὲ καὶ τοῖς, Corais, for δ᾽ ἑκάστοις ΟΠ ήγισ, δ᾽ ἑκάστοις
τοῖς x, δ᾽ ἕκαστα τοῖς, δὲ τοῖς Ἠϊοξ.

190

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 4. 15-1

arose a famous sophist, Diotrephes, whose complete
course was taken by Hybreas, who became the greatest
orator of my time.

16. The Cabaleis are said to be the Solymi; at
any rate, the hill that lies above the fortress of the
Termessians is called Solymus, and the Termessians
themselves are called Solymi. Near by is the
Palisade of Bellerophon, and also the tomb of his
son Peisander, who fell in the battle against the
Solymi. This account agrees also with the words of
the poet, for he says of Bellerophon, “next he
fought with the glorious Solymi,’ + and of his son,
“and Peisander? his son was slain by Ares, insatiate
of war, when he was fighting with the Solymi.” 3
Termessus is a Pisidian city, which lies directly
above Cibyra and very near it.

17. It is said that the Cibyratae are descendants
of the Lydians who took possession of Cabalis, and
later of the neighbouring Pisidians, who settled
there and transferred the city to another site, a
site very strongly fortified and about one hundred
stadia in circuit. It grew strong through its good
laws; and its villages extended alongside it from
Pisidia and the neighbouring Milyas as far as Lycia
and the Peraea‘ of the Rhodians. Three bordering

1 Tliad 6. 184.
2 The Homeric text reads ‘‘ Isander” (see 12. 8. 5).
3 Iliad 6. 203. * Mainland territory.

5 Instead of Πείσανδρον, E reads Micavdpov. The Homeric
text has Ἴσανδρον.
6 Καβαλίδα, the editors, for Καβαλλίδα.
7 DFhorz read οἰκησάντων.
8 Μιλυάδος, Tzschucke, for Μνυλίαδος,
19!

STRABO

περαίας" προσγενομένων δὲ τριῶν πόλεων ὁμόρων,
Βουβῶνος,: Βαλβούρων, Οἰνοάνδων,3 τετράπολις
τὸ σύστημα ἐκλήθη, μίαν ἑκάστης ψῆφον ἐχού-
σης, δύο δὲ τῆς Κιβύρας: ἔστελλε γὰρ αὕτη
πεζῶν μὲν τρεῖς μυριάδας, ἱππέας δὲ δισχιλίους"
ἐτυραννεῖτο δ᾽ ἀεί, σωφρόνως δ᾽ ὅμως" ἐπὶ Μοα-
γέτου δ᾽ ἡ τυραννὶς τέλος ἔσχε, καταλύσαντος
αὐτὴν Movpnva καὶ Λυκίοις προσορίσαντος τὰ
Βάλβουρα καὶ τὴν Βουβῶνα" οὐδὲν δ᾽ ἧττον ἐν
ταῖς μεγίσταις ἐξετάζεται διοικήσεσι τῆς ᾿Ασίας
ἡ Κιβυρατική. τέτταρσι δὲ γλώτταις ἐχρῶντο
οἱ Κιβυρᾶται, τῇ Πισιδικῇ, τῇ Σολύμων, τῇ
᾿Ελληνίδι, τῇ Λυδῶν: τῆς Λυδῶν 3 δὲ οὐδ᾽ ἴχνος
ἐστὶν ἐν Λυδίᾳ. ἴδιον δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἐν Κιβύρᾳ τὸ τὸν

/ ΄ € , A 4 ᾽ > \
σίδηρον τορεύεσθαι ῥᾳδίως. Μιλύα 4 δ᾽ ἐστὶν
ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν κατὰ Τερμησσὸν στενῶν καὶ τῆς εἰς
τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ Ταύρου ὑπερθέσεως δι’ αὐτῶν ἐπὶ
Ἴσινδα παρατείνουσα ὀρεινὴ μέχρι Σαγαλασσοῦ
καὶ τῆς ᾿Απαμέων χώρας.
7 BovBavos, Tzschucke, for Βουβούνων C, Βουβώνων other

Poet Tzschucke, for Oivodvdpov.

3 τῆς Λυδῶν, Miiller-Diibner insert; viv i, ταύτης certain
editors.

192

GEOGRAPHY, 13. 4. 17

cities were added to it, Bubon, Balbura, and
Oenoanda, and the union was called Tetrapolis,
each of the three having one vote, but Cibyra two;
for Cibyra could send forth thirty thousand foot-
soldiers and two thousand horse. It was always
ruled by tyrants; but still they ruled it with
moderation. ‘However, the tyranny ended in the
time of Moagetes, when Murena overthrew it and
included Balbura and Bubon within the territory of
the Lycians. But none the less the jurisdiction of
Cibyra is rated among the greatest in Asia. The
Cibyratae used four languages, the Pisidian, that of
the Solymi, Greek, and that of the Lydians;! but
there is not even a trace of the language of the
Lydians in Lydia. The easy embossing of iron is
a peculiar thing at Cibyra. Milya is the mountain-
range extending from the narrows at Termessus and
from the pass that leads over through them to the
region inside the Taurus towards Isinda, as far as
Sagalassus and the country of the Apameians.

1See A. H. Sayce, Anatolian Studies presented to Sir
William Mitchell Ramsay, p. 396.

4 Instead of M:Ava, DE read MvAla, 0z Μιλία.

193

ἐ ἢ ,
“ge εὐτασεβ οί _
Oe ee 7

Pe ᾿ς

SHA aT Hah 7 er ee ΓΝ Lo Ls: Bb
Ἢ ἡ 4 ΨΩ 3 uy
Alona Petes Aa etna ταν gens

card δυο if * MO BBO. 2 2 eit yasi,
ΔΟΡῚ σθένος sigs. Fass Hid. fase |

ΜΒ δὴν JL ὌΝ S00) Foearrene ὦ
athe ΝΣ ΕΝ Vee
sila. 91 Does ride’ Use:
= se 5 gr " ΟΝ Ὁ» sar =
ΘΙ I YDS Fou rt a
y 7 φ Φ'υ
φ errs τ le
US «ch 7 grits ἐλ:
ν᾿: Ἢ ΡΣ στ Cc
# MONIT αἱ vif
than: et ©
v7 i SPO SAY! tea! ν
ε HS + Pee. ΕΣ μὲ 2.
Sd T MRRATHE Geo tEDtg See ὁ aoe

7
% ἡ» whi ify as οὔ ES yey hos ® uy
sod 3 aemibyd. ς οὐδ Ἰὼ ite ΠΣ as
aes “30 sigugoel a bor pont dain
ad serie ach sited Ros, qt ode:
<a δελμεμόσῃ oe ive ἱ :
Lerepee sa Xk 4 6 Aes rine ρα μῷ util
οὐκὶ χα day eet, ge iam
a BEL whoial ical Puree E δι
Σεῖς ed oe 9: 13, aise jalod “a

TA ‘ ΤᾺ mes μος τι. ν᾿ sthap Me ᾿ tt Se ὧν
Ἃ τ, Pn j δι cs Ε La seer
—— νυν το Sige een -ος-.-.-.-

Ἴ»" SOY oe ert ‘a ἢ
4 % , --Ὡ ἐλθέ a yer Ne ΣῈ ue art ς

7
nee

ios τ

foul

(Ἱ
a
*.

ἃ:
Ὁ. Ὁ
i:

>
»ν

ἐν

ME ζιῦτι τ OK

ὦ: ij

:
t
. ae
*
Ὑ “"
we,
: ὶ
ἣν
sue TA

BOOK XIV

Ga: s Ἵ ‘ ~~ Sas —
ὦ. rots
7 - “

co τ : .
ἡδγιλλετνς She
ara ς

τε ἡ ἡ
.. ἢ 7 a
é 7 ed
ov — P
ire ν᾿ ͵ ms
(eee ti αὶ
ν i>
¢ J.
ana
τι
2 .
Ν ὶ
Ἃ ‘ tite
“ ᾿
4 πὸ κι >!
¥ ’
i
ΕἾ
ris 4
‘ -
"
on " ay ~
ἐν 1

᾿ ᾿ 3
_ , ᾿
Ἷ Ct :
~twes
3 τω Le
με “᾿
f -- Ἀν. ὁ
~s cle 9
Ὗ f i" Ὁ
1a) ς ae
bent
‘
> Ty be τὰ
4 ι 1" A a)
t “i a
‘ a2
Ἧ ε
- ‘ %
~~ i
. ὦ ὦ
τ 34)
ἢ J
μ᾿ 7 4
" Ὧι τ
ε
ἂ ΕΣ
oa
ν᾽
*
Ἢ *
νυ ν ;
a '
5» ‘2 7 Ἶ
. ‘
ey “~
‘ Shu
Ἷ
) a δ
a ξ "{ν
J J
5 + . Po a
ty Ἷ ἵ
&
γᾶ, tal
< . a 3,
iy tm ¢ Ate
.υ - «ἢ ἐμὲ τὸ πὶ
-Ὁ- ; ὧν
> sa
A
4 TA
’ tye Nd " ὶ
ῖ
2. 4
: ξω» 9
Ρ
+
Φ.:

IA’
I

C632 1. Λοιπὸν δ᾽ ἐστὶν εἰπεῖν περὶ ᾿Ιώνων καὶ
Καρῶν καὶ τῆς ἔξω τοῦ Ταύρου παραλίας, ἣν
ἔχουσι Δύκιοί τε καὶ Πάμφυλοι καὶ Κίλικες"
οὕτω γὰρ ἂν ἔχοι τέλος ἡ πᾶσα τῆς χερρονήσου
περιήγησις, ἧς ἰσθμὸν ἔφαμεν τὴν ὑπέρβασιν τὴν
ἐκ τῆς Ποντικῆς θαλάττης ἐπὶ τὴν ᾿Ισσικήν.

2. Ἔστι δὲ τῆς "Iwvias ὁ μὲν περίπλους ὁ
παρὰ γῆν σταδίων που τρισχιλίων τετρακοσίων
τριάκοντα διὰ τοὺς κόλπους καὶ διὰ τὸ χερ-
ρονησίζειν ἐπὶ πλεῖον τὴν χώραν, τὸ δ᾽ ἐπ᾽
εὐθείας μῆκος οὐ πολύ. αὐτὸ οὖν τὸ ἐξ ᾿Εφέσου
μέχρι Σμύρνης ὁδὸς μέν ἐστιν ἐπ᾽ εὐθείας τρια-
κόσιοι εἴκοσι στάδιοι" εἰς γὰρ Μητρόπολιν ἑκατὸν
καὶ εἴκοσι στάδιοι, οἱ λοιποὶ δὲ εἰς Σμύρναν,
περίπλους δὲ μικρὸν ἀπολείπων τῶν δισχιλίων
καὶ διακοσίων. ἔστι δ᾽ οὖν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ποσειδίου
τοῦ Μιλησίων καὶ τῶν Καρικῶν ὅρων 5 μέχρι
Φωκαίας καὶ τοῦ “ἕρμου τὸ πέρας τῆς ᾿Ιωνικῆς
παραλίας.

3. Ταύτης δέ φησι Φερεκύδης Μίλητον μὲν καὶ
Μυοῦντα καὶ τὰ περὶ Μυκάλην καὶ “Εφεσον

1 πάμφυλοι DF ; Παμφύλιοι other MSS.
2 ὅρων, Groskurd, for ὀρῶν ; so the later editors.

1 For map of Asia Minor, see Vol. V (at end).
196

BOOK XIV
I

1.1 Ir remains for me to speak of the Ionians and
the Carians and the seaboard outside the Taurus,
which last is occupied by Lycians, Pamphylians, and
Cilicians; for in this way I can finish my entire
description of the peninsula, the isthmus of which,
as 1 was saying,” is the road which leads over from
the Pontic Sea to the Issic Sea.

2. The coasting voyage round Ionia is about three
thousand four hundred and thirty stadia, this dis-
tance being so great because of the gulfs and the
fact that the country forms a peninsula of unusual
extent; but the distance in a straight line across the
isthmus is not great. For instance, merely the
distance from Ephesus to Smyrna is a journey, in a
straight line, of three hundred and twenty stadia,
for the distance to Metropolis is one hundred and
twenty stadia and the remainder to Smyrna, whereas
the coasting voyage is but slightly short of two
thousand two hundred. Be that as it may, the
bounds of the Ionian coast extend from the
Poseidium of the Milesians, and from the Carian
frontiers, as far as Phocaea and the Hermus River,
which latter is the limit of the Ionian seaboard.

3. Pherecydes says concerning this seaboard that
Miletus and Myus and the parts round Mycalé and

212.1. ὃ,
197

STRABO

Κᾶρας ἔχειν πρότερον, τὴν δ᾽ ἑξῆς παραλίαν
/ ’ \ / \ , 1 > a
μέχρι Φωκαίας καὶ Χίου καὶ Σάμου, ἧς ᾿Αγκαῖος
= ΄, a ’ > ‘ fe \
ἦρχε, Λέλεγας: ἐκβληθῆναι δ᾽ ἀμφοτέρους ὑπὸ
τῶν ᾿Ιώνων, καὶ εἰς τὰ λοιπὰ μέρη τῆς Καρίας
> 6 Ν / » “ -“
ἐκπεσεῖν. ἄρξαι δέ φησιν ᾿Ανδροκλον τῆς τῶν
Ἰώνων ἀποικίας, ὕστερον τῆς Αἰολικῆς, υἱὸν
, , “a, 9 a / /
γνήσιον Κόδρου τοῦ ᾿Αθηνῶν βασιλέως, γενέσθαι

C 633 δὲ τοῦτον ᾿Εφέσου κτίστην" διόπερ τὸ βασίλειον
τῶν ᾿Ιώνων ἐκεῖ συστῆναί φασι" καὶ ἔτι νῦν οἱ
ἐκ τοῦ γένους ὀνομάζονται βασιλεῖς, ἔχοντές τινας
τιμάς, προεδρίαν τε ἐν ἀγῶσι καὶ πορφύραν ἐπί-
σημον τοῦ βασιλικοῦ γένους, σκίπωνα ἀντὶ σκήπ-
τρου, καὶ τὰ ἱερὰ τῆς ᾿Ελευσινίας Δήμητρος. καὶ
Μίλητον δ᾽ ἔκτισεν Νηλεὺς ἐκ Πύλου τὸ γένος
v “ cd e / 7 ͵ὔ
ὦν: οἵ τε Μεσσήνιοι καὶ οἱ Πύλιοι συγγένειάν
τινα προσποιοῦνται, καθ᾽ ἣν καὶ Μεσσήνιον τὸν
Νέστορα οἱ νεώτεροΐί φασι ποιηταΐ, καὶ τοῖς περὶ
Μέλανθον τὸν Κόδρου πατέρα πολλοὺς καὶ τῶν
Πυλίων συνεξᾶραί φασιν εἰς τὰς ᾿Αθήνας" τοῦτον
δὴ πάντα τὸν λαὸν μετὰ τῶν ᾿Ιώνων κοινῇ στεῖλαι

\ > / ἴω \ / eek a ,
τὴν ἀποικίαν. τοῦ δὲ Νηλέως ἐπὶ τῷ Ποσειδίῳ
βωμὸς ἵδρυμα δείκνυται. Κυδρῆλος δὲ νόθος
[Δ / a / > , -
υἱὸς Κόδρου Μνοῦντα κτίζει" ᾿Ανδρόπομπος δὲ
Λέβεδον, καταλαβόμενος τόπον τινὰ Αρτιν"
Κολοφῶνα δ᾽ ᾿Ανδραίμων 3 Πύλιος, ὥς φησι καὶ
Μώμνερμος ἐν Navvot: Πριήνην δ᾽ Αἴπυτος ὁ
Νηλέως, εἶθ᾽ ὕστερον Φιλώτας ἐκ Θηβῶν λαὸν
ἀγαγών: Τέω δὲ ᾿Αθάμας μὲν πρότερον, διόπερ
᾿Αθαμαντίδα καλεῖ αὐτὴν ᾿Ανακρέων, κατὰ δὲ
2 For Χίου and Σάμου Kramer conj. Χίον and Σάμον."
2 ᾿Ανδρεμών CF szxz,

‘ A fragment (Bergk 10) otherwise unknown.

198

GEOGRAPHY, 14. τ. 3.

Ephesus were in earlier times occupied by Carians,
and that the coast next thereafter, as far as Phocaea
and Chios and Samos, which were ruled by Ancaeus,
was occupied by Leleges, but that both were driven
out by the lonians and took refuge in the remaining
parts of Caria. He says that Androclus, legitimate
son of Codrus the king of Athens, was the leader
of the Ionian colonisation, which was later than
the Aeolian, and that he became the founder of
Ephesus; and for this reason, it is said, the royal
seat of the lonians was established there. And still
now the descendants of his family are called kings ;
and they have certain honours, I mean the privilege
of front seats at the games and of wearing purple
robes as insignia of royal descent, and staff instead
of sceptre, and of the superintendence of the
sacrifices in honour of the Eleusinian Demeter.
Miletus was founded by Neleus, a Pylian by birth.
The Messenians and the Pylians pretend a kind of
kinship with one another, according to which the
more recent poets call Nestor a Messenian; and
they say that many of the Pylians accompanied
Melanthus, father of Codrus, and his followers to
Athens, and that, accordingly, all this people sent
forth the colonising expedition in common with the
Ionians. There is an altar, erected by Neleus, to
be seen on the Poseidium. Myus was founded by
Cydrelus, bastard son of Codrus; Lebedus by Andro-
pompus, who seized a place called Artis; Colophon
by Andraemon a Pylian, according to Mimnermus in
his Nanno;1 Priené by Aepytus the son of Neleus,
and then later by Philotas, who brought a colony
from Thebes; Teos, at first by Athamas, for which
reason it is by Anacreon called Athamantis, and at

199

STRABO

τὴν Ἰωνικὴν ἀποικίαν Ναῦκλος vids Κόδρου
νόθος, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον "Αποικος καὶ Δάμασος
᾿Αθηναῖοι καὶ Τέρης 5 ἐκ Βοιωτῶν: ᾿Ερυθρὰς δὲ
Κνῶπος, καὶ οὗτος υἱὸς Kodpou νόθος" Φωκαίαν
δ᾽ οἱ μετὰ Φιλογένους ᾿Αθηναῖοι: Κλαζομενὰς
δὲ Πάραλος" Χίον δὲ ᾿᾿ϊὐγέρτιος, σύμμικτον ἐπα-
γόμενος πλῆθος: Σάμον δὲ Τεμβρίων,3 εἶθ᾽ ὕστερον
Προκλῆς."

4, Αὗται μὲν δώδεκα ᾿Ιωνικαὶ πόλεις, προσε-
λήφθη δὲ χρόνοις ὕστερον καὶ Σμύρνα, εἰς τὸ
Ἰωνικὸν ἐναγαγόντων ᾿Εφεσίων: ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτοῖς
σύνοικοι τὸ παλαιόν, ἡνίκα καὶ Σμύρνα ἐκαλεῖτο
¢ mw ~.. 2 “ > U
ἡ "Ἔφεσος" καὶ KadXivos που οὕτως ὠνόμακεν
αὐτήν, Σμυρναίους τοὺς ᾿Εφεσίους καλῶν ἐν τῷ
πρὸς τὸν Δία λόγῳ"

’ > > /
Σμυρναίους δ᾽ ἐλέησον"
καὶ πάλιν'
μνῆσαι δ᾽ εἴκοτέ τοι μηρία καλὰ βοῶν
Σμυρναῖοι κατέκηαν.5
Σμύρνα δ᾽ jv’ Apalov ἡ κατασχοῦσα τὴν Ἔφεσον,
ἀφ᾽ ἧς τοὔνομα καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις καὶ τῇ πόλει,
ὡς καὶ ἀπὸ Σισύρβης Σισυρβῖταί τινες τῶν
> / > / \ / / n > /
Εφεσίων ἐλέγοντο" καὶ τόπος δέ τις τῆς Εφέσου
Σμύρνα ἐκαλεῖτο, ὡς δηλοῖ “Ἱππῶναξ'
Μ 7» a U 2 4
ὦκει δ᾽ ὄπισθε τῆς πόληος ἐν Σμύρνῃ
μεταξὺ Τρηχείης τε καὶ Λεπρῆς ἀκτῆς.
> a \ \ \ > δὲ € \ Ἐν 2 ,
ἐκαλεῖτο yap Λεπρὴ μὲν ἀκτὴ ὁ Πριὼν ὁ ὑπερκεί-
μενος τῆς νῦν πόλεως, ἔχων μέρος τοῦ τείχους
αὐτῆς: τὰ γοῦν ὄπισθεν τοῦ Ilpt@vos κτήματα
1”Amoixos, Tzschucke, for Ποίκης F, Πύκνης x, Ποίκ»ης other

MSS
200

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 3-4

the time of the Ionian colonisation by Nauclus,
bastard son of Codrus, and after him by Apoecus
and Damasus, who were Athenians, and Geres, a
Boeotian ; Erythrae by Cnopus, he too a bastard son
of Codrus; Phocaea by the Athenians under Philo-
genes ; Clazomenae by Paralus; Chios by Egertius,
who brought with him a mixed crowd; Samos by
Tembrion, and then later by Procles.

4. These are the twelve Ionian cities, but at a
later time Smyrna was added, being induced by
the Ephesians to join the Ionian League; for the
Ephesians were fellow-inhabitants of the Smyrnaeans
in ancient times, when Ephesus was also called
Smyrna. And Callinus somewhere so names it, when
he calls the Ephesians Smyrnaeans in the prayer
to Zeus, “‘and pity the Smyrnaeans”; and again,
“remember, if ever the Smyrnaeans burnt up beau-
tiful thighs of oxen in sacrifice to thee.”* Smyrna
was an Amazon who took possession of Ephesus ; and
hence the name both of the inhabitants and of the
city, just as certain of the Ephesians were called
Sisyrbitae after Sisyrbé. Also a certain place be-
longing to Ephesus was called Smyrna, as Hipponax
plainly indicates: “‘He lived behind the city in
Smyrna between Tracheia and Lepra Acté” ;* for
the name Lepra Acté was given to Mt. Prion, which
lies above the present city and has on it a part of the
city’s wall. At any rate, the possessions behind Prion

ἄν. Tad, 2 Frag. 2 (Bergk). 8. Frag. 44 (Bergk).

2 Tépns, the editors, for yap ἦν.
3 TeuBplwy, the editors, for TnuBplwr.
* Instead of Προκλῆς, moxz read Πατροκλῆς (cp. Etym. Mag.
8. v.).
5 Σμυρναῖοι κατέκηαν, Jones inserts, from conj. of Corais.
201

STRABO

C 634 ἔτει νυνὶ λέγεται ἐν τῇ ᾿Οπισθολεπρίᾳ Tpayeia
δ᾽ ἐκαλεῖτο ἡ περὶ τὸν Κορησσὸν παρώρειος. ἡ
δὲ πόλις ἦν τὸ παλαιὸν περὶ τὸ ᾿Αθήναιον τὸ
νῦν ἔξω τῆς πόλεως ὃν κατὰ τὴν καλουμένην
ὙὝπέλαιον, ὥστε ἡ Σμύρνα ἣν κατὰ τὸ νῦν γυμ-
νάσιον ὄπισθεν μὲν τῆς viv! πόλεως, μεταξὺ
δὲ Τρηχείης τε καὶ Λεπρῆς 5 ἀκτῆς. ἀπελθόντες
δὲ παρὰ τῶν ᾿Εφεσίων οἱ Σμυρναῖοι στρατεύουσιν
ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον, ἐν ᾧ νῦν ἐστὶν ἡ Σμύρνα, Λελέγων
κατεχόντων! ἐκβαλόντες δ᾽ αὐτοὺς ἔκτισαν τὴν
παλαιὰν Σμύρναν, διέχουσαν τῆς νῦν περὶ εἴκοσι
σταδίους. ὕστερον δὲ ὑπὸ Αἰολέων ἐκπεσόντες
κατέφυγον εἰς Κολοφῶνα, καὶ μετὰ τῶν ἐνθένδε
ἐπιόντες τὴν σφετέραν ἀπέλαβον: καθάπερ καὶ
Μίμνερμος ἐν τῇ Ναννοῖ φράζει, μνησθεὶς τῆς
Σμύρνης, ὅτι περιμάχητος ἀεί"

ἡμεῖς αἰπὺ 3 Πύλου ὁ Νηλήιον ἄστυ λιπόντες
ἱμερτὴν ᾿Ασίην νηυσὶν ἀφικόμεθα.
ἐς δ᾽ ἐρατὴν Κολοφῶνα βίην ὑπέροπλον
ἔχοντες 5. ΑΕ τως
ἑζόμεθ᾽ ἀργαλέης ὕβριος ἡγεμόνες.
κεῖθεν δ᾽ ᾿Αστήεντος ὃ ἀπορνύμενοι ποταμοῖο
θεῶν βουλῇ Σμύρναν εἵλομεν 1 Αἰολίδα.
ταῦτα μὲν περὶ τούτων' ἐφοδευτέον δὲ πάλιν τὰ
καθ᾽ ἕκαστα, τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ἡγεμονικωτέρων

1 Instead of νῦν, F reads ποτε; whence Kramer conj.
ποτε and Meineke reads τότε. “ie
2 Λεπρῆς, the editors, for Aemplns.
3 Instead of αἰπύ, F reads ἐπεί; re, after αἰπύ, the editors
since Hopper omit, except Meineke, who writes ἡμεῖς. δηὖτε
for αἰπύ re. tio
4 Πύλου Bergk, for Ἰιύλον, which latter Meineke retains,

202

GEOGRAPHY, 14. τ. 4

are still now referred to as in the “ opistholeprian”’
territory,’ and the country alongside the mountain
round Coressus was called “ Tracheia.”’? The city
was in ancient times round the Athenaeum, which
is now outside the city near the Hypelaeus,® as it
is called; so that Smyrna was near the present
gymnasium, behind the present city, but between
Tracheia and Lepra Acté. On departing from the
Ephesians, the Smyrnaeans marched to the place
where Smyrna now is, which was in the possession
of the Leleges, and, having driven them out, they
founded the ancient Smyrna, which is about twenty
stadia distant from the present Smyrna. But later,
being driven out by the Aeolians, they fled for
refuge to Colophon, and then with the Colophonians
returned to their own land and took it back, as
Mimnermus tells us in his Nanno, after recalling that
Smyrna was always an object of contention: “ After
we left Pylus, the steep city of Neleus, we came by
ship to lovely Asia, and with our overweening might
settled in beloved Colophon, taking the initiative in
grievous insolence. And from there, setting out from
the Astéeis River, by the will of the gods we took
Aeolian Smyrna.” * So much, then, on this subject.
But I must again go over the several parts in detail,

1 7.e. in the territory ‘‘ behind Lepra.”
2 2,6... ** Rugged” country.
8 A fountain. 4 Frag, 9 (Bergk).

5 ἐρατήν, Wyttenbach, for ἄρα τῆν ; so the editors..

ὁ δ᾽ ᾿Αστήεντος is doubtful (see C. Miiller, nd. Var. Lect.
p. 1028); CFoz read διαστήεντος ; the editors before Kramer,
δ᾽ ᾿Αστύεντος.

7 εἵλομεν, Clavier, far εἴδομεν ; so the editors,

203

STRABO

τόπων ποιησαμένους, eh) ὧνπερ καὶ πρῶτον ai
κτίσεις ἐγένοντο, λέγω δὲ τῶν περὶ Μίλητον
καὶ "Ἔφεσον. αὗται γὰρ ἄρισται πόλεις καὶ
ἐνδοξόταται.

5. Μετὰ δὲ τὸ Ποσείδιον τὸ Μιλησίων ἑξῆς
ἐστὶ τὸ μαντεῖον τοῦ Διδυμέως ᾿Απόλλωνος τὸ ἐν
Βραγχίδαις, ἀναβάντι ὅσον ὀκτωκαίδεκα σταδίους"
ἐνεπρήσθη δ᾽ ὑπὸ Ἐέρξου, καθάπερ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα
ἱερὰ πλὴν τοῦ ἐν ᾿Εφέσῳ: οἱ δὲ Βραγχίδαιε τοὺς
θησαυροὺς τοῦ θεοῦ παραδόντες τῷ Πέρσῃ φεύ-
γοντι συναπῆραν, τοῦ μὴ τίσαι δίκας τῆς ἱεροσυ-
λίας καὶ τῆς προδοσίας. ὕστερον δ᾽ οἱ Μιλήσιοι
μέγιστον νεὼν τῶν πάντων κατεσκεύασαν, διέμεινε
δὲ χωρὶς ὀροφῆς διὰ τὸ μέγεθος" κώμης γοῦν
κατοικίαν ὁ τοῦ σηκοῦ περίβολος δέδεκται καὶ
ἄλσος ἐντός τε καὶ ἐκτὸς “τολυτελές: ἄλλοι δὲ
σηκοὶ τὸ μαντεῖον καὶ τὰ ἱερὰ συνέχουσιν' ἐνταῦθα
δὲ μυθεύεται τὰ περὶ τὸν Βράγχον καὶ τὸν ἔρωτα
τοῦ ᾿Απόλλωνος" κεκοσμηται δ᾽ ἀναθήμασι τῶν
ἀρχαίων τεχνῶν πολυτελέστατα" ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐπὶ
τὴν πόλιν οὐ πολλὴ ὁδός ἐστιν, οὐδὲ πλοῦς.

6. Φησὶ δ᾽ “Edopos τὸ πρῶτον κτίσμα εἶναι
Κρητικόν, ὑπὲρ τῆς θαλάττης τετειχισμένον, ὅπου
νῦν ἡ πάλαι Μίλητός ἐστι, Σαρπηδόνος ἐκ
Μιλήτου τῆς Κρητικῆς ἀγαγόντος οἰκήτορας καὶ

C 635 θεμένου τοὔνομα τῇ πόλει τῆς ἐκεῖ πόλεως ἐπώνυ-
μον, κατεχόντων πρότερον Λελέγων τὸν τόπον"
τοὺς δὲ περὶ Νηλέα ὕστερον τὴν νῦν τειχίσαι
πόλιν. ἔχει δὲ τέτταρας λιμένας ἡ νῦν, ὧν ἕνα
καὶ στόλῳ ἱκανόν. πολλὰ δὲ τῆς πόλεως ἔργα

1 ἐφ᾽, Corais, for ἀφ᾽,
204

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 4-6

beginning with the principal places, those where
the foundings first took place, 1 mean those round
Miletus and Ephesus; for these are the best and
most famous cities.

5. Next after the Poseidium of the Milesians,
eighteen stadia inland, is the oracle of Apollo
Didymeus among the Branchidae.' It was set on
fire by Xerxes, as were also the other temples,
except that at Ephesus. The Branchidae gave over
the treasures of the god to the Persian king, and
accompanied him in his flight in order to escape
punishment for the robbing and the betrayal of the
temple. But later the Milesians erected the largest
temple in the world, though on account of its size it
remained without a roof. At any rate, the circuit
of the sacred enclosure holds a village settlement ;
and there is a magnificent sacred grove both inside
and outside the enclosure; and other sacred en-
closures contain the oracle and the shrines. Here
is laid the scene of the myth of Branchus and the
love of Apollo. The temple is adorned with costliest
offerings consisting of early works of art’ Thence to
the city is no long journey, by land or by sea.

6. Ephorus says: Miletus was first founded and
fortified above the sea by the Cretans, where the
Miletus of olden times is now situated, being settled
by Sarpedon, who brought colonists from the Cretan
Miletus and named the city after that Miletus, the
place formerly being in the possession of the
Leleges; but later Neleus and his followers fortified
the present city. The present city has four harbours,
one of which is large enough for a fleet. Many are

1 i.e, at Didyma. On this temple see Herod. 1. 46, 5. 36,
δ' 10. a
205

STRABO

Tabrns, μέγιστον δὲ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἀποικιῶν" 1
6 τε yap Eigewos πόντος ὑπὸ τούτων συνῴκισται
πᾶς καὶ ἡ II ροποντὶς καὶ ἄλλοι πλείους τόποι.
Meee γοῦν ὁ Λαμψακηνὸς οὕτω φησίν, ὅ ὅτι
ὶ Ἴκαρον τὴν νῆσον καὶ Λέρον Μιλήσιοι, συνῴ-
κισαν καὶ περὶ ᾿Ελλήσποντον ἐν μὲν τῇ Χερ-
ῥονήσῳ Λίμνας, ἐ ἐν δὲ τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ ΓΑβυδον, ἼΔρισβαν,
Παισόν" ἐν δὲ τῇ Κυξικηνῶν Kid 3 ᾿Αρτάκην,
Κύξικον" ἐν δὲ τῇ μεσογαίᾳ τῆς Τ ρωάδ ος Σκῆψιν"
ἡμεῖς δ᾽ ἐν τοῖς καθ᾽ ἕκαστα λέγομεν καὶ τὰς
ἄλλας τὰς ὑπὸ τούτου παραλελειμμένας. Οὔλιον
δ᾽ ᾿Απόλλωνα͵ καλοῦσί τινα καὶ Μιλήσιοι καὶ
Δήλιοι, οἷον ὑγιαστικὸν καὶ παιωνικόν" τὸ yap
οὔλειν ὑγιαίνειν, A οὗ καὶ τὸ οὐλὴ Kal τὸ
οὖλέ τε καὶ μέγα 5 χαῖρε"
ἰατικὸς γὰρ ὁ ᾿Απόλλων: καὶ ἡ "Ἄρτεμις ἀπὸ τοῦ
ἀρτεμέας ποιεῖν' καὶ ὁ “Hos δὲ καὶ ἡ Σελήνη
συνοικειοῦνται τούτοις, ὅτι τῆς περὶ τοὺς ἀέρας
εὐκρασίας αἴτιοι" καὶ τὰ λοιμικὰ δὲ πάθη καὶ
τοὺς αὐτομάτους θανάτους τούτοις ἀνάπτουσι τοῖς
θεοῖς.

7. "Avipes δ᾽ ἄξιοι “μνήμης ἐγένοντο ἐν τῇ
Μιλήτῳ Θαλῆς τε, εἷς τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν, ὁ “πρῶτος
φυσιολογίας ἄρξας ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι καὶ μαθη-
ματικῆς, καὶ ὁ τούτου μαθητὴς ᾿Αναξίμανδρος
καὶ ὁ τούτου πάλιν ᾿Αναξιμένης, ἔ ἔτι δ᾽ ᾿Εκαταῖος
ὁ τὴν ἱστορίαν συντάξας, καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς δὲ Αἰσχίνης

1 ἀποικιῶν, x and the editors, instead of ἀποίκων.
2 The Homeric text has μάλα instead of μέγα.

1 6. a ‘healed wound ” ; also a ** scar.”
2 2.6, ‘safe and sound.” ’ The Sun-god.

206

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 6-7

the achievements of this city, but the greatest is the
number of its colonisations; for the Euxine Pontus
has been colonised everywhere by these people, as
also the Propontis and several other regions. At
any rate, Anaximenes of Lampsacus says that the
Milesians colonised the islands Icaros and Leros;
and, near the Hellespont, Limnae in the Cherso-
nesus, as also Abydus and Arisba and Paesus in
Asia; and Artacé and Cyzicus in the island of
the Cyziceni; and Scepsis in the interior of the
Troad. I,however,in my detailed description speak
of the other cities, which have been omitted by
him. Both Milesians and Delians invoke an Apollo
“ Ulius,” that is, as god of “health and healing,”
for the verb “ulein’’ means “to be healthy’’;
whence the noun “ ulé’”’? and the salutation, “ Both
health and great joy to thee”; for Apollo is the
god of healing. And Artemis has her name from
the fact that she makes people ‘‘ Artemeas.” 2 And
both Helius® and Selené4 are closely associated with
these, since they are the causes of the temperature
of the air. And both pestilential diseases and
sudden deaths are imputed to these gods. 7

7. Notable men were born at Miletus: Thales,
one of the Seven Wise Men, the first to begin the
science of natural philosophy® and mathematics
among the Greeks, and his pupil Anaximander, and
again the pupil of the latter, Anaximenes, and also
Hecataeus, the author of the History, and, in my
time, Aeschines the orator, who remained in exile

* The Moon-goddess.

5 Literally ‘‘ physiology,” which again shows the perversion
of Greek scientific names in English (cf. Vol. I, p. 27, foot-
note 2). .

207

STRABO

ὁ ῥήτωρ, ὃς ἐν φυγῇ διετέλεσε, παρρησιασάμενος
πέρα τοῦ μετρίου πρὸς Πομπήιον Μάγνον. ἠτύ-
᾿ ἐς / > , > /

nae δ᾽ ἡ πόλις, ἀποκλείσασα ᾿Αλέξανδρον καὶ
, lal / 4 ΜΝ , 4 \
ia ληφθεῖσα, καθάπερ καὶ ᾿Αλικαρνασός" ἔτι δὲ
πρότερον ὑπὸ Περσῶν" καί φησί γε Καλλισθένης,
΄ > Be / / “ “ Ψ'
ὑπ᾽ ᾿Αθηναίων χιλίαις δραχμαῖς ζημιωθῆναι Φρύ-
νιίχον τὸν τραγικόν, διότι δρᾶμα ἐποίησε Μιλήτου
ἅλωσιν ὑπὸ Δαρείου. πρόκειται δ᾽ ἡ Λάδη νῆσος
πλησίον καὶ ta! περὶ τὰς Tpayaias νησία,

ὑφόρμους gn λῃσταῖς.
8. «Εξῆς δ᾽ ἐστὶν ὁ Λατμικὸς Σ κόλπος, ἐν @
Ηράκλεια ἡ ὑπὸ Λάτμῳ λεγομένη, πολίχνιον
ὕφορμον ἔχον: ἐκαλεῖτο δὲ πρότερον Λάτμος
ὁμωνύμως τῷ ὑπερκειμένῳ ὄρει, ὅπερ Ἑκαταῖος
μὲν ἐμφαίνει τὸ αὐτὸ εἶναι νομίζων τῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ
ποιητοῦ Φθειρῶν ὄρει λεγομένῳ (ὑπὲρ γὰρ τῆς
Λάτμου φησὶ τὸ Φθειρῶν ὄρος κεῖσθαι), τινὲς
C636 δὲ τὸ Γρίον φασίν, ὡς ἂν παράλληλον τῷ
Λάτμῳ ἀνῆκον ἀπὸ τῆς Μιλησίας πρὸς ἕω διὰ
τῆς Καρίας μέχρι Εὐρώμου καὶ Χαλκητόρων"
ὑπέρκειται δὲ ταύτης ἐν ὕψει.58 μικρὸν δ᾽ ἄπωθεν
διαβάντι ποταμίσκον πρὸς τῷ Λάτμῳ δείκνυται
τάφος ᾿Ενδυμίωνος ἔν τινι σπηλαίῳ' εἶτα ἀφ᾽
€ / ΕΝ ΄ , -“ e /
Ηρακλείας ἐπὶ Ilvppav πολίχνην πλοῦς ἑκατὸν

που σταδίων.

9. Μικρὸν δὲ πλέον τὸ ἀπὸ Μιλήτου εἰς
Ἡράκλειαν ἐγκολπίζοντι, εὐθυπλοίᾳ δ᾽ εἰς Πύρ-

1 +d, omitted by MSS. except E.

2 Λατμικός, Xylander, for Λητομηκός F, Λατομμικός 8,
Λατομικός other MSS.

3 For ὕψει Groskurd conj. ὄψει, and Meineke so reads.

208

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 7-9

to the end, since he spoke freely, beyond modera-
tion, before Pompey the Great. But the city was
unfortunate, since it shut its gates against Alexander
and was taken by force, as was also the case with
Halicarnassus; and also, before that time, it was
taken by the Persians. And Callisthenes says that
Phrynichus the tragic poet was fined a thousand
drachmas by the Athenians because he wrote a play
entitled The Capture of Miletus by Dareius. The
island Ladé lies close in front of Miletus, as do also
the isles in the neighbourhood of the Tragaeae,
which afford anchorage for pirates.

8. Next comes the Latmian Gulf, on which is
situated ‘ Heracleia below Latmus,’ as it is called,
a small town that has an anchoring-place. It was at
first called Latmus, the same name as the mountain
that lies above it, which Hecataeus indicates, in his
opinion, to be the same as that which by the poet
is called “the mountain of the Phtheires’’! (for he
says that the mountain of the Phtheires lies above
Latmus), though some say that it is Mt. Grium, which
is approximately parallel to Latmus and extends
inland from Milesia towards the east through Caria
to Euromus and Chalcetores.2, This mountain lies
above Heracleia, and at a high elevation.? At
a slight distance away from it, after one has crossed
a little river near Latmus, there isto be seen the
sepulchre of Endymion, in a cave. Then from
Heracleia to Pyrrha, a small town, there is a voyage
of about one hundred stadia.

9. But the voyage from Miletus to Heracleia,
including the sinuosities of the gulfs, is a little more

1 Iliad 2. 868. 2 See 14. 2, 22.
8 Or rather, perhaps, ‘‘and in sight of it” (see critical note).
209

STRABO

ραν ἐκ Μιλήτου τριάκοντα" τοσαύτην ἔχει
μακροπορίαν ὁ παρὰ γῆν πλοῦς. ἀνάγκη δ᾽
ἐπὶ τῶν ἐνδόξων τόπων ὑπομένειν τὸ περισκελὲς
nh ae γεωγραφίας.

Ἔκ δὲ Πύρρας ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκβολὴν τοῦ
Masév8pov πεντήκοντα" τεναγώδης δ᾽ ὁ τόπος
καὶ ἑλώδης: ἀναπλεύσαντι δ᾽ ὑπηρετικοῖς σκά-
φεσι τριάκοντα σταδίους πόλις Μυοῦς, μία
τῶν ᾿Ιάδων τῶν δώδεκα, ἣ νῦν ov’ ὀλιγανδρίαν
Μιλησίοις συμπεπόλισται. ταύτην ὄψον λέ-
yetat Θεμιστοκλεῖ δοῦναι Ἐβξέρξης, ἄρτον δὲ
annie aes οἶνον δὲ Λάμψακον.

Ἔνθεν ἐν σταδίοις τέτταρσι κώμη Καρικὴ
πρίν ὅν map ἣν "Αορνόν ἐστι σπήλαιον ἱερόν,
Χαρώνιον λεγόμενον ὀλεθρίους ἔχον ἀποφοράς.
ὑπέρκειται δὲ Μαγνησία ἡ πρὸς Μαιάνδρῳ,
Μαγνήτων ἀ ἀποικία τῶν ἐν Θετταλίᾳ καὶ Κρητῶν,
περὶ ἧς αὐτίκα ἐροῦμεν.

12. Μετὰ δὲ τὰς ἐκβολὰς τοῦ “Μαιάνδρου ὁ
κατὰ Πριήνην ἐστὶν αἰγιαλός, ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ & ἡ
Πριήνη καὶ Μυκάλη τὸ ὄρος, εὔθηρον καὶ εὖ-
δενδρον. ἐπίκειται δὲ τῇ Σαμίᾳ καὶ ποιεῖ “πρὸς
αὐτὴν ἐπέκεινα τῆς Τρωγιλίου καλουμένης ἄκρας
ὅσον ἑπταστάδιον πορθμόν. λέγεται δ᾽ ὑπό
τινων ἡ Πριήνη Κάδμη, ἐπειδὴ Φιλώτας. ὁ
ἐπικτίσας αὐτὴν Βοιώτιος ὑπῆρχεν" ἐκ Πριήνης
δ᾽ ἦν Βίας, εἷς τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν, περὶ οὗ φησιν
οὕτως Ἱππῶναξ'

καὶ δικάσσασθαι Βίαντος τοῦ Πριηνέως
κρέσσων.

210

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 9-12

than one hundred stadia, though that from Miletus
to Pyrrha, in a straight course, is only thirty—so
much longer is the journey along the coast. But in
the case of famous places my reader must needs
endure the dry part of such geography as this.

10. The voyage from Pyrrha to the outlet of the
Maeander River is fifty stadia, a place which consists of
shallows and marshes; and, going inland in row-
boats thirty stadia, one comes to the city Myus, one
of the twelve Ionian cities, which, on account of its
sparse population, has now been incorporated into
Miletus. Xerxes is said to have given this city to
Themistocles to supply him with fish, Magnesia to
supply him with bread, and Lampsacus with wine.

11. Thence, within four stadia, one comes to a
village, the Carian Thymbria, near which is Aornum,
a sacred cave, which is called Charonium, since it
emits deadly vapours. Above it lies Magnesia on
the Maeander, a colony of the Magnesians of Thessaly
and the Cretans, of which I shall soon speak,?

12. After the outlets of the Maeander comes the
shore of Priené, above which lies Priené, and also the
mountain Mycalé, which is well supplied with wild
animals and with trees. This mountain lies above
the Samian territory? and forms with it, on the far
side of the promontory called Trogilian, a strait
about seven stadia in width. Priené is by some
writers called Cadmé, since Philotas, who founded
it, was a Boeotian. Bias, one of the Seven Wise
Men, was a native of Priené, of whom Hipponax says
“stronger in the pleading of his cases than Bias of
Priené,” 3

1 §§ 39-40 following. 2 The isle of Samos.
8 Frag. RQ τ Bergk).
211

STRABO

13. Τῆς δὲ Τρωγιλίου πρόκειται νησίον ὁμώ-
νυμον' ἐντεῦθεν δὲ τὸ ἐγγυτάτω δίαρμά ἐστιν
ἐπὶ Σούνιον σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων, κατ᾽
ἀρχὰς μὲν Σάμον ἐν δεξιᾷ ἔχοντι καὶ Ἰκαρίαν
καὶ Κορσίας,1 τοὺς δὲ Μελαντίους 3 σκοπέλους
ἐξ εὐωνύμων, τὸ λοιπὸν δὲ διὰ μέσων τῶν
Κυκλάδων νήσων. καὶ αὐτὴ δ᾽ ἡ Τρωγίλιος
ἄκρα πρόπους τις τῆς Μυκάλης ἐστί. τῇ
Μυκάλῃ δ᾽ ὄρος ἄλλο πρόσκειται τῆς ᾿Ἐφεσίας
Πακτύης: καὶ ἡ Μεσωγηὶς δὲ εἰς αὐτὴν κατα-
στρέφει.

14, ᾿Απὸ δὲ τῆς Τρωγιλίου στάδιοι τεττα-
ράκοντα εἰς τὴν Σάμον" βλέπει δὲ πρὸς νότον
καὶ αὐτὴ καὶ ὁ λιμήν, ἔχων ναύσταθμον. ἔστι

C 637 δ᾽ αὐτῆς ἐν ἐπιπέδῳ τὸ πλέον, ὑπὸ τῆς θαλάττης
κλυξόμενον, μέρος δέ τι καὶ εἰς τὸ ὄρος ἀνέχει
τὸ ὑπερκείμενον. ἐν δεξιᾷ μὲν οὖν προσπλέουσι
πρὸς τὴν πόλιν ἐστὶ τὸ Ποσείδιον, ἄκρα ἡ
ποιοῦσα πρὸς τὴν Μυκάλην τὸν ἑπταστάδιον
πορθμόν, ἔχει δὲ νεὼν Ποσειδῶνος" πρόκειται
δ᾽ αὐτοῦ νησίδιον ἡ Ναρθηκίς" ἐπ᾽ ἀριστερᾷ δὲ
τὸ προάστειον τὸ πρὸς τῷ “Ηραίῳ καὶ ὁ “IuBpacos
ποταμὸς καὶ τὸ Ἡραῖον, ἀρχαῖον ἱερὸν καὶ νεὼς
μέγας, ὃς νῦν πινακοθήκη ἐστί: χωρὶς δὲ τοῦ
πλήθους τῶν ἐνταῦθα κειμένων πινάκων ἄλλαι
πινακοθῆκαι καὶ ναΐσκοι τινές εἰσι πλήρεις τῶν
ἀρχαίων τεχνῶν" τό τε ὕπαιθρον ὁμοίως μεστὸν
ἀνδριάντων ἐστὶ τῶν ἀρίστων" ὧν τρία Μύρωνος
ἔργα κολοσσικὰ ἱδρυμένα ἐπὶ μιᾶς βάσεως, ἃ

1 Καρσίας F ; Tzschucke emends to Κορασσίας.

- MeAarrtous, Tzschucke, from conj. of Voss, for Μελαν-
@lovs; so the later editors.
212

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 13-14

13. Off the Trogilian promontory lies an isle ot
the same name. Thence the nearest passage across
to Sunium is one thousand six hundred stadia; on
the voyage one has at first Samos and lecaria and
Corsia on the right, and the Melantian rocks on the
left; and the remainder of the voyage is through
the midst of the Cyclades islands. The Trogilian
promontory itself is a kind of spur of Mt. Mycalé.
Close to Mycalé lies another mountain, in the
Ephesian territory, 1 mean Mt. Pactyes,in which the
Mesogis terminates.

14. The distance from the Trogilian promontory
to Samos? is forty stadia. Samos faces the south,
both it and its harbour, which latter has a naval
station. The greater part of it is on level ground,
being washed by the sea, but a part of it reaches up
into the mountain that lies above it. Now on the
right, as one sails towards the city, is the Poseidium,
a promontory which with Mt. Mycalé forms the
seven-stadia strait ; and it has a temple of Poseidon ;
and in front of it lies an isle called Narthecis; and
on the left is the suburb near the Heraeum, and also
the Imbrasus River, and the Heraeum, which con-
sists of an ancient temple and a great shrine, which
latter is now a repository of tablets.2, Apart from
the number of the tablets placed there, there are
other repositories of votive tablets and some small
chapels full of ancient works of art. And the temple,
which is open to the sky, is likewise full of most
excellent statues. Of these, three of colossal size,
the work of Myron, stood upon one base; Antony

1 2.6. the city Samos.
* Whether maps or paintings, or both, the translator does
not know.

213

STRABO

ἦρε μὲν ᾿Αντώνιος, ἀνέθηκε δὲ πάλιν ὁ Σεβαστὸς
Καῖσαρ εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν βάσιν τὰ δύο, τὴν ᾿Αθηνᾶν
‘ \ «ς , Ν ‘ / ? \ ¢
καὶ τὸν Ηρακλέα, tov δὲ Δία eis τὸ Καπετώλιον
μετήνεγκε, κατασκευάσας αὐτῷ ναΐσκον.
15. Περίπλους δ᾽ ἐστὶ τῆς Σαμίων νήσου
/ e / > ων \ /
σταδίων ἑξακοσίων. ἐκαλεῖτο δὲ Παρθενία
πρότερον οἰκούντων Καρῶν, εἶτα ᾿Ανθεμοῦς,"
- Μ xX / ¥t 2 ? > 4 yw 3? > ,
eta Μελαμφυλλος," εἶτα Σάμος, εἴτ᾽ ἀπὸ τινος
> / 4 LIS "1A / ὶ Κ rAX /
ἐπιχωρίου ἥρωος, εἴτ᾽ ἐξ ᾿Ιθάκης καὶ Κεφαλληνίας
ἀποικήσαντος.5 καλεῖται μὲν οὖν καὶ ἄκρα τις
ΕἾ / / \ \ 6 ? S 4
Αμπελος βλέπουσά πως πρὸς TO τῆς ᾿Ικαρίας
Δρέπανον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ὄρος ἅπαν, ὃ ποιεῖ τὴν
ὅλην νῆσον ὀρεινήν, ὁμωνύμως λέγεται: ἔστι δ᾽
οὐκ εὔοινος, καίπερ εὐοινουσῶν τῶν κύκλῳ νήσων,
καὶ τῆς ἠπείρου σχεδόν τι τῆς προσεχοῦς πάσης
τοὺς ἀρίστους ἐκφερούσης οἴνους, οἷον Χίου καὶ
, \ lal 4 \ ‘ ΝΑ Rh / \ ;
Λέσβου καὶ Κῶ." καὶ μὴν καὶ ὁ ᾿Εφέσιος καὶ Mn-
> oe \ ay fe na)
τροπολίτης ayaboi, ἥ τε Μεσωγὶς καὶ ὁ 'Γμῶλος
καὶ ἡ Κατακεκαυμένη καὶ Κνίδος καὶ Σμύρνα
καὶ ἄλλοι ἀσημότεροι τόποι διαφόρως χρηστοι-
νοῦσιν ἢ πρὸς ἀπόλαυσιν ἢ πρὸς διαίτας ἰατρι-
Kas. περὶ μὲν ovv® οἴνους οὐ πάνυ εὐτυχεῖ
s ΄ \ ὃ Μ ἡὃ 7 ς δῇ » a
Σάμος, τὰ ὃ ἄλλα εὐδαίμων, ὡς δῆλον EK TE TOU
περιμάχητον γενέσθαι καὶ ἐκ τοῦ τοὺς ἐπαινοῦντας
μὴ ὀκνεῖν ἐφαρμόττειν αὐτῇ τὴν λέγουσαν πα-
ροιμίαν, ὅτε φέρει καὶ ὀρνίθων γώλα, καθάπερ

1 For ᾿Ανθεμοῦς, Corais, following Eustathius (note on
Dionys. 533), reads ᾿Ανθεμίς: By some writers the name is
spelled ᾿Ανθεμοῦσα.

2 MeAdugvados, Meineke, for Μελάμφυλος.

3 ἀποικήσαντος Ε', ἀποικίσαντος other MSS.

4 οἷον... Κῶ, Meineke ejects.

214

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 14-15

took these statues away,} but Augustus Caesar
restored two of them, those of Athena and Heracles,
to the same base, although he transferred the Zeus
to the Capitolium, having erected there a small chapel
for that statue.

15. The voyage round the island of the Samians
is six hundred stadia. In earlier times, when it was
inhabited by Carians, it was called Parthenia, then
Anthemus, then Melamphyllus, and then Samos,
whether after some native hero or after someone
who colonised it from Ithaca and Cephallenia.2 Now
in Samos there is a promontory approximately facing
Drepanum in Icaria which is called Ampelus, but
the entire mountain which makes the whole of the
island mountainous is called by the same name.
The island does not produce good wine, although
good wine is produced by the islands all round, and
although most of the whole of the adjacent main-
land produces the best of wines, for example, Chios
and Lesbos and Cos. And indeed the Ephesian and
Metropolitan wines are good; and Mt. Mesogis
and Mt. Tmolus and the Catacecaumene country
and Cnidos and Smyrna and other less significant
places produce exceptionally good wine, whether for
enjoyment or medicinal purposes. Now Samos is
not altogether fortunate in regard to wines, but in
all other respects it is a blest country, as is clear
from the fact that it became an object of contention
in war, and also from the fact that those who praise
it do not hesitate to apply to it the proverb, that “ it

1 See 13. 1. 30. 2 See 10. 2. 17.

5 οὖν, before οἴνους, Meineke inserts.
215

C 638

STRABO

που καὶ Μένανδρος. ἔφη." τοῦτο δὲ καὶ τῶν
τυραννίδων αἴτιον αὐτῇ κατέστη, καὶ τῆς πρὸς
᾿Αθηναίους ἔχθρας.

16. Αἱ μὲν οὗν τυραννίδες ἤκμασαν κατὰ
Πολυκράτη μάλιστα καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ
Συλοσῶντα: ἣν δ᾽ ὁ μὲν καὶ τύχῃ καὶ δυνάμει
λαμπρός, ὥστε καὶ θαλαττοκρατῆσαι" τῆς δ᾽
εὐτυχίας αὐτοῦ σημεῖον τιθέασιν, ὅτε ῥίψαντος
εἰς τὴν θάλατταν ἐπίτηδες τὸν δακτύλιον λίθου
καὶ γλύμματος πολυτελοῦς, ἀνήνεγκε μικρὸν
ὕστερον τῶν ἁλιέων τις τὸν καταπιόντα ἰχθὺν
αὐτόν: ἀνατμηθέντος δ᾽ εὑρέθη ὁ δακτύλιος"
mudoper ov δὲ τοῦτο τὸν Αὐγυπτίων βασιλέα
φασὶ μαντικῶς πως ᾿ἀποφθέγξασθαι, ὡς ἐν
βραχεῖ καταστρέψει τὸν βίον εἰς οὐκ “εὐτυχὲς
τέλος ὁ τοσοῦτον ἐξηρμένος ταῖς εὐπραγίαις" καὶ
δὴ καὶ συμβῆναι τοῦτο’ ληφθέντα γὰρ ἐξ
ἀπάτης ὑπὸ τοῦ σατρώπου τῶν Περσῶν κρε-
μασθῆναι. τούτῳ συνεβίωσεν ᾿Ανακρέων ὁ
μελοποιός" καὶ δὴ καὶ πᾶσα ἡ ποίησις πλήρης
ἐστὶ τῆς περὶ αὐτοῦ μνήμης. ἐπὶ τούτου δὲ
καὶ Πυθαγόραν ἱ ἱστοροῦσιν ἰδόντα φυομένην τὴν
τυραννίδα ἐκλιπεῖν τὴν πόλιν καὶ ἀπελθεῖν εἰς
Αἴγυπτον καὶ Βαβυλῶνα φιλομαθείας χάριν'
ἐπανιόντα δ᾽ ἐκεῖθεν, ὁρῶντα ἔτι συμμένουσαν
τὴν τυραννίδα, πλεύσαντα εἰς ᾿Ιταλίαν ἐκεῖ
διατελέσαι τὸν βίον. περὶ Πολυκράτους μὲν
ταῦτα.

11. Συλοσῶν δ᾽ ἀπελείφθη μὲν ἰδιώτης ὑπὸ τοῦ
ἀδελφοῦ, Δαρείῳ δὲ τῷ Ὑστάσπεω χαρισάμενος

1 καθάπερ . - - ἔφη, Meineke ejects,
216

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 15-17

produces even birds’ milk,’ as Menander somewhere
says. This was also the cause of the establishment
of the tyrannies there, and of their enmity against
the Athenians.

16. Now the tyrannies reached their greatest
height in the time of Polycrates and his brother
Syloson. Polycrates was such a brilliant man, both
in his good fortune and in his natural ability, that
he gained supremacy over the sea; and it is set
down,’ as a sign of his good fortune, that he purposely
flung into the sea his ring, a ring of very costly stone
and engraving, and that a little later one of the
fishermen brought him the very fish that swallowed
it; and that when the fish was cut open the ring
was found; and that on learning this the king of
the Egyptians, it is said, declared in a kind of
prophetic way that any man who had been exalted
so highly in welfare would shortly come to no happy
end of life ; and indeed this is what happened, for
he was captured by treachery by the satrap of the
Persians and hanged. Anacreon the melic poet
lived in companionship with Polycrates; and indeed
the whole of his poetry is full of his praises. It was
in his time, as we are told, that Pythagoras, seeing
that the tyranny was growing in power, left the city
and went off to Egypt and Babylon, to satisfy his
fondness for learning; but when he came back and
saw that the tyranny still endured, he set sail for
Italy and lived there to the end of his life. So much
for Polycrates.

17. Syloson was left a private citizen by his
brother, but to gratify Dareius, the son of Hystas-

1 See Herodotus, 3. 40-43, and 120, 125.
VOL, VI. ηΗ 3217]

STRABO

ἐσθῆτα, ἧς ἐπεθύμησεν ἐκεῖνος φοροῦντα ἰδών,
οὔπω δ᾽ ἐβασίλευε τότε, βασιλεύσαντος ἀντέλαβε
δῶρον τὴν τυραννίδα. πικρῶς δ᾽ ἦρξεν, ὥστε
καὶ ἐλειπάνδρησεν ἡ πόλις" κἀκεῖθεν ἐκπεσεῖν
συνέβη τὴν παροιμίαν"

ἕκητι Συλοσῶντος εὐρυχωρίη.

18. ᾿Αθηναῖοι δὲ πρότερον μὲν πέμψαντες
στρατηγὸν Περικλέα καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ Σοφοκλέα
τὸν ποιητὴν πολιορκίᾳ κακῶς διέθηκαν ἀπει-
θοῦντας τοὺς Σαμίους, ὕστερον δὲ καὶ κληρού-
yous ἔπεμψαν δισχιλίους ἐξ ἑαυτῶν, ὧν ἣν καὶ
Νεοκλῆς, ὁ ᾿Επικούρου τοῦ φιλοσόφου πατήρ,
γραμματοδιδάσκαλος, ὥς φασι' καὶ δὴ καὶ
τραφῆναί φασιν ἐνθάδε καὶ ἐν Τέῳ, καὶ ἐφη-
βεῦσαι ᾿Αθήνησι γενέσθαι δ᾽ αὐτῷ συνέφηβον
Μένανδρον τὸν κωμικόν' Σάμιος 8 ἣν καὶ
Κρεώφυλος, ὅν φασι δεξώμενον ξενίᾳ ποτὲ
“Ὅμηρον, λαβεῖν δῶρον τὴν ἐπιγραφὴν τοῦ ποιή-
ματος, ὃ καλοῦσιν Οἰχαλίας ἅλωσιν. Καλλί-
μαχος δὲ τοὐναντίον ἐμφαίνει δι’ ἐπιγρώμματός
τινος, ὡς ἐκείνου μὲν ποιήσαντος, λεγομένου δ᾽
Ὁμήρου διὰ τὴν λεγομένην Eeviav"

τοῦ Σαμίου πόνος εἰμί, δόμῳ ποτὲ θεῖον

“Ὅμηρον
δεξαμένου: κλείω 1 δ᾽ Εὔρυτον, ὅσσ᾽ ἔπαθεν,
καὶ ξανθὴν ᾿Ιόλειαν᾽ ‘Opnpevov δὲ καλεῦμαι
,ὕ , n / a /
γράμμα Κρεωφύλχῳ, Ζεῦ φίλε, τοῦτο μέγα.
C 639 τινὲς δὲ διδάσκαλον Ὁμήρου τοῦτόν φασιν, οἱ
δ᾽ οὐ τοῦτον, ἀλλ᾽ ᾿Αριστέαν τὸν Προκοννήσιον.

1 κλείω, Meineke, for καίω ; κλαίω Tzschucke.

218

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 17-18

pes, he gave him a robe which Dareius desired
when he saw him wearing it; and Dareius at that
time was not yet king, but when Dareius became
king, Syloson received as a return-gift the tyranny of
Samos. But he ruled so harshly that the city became
depopulated ; and thence arose the preverb, “ by the
will of Syloson there is plenty of room.”’

18. The Athenians at first sent Pericles as general
and with him Sophocles the poet, who by a siege
put the disobedient Samians in bad plight; but
later they sent two thousand allottees from their
own people, among whom was Neocles, the father
of Epicurus the philosopher, a schoolmaster as they
eall him. And indeed it is said that Epicurus grew
up here and in Teos, and that he became an
ephebus! at Athens, and that Menander the comic
poet became an ephebus at the same time. Creo-
pbylus, also, was a Samian, who, it is said, once
entertained Homer and received as a gift from him
the inscription of the poem called The Capture of
Oechalia. But Callimachus clearly indicates the con-
trary in an epigram of his, meaning that Creophylus
composed the poem, but that it was ascribed to
Homer because of the story of the hospitality shown
him: “I am the toil of the Samian, who once
entertained in his house the divine Homer. I
bemoan Eurytus, for all that he suffered, and golden-
haired Ioleia. [1 am called Homer's writing. For
Creophylus, dear Zeus, this is a great achievement.”’
Some call Creophylus Homer’s teacher, while others
say that it was not Creophylus, but Aristeas the
Proconnesian, who was his teacher.

1 i.e. at eighteen years of age underwent a “‘scrutiny ” and
was registered as an Athenian citizen.
219

STRABO

19. Παράκειται δὲ τῇ Σάμῳ νῆσος “Inapia,
3 ᾽ δέν / / Φ > ’ ,
ἀφ᾽ ἧς τὸ Ἰκάριον πέλαγος. αὕτη δ᾽ ἐπώνυμός
> ᾽ / Ν a , “
ἐστιν ᾿Ικάρου, παιδὸς τοῦ Δαιδάλου, ὅν φασι
τῷ πατρὶ κοινωνήσαντα τῆς φυγῆς, ἡνίκα
, a »-“"
ἀμφότεροι πτερωθέντες ἀπῆραν ἐκ Κρήτης, πεσεῖν
ἐνθάδε, μὴ κρατήσαντα τοῦ δρόμου: μετεωρισ-
θέντι γὰρ πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον ἐπὶ πλέον περιρρυῆναι
τὰ πτερά, τακέντος τοῦ κηροῦ. τριακοσίων δ᾽
’, lol
ἐστὶ τὴν περίμετρον σταδίων ἡ νῆσος ἅπασα
\ > , \ ig / » 3 e /
καὶ ἀλίμενος, πλὴν ὑφοόορμων, ὧν ὁ κάλλιστος
᾿Ιστοὶ λέγονται" ἄκρα δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἀνατείνουσα πρὸς
/ » \ \ » φ Ud ’
ζέφυρον. ἔστι δὲ καὶ ᾿Αρτέμιδος ἱερόν, καλού-
μενον Ἰαυροπόλιον, ἐν τῇ νήσῳ καὶ πολισμάτιον
Οἰνόη, καὶ ἄλλο Δράκανον, ὁμώνυμον τῇ ἄκρᾳ,
γ 1)» τ & ; ¥ <i ae >
ἐφ᾽ ἡ ἵδρυται, πρόσορμον ἔχον" ἡ δὲ ἄκρα διέχει
“ fal ΄
τῆς Σαμίων ἄκρας, τῆς Κανθαρίου καλουμένης,
ὀγδοήκοντα σταδίους, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἐλάχιστον
δίαρμα τὸ μεταξύ. νυνὶ μέντοι λειπανδροῦσαν
Σάμιοι νέμονται τὰ πολλὰ βοσκημάτων χάριν.
20. Μετὰ δὲ τὸν Σάμιον πορθμὸν τὸν πρὸς
Μυκάλῃ πλέουσιν εἰς “Edecov ἐν δεξιᾷ ἐστὶν
ἡ ᾿Εφεσίων παραλία: μέρος δέ τι ἔχουσιν αὐτῆς
καὶ οἱ Σάμιοι. πρῶτον δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ παραλίᾳ
τὸ Πανιώνιον, τρισὶ σταδίοις ὑπερκείμενον τῆς
θαλάττης, ὅπου τὰ Ἰ]ανιώνια, κοινὴ πανήγυρις
nr a a & an
τῶν ᾿Ιώνων, συντελεῖται τῷ “EXtxwvio Ποσειδῶνι
καὶ θυσία" ἱερῶνται δὲ ἸΠριηνεῖς" εἴρηται δὲ περὶ
αὐτῶν ἐν τοῖς ελοποννησιακοῖς. εἶτα Νεά-
aA , \ io > / a \
Tons, ἣ πρότερον μὲν ἦν ᾿Εφεσίων, viv δὲ

1 i.e. the wax which joined the wings to his body.
220

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 19-20

19. Alongside Samos lies the island Icaria, whence
was derived the name of the Icarian Sea. This
island is named after Icarus the son of Daedalus,
who, it is said, having joined his father in flight,
both being furnished with wings, flew away from
Crete and fell here, having lost control of their
course ; for, they add, on rising too close to the sun,
his wings slipped off, since the wax! melted. The
whole island is three hundred stadia in perimeter;
it has no harbours, but only places of anchorage, the
best of which is called Histi.2. It has a promontory
which extends towards the west. There is also on
the island a temple of Artemis, called Tauropolium ;
and a small town Oenoé; and another small town
Dracanum, bearing the same name as the pro-
montory on which it is situated and having near by
a place of anchorage. The promontory is eighty
stadia distant from the promontory of the Samians
called Cantharius, which is the shortest distance
between the two. At the present time, however,
it has but few inhabitants left, and is used by Samians
mostly for the grazing of cattle.

20. After the Samian strait, near Mt. Mycalé, as
one sails to Ephesus, one comes, on the right, to the
seaboard of the Ephesians; and a part of this sea-
board is held by the Samians. First on the seaboard
is the Panionium, lying three stadia above the sea
where the Pan-Ionia, a common festival of the
Ionians, are held, and where sacrifices are performed
in honour of the Heliconian Poseidon ; and Prienians
serve as priests at this sacrifice, but I have spoken
of them in my account of the Peloponnesus.*? Then
comes Neapolis, which in earlier times belonged to

2 2,2. Masts. * 8. 7. 2.
221

C 640

STRABO

Σαμίων, διαλλαξαμένων. πρὸς τὸ Μαραθήσιον,
τὸ ἐγγυτέρω πρὸς τὸ ἀπωτέρω" εἶτα Πύγελα
πολίχνιον, ἱερὸν ἔχον ᾿Αρτέμιδος. Μουνυχίας,
ἵδρυμα ᾿Αγαμέμνονος, οἰκούμενον ὑπὸ μέρους τῶν
ἐκείνου λαῶν" Tuyadyéas! γάρ τινάς φασι καὶ
γενέσθαι καὶ κληθῆναι, κάμνοντας δ᾽ ὑπὸ τοῦ
πάθους καταμεῖναι, καὶ τυχεῖν οἰκείου pee
τοῦ ὀνόματος τὸν τόπον. εἶτα λιμὴν Ilavop
καλούμενος, ἔχων ἱερὸν τῆς ᾿Εφεσίας ᾿Αρτέμιδος
εἶθ᾽ ἡ πόλις. ἐν δὲ τῇ αὐτῇ παραλίᾳ μικρὸν
ὑπὲρ τῆς θαλάττης ἐστὶ καὶ ἡ ᾿Ορτυγία, δια-
πρεπὲς ἄλσος παντοδαπῆς ὕλης, κυπαρίττου
δὲ τῆς πλείστης. διαρρεῖ δὲ ὁ Κέγχριος
ποταμός, οὗ φασὶ νίψασθαι τὴν Λητὼ μετὰ
τὰς ὠδῖνας. ἐνταῦθα γὰρ μυθεύουσι, τὴν λοχείαν
καὶ τὴν «τροφὸν τὴν Ὀρτυγίαν καὶ τὸ ἄδυτον,
ἐν ᾧ ἡ λοχεία, καὶ τὴν πλησίον ἐλαίαν,
ἣ πρῶτον ἐπαναπαύσασθαί φασι τὴν θεὸν
ἀπολυθεῖσαν τῶν ὠδίνων. ὑπέρκειται δὲ τοῦ
ἄλσους ὄρος ὁ Σολμισσύς, ὅπου otavtas φασὶ
τοὺς “Κουρῆτας τῷ ψόφῳ τῶν ὅπλων ἐκπλῆξαι
τὴν “ραν ζηλοτύπως ἐφεδρεύουσαν, καὶ λαθεῖν
συμπράξαντας τὴν λοχείαν τῇ Λητοῖ. ὄντων δ᾽
ἐν τῷ τόπῳ πλειόνων ναῶν, τῶν μὲν ἀρχαίων,
τῶν δ᾽ ὕστερον γενομένων, ἐν “μὲν τοῖς ἀρχαίοις
ἀρχαῖά ἐστι “ξόανα, ἐν δὲ τοῖς ὕστερον Σκόπα
ἔργα" * ἡ μὲν Λητὼ σκῆπτρον. ἔχουσα, ἡ δ᾽
Ὀρτυγία παρέστηκεν ἑκατέρᾳ τῇ χειρὶ παιδίον

1 πυγαλγέας, Corais, for πυγαλλίας Coxz, πυγαλίας other
MSS. ; πυγαλγίας Meineke.

2 φασι, Jones inserts,

8 Instead of Σκόπα ἔργα, F has σκολιὰ σκόπ᾽ ἔργα ; other
MSS. σκολιὰ ἔργα, except v which has Σκόπα in the margin.
222

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 20

the Ephesians, but now belongs to the Samians, who
gave in exchange for it Marathesium, the more dis-
tant for the nearer place. Then comes Pygela, a
small town, with a temple of Artemis Munychia,
founded by Agamemnon and inhabited by a part
of his troops; for it is said that some of his soldiers
became afflicted with a disease of the buttocks! and
were called “diseased-buttocks,” and that, being
afflicted with this disease, they stayed there, and
that the place thus received this appropriate name.
Then comes the harbour called Panormus, with a
temple of the Ephesian Artemis; and then the city
Ephesus. On the same coast, slightly above the
sea, is also Ortygia, which is a magnificent grove
of all kinds of trees, of the cypress most of all. It
is traversed by the Cenchrius River, where Leto is
said to have bathed herself after her travail.* For
here is the mythical scene of the birth, and of the
nurse Ortygia, and of the holy place where the birth
took place, and of the olive tree near by, where the
goddess is said first to have taken a test after she was
relieved from her travail. Above the grove lies Mt.
Solmissus, where, it is said, the Curetes stationed
themselves, and with the din of their arms frightened
Hera out of her wits when she was jealously spying
on Leto, and when they helped Leto to conceal from
Hera the birth of her children. There are several
temples in the place, some ancient and others built
in later times; and in the ancient temples are many
ancient wooden images, but in those of later times
there are works of Scopas ; for example, Leto holding
a sceptre and Ortygia standing beside her with a

1 In Greek, with ‘‘ pygalgia.”
2 Referring, of course, to the birth of Apollo and Artemis.

223

STRABO

ἔχουσα. πανήγυρις δ᾽ ἐνταῦθα συντελεῖται κατ᾽
ἔτος, ἔθει δέ τινι οἱ νέοι φιλοκαλοῦσι, μάλιστα
περὶ τὰς ἐνταῦθα εὐωχίας λαμπρυνόμενοι" τότε
δὲ καὶ τῶν Κουρήτων ἀρχεῖον συνάγει συμπόσια,
καί τινας μυστικὰς θυσίας ἐπιτελεῖ.

21. Τὴν δὲ πόλιν ῴκουν μὲν Kadpés τε καὶ
Λέλεγες, ἐκβαλὼν. δ᾽ ὁ "Ανδροκλος τοὺς πλείο-
TOUS ὠκισεν ἐκ τῶν συνελθόντων αὐτῷ περὶ τὸ
᾿Αθήναιον καὶ τὴν Ὑπσέλαιον, προσπεριλαβὼν
καὶ τῆς περὶ τὸν Κορησσὸν παρωρείας. μέχρι
μὲν δὴ τῶν κατὰ Κροῖσον οὕτως φκεῖτο, ὕστερον
δ᾽ ἀπὸ τῆς παρωρείου καταβάντες, περὶ τὸ νῦν
ἱερὸν ὥκησαν μέχρι ᾿Αλεξάνδρου. Λυσίμαχος
δὲ τὴν νῦν πόλιν τειχίσας, ἀηδῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων
μεθισταμένων, τηρήσας καταρράκτην ὄμβρον
συνήργησε καὶ αὐτὸς καὶ τοὺς ῥινούχους ἐνέ-
φραξεν, ὥστε κατακλύσαι τὴν πόλιν: οἱ δὲ
μετέστησαν ἄσμενοι. ἐκάλεσε δ᾽ ᾿Αρσινόην ἀπὸ
τῆς γυναικὸς τὴν πόλιν, ἐπεκράτησε μέντοι τὸ
ἀρχαῖον ὄνομα. ἦν δὲ γερουσία καταγραφομένη,
τούτοις δὲ συνήεσαν οἱ ἐπίκλητοι καλούμενοι καὶ
διώκουν πάντα.

22. Τὸν δὲ νεὼν τῆς ᾿Αρτέμιδος πρῶτος" μὲν
Χερσίφρων ἠρχιτεκτόνησεν, εἶτ᾽ ἄλλος * ἐποίησε
pet Soo" ὡς δὲ τοῦτον Ἡρόστρατός τις ἐνέπρησεν,
ἄλλον ἀμείνω κατεσκεύασαν συνενέγκαντες τὸν
τῶν γυναικῶν κόσμον καὶ τὰς ἰδίας οὐσίας,
διαθέμενοι δὲ καὶ τοὺς προτέρους κίονας" τούτων
δὲ μαρτύριά ἐστι τὰ γενηθέντα τότε ψηφίσματα,

1 πρῶτον F. 3 ἄλλος, Xylander, for ἄλλον.

1 Men specially summoned, privy-councillors.
224

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 2ο--22

child in each arm. A general festival is held there
annually; and by a certain custom the youths vie
for honour, particularly in the splendour of their
banquets there. At that time, also, a special college
of the Curetes holds symposiums and performs certain
mystic sacrifices.

21. The city of Ephesus was inhabited both by
Carians and by Leleges, but Androclus drove them
out and settled the most of those who had come
with him round the Athenaeum and the Hypelaeus,
though he also included a part of the country situ-
ated on the slopes of Mt. Coressus. Now Ephesus
was thus inhabited until the time of Croesus, but
later the people came down from the mountain-
side and abode round the present temple until the
time of Alexander. Lysimachus built a wall round
the present city, but the people were not agreeably
disposed to change their abodes to it; and therefore
he waited for a downpour of rain and himself took
advantage of it and blocked the sewers so as to
inundate the city; and the inhabitants were then
glad to make the change. He named the city after
his wife Arsinoé; the old name, however, prevailed.
There was a senate, which was conscripted ; and with
these were associated the Epicleti,1 as they were
called, who administered all the affairs of the city.

22. As for the temple of Artemis, its first architect
was Chersiphron; and then another man made it
larger. But when it was set on fire by a certain
Herostratus, the citizens erected another and better
one, having collected the ornaments of the women
and their own individual belongings, and having sold
also the pillars of the former temple. Testimony is
borne to these facts by the decrees that were made

225
H 2

STRABO

ἅπερ ἀγνοοῦντά φησιν ὁ ᾿Αρτεμίδωρος τὸν
Ταυρομενίτην Τίμαιον, καὶ ἄλλως βάσκανον
ὄντα καὶ συκοφάντην (διὸ καὶ ᾿Εἰπιτίμαιον 1
κληθῆναι), λέγειν, ὡς ἐκ τῶν Περσικῶν παρα-
καταθηκῶν ἐποιήσαντο τοῦ ἱεροῦ τὴν ἐπισκευήν'
οὔτε δὲ ὑπάρξαι παρακαταθήκας τότε, εἴ τε
ὑπῆρξαν, συνεμπεπρῆσθαι ἂν 5 τῷ ναῷ’ μετὰ δὲ
τὴν ἔμπρησιν τῆς ὀροφῆς ἠφανισμένης, ἐν
ὑπαίθρῳ τῷ σηκῷ τίνα ἂν ἐθελῆσαι παρακατα-
θήκην κειμένην ἔχειν ; ᾿Αλέξανδρον. δὴ τοῖς

C 641 ᾿Εφεσίοις ὑποσχέσθαι τὰ γεγονότα καὶ τὰ μέλ-
λοντα ἀναλώματα, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ τε τὴν ἐπιγραφὴν
αὐτὸν ἔχειν, τοὺς δὲ μὴ ἐθελῆσαι, πολὺ μᾶλλον
οὐκ ἂν ἐθελήσαντας ἐξ ἱεροσυλίας καὶ ἀποστε-
ρήσεως φιλοδοξεῖν: ἐπαινεῖ τε τὸν εἰπόντα τῶν
᾿Εφεσίων πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα, ὡς οὐ πρέποι θεῷ
θεοῖς ἀναθήματα κατασκευάζειν.

28. Μετὰ δὲ τὴν τοῦ νεὼ συντέλειαν, ὅν φησιν
εἶναι Χειροκράτους ὃ ἔργον (τοῦ. δ᾽ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν
᾿Αλεξανδρείας. κτίσιν: τὸν δ᾽ αὐτὸν ὑποσχέσθαι
᾿Αλεξάνδρῳ τὸν “A@w διασκευάσειν εἰς αὐτόν,
ὡσανεὶ ἐκ πρόχου τινὸς εἰς φιάλην καταχέοντα
σπονδήν, ποιήσοντα, πόλεις δύο, τὴν μὲν ἐκ
δεξιῶν τοῦ ὄρους, τὴν δ᾽ ἐν ἀριστερᾷ, ἀπὸ δὲ
τῆς ἑτέρας εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν ῥέοντα ποταμόν).

1 "Επιτίμαιον, Ἐ' ; ἐπιτίμιον other MSS.

3 ἄν, Jones inserts.

83 Instead of Xeipoxpdrovs, w has Δεινοκράτους, which is
apparently correct ; and so read Corais and Meineke.

1 Calumniator.
226

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 22-23

at that time. Artemidorus says: Timaeus of Tauro-
menium, being ignorant of these decrees and being
anyway an envious and slanderous fellow (for which
reason he was also called Epitimaeus),! says that
they exacted means for the restoration of the temple
from the treasures deposited in their care by the
Persians ; but there were no treasures on deposit in
their care at that time, and, even if there had been,
they would have been burned along with the temple ;
and after the fire, when the roof was destroyed, who
could have wished to keep deposits of treasure lying
in a sacred enclosure that was open to the sky?
Now Alexander, Artemidorus adds, promised the
Ephesians to pay all expenses, both past and future,
on condition that he should have the credit therefor
on the inscription, but they were unwilling, just as
they would have been far more unwilling to acquire
glory by sacrilege and a spoliation of the temple.”
And Artemidorus praises the Ephesian who said to
the king® that it was inappropriate for a god to
dedicate offerings to gods.

23. After the completion of the temple, which,
he says, was the work of Cheirocrates* (the same
man who built Alexandreia and the same man who
proposed to Alexander to fashion Mt. Athos into
his likeness, representing him as pouring a libation
from a kind of ewer into a broad bowl, and to make
two cities, one on the right of the mountain and the
other on the left, and a river flowing from one to

2 Referring, of course, to the charge that they took the
Persian treasures.

3 Alexander.

1 Apparently an error for ““ Deinocrates,” a Macedonian
architect (cf. Vitruvius 1. 1. 4).

227

STRABO

μετὰ δ᾽ οὖν τὸν νεὼν τὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἀναθημάτωι
πλῆθος εὑρέσθαι τῇ ἐκτιμήσει τῶν δημιουργῶν.
τὸν δὲ δὴ βωμὸν εἶναι τῶν Πραξιτέλους ἔργων
ἅπαντα σχεδόν τι πληρη. ἡμῖν δ᾽ ἐδείκνυτο καὶ
τῶν Θράσωνός τινα, οὗπερ καὶ τὸ “Εκατήσιόν
ἐστι καὶ ἡ κηρίνη " Πηνελόπη καὶ ἡ πρεσβῦτις
ἡ Εὐρύκλεια. ἱερέας δ᾽ εὐνούχους εἶχον, obs
ἐκάλουν Μεγαβύζξους, καὶ ἀλλαχόθεν μετιόντες
ἀεί τινᾶς ἀξίους τῆς τοιαύτης προστασίας, καὶ ᾿
ἦγον ἐν τιμῇ μεγάλῃ" συνιερᾶσθαι δὲ τούτοις
ἐχρῆν παρθένους. νυνὶ δὲ τὰ μὲν φυλάττεται
τῶν νομίμων, τὰ δ᾽ ἧττον, ἄσυλον δὲ μένει τὸ
ἱερὸν καὶ νῦν καὶ πρότερον' τῆς δ᾽ ἀσυλίας τοὺς
ὅρους “ἀλλαγῆναι συνέβη πολλάκις, ᾿Αλεξάνδρου
μὲν ἐπὶ στάδιον ἐκτείναντος, Μιθριδάτου δὲ
τόξευμα ἀφέντος ἀπὸ τῆς γωνίας τοῦ κεράμου
καὶ δόξαντος ὑπερβαλέσθαι μικρὰ τὸ στάδιον,
᾿Αντωνίου δὲ διπλασιάσαντος τοῦτοΞ καὶ συμ-
περιλαβόντος τῇ ἀσυλίᾳ μέρως τι τῆς πόλεως"
ἐφάνη δὲ τοῦτο βλαβερὸν. καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς κακούρ-
OLS ποιοῦν τὴν πόλιν, ὥστ᾽ ἠκύρωσεν ὁ Σεβαστὸς
ὍΩ

Ἔχει δ᾽ ἡ πόλις καὶ νεώρια καὶ λιμένα"
ays Salt δ᾽ ἐποίησαν οἱ ἀρχιτέκτονες, συν-
εξαπατηθέντες τῷ κελεύσαντι βασιλεῖ. οὗτος δ᾽
ἣν ἼΛτταλος ὁ Φιλάδελφος" οἰιθεὶς γὰρ οὗτος

1 κηοίνη F (and Meineke); κρήνη other MSS.
2 διπλ σιάσιντος τοῦτο CF, πλησιάσαντας τουτῳ other MSS.

1 Artemidorus means, of course, that the local artists were
actuated by piety and patriotism,

228

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 23-24

the other)—after the completion of the temple, he
says, the great number ot dedications in general
were secured by means of the high honour they

d their artists} but the whole of the altar
was filled, one might say, with the works of
Praxiteles. Th«y showed me also some of the works
of Thrason, who made the chapel of Hecaté, the
waxen image of Penelopé, and the old woman
Eurycleia. They had eunuchs as priests, whom
they called Megabyzi. And they were always
in quest of persons from other places who were
worthy of this preferment, and they held them in
great honour. And it was obligatory for maidens
to serve as colleagues with them in their priestly
office. But though at the present some of their
usages are being preserved, yet others are not; but
the temple remains a place of refuge, the same as
in earlier times, although the limits of the refuge
have often been changed; for example, when Alex-
ander extended them for a stadium,and when Mith-
ridates shot an arrow from the corner of the roof
and thought it went a little farther than a stadium,
and when Antony doubled this distance and included
within the refuge a part of the city. But this
extension of the refuge proved harmful, and put the
city in the power of criminals; and it was therefore
nullified by Augustus Caesar.

24. The city has both an arsenal and a harbour.
The mouth of the harbour was made narrower by
the engineers,? but they, along with the king who
ordered it, were deceived as to the result, I mean
Attalus Philadelphus; for he thought that the

2 Literally, “architects.”
229

C 642

STRABO

βαθὺν. τὸν εἴσπλουν ὁλκάσι μεγάλαις ἔσεσθαι
καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν λιμένα, τεναγώδη ὄντα πρότερον
διὰ τὰς ἐκ τοῦ Καύστρου προσχώσεις, ἐὰν
παραβληθῇ χῶμα τῷ στόματι, πλατεῖ τελέως
ὄντι, ἐκέλευσε γενέσθαι τὸ χῶμα. συνέβη δὲ
τοὐναντίον" ἐντὸς γὰρ ἡ χοῦς εἰργομένη τεναγίξειν
μᾶλλον ἐποίησε τὸν λιμένα σύμπαντα μέχρι τοῦ
στόματος" πρότερον δ᾽ ἱκανῶς αἱ πλημμυρίδες
καὶ ἡ παλίρροια τοῦ “πελάγους ἀφήρει τὴν χοῦν
καὶ ἀνέσπα πρὸς τὸ ἐκτός. ὁ μὲν οὖν λιμὴν
τοιοῦτος" ἡ δὲ πόλις τῇ πρὸς τὰ ἄλλα “εὐκαιρίᾳ
τῶν τόπων αὔξεται καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν, ἐμ-
πόριον ovca μέγιστον τῶν κατὰ τὴν ᾿Ασίαν τὴν
ἐντὸς τοῦ Ταύρου.

25. "Avdpes δ᾽ ἀξιόλογοι γεγόνασιν ἐν αὐτῇ τῶν
μὲν Tarai dv Ἡράκλειτός τε ὁ σκοτεινὸς καλούμε-
νος καὶ ‘Eppodepos, περὶ οὗ ὁ αὐτὸς οὗτός φησιν"

ἼΑξιον ᾿Εφεσίοις ἡβηδὸν ἀπάγξασθαι, οἵτινες
“Ἑρμόδωρον ἄνδρα ἑωυτῶν ὀνήιστον ἐξέβαλον,
φάντες, «Ημέων μηδεὶς ὀνήιστος ἔστω, εἰ δὲ μή,
ἄλλῃ τε καὶ μετ᾽ ἄλλων" δοκεῖ δ᾽ οὗτος ὁ ἀνὴρ
νόμους τινὰς Ρωμαίοις συγγράψαι. καὶ Ἵπ-
πῶναξ δ᾽ ἐστὶν ὁ ποιητὴς ἐξ ᾿Εφέσου καὶ
Παρράσιος ὁ ζωγράφος καὶ ᾿Απελλῆς, τῶν δὲ
νεωτέρων ᾿Αλέξανδρος ῥήτωρ ὁ Λύχνος προσα-
γορευθείς, ὃ ὃς καὶ ἐπολιτεύσατο καὶ συνέγραψεν
ἱστορίαν καὶ ἔπη κατέλιπεν, ἐν οἷς τά τε
οὐράνια διατίθεται καὶ τὰς ἠπείρους γεωγραφεῖ,
καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἐκδοὺς ποίημα.3

26. Μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἐκβολὴν τοῦ Καὕστρου

1 προσχώσεις Emo, προχώσεις other MSS. and Meineke.
230

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 24-26

entrance would be deep enough for large merchant

vessels—as also the harbour itself, which formerly
had shallow places because of the silt deposited by
the Cajster River—if a mole were thrown up at the
mouth, which was very wide, and therefore ordered
that the mole should be built. But the result was
the opposite, for the silt, thus hemmed in, made the
whole of the harbour, as far as the mouth, more
shallow. Before this time the ebb and flow of the
tides would carry away the silt and draw it to the
sea outside. Such, then, is the harbour; and the
city, because of its advantageous situation in other
respects, grows daily, and is the largest emporium
in Asia this side the Taurus.

25. Notable men have been born in this city: in
ancient times, Heracleitus the Obscure, as he is
ealled ; and Hermodorus, concerning whom Heraclei-
tus himself says: “It were right for the Ephesians
from youth upwards to be hanged, who banished
their most useful man, saying: ‘ Let no man of us
be most useful ; otherwise, let him be elsewhere and
with other people.’”” Hermodorus is reputed to have
written certain laws for the Romans. And Hipponax
the poet was from Ephesus; and so were Parrhasius
the painter and Apelles, and more recently Alexander
the orator, surnamed Lychnus,! who was a statesman,
and wrote history, and left behind him poems in
which he describes the position of the heavenly
bodies and gives a geographic description of the
continents, each forming the subject of a poem.

26. After the outlet of the Caister River comes

1 2,6. Lamp.

2 ποίημα F, ποιήματα other MSS.
231

STRABO

λίμνη ἐστὶν ἐκ τοῦ πελάγους ἀναχεομένη,
καλεῖται δὲ Σελινουσία, καὶ ἐφεξῆς ἄλλη σύρ-
ρους αὐτῇ, μεγάλας ἔχουσαι προσόδους" ἃς οἱ
βασιλεῖς μέν, ἱερὰς οὔσας, ἀφείλοντο τὴν θεόν,
Ῥωμαῖοι δ᾽ ἀπέδοσαν' πάλιν δ᾽ οἱ ᾿δημοσιῶναι
βιασάμενοι περιέστησαν εἰς ἑαυτοὺς τὰ τέλη,
πρεσβεύσας δὲ ὁ ᾿Αρτεμίδωρος, ὥς φησι, Tas
τε λίμνας ἀπέλαβε τῇ θεῷ, καὶ τὴν Ηρακλεῶτιεν
ἀφισταμένην ἐξενίκησε, κριθεὶς ἐν Ῥώμῃ" ἀντὶ
€ τούτων εἰκόνα χρυσῆν ἀνέστησεν ἡ πόλις
ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ. τῆς δὲ λίμνης. ἐν τῷ κοιλοτάτῳ
βασιλέως ἐστὶν ἱερόν: φασὶ δ᾽ ᾿Αγαμέμνονος
ἵδρυμα.

27. Kira τὸ Ταλλήσιον ὄρος καὶ ἡ Κολοφών,
πόλις ἸἸωνική, καὶ τὸ πρὸ αὐτῆς ἄλσος τοῦ
Κλαρίου ᾿Απόλλωνος, ἐν ᾧ καὶ μαντεῖον ἣν ποτὲ
παλαιόν. λέγεται δὲ Κάλχας ὁ “μάντις μετ᾽
᾿Αμφιλόχου τοῦ ᾿Αμφιαράου κατὰ τὴν ἐκ Τροίας
ἐπάνοδον πεζῇ δεῦρο, ἀφικέσθαι, περιτυχὼν δ᾽
ἑαυτοῦ κρείττονι μάντει κατὰ τὴν Κλάρον,
Μόψῳ τῷ Μαντοῦς τῆς Τειρεσίου θυγατρός,
διὰ λύπην ἀποθανεῖν. Ἡσίοδος μὲν οὖν οὕτω
πως διασκευάζει τὸν μῦθον" προτεῖναι γάρ τι
τοιοῦτο τῷ Μόψῳ τὸν Κάλχαντα"

θαῦμά pw ἔχει κατὰ θυμόν, ὅσους ἐρινειὸς

"ὀλύνθους 1

οὗτος ἔχει, μικρός περ ἐών' εἴποις ἂν ἀριθμόν ;
τὸν δ᾽ ἀποκρίνασθαι"

4 ’ > > / > \ / /

μύριοί εἰσιν ἀριθμόν, ἀτὰρ μέτρον γε μέδιμνος"

1 ὅσους ἐρινειὸς ὀλύνθους, Tzschucke and later editors, for
épiveds ὅσους ὀλύνθου.

232

an a

ae δή

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 26--27

a lake that runs inland from the sea, called Seli-
nusia; and next comes another lake that is confluent
with it, both affording great revenues. Of these
revenues, though sacred, the kings deprived the
goddess, but the Romans gave them back; and
again the tax-gatherers forcibly converted the tolls
to their own use; but when Artemidorus was sent
on an embassy, as he says, he got the lakes back
for the goddess, and he also won the decision over
Heracleotis, which was in revolt,! his case being
decided at Rome; and in return for this the city
erected in the temple a golden image of him. In
the innermost recess of the lake there is a temple
of a king, which is said to have been built by
Agamemnon.

27. Then one comes to the mountain Gallesius,
and to Colophon, an Jonian city, and to the sacred
precinct of Apollo Clarius, where there was once an
ancient oracle. The story is told that Calchas the
prophet, with Amphilochus the son of Amphiarius,
went there on foot on his return from Troy, and
that having met near Clarus a prophet superior to
himself, Mopsus, the son of Manto, the daughter of
Teiresias, he died of grief. Now Hesiod? revises
the myth as follows, making Calchas propound to
Mopsus this question: “I am amazed in my heart at
all these figs on this wild fig tree, small though it
is; can you tell me the number?’’ And he makes
Mopsus reply: ‘‘ They are ten thousand in number,
and their measure is a medimnus;* but there is one

1 2,6. from Ephesus,
2 Frag. 160 (Rzach).
8. About a bushel and a half.

233

STRABO

els δὲ περισσεύει, τὸν ἐπενθέμεν οὔ κε δύναιο.
Δ / A ΄ > \ > 7 v
ὡς φάτο' καί σφιν ἀριθμὸς ἐτήτυμος εἴδετο
μέτρου.
καὶ τότε δὴ Κάλχανθ᾽ ὕπνος θανάτοιο κάλυψε.
C 613 Φερεκύδης δέ φησιν ὗν προβαλεῖν ἔγκυον τὸν
Κάλχαντα, πόσους ἔχει χοίρους, τὸν δ᾽ εἰπεῖν,
ὅτε τρεῖς, ὧν ἕνα θῆλυν; ἀληϑεύσαντος δ᾽, ἀπο-
- ν Ν / e \ \ \ /
θανεῖν ὑπὸ λύπης. οἱ δὲ τὸν μὲν Κάλχαντα
προβαλεῖν τὴν ὗν φασί, τὸν δὲ τὸν ἐρινεόν, καὶ
τὸν μὲν εἰπεῖν τἀληθές, τὸν δὲ μή, ἀποθανεῖν
‘ id Ν / \ / / / ᾽
δὲ ὑπὸ λύπης καὶ κατά τι λόγιον. λέγει ὃ
᾽ Ν “ ᾽ ¢ / > / 4 e
αὐτὸ Σοφοκλῆς ἐν “EXé€vns ἀπαιτήσει, ὡς εἷμαρ-
μένον εἴη ἀποθανεῖν, ὅταν κρείττονι ἑαυτοῦ
μάντει περιτύχῃ" οὗτος δὲ καὶ εἰς Κιλικίαν
μεταφέρει τὴν ἔριν καὶ τὸν θάνατον τοῦ Καλ-
χαντος. τὰ μὲν παλαιὰ τοιαῦτα.
> / , \ \ > 4
28, ᾿Εκτήσαντο δέ ποτε καὶ ναυτικὴν ἀξιό-
ς
λογον δύναμιν Κολοφώνιοι καὶ ἱππικήν, ἐν ἡ
a a Ν “ ᾽ oe \
τοσοῦτον διέφερον τῶν ἄλλων, ὥσθ᾽, ὅπου ποτὲ
ἐν τοῖς δυσκαταλύτοις πολέμοις τὸ ἱππικὸν τῶν
Κολοφωνίων ἐπικουρήσειε, λύεσθαι τὸν πόλεμον
bd J ® \ \ , > a \ /
ἀφ᾽ οὗ καὶ τὴν παροιμίαν ἐκδοθῆναι τὴν λέ-
\ - ᾽ / “ /
γουσαν, τὸν Korodava ἐπέθηκεν, ὅταν τέλος
> an / -“ , a , ’ /
ἐπιτεθῇ βέβαιον τῷ πράγματι. ἄνδρες δ᾽ ἐγέ
vovto Κολοφώνιοι τῶν μνημονευομένων Μέμνερ-
μος, αὐλητὴς ἅμα καὶ ποιητὴς ἐλεγείας, καὶ
"-- ξ .
Ξενοφάνης ὁ φυσικός, ὁ τοὺς σίλλους ποιήσας
la ποιημάτων: λέγει δὲ Πίνδαρος καὶ Πολύ-
, -“
μναστόν τινα τῶν περὶ τὴν μουσικὴν ἐλλογίμων'

1 ἐπενθέμεν, Spohn, for ἐπελθέμεν ; so the later editors.
234

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 27-28

over, which you cannot put in the measure.” !
“Thus he spake,’’ Hesiod adds, “and the number
the measure could hold proved true. And then the
eyes of Calchas were closed by the sleep of death,”
But Pherecydes says that the question propounded
by Calchas was in regard to a pregnant sow, how
many pigs she carried, and that Mopsus said, “ three,
one of which is a female,” and that when Mopsus
proved to have spoken the truth, Calchas died of
grief. Some say that Calchas propounded the question
in regard to the sow, but that Mopsus propounded
the question in regard to the wild fig tree, and that
the latter spoke the truth but that the former did not,
and died of grief, and in accordance with a certain
oracle. Sophocles tells the oracle in his Reclaiming
of Helen, that Calchas was destined to die when he
met a prophet superior to himself, but he transfers
the scene of the rivalry and of the death of Calchas
to Cilicia. Such are the ancient stories.

28. The Colophonians once possessed notable naval
and cavalry forces, in which latter they were so far
superior to the others that wherever in wars that
were hard to bring to an end, the cavalry of the
Colophonians served as ally, the war came to an
end ; whence arose the proverb, “he put Colophon
to it,’ which is quoted when a sure end is put to
any affair. Native Colophonians, among those of
whom we have record, were: Mimnerimus, who was
both a flute-player and elegiac poet; Xenophanes,
the natural philosopher, who composed the “ Silli” ?
in verse; and Pindar® speaks also of a certain

1 2,6. the measure would hold only 999 of these figs.
2 Satires, or lampoons, attacking Homer and Hesiod.
® Frag. 188 (Bergk).
235

STRABO

φθέγμα μὲν πάγκοινον ἔγνωκας Πολυμνάστον
Κολοφωνίου ἀνδρός"

καὶ Ὅμηρον δέ τινες ἐντεῦθεν εἶναί φασιν.
εὐθυπλοίᾳ μὲν οὖν ἑβδομήκοντα στάδιοί εἰσιν
ἐξ ᾿Εφέσου, ἐγκολπίζοντι δὲ ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι.

29 Μετὰ δὲ Κολοφῶνα ὄρος Κοράκιον καὶ
νησίον ἱερὸν ᾿Αρτέμιδος, εἰς ὃ διανηχομένας
τίκτειν τὰς ἐλάφους πεπιστεύκασιν. εἶτα Λέ-
βεδος, διέχουσα Κολοφῶνος ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι"
ἐνταῦθα τῶν περὶ τὸν Διόνυσον τεχνιτῶν ἡ
σύνοδος καὶ κατοικία τῶν ἐν ᾿Ιωνίᾳ “μέχρι
Ἑλλησπόντου, ἐν ἡ πανήγυρίς τε καὶ ἀγῶνες
κατ᾽ ἔτος συντελοῦνται τῷ Διονύσῳ. ἐν Τέῳ
δὲ ᾧῴκουν πρότερον τῇ ἐφεξῆς πόλει τῶν “lover
ἐμπεσούσης δὲ στάσεως, εἰς Ἔφεσον κατέφυγον.
᾿Αττάλου δ᾽ εἰς Μνόννησον αὐτοὺς καταστήσαντος
μεταξὺ Τέω καὶ Λεβέδου, πρεσβεύονται “᾿ήιοι
δεόμενοι “Ρωμαίων, μὴ περιιδεῖν ἐπιτειχιξομένην
σφίσι τὴν Μυόννησον, οἱ δὲ μετέστησαν εἰς
Λέβεδον, δεξαμένων τῶν Λεβεδίων ἀσμένως διὰ
τὴν κατέχουσαν αὐτοὺς ὀλιγανδρίαν. καὶ Τέως
δὲ Λεβέδου διέχει ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι, μεταξὺ δὲ
νῆσος ᾿Ασπίς, οἱ δ᾽ ᾿Αρκόννησον καλοῦσι" καὶ
ἡ Μυόννησος δὲ ἐφ᾽ ὕψους χερρονησίζοντος
κατοικεῖται.

C644 80. Καὶ ἡ Τέως δὲ ἐπὶ “χερρονήσῳ ἵδρυται,
λιμένα ἔχουσα" ἐνθένδ᾽ ἐστὶν ᾿Ανακρέων ὁ
μελοποιός, ἐφ᾽ οὗ Τήιοι, τὴν πόλιν ἐκλιπόντες,
εἰς ΓΛβδηρα ἀπῴκησαν, Θρᾳκίαν πόλιν, οὐ
φέροντες τὴν τῶν Ἱ]ερσῶν ὕβριν, ἀφ᾽ οὗ καὶ
τοῦτ᾽ εἴρηται"

236

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1, 28-30

Polymnastus as one of the famous musicians: “Thou
knowest the voice, common to all, of Polymnastus
the Colophonian.” And some say that Homer was
from there. On a straight voyage it is seventy stadia
from Ephesus, but if one includes the sinuosities of
the gulfs it is one hundred and twenty.

29. After Colophon one comes to the mountain
Coracius and to an isle sacred to Artemis, whither
deer, it has been believed, swim across and give
birth to their yonng. Then comes Lebedus, which
is one hundred and twenty stadia distant from Colo-

hon. This is the meeting-piace and settlement of
all the Dionysiac artists in lonia as far as the Helles-
pont: and this is the place where both games and a
general festal assembly are held every year in honour
of Dionysus. They formerly lived in Teos, the city
of the Ionians that comes next after Colophon, but
when the sedition broke out they fled for refuge
to Ephesus And when Attalus settled them in
Myonnesus between Teos and Lebedus the Téians
sent an embassy to beg of the Romans not to permit
Myonnesus to be fortified against them; and they
migrated to Lebedus, whose inhabitants gladly
received them because of the dearth of population
by which they were then afflicted. Teos, also, is one
hundred and twenty stadia distant from Lebedus;
and in the intervening distance there is an island
Aspis, by some called Arconnesus. And Myonnesus
is settled on a height that forms a peninsula.

30. Teos also is situated on a peninsula; and it
has a harbour. Anacreon the melic poet was from
Teos; in whose time the Téians abandoned their
city and migrated to Abdera, a Thracian city, being
unable to bear the insolence of the Persians; and

237

STRABO

"ABénpa, καλὴ Τηίων ἀποικία.
πάλιν δ᾽ ἐπανῆλθόν τινες αὐτῶν χρόνῳ ὕστερον"
εἴρηται δὲ καὶ περὶ ᾿Απελλικῶντος, ὅτε Τήιος
ἣν κἀκεῖνος" γέγονε δὲ καὶ συγγραφεὺς “Ἑκαταῖος
ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς πόλεως. ἔστι καὶ ἄλλος λιμὴν ὁ
πρόσβορρος ἀπὸ τριάκοντα σταδίων τῆς πόλεως,
Γερραιίδαι.

31. Εἶτα Χαλκιδεῖς καὶ ὁ τῆς Χερρονήσου
ἰσθμὸς τῆς Τηίων καὶ ᾿Ερυθραίων: ἐντὸς μὲν
οὖν τοῦ ἰσθμοῦ οἰκοῦσιν οὗτοι, ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ δὲ τῷ
ἰσθμῷ Τήιοι καὶ Κλαζομένιοι" τὸ μὲν γὰρ νότιον
τοῦ ἰσθμοῦ πλευρὸν ἔχουσι Τήιοι, τοὺς Χαλκι-
δέας, τὸ δὲ πρόσβορρον Κλαζομένιοι, καθ᾽ ὃ
συνάπτουσι τῇ ᾿Βρυθραίᾳ. κεῖται δ' Ὕπόκρημ-
νος ὁ τόπος ἐπὶ τῇ ἀρχῇ τοῦ ἰσθμοῦ, ἐντὸς
μὲν ἀπολαμβάνων τὴν ᾿Ερυθραίαν, ἐκτὸς 5. δὲ
τὴν τῶν Κλαζομενίων. ὑπέρκειται δὲ τῶν
Χαλκιδέων ἄλσος καθιερωμένον ᾿Αλεξάνδρῳ τῷ
Φιλίππου, καὶ ἀγὼν ὑπὸϑ τοῦ κοινοῦ τῶν
Ἰώνων ᾿Αλεξάνδρεια καταγγέλλεται, συντελού-
μενος ἐνταῦθα. ἡ δ᾽ ὑπέρβασις τοῦ ἰσθμοῦ τοῦ
ἀπὸ τοῦ ᾿Αλεξανδρείου καὶ τῶν Χαλκιδέων μέχρι
τοῦ Ὑποκρήμνου πεντήκοντά εἰσι στάδιοι, ὁ δὲ
περίπλους πλείους ἢ χίλιοι. κατὰ μέσον δέ που
τὸν περίπλουν αἱ ᾿Ερυθραί, πόλις ᾿Ιωνική, λιμέ-
να ἔχουσα, καὶ νησῖδας προκειμένας τέτταρας
Ὕππους καλουμένας.

32. Πρὶν δ᾽ ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τὰς ᾿Ερυθράς, πρῶτον
μὲν “Epar πολίχνιόν ἐστι Τηίων εἶτα Κώρυκος,

1 καί, the editors insert. 2 ἐκτός E, ἐντός other MSS.
3 ὑπό, Corais, for ἀπό.

238

GEOGRAPHY, 14. τ. 30-32

hence the verse in reference to Abdera. “Abdera,
beautiful colony of the Téians.”” But some of them
returned again in later times. As I have already
said} Apellicon also was a Téian ; and Hecataeus the
historian was from the same city. And there is also
another harbour to the north, thirty stadia distant
from the city, called Gerrhaeidae,

31. Then one comes to Chalcideis, and to the
isthmus of the Chersonesus, belonging to the Téians
and Erythraeans. Now the latter people live this
side the isthmus, but the Téians and Clazomenians
live on the isthmus itself; for the southern side of
the isthmus, | mean the Chalcideis, is occupied by
Téians, but the northern by Clazomenians, where
their territory joins the Erythraean. At the be-
ginning of the isthmus lies the place called Hypo-
cremnus, which lies between the Erythraean territory
this side the isthmus and that of the Clazomenians
on the other side Above the Chalcideis is situated
a sacred precinct consecrated to Alexander the son
ot Philip; and games, called the Alexandreia, are
proclaimed by the general assembly of the lonians
and are celebrated there. The passage across the
isthmus from the sacred precinct of Alexander and
from the Chalcideis to Hypocremnus is fifty stadia,
but the voyage round by sea is more than one
thousand. Somewhere about the middle of the
circuit is Erythrae, an Ionian city,-which has a
harbour, and also four isles lying off it, called
Hippi.?

32. Before coming to Erythrae, one comes first to
a small town Erae belonging to the Téians ; and then

213. 1. 54. 2 2,6, Horses,
239

STRABO

ὄρος ὑψηλόν, καὶ λιμὴν ὑπ᾽ αὐτῷ Κασύστης
καὶ ἄλλος ᾿Ερυθρᾶς λεμὴν καλούμενος καὶ ἐφεξῆς
πλείους ἕτεροι. φασὶ δὲ τὸν παράπλουν τοῦ
Κωρύκου πάντα λῃστήριον ὑπάρξαι τῶν Κωρυ-
καίων καλουμένων, εὑρομένων τρόπον καινὸν τῆς
ἐπιβουλῆς τῶν πλοϊξομένων" κατεσπαρμένους
γὰρ ἐν τοῖς λιμέσι τοῖς καθορμιξομένοις ἐμπόροις
προσφοιτᾶν καὶ ὠτακουστεῖν, τί φέροιεν καὶ ποῦ
πλέοιεν, εἶτα συνελθόντας ἀναχθεῖσι τοῖς ἀν-
θρώποις ἐπιτίθεσθαι καὶ καθαρπάζξειν' ἀφ᾽ οὗ
δὴ πάντα τὸν πολυπράγμονα καὶ κατακούειν
ἐπιχειροῦντα τῶν λάθρα καὶ ἐν ἀπορρήτῳ δια-
λεγομένων Κωρυκαῖον καλοῦμεν, καὶ ἐν παροιμίᾳ
φαμέν"
τοῦ δ᾽ ap} ὁ Kwpuxaios ἠκροάζετο,

ὅταν δοκῇ τις πράττειν δι᾿ ἀπορρήτων ἢ λαλεῖν,
μὴ λανθάνῃ δὲ διὰ τοὺς κατασκοποῦντας καὶ
φιλοπευστοῦντας τὰ μὴ προσήκοντα.
33. Μετὰ δὲ Κώρυκον ᾿Αλόννησος νησίον"
C 645 εἶτα τὸ "A pyevvor, ἄκρα τῆς ᾿Ερυθραίας πλησιά-
ζουσα μάλιστα τῷ Χίων ἸΠοσειδίῳ, ποιοῦντι
πορθμὸν ὅσον ἑξήκοντα σταδίων. μεταξὺ δὲ
τῶν ᾿Ερυθρῶν καὶ τοῦ Ὕποκρήμνου Μίμας ἐστὶν
ὄρος ὑψηλόν, εὔθηρον, πολύδενδρον" εἶτα κώμη
Κυβελία καὶ ἄκρα Μέλαινα καλουμένη, μύλων
ἔχουσα λατόμιον.
34. ᾿Εκ δ᾽ ᾿Ερυθρῶν Σίβυλλά ἐστιν, “ἔνθους
καὶ μαντικὴ γυνὴ τῶν ἀρχαίων τις" κατ᾽ ᾿Αλέ-
ἕανδρον δὲ ἄλλη ἣν τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον μαντική,

1 ἅν᾽, Jones, from conj. of Professor Capps, for ap’.
240

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 32-34

to Corycus, a high mountain, and to a harbour at the
foot of it, Casystes, and to another harbour called
Erythras, and to several others in order thereafter.
The waters along the coast of Mt. Corycus, they say,
were everywhere the haunt of pirates, the Cory-
caeans, as they are called, who had found a new way
of attacking vessels; for, they say, the Corycaeans
would scatter themselves among the harbours, follow
up the merchants whose vessels lay at anchor in
them, and overhear what cargoes they had aboard
and whither they were bound, and then come together
and attack the merchants after they had put to sea
and plunder their vessels; and hence it is that we
call every person who is a busybody and tries to over-
hear private and secret conversations a Corycaean ;
and that we say in a proverb: ‘“ Well then, the
Corycaean was listening to this,” when one thinks
that he is doing or saying something in secret, but
fails to keep it hidden because of persons who spy
on him and are eager to learn what does not concern
them.

33. After Mt. Corycus one comes to Halonnesos, a
small island. Then to Argennum, a promontory of
the Erythraean territory; it is very close to the
Poseidium of the Chians, which latter forms a strait
about sixty stadia in width. Between Erythrae and
Hypocremnus lies Mimas, a lofty mountain, which is
well supplied with game and well wooded, Then one
comes to a village Cybelia, and to a promontory
Melaena, as it is called, which has a millstone quarry.

34, Erythrae was the native city of Sibylla, a
woman who was divinely inspired and had the gift of
prophecy, one of the ancients. And in the time of
Alexander there was another woman who likewise

241

STRABO

καλουμένη ᾿Αθηναΐς, ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς πόλεως" Kal
καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς Ἡρακλείδης Ἡροφίλειος ἰατρός,
συσχολαστὴς ᾿Απολλωνίου τοῦ Μυός.

35. ἫἩ δὲ Χίος τὸν μὲν περίπλουν ἐστὶ σταδίων
ἐννακοσίων παρὰ γὴν φερομένῳ, πόλιν δ᾽ ἔχει
εὐλίμενον καὶ ναύσταθμον ναυσὶν ὀγδοήκοντα.
ἐν δὲ τῷ περίπλῳ δεξιὰν τὴν νῆσον ἔχοντι ἀπὸ
τῆς πόλεως πρῶτον μέν ἐστι τὸ Ποσείδιον, εἶτα
Davar, λιμὴν βαθύς, καὶ νεὼς ᾿Απόλλωνος καὶ
ἄλσος φοινίκων" εἶτα Νότιον, ὕφορμος αἰγιαλός:
εἶτα Aaious, καὶ οὗτος ὕφορμος αἰγιαλός, ὅθεν
εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἑξήκοντα σταδίων ἰσθμός" περί-
mous δὲ τριακοσίων ἑξήκοντα, ὃν ἐπήλθομεν.
εἶτα Μέλαινα ἄκρα, καθ᾽ ἣν τὰ Ψύρα, νῆσος ἀπὸ
πεντήκοντα σταδίων τῆς ἄκρας, ὑψηλή, πόλιν
ὁμώνυμον ἔχουσα" κύκλος δὲ τῆς νήσου τετταρά-
κοντα στάδιοι. εἶθ᾽ ἡ ᾿Αριουσία χώρα τραχεῖα
καὶ ἀλίμενος, σταδίων ὅσον τριάκοντα," οἶνον
ἄριστον φέρουσα τῶν ᾿Ἑλληνικῶν. εἶτα τὸ
Πελιεναῖον ὄρος ὑψηλότατον τῶν ἐν , τῇ νήσῳ.
ἔχει δ᾽ ἡ νῆσος καὶ λατόμιον μαρμάρου λίθου.
ἄνδρες δὲ Χῖοι γεγόνασιν ἐλλόγεμοι Ἴων τε ὁ
τραγικὸς καὶ Θεόπομπος ὁ συγγραφεὺς καὶ
Θεόκριτος ὁ σοφιστής" οὗτοι δὲ καὶ ἀντεπολι-
τεύσαντο ἀλλήλοις. ἀμφισβηφοῦσε, δὲ καὶ
Ὁμήρου Χῖοι, μαρτύριον “μέγα 3 τοὺς Ὁμηρίδας
καλουμένους, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐκείνου γένους προχειριζό-
μενοι, ὧν καὶ [Πίνδαρος μέμνηται:

1 Ἡροφίλειος, Tzschucke, for ‘Hpé diAos.

2 τριάκοντα, Kramer, following Stephanus, for τριακοσίων ;
80 Meineke.

ἢ μέγα, Meineke, for μετά ; μέν moxz, κατά το ; word omitted
In &,
242

δια ἊΨ ΡΝ

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 34-35

had the gift of prophecy; she was called Athenais,
and was a native of the same city. And, in my time,
Heracleides the Herophileian physician, fellow-pupil
of Apollonius Mys,' was born there.

35. As for Chios, the voyage round it along the
coast is nine hundred stadia; and it has a city with
a good port and with a naval station for eighty ships.
On making the voyage round it from the city, with the
island on the right, one comes first to the Poseidium.
Then to Phanae, a deep harbour, and to a temple of
Apollo and a grove of palm trees. ‘Then to Notium,
a shore suited to the anchoring of vessels. Then to
Laius, this too a shore suited to the anchoring of
vessels; whence to the city there is an isthmus of
sixty stadia, but the voyage round, which I have
just now described, is three hundred and sixty
stadia. Then to Melaena, a promontory, opposite
to which lies Psyra, an island fifty stadia distant
from the promontory, lofty, and having a city of the
same name. The circuit of the island is forty stadia.
Then one comes to Ariusia,a rugged and harbourless
country, about thirty stadia in extent, which produces
the best of the Grecian wines. Then to Pelinaeus,
the highest mountain in the island. And the island
also has a marble quarry. Famous natives of Chios
are: Ion the tragic poet, and Theopompus the
historian, and Theocritus the sophist. The two latter
were political opponents of one another. The Chians
also claim Homer, setting forth as strong testimony
that the men called Homeridae were descendants
of Homer's family ; these are mentioned by Pindar :?

1 Mus, z.e. Mouse. 2 Nemean Udes 2. 1.

243

STRABO

ὅθεν περ καὶ ‘Ounpidat

ῥαπτῶν ἐπέων τὰ πόλλ᾽ ἀοιδοί.
ἐκέκτηντο δὲ καὶ ναυτικόν ποτε Χῖοι, καὶ
ἀνθήπτοντο τῆς κατὰ θάλατταν ἀρχῆς καὶ
ἐλευθερίας. ἐκ Χίου δ᾽ ἐς Λέσβον νότῳ τετρα-
κόσιοί που στάδιοι.

36. Ἔκ δὲ τοῦ Ὑποκρήμνου Χύτριόν ἐστι
τόπος, ὅπου πρότερον ἵδρυντο Κλαξομεναί" εἶθ᾽
ἡ νῦν “πόλις, νησία ἔχουσα προκείμενα ὀκτὼ
γεωργούμενα. ,Κλαξομένιος δ᾽ ἦν ἀνὴρ ἐπιφανὴς
᾿Αναξαγόρας ὁ φυσικός, ᾿Αναξιμένους ὁμιλητὴς
τοῦ Μιλησίου" δεήκουσαν δὲ τούτου ᾿Αρχέλαος
ὁ φυσικὸς καὶ Βὐριπίδης ὁ ποιητής. εἶθ᾽ ἱερὸν
᾿Απόλλωνος καὶ θερμὰ ὕδατα καὶ ὁ Σμυρναίων
κόλπος καὶ ἡ πόλις.

C 646 37. Ἑξῆς δὲ ἄλλος κόλπος, ἐν ᾧ ἡ παλαιὰ
Σμύρνα ἀπὸ εἴκοσι σταδίων τῆς νῦν. Λυδῶν δὲ
κατασπασάντων τὴν “Σμύρναν, περὶ τετρακόσια
ἔτη διετέλεσεν οἰκουμένη κωμηδόν' εἶτα ἀνήγειρεν
αὐτὴν ᾿Αντίγονος, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα Λυσίμαχος,
καὶ νῦν ἐστὶ καλλίστη τῶν πασῶν, μέρος μέν
TL ἔχουσα ἐπ᾽ ὄρει τετειχισμένον, τὸ δὲ πλέον
ἐν “πεδίῳ πρὸς τῷ λιμένι, καὶ πρὸς τῷ Μητρῴῳ
καὶ πρὸς “γυμνασίῳ. ἔστι δ᾽ ἡ ῥυμοτομία
διάφορος ἐπ᾽ εὐθειῶν εἰς δύναμιν καὶ αἱ ὁδοὶ
λιθόστρωτοι. στοαί τε μεγάλαι τετράγωνοι, ἐπί-
πεδοί τε καὶ ὑπερῶοι" ἔστι δὲ καὶ ιβλιοθήκη
καὶ τὸ Ὁμήρειον, στοὰ τετράγωνος, ἔχουσα νεὼν
Ὁμήρου καὶ ξόανον: μεταποιοῦνται γὰρ καὶ οὗτοι

1 ὑὙποκρήμνου F, ᾿Αποκρήμνου other MSS. ; but ep.‘ Ὑποκρήμνου
in 14. 1. 33.

244

ΡΝ

GEOGRAPHY, 14. τ. 35-37

« Whence also the Homeridae, singers of deftly woven
lays, most often... .” The Chians at one time
possessed also a fleet, and attained to liberty and to
maritime empire. The distance from Chios to Lesbos,
sailing southwards, is about four hundred stadia.

36. After Hypocremnus one comes to Chytrium,
the site on which Clazomenae was situated in earlier
times. Then to the present Clazomenae, with eight
small islands lying off it that are under cultivation.
Anaxagoras, the natural philosopher, an illustrious
man and associate of Anaximenes the Milesian, was
a Clazomenian. And Archelius the natural philo-
sopher and Euripides the poet took his entire course.
Then to a temple of Apollo and to hot springs, and
to the gulf and the city of the Smyrnaeans.

37. Next one comes to another gulf, on which is
the old Smyrna, twenty stadia distant from the
present Smyrna. After Smyrna had been rased by
the Lydians, its inhabitants continued for about four
hundred years to live in villages. Then they were
reassembled into a city by Antigonus, and after-
wards by Lysimachus, and their city is now the most
beautiful of all; a part of it is on a mountain and
walled, but the greater part of it is in the plain near
the harbour and near the Metréum and near the
gymnasium. The division into streets is except-
ionally good, in straight lines as far as possible ;
and the streets are paved with stone; and there
are large quadrangular porticoes, with both lower
and upper stories. There is also a library; and the
Homereium, a quadrangular portico containing a
shrine and wooden statue! of Homer; for the

1 The primary meaning of the Greek word here used for
“statue,” xoanon, is ‘‘a prehistoric statue carved of wood.”

245

STRABO

διαφερόντως τοῦ ποιητοῦ, καὶ δὴ καὶ νόμισμά
TL χαλκοῦν παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς “Ομήρειον λέγεται. ῥεῖ
δὲ πλησίον τοῦ τείχους ὁ Μέλης ποταμός. ἔστι
δὲ πρὸς τῇ ἄλλῃ κατασκευῇ τῆς πόλεως καὶ
λιμὴν κλειστός. ν δ᾽ ἐλάττωμα τῶν ἀρχιτεκτό-
νων οὐ μικρόν, ὅτε τὰς ὁδοὺς στορνύντες,,
ὑπορρύσεις οὐκ ἔδωκαν αὐταῖς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιπολάζει
τὰ σκύβαλα, καὶ μάλιστα ἐν τοῖς ὄμβροις
ἐπαφιεμένων τῶν ἀποσκευῶν. ἐνταῦθα Δολο-
βέλλας Τρεβώνιον ἐκπολιορκήσας ἀνεῖλεν, ἕνα
τῶν δολοφονησάντων Καίσαρα τὸν Θεόν, καὶ
τῆς πόλεως παρέλυσε πολλὰ μέρη.

38. Μετὰ δὲ Σμύρναν αἱ Λεῦκαι πολίχνιον, ὃ
ἀπέστησεν ᾿Αριστόνικος μετὰ τὴν ᾿Αττάλου τοῦ
Φιλομήτορος τελευτήν, δοκῶν τοῦ γένους εἶναι
τοῦ τῶν βασιλέων καὶ διανοούμενος εἰς ἑαυτὸν
ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀρχήν' ἐντεῦθεν μὲν οὖν ἐξέπεσεν,
ἡττηθεὶξ ναυμαχίᾳ περὶ τὴν Κυμαίαν ὑπὸ
᾿Εφεσίων, εἰς δὲ τὴν μεσόγαιαν ἀνιὼν ἤθροισε
διὰ ταχέων πλῆθος ἀπόρων τε ἀνθρώπων καὶ
δούλων ἐπ᾽ ἐλευθερίᾳ κατακεκλημένων, ods
ς , . , a \ 2 ,
ΗἩλιοπολίτας ἐκάλεσε. πρῶτον μὲν οὖν παρεισέ-
πεσεν εἰς Θυάτειρα, εἶτ᾽ ᾿Απολλωνίδα ἔσχεν,
εἶτ᾽ ἄλλων ἐφίετο φρουρίων: οὐ πολὺν δὲ διε-
γένετο χρόνον, ἀλλ᾽ εὐθὺς αἵ τε πόλεις ἔπεμψαν
πλῆθος, καὶ Νικομήδης ὁ Βιθυνὸς ἐπεκούρησε
καὶ οἱ τῶν Καππαδόκων βασιλεῖς. ἔπειτα
πρέσβεις Ῥωμαίων πέντε ἧκον, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα

1 στορνύντες Meineke, for στρωννύντες E, στορνήντες F,
στορέννυντες Other MSS.
3 ἀποσκευῶν, Corais, for maproKevar.

246

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 37-38

Smyrnaeans also lay especial claim to the poet; and
indeed a bronze coin οἵ theirs is called Homereium.
The River Meles flows near the walls; and, in addi-
tion to the rest of the city’s equipment, there is also
a harbour that can be closed. But there is one
error, not a small one, in the work of the engineers,
that when they paved the streets they did not give
them underground drainage; instead, filth covers
the surface, and particularly during rains, when the
cast-off filth is discharged upon the streets. It was
here that Dolabella captured by siege, and slew,
Trebonius, one of the men who treacherously
murdered the deified Caesar; and he set free} many
parts of the city.

38. After Smyrna one comes to Leucae, a small
town, which after the death of Attalus Philometor 2
was caused to revolt by Aristonicus, who was reputed
to belong to the royal family and intended to usurp
the kingdom. Now he was banished from Smyrna,
after being defeated in a naval battle near the
Cymaean territory by the Ephesians, but he went
up into the interior and quickly assembled a large
number of resourceless people, and also of slaves,
invited with a promise of freedom, whom he called
Heliopolitae.* Now he first fell upon Thyateira
unexpectedly, and then got possession of Apollonis,
and then set his efforts against other fortresses, But
he did not last long; the cities immediately sent a
large number of troops against him, and they were
assisted by Nicomedes the Bithynian and by the
kings of the Cappadocians. Then came five Roman

! Others translate the verb “‘ destroyed,” or the like, but
ef. its use in 8. 6. 14 and Herodotus 1. 149.
* See 13.4.2. ὃ Citizens of the city of Helius (Sun-god).

247

C 647

STRABO

στρατιὰ καὶ ὕπατος Πόπλιος Κράσσος, καὶ
μετὰ ταῦτα Μάρκος Περπέρνας, ὃς καὶ κατέλυσε
τὸν πόλεμον, ξωγρίᾳ λαβὼν τὸν ᾿Αριστόνικον καὶ
ἀναπέμψας εἰς Ῥώμην. ἐκεῖνος μὲν οὖν ἐν τῷ
δεσμωτηρίῳ κατέστρεψε τὸν βίον, Περπέρναν δὲ
νόσος διέφθειρε, Κράσσος δὲ περὶ Λεύκας, ἐπιθε-
μένων τινῶν, ἔπεσεν ἐν μάχῃ. Μάνιος δ᾽ ᾿Ακύλ-
λίος, ἐπελθὼν ὕπατος μετὰ δέκα πρεσβευτῶν,
διέταξε τὴν ἐπαρχίαν εἰς τὸ νῦν ἔτι συμμένον
τῆς πολιτείας σχῆμα. μετὰ δὲ Λεύκας Φώκαια
ἐν κόλπῳ" περὶ δὲ ταύτης “εἰρήκαμεν ἐν τῷ περὶ
Μασσαλίας λόγῳ. εἶθ᾽ οἱ ὅροι τῶν Ἰώνων καὶ
τῶν Αἰολέων" εἴρηται δὲ καὶ περὶ τούτων. ἐν
δὲ τῇ μεσογαίᾳ τῆς ἸἸωνικῆς παραλίας λοιπά
ἐστι τὰ περὶ τὴν ὁδὸν τὴν ἐξ ᾿Εφέσου μέχρι
᾿Αντιοχείας καὶ τοῦ Μαιάνδρου. ἔστι δὲ καὶ
τὰ χωρία ταῦτα Λυδοῖς καὶ Καρσὶν ἐπίμικτα καὶ
tots” EXAneot.

39. Πρώτη δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἐξ ᾿Εφέσου Μαγνησία,
πόλις Αἰολίς, λεγομένη δὲ ἐπὶ Μαιάνδρῳ" πλησίον
γὰρ αὐτοῦ ἵδρυται" πολὺ δὲ πλησιαίτερον ὁ
Ληθαῖος, ἐμβάλλων εἰς τὸν Μαίανδρον, τὴν δ᾽
ἀρχὴν ἔχων ἀπὸ Πακτύου " τοῦ τῶν ᾿Εφεσίων
ὄρους" ἕτερος δ᾽ ἐστὶ Ληθαῖος ὁ ἐν Τορτύνῃ καὶ
ὁ περὶ Τρίκκην, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ ὁ ᾿Ασκληπιὸς γεννηθῆναι
λέγεται, καὶ ἔτι ἐν τοῖς 'Ἑσπερίταις Λέβυσι.
κεῖται δ᾽ ἐν πεδίῳ πρὸς ὄρει καλουμένῳ Θώρακι
ἡ πόλις, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ σταυρωθῆναί φασι Δαφίταν τὸν
γραμματικόν, λοιδορήσαντα τοὺς βασιλέας διὰ
ἐστίχου"

1 στρατιά, Corais, for στρατεία.
2 Πακτύου, Xylander, for Πακτίου.

248

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 38-39

ambassadors, and after that an army under Publius
Crassus the consul,! and after that Marcus Perpernas,
who brought the war to an end, having captured
Aristonicus alive and sent him to Rome. Now
Aristonicus ended his life in prison; Perpernas died
of disease ; and Crassus, attacked by certain people
in the neighbourhood of Leucae, fell in battle. And
Manius Aquillius came over as consul? with ten
lieutenants and organised the province into the form
of government that still now endures. After Leucae
one comes to Phocaea, on a gulf, concerning which
I have already spoken in my account of Massalia.
Then to the boundaries of the Ionians and the
Aeolians; but I have already spoken of these. In
the interior above the Ionian seaboard there remain
to be described the places in the neighbourhood of
the road that leads from Ephesus to Antiocheia and
the Maeander River. These places are occupied by
Lydians and Carians mixed with Greeks.

39. The first city one comes to after Ephesus is
Magnesia, which is an Aeolian city and is called
* Magnesia on the Maeander,” for it is situated near
that river. But it is much nearer the Lethaeus
River, which empties into the Maeander and has its
beginning in Mt. Pactyes, the mountain in the
territory of the Ephesians. There is another Lethaeus
in Gortyna, and another near Triccé, where Asclepius
is said to have been born, and still another in the
country of the Western Libyans. And the city lies
in the plain near the mountain called Thorax, on
which Daphitas the grammarian is said to have been
crucified, because he reviled the kings in a distich:

1 131 B.c. 2 129 8.6.

8 διστἴΐχου F, στίχου other MSS.
VOL. V1. : Ὁ

STRABO

πορφύρεοι μώλωπες, ἀπορρινήματα γάξης
Λυσιμάχου, Λυδῶν ἄρχετε καὶ Φρυγίης.

καὶ λόγιον δ᾽ ἐκπεσεῖν αὐτῷ λέγεται, φυλάττεσθαι
τὸν Θώρακα.

40. Δοκοῦσι δ᾽ εἶναι Μάγνητες Δελφῶν ἀπό-
γονοι, τῶν ἐποικησάντων τὰ Δίδυμα ὄρη ἐν
Θετταλίᾳ, περὶ ὧν φησὶν ᾿Ησίοδος"

ἢ οἵη Διδύμους i ἱεροὺς ναίουσα κολωνούς,
Δωτίῳ ἐν πεδίῳ πολυβότρυος ἀ ἀντ᾽ ᾿Αμύροιο,
νίψατο Βοιβιάδος λίμνης πόδα παρθένος ἀδμής.

ἐνταῦθα δ' ἣν καὶ τὸ τῆς Δινδυμήνης ἱερόν,
Μητρὸς θεῶν" ἱεράσασθαι 1 δ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὴν Θεμι-
στοκλέους γυναῖκα, οἱ δὲ θυγατέρα παραδιδόασι"
νῦν δ᾽ οὐκ ἔστι τὸ ἱερὸν διὰ τὸ τὴν πόλιν εἰς
ἄλλον μετῳκίσθαι τόπον' ἐν δὲ τῇ νῦν πόλει τὸ
τῆς Λευκοφρυήνης ἱερόν ἐστιν ᾿Αρτέμιδος, ὃ ὃ τῷ
μὲν μεγέθει τοῦ ναοῦ καὶ τῷ πλήθει τῶν ἀναθη-
μάτων λείπεται τοῦ ἐν Ἐφέσῳ, τῇ δ᾽ εὐρυθμίᾳ
καὶ τῇ τέχνῃ τῇ περὶ τὴν κατασκευὴν τοῦ σηκοῦ
πολὺ διαφέρει" καὶ τῷ μεγέθει ὑπεραίρει πάντας
τοὺς ἐν ᾿Ασίᾳ πλὴν δυεῖν, τοῦ ἐν ᾿Εφέσῳ καὶ
τοῦ ἐν Διδύμοις. καὶ τὸ παλαιὸν δὲ συνέβη
τοῖς Μάγνησιν ὑπὸ Tenpav ἄρδην ἀναιρεθῆναι,
Κιμμερικοῦ, ἔθνους, εὐτυχήσαντας τ πολὺν χρόνον"
τῷ δ᾽ ἑξῆς ἔτει Μιλησίους κατασχεῖν τὸν τόπον.
Καλλῖνος μὲν οὖν ὡς εὐτυχούντων ere TOV
Μαγνήτων. μέμνηται καὶ κατορθούντων ἐν τῷ
πρὸς τοὺς ᾿Εφεσίους πολέμῳ, ᾿Αρχίλοχος δὲ ἤδη
φαίνεται γνωρίζων τὴν γενομένην αὐτοῖς συμφο-
pav"

2δς

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 39-40

“ Purpled with stripes, mere filings of the treasure of
Lysimachus, ye rule the Lydians and Phrygia.” It
is said that an oracle was given out that Daphitas
should be on his guard against Thorax.

40. The Magnetans are thought to be descendants
of Delphians who settled in the Didyman hills, in
Thessaly, concerning whom Hesiod says: “ Or as the
unwedded virgin who, dwelling on the holy Didyman
hills, in the Dotian Plain, in front of Amyrus, bathed
her foot in Lake Boebeis.”4 Here was also the
temple of Dindymené, Mother of the gods. Accord-
ing to tradition, the wife of Themistocles, some say
his daughter, served as a priestess there. But the
temple is not now in existence, because the city has
been transferred to another site. In the present city
is the temple of Artemis Leucophryené, which in
the size of its shrine and in the number of its votive
offerings is inferior to the temple at Ephesus, but in
the harmony and skill shown in the structure of the
sacred enclosure is far superior to it. And in size it
surpasses all the sacred enclosures in Asia except
two, that at Ephesus and that at Didymi. In ancient
times, also, it came to pass that the Magnetans were
utterly destroyed by the Treres, a Cimmerian tribe,
although they had for a long time been a prosperous
people, but the Milesians took possession of the place
in the following year. Now Callinus mentions the
Magnetans as still being a prosperous people and as
being successful in their war against the Ephesians,
but Archilochus is obviously already aware of the

1 Also quoted in 9. 5. 22.

1 ἱεράσασθαι Dh, ἱερᾶσθαι other MSS.
3 εὐτυχήσαντας F, εὐτυχήσαντος other MSS.
251

STRABO

κλαίειν τὰ Oaciwv,' ov? τὰ Μαγνήτων κακά'

C 648 ἐξ οὗ καὶ αὐτὸν νεώτερον εἶναι τοῦ ΚΚαλλίνου
τεκμαίρεσθαι πάρεστιν. ἄλλης δέ τινος ἐφόδου
τῶν Κιμμερίων μέμνηται πρεσβυτέρας ὁ Καλλῖνος,
ἐπὰν φῇ:

νῦν δ᾽ ἐπὶ Κιμμερίων στρατὸς ἔρχεται ὀβρι-

μοεργῶν᾽

ἐν 4 τὴν Σάρδεων ἅλωσιν δηλοῖ.
_ Al. “Avépes δ᾽ _ ἐγένοντο γνώριμοι Μάγνητες
Ηγησίας τε ὁ ῥήτωρ, ὃς ἦρξε μάλιστα τοῦ
᾿Ασιανοῦ λεγομένου ζήλου, παραφθείρας τὸ
καθεστηκὸς ἔθος τὸ ᾿Αττικόν, καὶ Σῖμος 8 ὁ μελο-
ποιός, παραφθείρας καὶ αὐτὸς τὴν τῶν προτέρων
μελοποιῶν ἀγωγὴν καὶ τὴν Σιμῳδίαν εἰσαγαγών,
καθάπερ ἔτι μᾶλλον Λυσιῳδοὶ καὶ Μαγῳδοί,
καὶ Κλεόμαχος ὁ πύκτης, ὃς εἰς ἔρωτα ἐμπεσὼν
κιναίδου τινὸς καὶ παιδίσκης ὑπὸ τῷ κιναίδῳ
τρεφομένης ἀπεμιμήσατο τὴν ἀγωγὴν τῶν παρὰ
τοῖς κιναΐδοις διαλέκτων καὶ τῆς ἠθοποιίας" ἦρξε
δὲ Σωτάδης μὲν πρῶτος τοῦ κιναιδολογεῖν, ἔπειτα
᾿Αλέξανδρος ὁ Αἰτωλός" ἀλλ᾽ οὗτοι μὲν ἐν ψιλῷ
λόγῳ, μετὰ μέλους δὲ Λῦσις, καὶ ἔτι πρότερος
τούτου ὁ Σῖμος. ᾿Αναξήνορα δὲ τὸν κιθαρῳδὸν
ἐξῆρε μὲν καὶ τὰ θέατρα, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτειῦ μάλιστα
᾿Αντώνιος, ὅς ὃ ye καὶ τεττάρων πόλεων ἀπέδειξε
φορολόγον, στρατιώτας αὐτῷ συστήσας. καὶ ἡ

1 τὰ Θασίων, Tyrwhitt, for θάσ(σ)γων ; so Tzschucke and
Corais.

2 οὐ, Tzschucke and Corais, for οὗ.

3 Siuos, Tzschucke, for Σίμων ; so Meineke,

4 τῷ, Corais inserts ; so Meineke.

252

GEOGRAPHY, 14. τ. 40-41

misfortune that befell them: “to bewail the woes
of the Thasians, not those of the Magnetans”’ 9}
whence one may judge that he was more recent
than Callinus. And Callinus recalls another, and
earlier, invasion of the Cimmerians when he says:
* And now the army of the Cimmerians, mighty in
deeds, advanceth,’* in which he plainly indicates
the capture of Sardeis.

41. Well-known natives of Magnesia are: He-
gesias the orator, who, more than any other, initiated
the Asiatic style, as it is called, whereby he corrupted
the established Attic custom; and Simus the melic
poet, he too a man who corrupted the style handed
down by the earlier melic poets and introduced the
Simoedia,’ just as that style was corrupted still more
by the Lysioedi and the Magoedi, and by Cleomachus
the pugilist, who, having fallen in love with a certain
cinaedus* and with a young female slave who was
kept as a prostitute by the cinaedus, imitated the
style of dialects and mannerisms that was in vogue
among the cinaedi. Sotades was the first man to
write the talk of the cinaedi; and then Alexander
the Aetolian. But though these two men imitated
that talk in mere speech, Lysis accompanied it with
song; and so did Simus, who was still earlier than
he. As for Anaxenor, the citharoede,® the theatres
exalted him, but Antony exalted him all he possibly
could, since he even appointed him exactor of tribute
from four cities, giving him a body-guard of soldiers.

1 Frag. 20 (Bergk). 2 Frag. 3 (Bergk).

3 A loose song. 4 An obscene talker.

5 One who played the cithara and sang to its accompaniment
(cf. 9. 3. 10 and note on ‘‘ the citharoedes”’).

5 ὅτι, Meineke, for ἔτι. 6 ὅς, Kramer, for ὅν.

253

C 649

STRABO

ὶ δ᾽ e n δ᾽. ” / > /
πατρὶς δ᾽ ἱκανῶς αὐτὸν ηὔξησε, πορφύραν ἐνδύ-
σασα, ἱερωμένον" τοῦ Σωσιπόλιδος Διός, καθά-
περ καὶ ἡ γραπτὴ εἰκὼν ἐμφανίζει ἡ ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ.
ἔστι δὲ καὶ χαλκῆ εἰκὼν ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ, ἐπιγραφὴν
ἔχουσα"

Μ \ , \ 3 / ᾽ \ > “Ε

ἤτοι μὲν τόδε καλὸν ἀκουέμεν ἐστὶν ἀοιδοῦ

a>’ vO 3 , “ ᾽ ’ > cal
τοιοῦδ᾽, οἷος ὅδ᾽ ἐστί, θεοῖς ἐναλίγκιος αὐδῇ.

οὐ στοχασάμενος δὲ ὁ ἐπιγράψας τὸ τελευταῖον
γράμμα τοῦ δευτέρου ἔπους παρέλιπε, τοῦ πλά-
τους τῆς βάσεως μὴ συνεξαρκοῦντος" ὥστε τῆς
πόλεως ἀμαθίαν καταγινώσκειν παρέσχε διὰ τὴν
ἀμφιβολίαν τὴν περὶ τὴν γραφήν, εἴτε τὴν
ὀνομαστικὴν δέχοιτο πτῶσιν τῆς ἐσχάτης προση-
γορίας, εἴτε τὴν δοτικήν᾽ πολλοὶ γὰρ χωρὶς TOU t
γράφουσι τὰς δοτικὰς καὶ ἐκβάλλουσι δὲ τὸ
ἔθος φυσικὴν αἰτίαν οὐκ ἔχον.

42. Μετὰ δὲ Μαγνησίαν ἡ ἐπὶ Τράλλεις ἐστὶν
ὁδὸς ἐν ἀριστερᾷ μὲν τὴν Μεσωγίδα ἔχουσιν,
ἐν αὐτῇ δὲ τῇ ὁδῷ καὶ ἐν δεξιᾷ τὸ Μαιάνδρου
πεδίον, Λυδῶν ἅμα καὶ Καρῶν νεμομένων καὶ
» 7 / \ ’ ΝΜ \ > ,ὔ
Ιώνων, Μιλησίων τε καὶ Μυησίων, ἔτι δὲ Αἰολέων
τῶν ἐν Μαγνησίᾳ᾽ ὁ δ᾽ αὐτὸς τρόπος 4 τῆς το-
ποθεσίας καὶ μέχρι Νύσης καὶ ᾿Αντιοχείας.
ἵδρυται δ᾽ ἡ μὲν τῶν Τραλλιανῶν πόλις ἐπὶ
τραπεζίου τινός, ἄκραν ἔχοντος ἐρυμνήν" καὶ τὰ
κύκλῳ δ᾽ ἱκανῶς εὐερκῆ" συνοικεῖται δὲ καλῶς,
εἴ τις ἄλλη τῶν κατὰ τὴν ᾿Ασίαν, ὑπὸ εὐπόρων
ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ἀεί τινες ἐξ αὐτῆς εἰσὶν οἱ
πρωτεύοντες κατὰ τὴν ἐπαρχίαν, ods ᾿Ασιάρχας

1 Instead of ἱερωμένον, CDmoz have ἱερωμένην.
5 περί, Kramer, for παρά.
254

GEOGRAPHY, 14. τ. 41-42

Further, his native land greatly increased his honours,
having clad him in purple as consecrated to Zeus
Sosipolis,! as is plainly indicated in his painted image
in the market-place. And there is also a bronze
statue of him in the theatre, with the inscription,
« Surely this is a beautiful thing, to listen toa singer
such as this man is, like unto the gods in voice.’
But the engraver, missing his guess, left out the
last letter of the second verse, the base of the statue
not being wide enough for its inclusion; so that he
laid the city open to the charge of ignorance, because
of the ambiguity of the writing, as to whether the last
word should be taken as in the nominative case or
in the dative ;* for many write the dative case without
the iota, and even reject the ordinary usage as being
without natural cause.

42. After Magnesia comes the road to Tralleis, with
Mt. Mesogis on the left, and, at the road itself and
on the right, the plain of the Maeander River, which
is occupied by Lydians and Carians, and by Ionians,
both Milesians and Myesians, and also by the Aeo-
lians of Magnesia. And the same kind of topogra-
phical account applies as far as Nysa and Antiocheia.
The city of the Tralleians is situated upon a trape-
zium-shaped site, with a height fortified by nature ;
and the places all round are well defended. And it
is as well peopled as any other city in Asia by people
of means; and always some of its men hold the chief
places in the province, being called Asiarchs.

1 City-Saviour. 2 Odyssey 9. 3.
3 i.e. as ATAH or ATAHI.

3 δέ, Meineke, for γε; Corais τε.
4. καί, after τρόπος, omitted by mozz.

255

STRABO

Kahovow ὧν Πυθόδωρός τε ἦν, ἀνὴρ Νυσαεὺς
τὸ ἐξ ἀρχῆς, ἐκεῖσε δὲ μεταβεβηκὼς διὰ τὴν
ἐπιφάνειαν, καὶ ἐν τῇ πρὸς Πομπήιον φιλίᾳ
διαπρέπων μετ᾽ ὀλίγων" περιεβέβλητο δὲ καὶ
οὐσίαν βασιλικὴν πλειόνων ἢ δισχιλίων τα-
λάντων, ἣν ὑπὸ Καίσαρος τοῦ Θεοῦ πραθεῖσαν
διὰ τὴν πρὸς Πομπήιον φιλίαν ἐξωνησάμενος οὐχ
ἥττω τοῖς παισὶ κατέλιπε" τούτου δ᾽ ἐστὶ L θυγάτηρ
Πυθοδωρίς, ” νῦν βασιλεύουσα ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ,
περὶ ἧς εἰρήκαμεν. οὗτος δὴ Kal? ἡμᾶς ἤκμασε
καὶ Μηνόδωρος, ἀνὴρ λόγιος, καὶ ἄχλως σεμνὸς
καὶ βαρύς, ἔχων τὴν ἱερωσύνην τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ
Λαρισαίου: κατεστασιάσθη δ᾽ ὑπὸ τῶν Δομετίου
τοῦ ᾿Αηνοβάρβου φίλων, καὶ ἀνεῖλεν αὐτὸν
ἐκεῖνος, ὡς ἀφιστάντα τὸ ναυτικόν, πιστεύσας
τοῖς ἐνδειξαμένοις. ἐγένοντο δὲ καὶ ῥήτορες
ἐπιφανεῖς Διονυσοκλῆς τε καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα Δάμα-
σος ὁ Σκόμβρος. κτίσμα δέ φασιν εἷναι τὰς
Τράλλεις ᾿ Α ργείων καί τινων Θρᾳκῶν Τραλλίων,
ἀφ᾽ ὧν τοὔνομα. τυραννηθῆναι δ᾽ ὀλίγον συνέ-
πεσε χρόνον τὴν πόλιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἸΚρατίππου
παίδων κατὰ τὰ Μιθριδατικά.

48. Νῦσα δ᾽ ἵδρυται πρὸς τῇ Μεσωγίδι τὸ
πλέον τῷ ὄρει προσανακεκλιμένη, ἔστι δ᾽ ὥσπερ
δίπολις, διαιρεῖ γὰρ αὐτὴν χαράδρα τις, ποιοῦσα
φάραγγα, ἧς τὸ μὲν γέφυραν ἐπικειμένην ἔχει,
συνάπτουσαν τὰς δύο πόλεις, τὸ δ᾽ ἀμφιθεάτρῳ
κεκόσμηται, κρυπτὴν ἔχοντι τὴν ὑπόρρυσιν τῶν
χαραδρωδῶν ὑδάτων" τῷ δὲ θεάτρῳ δύο ἄκραι,
ὧν τῇ μὲν ὑπόκειται τὸ γυμνάσιον τῶν νέων,

1 12. 8. 29, 31, 37.
256

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 42-43

Among these was Pythodorus, originally a native of
Nysa, but he changed his abode to Tralleis because
of its celebrity ; and with only a few others he stood
out conspicuously as a friend of Pompey. And he
came into possession of the wealth of a king, worth
more than two thousand talents, which, though
sold by the deified Caesar, was redeemed by him
through his friendship with Pompey and was left by
him unimpaired to his children. He was the father
of Pythodoris, the present queen in Pontus, of whom
I have already spoken. Pythodorus, then, flourished
in my time, as also Menodorus, a man of learning,
and otherwise august and grave, who held the
priesthood of Zeus Larisaeus. But he was over-
thrown by a counter-party friendly to Dometius
Ahenobarbus; and Dometius, relying on his in-
formers, slew him, as guilty of causing the fleet to
revolt. Here were born famous orators: Dionysocles
and afterwards Damasus Scombrus. Tralleis is said
to have been founded by Argives and by certain
Tralleian Thracians, and hence the name. And the
city was ruled for a short time by tyrants, the
sons of Cratippus, at the time of the Mithridatic
war.

43. Nysa is situated near Mt. Mesogis, for the
most part lying upon its slopes; and it is a double
city, so to speak, for it is divided by a torrential
stream that forms a gorge, which at one place
has a bridge over it, joining the two cities, and at
another is adorned with an amphitheatre, with a
hidden underground passage for the torrential waters.
Near the theatre are two heights, below one of
which is the gymnasium of youths; and below the
other is the market-place and the gymnasium for

257
12

STRABO

τῇ δ᾽ , ἀγορὰ καὶ τὸ γεροντικόν" πρὸς δὲ νότον
ὑποπέπτωκε τῇ πόλει τὸ πεδίον, καθάπερ καὶ
ταῖς Τράλλεσιν.

44, ᾿Εν δὲ τῇ ὁδῷ τῇ μεταξὺ τῶν Τράλλεων
καὶ τῆς Νύσης, κώμη τῶν Νυσαέων ἐστὶν οὐκ
ἄπωθεν τῆς πόλεως ᾿Αχάρακα, ἐν 4 τὸ Πλου-
τώνιον, ἔχον καὶ ἄλσος πολυτελὲς καὶ νεὼν
Πλούτωνός τε καὶ Κόρης," καὶ τὸ Χαρώνιον,
ἄντρον ὑπερκείμενον τοῦ ἄλσους θαυμαστὸν τῇ
φύσει: λέγουσι γὰρ “δὴ καὶ τοὺς νοσώδεις καὶ
προσέχοντας ταῖς τῶν θεῶν τούτων θεραπείαις
φοιτᾶν ἐκεῖσε καὶ διαιτᾶσθαι ἐ ἐν τῇ κώμῃ πλησίον
τοῦ ἄντρου παρὰ τοῖς ἐμπείροις τῶν ἱερέων, οἱ
ἐγκοιμῶνταί τε ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν καὶ διατάττουσιν
ἐκ τῶν ὀνείρων τὰς θεραπείας. οὗτοι δ᾽, εἰσὶ καὶ
οἱ ἐγκαλοῦντες THY τῶν θεῶν ἰατρείαν' ἄγουσι δὲ
πολλάκις εἰς τὸ ἄντρον καὶ ἱδρύουσι μένοντας
καθ᾽ ἡσυχίαν ἐκεῖ, καθάπερ ἐν pared σιτίων
χωρὶς ἐπὶ πλείους ἡμέρας. ἔστι δ᾽ ὅτε καὶ
ἰδίοις ἐνυπνίοις οἱ νοσηλευόμενοι, προσέχουσι,
μυσταγωγοῖς δ᾽ ὅμως καὶ συμβούλοις. ἐκείνοις
χρῶνται, ὡς ἂν ἱερεῦσι" τοῖς δ᾽ ἄλλοις ΤΣ
ἐστιν ὁ τόπος καὶ ὀλέθριος. πανήγυρις δ᾽
τοῖς ᾿Αχαράκοις συντελεῖται κατ᾽ ἔτος, καὶ τότε
μάλιστα ὁρᾶν ἔστι καὶ ἀκούειν περὶ τῶν το-
σούτων " τοὺς πανηγυρίζοντας" τότε δὲ καὶ περὶ
τὴν μεσημβρίαν ὑπολαβόντες ταῦρον οἱ ἐκ τοῦ
γυμνασίου νέοι καὶ ἔφηβοι, γυμνοὶ den" «ἀληλιμ-
μένοι,3 μετὰ σπουδῆς ἀνακομίξουσιν εἰς τὸ ἄντρον"
ἀφεθεὶς δέ, μικρὸν προελθὼν πίπτει καὶ ἔκπνους
γίνεται.

1 Κόρης, second hand in Ὁ, for Ἥρας elsewhere.

258

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 43-44

older persons. The plain lies to the south of the
city, as it does to the south of Tralleis.

44, On the road between the Tralleis and Nysa
is a village of the Nysaeans, not far from the city,
Acharaca, where is the Plutonium, with a costly
sacred precinct and a shrine of Pluto and Coré, and
also the Charonium, a cave that lies above the sacred
precinct, by nature wonderful; for they say that
those who are diseased and give heed to the cures
prescribed by these gods resort thither and live in
the village near the cave among experienced priests,
who on their behalf sleep in the cave and through
dreams prescribe the cures. These are also the men
who invoke the healing power of the gods. And
they often bring the sick into the cave and leave
them there, to remain in quiet, like animals in their
lurking-holes, without food for many days. And some-
times the sick give heed also to their own dreams, but
still they use those other men, as priests, to initiate
them into the mysteries and to counsel them. To
all others the place is forbidden and deadly. A
festival is celebrated every year at Acharaca; and at
that time in particular those who celebrate the
festival can see and hear concerning all these
things; and at the festival, too, about noon, the
boys and young men of the gymnasium, nude and
anointed with oil, take up a bull and with haste
earry him up into the cave; and, when let loose,
the bull goes forward a short distance, falls, and
breathes out his life.

2 τοσούτων is emended by Corais and Meineke to vo-
σούντων.
8 χίπ᾽ ἀληλιυμένοι, Meineke, for ἀπαληλιμμένοι.

259

STRABO

45. ᾿Απὸ δὲ τριάκοντα σταδίων τῆς Νύσης
ὑπερβᾶσι μῶλον καὶ τὸ ὄρος τὴν Μεσωγίδα
ἐπὶ τὰ πρὸς τὸν νότον μέρη καλεῖται τόπος
Λειμών, εἰς ὃν ἐξοδεύουσ, πανηγυριοῦντες
Νυσαεῖς τε καὶ οἱ κύκλῳ πάντες: οὐ πόρρω δὲ
τούτου στόμιόν ἐστιν ἱερὸν τῶν αὐτῶν θεῶν, ὅ
φασι καθήκειν μέχρι τῶν ᾿Αχαράκων. τοῦτον
δὲ τὸν λειμῶνα ὀνομάζειν τὸν ποιητήν φασιν,
ὅταν φῇ,

᾿Ασίῳ ἐν λειμῶνι,
δεικνύντες Καύστρίου καὶ ᾿Ασίου τινὸς ἡρῷον καὶ
τὸν Κάῦστρον πλησίον ἀπορρέοντα.

46. ἹΙστοροῦσι δὲ τρεῖς ἀδελφούς, "Αθυμβρόν

. 7 Z , ὧ , 3
te καὶ ᾿Αθύμβραδον καὶ “Tédpnror, ἐλθόντας ἐκ
Λακεδαίμονος, τὰς ἐπωνύμους αὐτῶν κτίσαι
πόλεις, λειπανδρῆσαι δ᾽ ὕστερον, ἐξ ἐκείνων δὲ
συνοικισθῆναι τὴν Νῦσαν' καὶ νῦν Αθυμβρον
ἀρχηγέτην νομίζουσιν οἱ Νυσαεῖς.

47. Περίκεινται δὲ ἀξιόλογοι κατοικίαι πέραν
τοῦ Μαιάνδρου, Κοσκίνια καὶ ᾿Ορθωσία: ἐντὸς δὲ
Βρίουλα, Μάσταυρα, ᾿Αχάρακα, καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς
πόλεως ἐν τῷ ὄρει τὰ "Αρομα 3 (συστέλλοντες τὸ
ῥῶ γράμμα)" ὅθεν ἄριστος Μεσωγίτης οἶνος ὁ
᾿Αρομεύς.

! καί, before τὸ ὄρος, Jones inserts. Εἰ reads τὸ ὄρος καὶ τὴν

Μεσωγίδα.

2 “Apoua, Corais. for ᾿Αρώματα CDF (the o being above w in
D), ᾿Αρόματα Ehimoz.

3 The words in parenthesis are probably a gloss, and are
ejected by Meineke.

1 The text, which seems to be corrupt, is recast and
emended by Groskurd to read, ‘“‘ having crossed the Mesogis

260

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 45-47

45. Thirty stadia from Nysa, after one crosses over
Mt. Tmolus and the mountain called Mesogis,
towards the region to the south of the Mesogis,! there
is a place called Leimon,? whither the Nysaeans and
all the people about go to celebrate their festivals.
And not far from Leimon is an entrance into the
earth sacred to the same gods, which is said to
extend down as far as Acharaca. The poet is said
to name this meadow when he says, ‘On the Asian
meadow’’; and they point out a hero-temple of
Cajster and a certain Asius, and the Cayster River
that streams forth near by.

46. The story is told that three brothers, Athym-
brus and Athymbradus and Hydrelus, who came
from Lacedaemon, founded the three cities which
were named after them, but that the cities later
became scantily populated, and that the city Nysa
was founded by their inhabitants; but that Athym-
brus is now regarded by Nysaeans as their original
founder.

47. Near Nysa, on the far side of the Maeander
River, are situated noteworthy settlements; I mean
Coscinia and Orthosia; and this side the river,
Briula, Mastaura and Acharaca, and above the city,
on the mountain, Aroma (in which the letter rho? is
short), whence comes the best Mesogitan wine, I
mean the Aromian.

towards the region to the south of Tmolus.” But the simple
rectification of the text made by the present translator solves
the difficulty quite as well (see critical note).

2 ¢.2, meadow.

3 Apparently an error for “‘in which name the letter omega
is shortened to omicron (cp. the well-known Greek word
Aréma, which may mean either ‘‘spice” or ‘‘arable land.”’)

261

C 651

STRABO

48. “Avdpes δὲ “γεγόνασιν ἔνδοξοι Νυσαεῖς
᾿Απολλώνιός τε ὁ Στωικὸς φιλόσοφος, τῶν
Παναιτίου γνωρίμων ἄριστος, καὶ Mevexparns,
᾿Αριστάρχου μαθητής, καὶ ᾿Αριστόδημος, ἐκείνου
υἱός, οὗ διηκούσαμεν ἡμεῖς ἐσχατόγηρω νέοι
παντελῶς ἐν τῇ Νύση" καὶ Σώστρατος δέ, ὁ
ἀδελφὸς τοῦ ᾿Αριστοδήμου, καὶ ἄλλος ᾿Αριστό-
δημος, ἀνεψιὸς αὐτοῦ, ὁ παιδεύσας Μάγνον Πομ-
πήιον, ἀξιόλογοι γεγόνασι γραμματικοῖΐ" ὁ δ᾽
ἡμέτερος καὶ ἐρρητόρευε, καὶ ἐν τῇ Ῥόδῳ καὶ ἐν
τῇ πατρίδι δύο σ ολὰς συνεῖχε, πρωὶ μὲν τὴν
ῥητορικήν, δείλης δὲ τὴν γραμματικὴν σχολήν'
ἐν δὲ τῇ “Ῥώμῃ τῶν Μάγνου παίδων ἐπιστατῶν
ἠρκεῖτο τῇ γραμματικῇ σχολῇ.

1. Ta δὲ πέραν ἤδη τοῦ “Μαιάνδρου, τὰ λειπό-
μενα τῆς περιοδείας, πάντ᾽ ἐστὶ Καρικά, οὐκέτι
τοῖς Λυδοῖς ἐπιμεμιγμένων ἐνταῦθα τῶν Καρῶν,
ποτὰ ἤδη καθ᾽ αὑτοὺς ὄντων, πλὴν εἴ τι Μιλήσιοι

αἱ Μυήσιοι τῆς παραλίας “ἀποτέτμηνται. ἀρχὴ
μὲν οὖν τῆς παραλίας ἐστὶν ἡ τῶν “Ῥοδίων περαία
πρὸς θαλάττης, τέλος δὲ τὸ Ποσείδιον τῶν
Μιλησίων" ἐν δὲ τῇ μεσογαίᾳ τὰ ἄκρα τοῦ
Ταύρου “μέχρι Μαιάνδρου. “λέγουσι γὰρ ἀρχὴν
εἶναι τοῦ Ταύρου τὰ ὑπερκείμενα ὄρη. τῶν Χελι-
δονίων καλουμένων νήσων, αἵπερ ἐν μεθορίῳ τῆς
Παμφυλίας καὶ τῆς Λυκίας πρόκεινται" ἐντεῦθεν
γὰρ ἐξαίρεται πρὸς ὕψος ὁ Ταῦρος" τὸ δ᾽ ἀληθὲς καὶ

1 For map of Asia Minor, see Vol. V. (at end).
262

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 1. 48-2. 1

48. Famous men born at Nysa are: Apollonius
the Stoic philosopher, best of the disciples of Panae-
tius; and Menecrates, pupil of Aristarchus; and
Aristodemus, his son, whose entire course, in his
extreme old age, | in my youth took at Nysa; and
Sostratus, the brother of Aristodemus, and another
Aristodemus, his cousin, who trained Pompey the
Great, proved themselves notable grammarians.
But my teacher also taught rhetoric and had two
schools, both in Rhodes and in his native land, teach-
ing rhetoric in the morning and grammar in the
evening; at Rome, however, when he was in charge
of the children of Pompey the Great, he was content
with the teaching of grammar.

1. Comine now to the tar side of the Maeander,}
the parts that remain to be described are all Carian,
since here the Lydians are no longer intermingled
with the Carians, and the latter occupy all the country
by themselves, except that a segment of the sea-
board is occupied by Milesians and Myesians. Now
the beginning of the seaboard is the Peraea® of the
Rhodians on the sea, and the end of it is the
Poseidium of the Milesians; but in the interior are
the extremities of the ‘Taurus, extending as far as
the Maeander River. For it is said that the moun-
tains situated above the Chelidonian islands, as they
are called, which islands lie off the confines of
Pamphylia and Lycia, form the beginning of the
Taurus, for thence the Taurus rises to a height;

2 Mainland territory.
263

STRABO

τὴν Λυκίαν ἅπασαν ὀρεινὴ ῥάχις τοῦ Ταύρου διείρ-
yee πρὸς τὰ ἐκτὸς καὶ τὸ νότιον μέρος ἀπὸ τῶν
Κιβυρατικῶν μέχρι τῆς περαίας τῶν “Ροδίων.
κἀνταῦθα δ᾽ ἐστὶ συνεχὴς ὀρεινή, πολὺ μέντοι
ταπεινοτέρα, καὶ οὐκέτι τοῦ Ταύρου νομίζεται,
οὐδὲ τὰ μὲν ἐκτὸς αὐτοῦ, τὰ δ᾽ ἐντός, διὰ τὸ
σποράδας εἶναι τὰς ἐξοχὰς καὶ τὰς εἰσοχὰς
ἐπίσης els! τε πλάτος καὶ μῆκος τῆς χώρας
ἁπάσης καὶ μηδὲν ἔχειν ὅμοιον διατειχίσματι.
ἔστι & ἅπας μὲν ὁ περίπλους κατακολπίζοντι
σταδίων τετρακισχιλίων ἐννακοσίων, αὐτὸς δὲ
ὁ τῆς περαίας τῶν Ῥοδίων ἐγγὺς χιλίων καὶ
πεντακοσίων.

2. ᾿Αρχὴ δὲ τὰ Δαίδαλα, τῆς “Podias χωρίον,
πέρας δὲ τὸ καλούμενον ὄρος Φοϊνιξ, καὶ τοῦτο
τῆς Ῥοδίας. πρόκειται δ᾽ ᾿λαιοῦσσα 3 νῆσος
διέχουσα τῆς Ῥόδου σταδίους ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι.
μεταξὺ δὲ πρῶτον μὲν ἀπὸ Δαιδάλων πλέουσιν
ἐπὶ τὴν δύσιν ἐπ᾽ εὐθείας τῇ ἐκ Κιλικίας καὶ
Παμφυλίας καὶ Λυκίας παραλίᾳ κόλπος ἐστὶν εὐλί-
μενος, Γλαῦκος καλούμενος, εἶτα τὸ ᾿Αρτεμίσιον
ἄκρα καὶ ἱερόν, εἶτα τὸ Λητῷον ἄλσος" ὑπὲρ
αὐτοῦ δὲ καὶ τῆς θαλάττης ἐν ἑξήκοντα σταδίοις
Κάλυνδα38 πόλις: εἶτα Καῦνος καὶ ποταμὸς
πλησίον Κάλβις βαθύς, ἔχων εἰσαγωγήν, καὶ
μεταξὺ Πέίσιλις.

8. Ἔχει δ᾽ ἡ πόλις νεώρια καὶ λιμένα κλειστόν"
ὑπέρκειται δὲ τῆς πόλεως ἐν ὕψει φρούριον

1 εἰς, Kramer inserts ; so the later editors,

2 Ἐλαιοῦσσα, Tzschucke, for Ἐλεοῦσσα; so Corais and
Meineke.

8 KdAuvda, Casaubon, for Κάλυμνα ; so the later editors.

264

ie ee

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 2. 1-3

but the truth is that the whole of Lycia, towards
the parts outside and on its southern side, is separ-
tated by a mountainous ridge of the Taurus from the
country of the Cibyrans as far as the Peraea of the
Rhodians. From here the ridge continues, but is
much lower and is no longer regarded asa part of the
Taurus ; neither are the parts outside the Taurus and
this side of it so regarded, because of the fact that
the eminences and depressions are scattered equally
throughout the breadth and the length of the whole
country, and present nothing like a wall of partition.
The whole of the voyage round the coast, following
the sinuosities of the gulfs, is four thousand nine
hundred stadia, and merely that round the Peraea
of the Rhodians is close to fifteen hundred.

2. The Peraea of the Rhodians begins with
Daedala, a place in the Rhodian territory, but ends
with Mt. Phoenix, as it is called, which is also in the
Rhodian territory. Off the Peraea lies the island
Elaeussa, distant one hundred and twenty stadia from
Rhodes. Between the two, as one sails towards the
west from Daedala in a straight line with the coast
of Cilicia and Pamphylia and Lycia, one comes to a
gulf called Glaucus, which has good harbours; then
to the Artemisium, a promontory and temple; then
to the sacred precinct of Leto, above which, and
above the sea, at a distance of sixty stadia, lies
Calynda, a city; then to Caunus and to the Calbis, a
river near Caunus, which is deep and affords passage
for merchant vessels; and between the two lies
Pisilis.

3. The city! has dockyards, and a harbour that
can be closed. Above the city, on a height, lies

1 Caunus.

265

C 652

STRABO

Ἴμβρος. τῆς δὲ χώρας εὐδαίμονος οὔσης, ἡ

πόλις τοῦ θέρους ὁμολογεῖται παρὰ πάντων εἶναι
δυσάερος καὶ τοῦ μετοπώρου διὰ τὰ καύματα καὶ
τὴν ἀφθονίαν τῶν ὡραίων’ καὶ δὴ καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα
διηγημάτια θρυλεῖται, ὅ ὅτι Στρατόνικος ὁ ὁ κιθαρισ-
τὴς ἰδὼν ἐπιμελῶς * χλωροὺς τοὺς Καυνίους, τοῦτ᾽
εἶναι ἔφη τὸ τοῦ ποιητοῦ"

οἵη περ φύλλων γενεή, τοιήδε καὶ igen

μεμφομένων δέ, ὡς σκώπτοιτο αὐτῷ " ἡ πόλις ὡς
νοσερά, "Eye, ἔφη, ταύτην θαρρήσαιμ᾽ ἂν λέγειν
νοσεράν, ὅπου καὶ οἱ νεκροὶ περιπατοῦσιν ; ἀπέ-
στησαν δέ ποτε Καύνιοι τῶν ‘Podior: κριθέντες
δ᾽ ἐπὶ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἀπελήφθησαν πάλιν: καὶ
ἔστι λόγος Μόλωνος κατὰ Καυνίων. φασὶ δ᾽
αὐτοὺς ὁμογλώττους μὲν εἶναι τοῖς Καρσίν,
ἀφῖχθαι δ᾽ ἐκ Κρήτης 3 καὶ χρῆσθαι νόμοις
ἰδίοις.

4, Ἑξῆς δὲ Φύσκος πολίχνη, λιμένα ἔχουσα
καὶ ἄλσος Λητῷον' εἶτα Λώρυμα, παραλία
τραχεῖα, καὶ ὄρος ὑψηλότατον τῶν ταύτῃ; ἐπ᾽
ἄκρῳ δὲ φρούριον ὁμώνυμον τῷ "ὄρει Φοϊνιξ'
πρόκειται δ᾽ ἡ ᾿Ελαιοῦσσα * νῆσος ἐν τέτρασι
σταδίοις κύκλον ἔχουσα ὅσον ὀκτωστάδιον.

1 ἐπιμελῶς seems to be corrupt. For various conjectures,
see Miller, Ind. Var, Lect., Ὁ. 1030.

2 αὐτῷ, the editors (except Corais), for αὐτῶν.

3 δ᾽ ἐκ Konrns (from Herod. 1. 172), Corais, for δὲ Κρήτης.

4 Ἐλαιοῦσσα, Tzschucke, for "EAcotoca; so Corais and
Meineke.

1 An attempt to translate ἐπιμελῶς, which seems to be

266

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 2. 3-4

Imbrus, a stronghold. Although the country is
fertile, the city is agreed by all to have foul air in
summer, as also in autumn, because of the heat and
the abundance of fruits. And indeed little tales of
the following kind are repeated over and over, that
Stratonicus the citharist, seeing that the Caunians
were pitiably! pale,? said that this was the thought
of the poet in the verse, “ Even as is the generation
of leaves, such is that also of men”; and when
people complained that he was jeering at the city as
though it were sickly, he replied, “ Would 1 be so
bold as to call this city sickly, where even the corpses
walk about?” The Caunians once revolted from the
Rhodians, but by a judicial decision of the Romans
they were restored to them. And there is extant a
speech of Molon® entitled Against the Caunians. It
is said that they speak the same language as the
Carians, but that they came from Crete and follow
usages of their own.!

4. Next one comes to Physcus, a small town, which
has a harbour and a sacred precinct of Leto; and
then to Loryma, a rugged coast, and to the highest
mountain in that part of the country ; and on top of
the mountain is Phoenix, a stronghold bearing the
same name as the mountain; and off the mountain,
at a distance of four stadia, lies Elaeussa, an island,
which is about eight stadia in circuit.

corrupt. Others translate the word either ‘‘somewhat” or

2 Or, more strictly, “‘ pale green.”

8 Apollonius Molon of Alabanda, the rhetorician and
orator ; ambassador of the Rhodians at Rome (81 B.c.), and
teacher of Cicero and Julius Caesir.

4 On their origin, language, and usages, cf. Herodotus 1.
172.

267

STRABO

5. ‘H δὲ τῶν “Podiwy πόλις κεῖται μὲν ἐπὶ τοῦ
nw ᾿ « ΄“-
ἑωθινοῦ ἀκρωτηρίου, λιμέσι δὲ καὶ ὁδοῖς καὶ τείχεσι
καὶ τῇ ἄλλη κατασκευῇ τοσοῦτον διαφέρει τῶν
ΝΜ ov τ > Μ > - e la > > > \
ἄλλων, ὥστ᾽ οὐκ ἔχομεν εἰπεῖν ἑτέραν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ
πάρισον, μή τί γε κρείττω ταύτης τῆς πόλεως.
θαυμαστὴ δὲ καὶ ἡ εὐνομία καὶ ἡ ἐπιμέλεια πρός
τε τὴν ἄλλην πολιτείαν καὶ τὴν περὶ τὰ ναυτικά,
27? φ > , \ Ld \ \
ad’ ἧς ἐθαλαττοκράτησε πολὺν χρόνον καὶ τὰ
λῃστήρια καθεῖλε καὶ Ῥωμαίοις ἐγένετο φίλη καὶ
ῃστήρια κι , μαίοις ey φίλη κ
τῶν βασιλέων τοῖς φιλορωμαΐοις τε καὶ φιλέλ-
> > ® > 7 ‘ lé \ “
λησιν" ἀφ᾽ ὧν αὐτόνομὸός τε διετέλεσε καὶ πολλοῖς
ἀναθήμασιν ἐκοσμήθη, ἃ κεῖται τὰ μὲν πλεῖστα
-“ Ὁ“ υ Μ
ἐν τῷ Διονυσίῳ καὶ τῷ γυμνασΐῳ, ἄλλα δ᾽ ἐν
” ‘ Ν Δ, Ἂν ae 5
ἄλλοις τόποις. ἄριστα δὲ ὅ τε τοῦ “Ηλίου κολοσ-
\ 9 -
σός, ὅν φησιν ὁ ποιήσας τὸ ἰαμβεῖον, ὅτι
ἑπτάκις δέκα
, ᾽ Jf “ e /
Χάρης ἐποΐει πηχέων ὁ Λίνδιος.
a an \ a
κεῖται δὲ νῦν ὑπὸ σεισμοῦ πεσών, περικλασθεὶς
A >
ἀπὸ τῶν γονάτων" οὐκ ἀνέστησαν δ᾽ αὐτὸν κατά
Tt λόγιον. τοῦτό τε δὴ τῶν ἀναθημάτων κράτισ-
τον (τῶν γοῦν ἑπτὰ θεαμάτων ὁμολογεῖται), καὶ
an >
ai τοῦ Ilpwroyévous γραφαί, 6 te ᾿Ιάλυσος καὶ ὁ
Σάτυρος παρεστὼς στύλῳ, ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ στύλῳ
πέρδιξ ἐφειστήκει" πρὸς ὃν οὕτως ἐκεχήνεσαν, ὡς
ἔοικεν, οἱ ἄνθρωποι, νεωστὶ ἀνακειμένου τοῦ
δ nw , «
πίνακος, ὥστ᾽ ἐκεῖνον ἐθαύμαζον, ὁ δὲ Σάτυρος
παρεωρᾶτο, καίτοι σφόδρα κατωρθωμένος" ἐξέ-
᾽ a ,
TANTTOV δ᾽ ETL μᾶλλον οἱ περδικοτρόφοι, Kopi-

1 The god of the Sun. 2 Unknown.
τὰ Tutelary hero of Rhodes and reputed grandson of
elius,

268

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 2. 5

5. The city of the Rhodians lies on the eastern
promontory of Rhodes; and it isso far superior to all
others in harbours and roads and walls and improve-
ments in general that I am unable to speak of any
other city as equal to it, or even as almost equal to
it, much less superior to it. It is remarkable also
for its good order, and for its careful attention to
the administration of affairs of state in general; and
in particular to that of naval affairs, whereby it
held the mastery of the sea for a long time and
overthrew the business of piracy, and became a
friend to the Romans and to all kings who favoured
both the Romans and the Greeks. Consequently it
not only has remained autonomous but also has
been adorned with many votive offerings, which for
the most part are to be found in the Dionysium
and the gymnasium, but partly in other places,
_ The best of these are, first, the Colossus of Helius,}
of which the author? of the iambic verse says,
“seven times ten cubits in height, the work of
Chares the Lindian”; but it now lies on the
ground, having been thrown down by an earth-
quake and broken at the knees. In accordance
with a certain oracle, the people did not raise it

in. This, then, is the most excellent of the
votive offerings (at any rate, it is by common agree-
ment one of the Seven Wonders); and there are
also the paintings of Protogenes, his Ialysus* and
also his Satyr, the latter standing by a pillar, on top
of which stood a male partridge. And at this part-
ridge, as would be natural, the people were so agape
when the picture had only recently been set up,
that they would behold him with wonder but over-
look the Satyr, although the latter was a very great

269

STRABO

ἕοντες τοὺς τιθασοὺς καὶ τιθέντες καταντικρύ"
ἐφθέγγοντο γὰρ πρὸς τὴν γραφὴν οἱ πέρδικες καὶ
ὠχλαγώγουν. ὁρῶν δὲ ὁ Πρωτογένης τὸ ἔργον
πάρεργον γεγονὸς ἐδεήθη τῶν τοῦ τεμένους προε-
στώτων “ἐπιτρέψαι παρελθόντα ἐξαλεῖ b τὸν
ὄρνιν, καὶ ἐποίησε. δημοκηδεῖς δ᾽ εἰσὶν οἱ “Ῥόδιοι,
καίπερ οὐ δημοκρατούμενοι, συνέχειν δ᾽ ὅμως

C 653 βουλόμενοι τὸ τῶν πενήτων πλῆθος. σιταρχεῖται

δὴ ὁ δῆμος καὶ οἱ εὔποροι τοὺς ἐνδεεῖς ὑπολαμ-
βάνουσιν ἔθει τινὶ πατρίῳ, λειτουργίαι τέ τινές
εἰσιν ὀψωνιξόμεναι, ὥσθ' ἅμα τόν τε πένητα
ἔχειν τὴν διατροφὴν καὶ τὴν πόλιν τῶν χρειῶν
μὴ καθυστερεῖν, καὶ μάλιστα πρὸς τὰς vav-
στολίας. τῶν δὲ ναυστάθμων τινὰ καὶ κρυπτὰ
ἣν καὶ ἀπόρρητα τοῖς πολλοῖς, τῷ δὲ KATONTED-
σαντι ἢ παρελθόντι εἴσω θάνατος ὥριστο ἡ
ζημία. κἀνταῦθα δέ, ὥσπερ ἐν Μασσαλίᾳ καὶ
Κυξίκῳ, τὰ περὶ τοὺς ἀ χιτέκτονας καὶ τὰς
ὀργανοποιίας καὶ θησαυροὺς ὅπλων τε καὶ τῶν
ἄλλων ἐσπούδασται διαφερόντως, καὶ ἔτι γε τῶν
Tap ἄλλοις μᾶλλον.

6. Δωριεῖς δ᾽ εἰσίν, ὥσπερ καὶ ᾿Αλικαρνασεῖς
καὶ Κνίδιοι καὶ Κῷοι, οἱ γὰρ Δωριεῖς οἱ τὰ
Μέγαρα" κτίσαντες μετὰ τὴν Κόδρου τελευτήν,
οἱ μὲν ἔμειναν αὐτόθι, οἱ δὲ σὺν ᾿Αλθαιμένει τῷ
᾿Αργείῳ τῆς εἰς Κρήτην ἀποικίας ἐκοινώνησαν, οἱ

1 ὀψωνιζόμεναι F and Corais ; ὀψωνιαζόμενοι other MSS.
2 Μέγαρα, Xylander, for μεγάλα ; so the later editors.

1 Public offices to which the richer citizens were appointed.
These citizens were usually appointed by rotation, according

270

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 2. 5-6

success. But the partridge-breeders were still more
amazed, bringing their tame partridges and placing
them opposite the painted partridge; for their
partridges would make their call to the painting
and attract a mob of people. But when Pro-
togenes saw that the main part of the work had
become subordinate, he begged those who were
in charge of the sacred precinct to permit him to
go there and efface the partridge, and so he did.
The Rhodians are concerned for the people in
general, although their rule is not democratic ; still,
they wish to take care of their multitude of poor
people. Accordingly, the people are supplied with
provisions and the needy are supported by the well-
to-do, by a certain ancestral custom; and there are
certain liturgies! that supply provisions, so that at
the same time the poor man receives his sustenance
and the city does not run short of useful men, and
in particular for the manning of the fleets. As for
the roadsteads, some of them were kept hidden and
forbidden to the people in general; and death wa
the penalty for any person who spied on them or
passed inside them. And here too, as in Massalia
and Cyzicus, everything relating to the architects,
the manufacture of instruments of war, and the
stores of arms and everything else are objects of ex-
ceptional care, and even more so than anywhere else.

6. The Rhodians, like the people of Halicarnassus
and Cnidus and Cos, are Dorians; for of the Dorians
who founded Megara after the death of Codrus,
some remained there, others took part with Althae-
menes the Argive in the colonisation of Crete, and

to their wealth, and they personally paid all the expenses
connected with their offices.
271

STRABO

δ᾽ εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον καὶ τὰς λεχθείσας ἀρτίως πόλεις
ἐμερίσθησαν. ταῦτα δὲ νεώτερα τῶν ὑφ᾽ Ὁ μήρου
λεγομένων ἐστί: Κνίδος μὲν γὰρ καὶ ᾿Αλικαρνασὸς
οὐδ᾽ ἦν πω, Ῥόδος δ᾽ ἦν καὶ Κῶς, ἀλλ᾽ φκεῖτο
ὑφ᾽ Ἡρακλειδῶν. Τληπόλεμος μὲν οὖν ἀνδρω-
θεὶς
αὐτίκα πατρὸς ἑοῖο φίλον μήτρωα κατέκτα
ἤδη γηράσκοντα, Λικύμνιον.
αἶψα δὲ νῆας ἔπηξε, πολὺν δ᾽ ὅ γε λαὸν ἀγείρας
βῆ φεύγων.
εἶτά φησιν"
εἰς Ρόδον ἷξεν ἀλώμενος,
τριχθὰ δὲ ὠκηθεν καταφυλαδόν.
καὶ τὰς πόλεις ὀνομάζει τὰς τότε,
Λώνδον, Ιηλυσόν τε καὶ ἀργινόεντα Κάμειρον,

τῆς Ῥοδίων πόλεως οὔπω συνῳκισμένης. οὐδαμοῦ
δὴ ἐνταῦθα Δωριέας ὀνομάζει, ἀλλ᾽ εἰ 1 ἄρα
Αἰολέας ἐμφαίνει καὶ Βοιωτούς, εἴπερ ἐκεῖ ἡ
κατοικία τοῦ Ἡρακλέους καὶ τοῦ Λικυμνίου" εἰ
δ᾽, ὥσπερ καὶ ἄλλοι φασίν, ἐξ [Αργους καὶ
Τίρυνθος a ἀπῆρεν ὁ Τληπόλεμος, οὐδ᾽ οὕτω Δωρικὴ
γίνεται ἡ ἐκεῖθεν a ἀποικία' πρὸ γὰρ τῆς “ρακλει-
δῶν καθόδου γεγένηται. καὶ τῶν Κῴων δὲ

Φείδιππός τε καὶ ΓΑντιφος ἡγησάσθην,
Θεσσαλοῦ υἷε δύω ἩΗρακλείδαο ἄνακτος"

καὶ οὗτοι τὸ Αἰολικὸν μᾶλλον ἢ τὸ Δωρικὸν γένος
ἐμφαίνοντες.

7. ᾿Εκαλεῖτο δ᾽ ἡ Ῥόδος πρότερον ᾿Οφιοῦσσα
καὶ Σταδία, εἶτα Teryuris, ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκησάντων
272

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 2. 6-7

others were distributed to Rhodes and to the cities
just now mentioned. But these events are later
than those mentioned by Homer, for Cnidus and
Halicarnassus were not yet in existence, although
Rhodes and Cos were; but they were inhabited
by Heracleidae. Now when Tlepolemus had grown
to manhood, “he forthwith slew his own father’s
dear uncle, Licymnius, who was then growing old;
and straightway he built him ships, and when he
had gathered together a great host he went in
flight.”1 The poet then adds, “he came to Rhodes
in his wanderings, where his people settled in three
divisions by tribes”’ ; and he names the cities of that
time, “Lindus, Ialysus, and Cameirus white with
chalk,” ? the city of the Rhodians having not yet
been founded. The poet, then, nowhere mentions
Dorians by name here, but perhaps indicates Aeolians
and Boeotians, if it be true that Heracles and
Licymnius settled there. But if, as others say,
Tlepolemus set forth from Argos and Tiryns, even
so the colonisation thence could not have been
Dorian, for it must have taken place before the
return of the Heracleidae. And of the Coans, also,
Homer says, “these were led by Pheidippus and
Antiphus, the two sons of lord Thessalus, son of
Heracles”; and these names indicate the Aeolian
stock of people rather than the Dorian.

7. In earlier times Rhodes was called Ophiussa
and Stadia, and then Telchinis, after the Telchines,

1 Iliad 2. 662. * Iliad 2. 656. 3 Iliad 2. 678.

1 el, Corais, for ἤ.

273

STRABO

C 654 Τελχίνων τὴν νῆσον" ods οἱ μὲν βασκάνους φασὶ

καὶ γόητας, θείῳ! καταρραίνοντας 53 τὸ τῆς
Στυγὸς ὕδωρ ἕῴων τε καὶ φυτῶν ὀλέθρου χάριν"
οἱ δὲ τέχναις διαφέροντας τοὐναντίον ὑπὸ τῶν
ἀντιτέχνων βασκανθῆναι καὶ τῆς δυσφημίας
τυχεῖν ταύτης" ἐλθεῖν δ᾽ ἐκ Κρήτης εἰς Κύπρον
πρῶτον, εἶτ᾽ εἰς Ῥόδον: πρώτους δ᾽ ἐργάσασθαι
σίδηρόν τε καὶ χαλκόν, καὶ δὴ καὶ τὴν ἅρπην
τῷ Κρόνῳ δημιουργῆσαι. εἴρηται μὲν οὖν καὶ
πρότερον περὶ αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ ποιεῖ τὸ πολύμυθον
ἀναλαμβάνειν πάλιν ἀναπληροῦντας, εἴ τι παρε-
λίπομεν.

8. Μετὰ δὲ τοὺς Τελχῖνας of «Ηλιάδαι μυθεύον-
ται κατασχεῖν τὴν νῆσον, ὧν ἑνὸς Κερκάφου καὶ
Κυδέππης γενέσθαι παῖδας τοὺς τὰς πόλεις
κτίσαντας ἐπωνύμους αὑτῶν,

Λίνδον ᾿Ιηλυσὸν τε καὶ ἀργινόεντα Κάμειρον"

/
ἔνιοι δὲ τὸν 'Ῥληπόλεμον κτίσαι φασί, θέσθαι
\ , rn
δὲ τὰ ὀνόματα ὁμωνύμως τῶν Δαναοῦ θυγατέρων
τισίν.
«ς rf ) ρ Ν ᾿
9, Ἢ δὲ νῦν πόλις ἐκτίσθη κατὰ τὰ Πελο-
ε΄ lal [4
ποννησιακὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἀρχιτέκτονος, ὥς
ε > ? \ e ’ὔ > / >
φασιν, vp ov καὶ ὁ Πειραιεύς: οὐ συμμένει ὃ
«
ὁ [ΠΙειραιεύς, κακωθεὶς ὑπό τε Λακεδαιμονίων
’ lal Ἁ
πρότερον τῶν τὰ σκέλη καθελόντων καὶ ὑπὸ
Σύλλα τοῦ Ρωμαίων ἡγεμόνος.
e lal \ \ lal Ν a ¢ /
10. ᾿Ιστοροῦσι δὲ καὶ ταῦτα περὶ τῶν Ῥοδίων,
, ἢ “
ὅτι οὐ μόνον ad’ οὗ χρόνου συνῴκισαν τὴν νῦν

1 θείῳ (sulphur) is strongly suspected. Meineke conj. φθόνῳ,
and Forbiger so translates,

274

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 2. 7-10

who took up their abode in the island. Some say
that the Telchines are “ maligners” and “sorcerers,”
who pour the water of the Styx mixed with sulphur?
upon animals and plants in order to destroy them.
But others, on the contrary, say that since the

excelled in workmanship they were “ maligned” by
rival workmen and thus received their bad reputa-
tion; and that they first came from Crete to
Cypros, and then to Rhodes; and that they were
the first to work iron and brass, and in fact fabri-
cated the scythe for Cronus. Now I have already
described them before,? but the number of the
myths about them causes me to resume their de-
scription, filling up the gaps, if I have omitted
anything. ;

8. After the Telchines, the Heliadae, according
to the mythical story, took possession of the island ;
and to one of these, Cercaphus, and to his wife
Cydippé, were born children who founded the cities
that are named after them, “ Lindus, Ialysus, and
Cameirus white with chalk.” But some say that
Tlepolemus founded them and gave them the same
names as those of certain daughters of Danaus.

9. The present city was founded at the time of
the Peloponnesian War by the same architect, as they
say, who founded the Peiraeus. But the Peiraeus
no longer endures, since it was badly damaged, first
by the Lacedaemonians, who tore down the two
walls, and later by Sulla, the Roman commander.

10. It is also related of the Rhodians that they
have been prosperous by sea, not merely since the

1 See critical note. 2 10. 3, 7, 19.

2 κατορραίνοντας moxz ; Katappéovtas other MSS.

275

STRABO

πόλιν εὐτύχουν κατὰ θάλατταν, ἀλλὰ Kal πρὸ
τῆς ᾿Ολυμπικῆς θέσεως συχνοῖς ἔτεσιν ἔπλεον
πόρρω τῆς οἰκείας ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων'
ἀφ᾽ οὗ καὶ μέχρι ᾿Ιβηρίας ἔπλευσαν, κἀκεῖ μὲν
τὴν Ῥόδον" ἔκτισαν, ἣν ὕστερον Μασσαλιῶται
κατέσχον, ἐν δὲ τοῖς ᾿Οπικοῖς τὴν Παρθενόπην,
ἐν δὲ Δαυνίοις μετὰ Κῴων ᾿Ελπίας. τινὲς δὲ
μετὰ τὴν ἐκ Τροίας ἄφοδον τὰς Γυμνησίας νήσους
ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν κτισθῆναι λέγουσιν, ὧν τὴν μείξω φησὶ
Τίμαιος μεγίστην εἶναι μετὰ τὰς ἑπτά, Σαρδώ,
Σικελίαν, Κύπρον, Κρήτην, Βὔβοιαν, Κύρνον,
Λέσβον, οὐ τἀληθῆ λέγων: πολὺ γὰρ ἄλλαι
μείζους. φασὶ δὲ τοὺς γυμνήτας ὑπὸ Φοινίκων
βαλεαρίδας λέγεσθαι, διότ, τὰς Γυμνησίας
Βαλεαρίδας λεχθῆναι." τινὲς δὲ τῶν “Ῥοδίων
καὶ περὶ Σύβαριν ὥκησαν κατὰ “τὴν Xwviav.
ἔοικε δὲ καὶ ὁ ποιητὴς μαρτυρεῖν τὴν ἐκ παλαιοῦ
παροῦσαν τοῖς “Ῥοδίοις εὐδαιμονίαν εὐθὺς ἀπὸ τῆς
πρώτης κτίσεως τῶν τριῶν πόλεων"

τριχθὰ δὲ ὥκηθεν καταφυλαδόν, ἠδ᾽ ἐφίληθεν
ἐκ Διός, ὅ ὅστε θεοῖσι καὶ ἀνθρώποισιν a ἀνάσσει,
καί pt θεσπέσιον πλοῦτον wig Κρονίων.

ἱ δ᾽ εἰς μῦθον “ἀνήγαγον τὸ ἔπος καὶ χρυσὸν
ὑσθῆναί φασιν ἐν τῇ νήσῳ κατὰ τὴν ᾿Αθηνᾶς
γένεσιν ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς τοῦ Διός, ὡς εἴρηκε
Πίνδαρος. ἡ δὲ νῆσος κύκλον ἔχει σταδίων
ἐννακοσΐων εἴκοσιν.

1 On Ῥόδον (which Meineke emends to ἱΡόδην), see Vol. II,

p. 92, footnote 2.
3 φασὶ δὲ. . . λεχθῆναι, Meineke ejects.

1 Cf. 3. 4. 8. 2 «‘Light-armed foot-soldiers.”
276

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 2. το

_ time when they founded the present city, but that
_ even many years before the establishment of the
_ Olympian Games they used to sail far away from
_ their homeland to insure the safety of their people.
_ Since that time, also, they have sailed as far as
_ Iberia; and there they founded Rhodes,! of which the
Massaliotes later took possession; among the Opici
they founded Parthenopé; and among the Daunians
they, along with the Coans, founded Elpiae. Some
_ say that the islands called the Gymnesiae were
_ founded by them after their departure from Troy;
_ and the larger of these, according to Timaeus, is the
Jargest of all islands after the seven—Sardinia, Sicily,
Cypros, Crete, Euboea, Cyrnos, and Lesbos, but this
is untrue, for there are others much larger. It is
said that “gymnetes’’? are called “balearides’’ *
by the Phoenicians, and that on this account the
Gymnesiae were called Balearides. Some of the
_ Rhodians took up their abode round Sybaris in
Chonia. The poet, too, seems to bear witness to
the prosperity enjoyed by the Rhodians from ancient
times, forthwith from the first founding of the three
cities: “and there his* people settled in three
divisions by tribes, and were loved of Zeus, who is
lord over gods and men; and upon them wondrous
wealth was shed by the son of Cronus.”® Other
writers refer these verses to a myth, and say that
gold rained on the island at the time when Athena
was born from the head of Zeus, as Pindar® states.
The island has a circuit of nine hundred and twenty
stadia.
8. Also spelled ‘‘ baliarides ᾿ (see 3. 5. 1).

* Referring to Heracles. 5 Iliad 2. 668.
ὁ Olympian Odes 7. 61.

277

STRABO

11. Ἔστι δὲ πρώτη μὲν Λίνδος ἀπὸ τῆς
πόλεως πλέουσιν ἐν δεξιᾷ ἔχουσι τὴν νῆσον,
πόλις ἐπὶ ὄρους ἱδρυμένη, πολὺ πρὸς μεσημβρίαν
ἀνατείνουσα καὶ πρὸς ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν μάλιστα"
ἱερὸν δέ ἐστιν ᾿Αθηνᾶς Λινδίας αὐτόθι ἐπιφανές,
τῶν Δαναΐδων ἵδρυμα. πρότερον μὲν οὖν καθ᾽
αὑτοὺς ἐπολιτεύοντο οἱ Λίνδιοι, καθάπερ καὶ
Καμειρεῖς καὶ ᾿Ιαλύσιοι, μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ συνῆλθον
ἅπαντες εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον. ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἐστὶν εἷς τῶν
ἑπτὰ σοφῶν, Κλεόβουλος.

12. Μετὰ δὲ Λίνδον ᾿Ιξία χωρίον καὶ Μνασύ-
ριον. εἶθ᾽ ὁ ᾿Ατάβυρις, ὄρος τῶν ἐνταῦθα ὑψη-
λότατον, ἱερὸν Διὸς ᾿Αταβυρίου" εἶτα Κάμειρος"
εἶτ᾽ ᾿Ιαλυσὸς κώμη, καὶ ὑπὲρ αὐτὴν ἀκρόπολίς
ἐστιν ᾿Οχύρωμα καλουμένη" εἶθ᾽ ἡ τῶν Ῥοδίων
πόλις ἐν ὀγδοήκοντά που σταδίοις. μεταξὺ δ᾽
ἐστὶ τὸ Θοάντιον, ἀκτὴ τις, ἧς μάλιστα πρό-
κεινται αἱ Σποράδες αἱ περὶ τὴν Χαλκίαν, ὧν
ἐμνήσθημεν πρότερον.

18. “Avdpes δ᾽ ἐγένοντο μνήμης ἄξιοι πολλοὶ
στρατηλάται τε καὶ ἀθληταί, ὧν εἰσὶ καὶ οἱ
Ilavaitiov τοῦ φιλοσόφου πρόγονοι" τῶν δὲ
πολιτικῶν καὶ τῶν περὶ λόγους καὶ φιλοσοφίαν "
ὅ τε Παναίτιος αὐτὸς καὶ Στρατοκλῆς καὶ
᾿Ανδρόνικος ὁ ἐκ τῶν περιπάτων καὶ Λεωνίδης
ὁ στωικός: ἔτι δὲ πρότερον ἹΠραξιφάνης καὶ
Ἱερώνυμος καὶ Εὔδημος. ἸΠοσειδώνιος δ᾽ ἐπο-
λιτεύσατο μὲν ἐν Ῥόδῳ καὶ ἐσοφίστευσεν, ἦν
δ᾽ ᾿Απαμεὺς ἐκ τῆς Συρίας, καθάπερ καὶ ᾿Απολ-

1 φιλοσοφίαν, Corais, for φιλοσοφίας ; so Meineke.

278

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 2, 11-13

11. As one sails from the city, with the island on
_ the right, one comes first to Lindus, a city situated on
‘a mountain and extending far towards the south and
approximately towards Alexandria. In Lindus there
_ is a famous temple of Athena Lindia, founded by

the daughters of Daniius. Now in earlier times the

Lindians were under a separate government of their
own, as were also the Cameirians and the Ialysians,
but after this they all came together at Rhodes.
Cleobulus, one of the Seven Wise Men, was a native
of Lindus.

12. After Lindus one comes to Ixia, a stronghold,
and to Mnasyrium; then to Atabyris, the highest of
the mountains there, which is sacred to Zeus
Atabyrius; then to Cameirus; then to Ialysus, a
village, above which there is an acropolis called
Ochyroma; then to the city of the Rhodians, at a
distance of about eighty stadia. Between these lies
Thoantium, a kind of promontory; and it is off
Thoantium, generally speaking, that Chalcia and the
Sporades in the neighbourhood of Chalcia lie, which
I have mentioned before.”

13. Many men worthy of mention were native
Rhodians, both commanders and athletes, among
whom were the ancestors of Panaetius the philo-
sopher; and, among statesmen and rhetoricians and
philosophers, Panaetius himself and Stratocles and
Andronicus, one of the Peripatetics, and Leonides
the Stoic; and also, before their time, Praxiphanes
and Hieronymus and Eudemus. Poseidonius engaged
in affairs of state in Rhodes and taught there,
although he was a native of Apameia in Syria, as

1 According to Strabo (1. 4. 1 ff.), Rhodes and Alexandria
lie on the same meridian. 210. 5. 14.

279

C 656

STRABO

λώνιος ὁ Μαλακὸς καὶ Μόλων" ἦσαν γὰρ
᾿Αλαβανδεῖς, Μενεκλέους μαθηταὶ τοῦ ῥήτορος.
ἐπεδήμησε δὲ πρότερον ᾿Απολλώνιος, ὀψὲ ὃ δ᾽
ἧκεν ὁ Μόλων, καὶ ἔφη πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνος"
ὀψὲ μολών, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἐλθών: καὶ [Πείσανδρος
δ᾽ ὁ τὴν, Ἡράκλειαν γράψας ποιητὴς Ῥόδιος,
καὶ Σιμμίας ὁ γραμματικὸς καὶ ᾿Αριστοκλῆς ὁ
καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς" Διονύσιος δὲ ὁ “Θρᾷξ καὶ ᾿Απολλώνιος
ὁ τοὺς ᾿Αργοναύτας ποιήσας, ᾿Αλεξανδρεῖς μέν,
ἐκαλοῦντο δὲ Ῥόδιοι. περὶ μὲν Ῥόδου ἀπο-
χρώντως εἴρηται.

14. Πάλιν δὲ τῆς Καρικῆς παραλίας τῆς
μετὰ τὴν Ρόδον, ἀπὸ ᾿Ελεοῦντος καὶ τῶν
Λωρύμων, καμπτήρ τις ἐπὶ τὰς ἄρκτους ἐστί,
καὶ λοιπὸν ἐπ᾽ εὐθείας ὁ πλοῦς μέχρι τῆς
Προποντίδος, ὡς ἂν μεσημβρινήν τινα ποιῶν
γραμμὴν ὅσον πεντακισχιλίων σταδίων ἢ ὴ μικρὸν
ἀπολείπουσαν. ἐνταῦθα δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἡ λοιπὴ τῆς
Καρίας καὶ “Iwves καὶ Αἰολεῖς καὶ Τροία καὶ
τὰ περὶ Κύζικον καὶ Βυζάντιον. μετὰ δ᾽ οὖν
τὰ Λώρυμα τὸ Κυνὸς σῆμά ἐστὶ καὶ Σύμη
νῆσος.

15. Εἶτα Κνίδος, δύο λιμένας ἔχουσα, ὧν τὸν
ἕτερον κλειστὸν τριηρικὸν καὶ ναύσταθμον ναυσὶν
εἴκοσι. “πρόκειται δὲ! νῆσος ἑπταστάδιός πως
τὴν περίμετρον, ὑψηλή, θεατροειδής, συναπτομένη
χώμασι πρὸς τὴν ἤπειρον καὶ ποιοῦσα δίπολιν

1 δέ, Corais, for δ᾽ 7

1 He taught rhetoric at Rhodes about 120 8.0.
2 Apollonius Molon (see 14. 2. 3),
3 Natives of Alabanda in Caria.

280

» ree m= ee ;

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 2. 13-15

was also the case with Apollonius Malacus! and

Molon,? for they were Alabandians,3 pupils of

Menecles the orator. Apollonius Malacus began his
sojourn there earlier than Molon, and when, much
later, Molon came, the former said to him, “ you are
a late ‘molon,’”’ 4 instead of saying, “ late ‘ elthon.’’”’ 5

_ And Peisander the poet, who wrote the Heracleia,

was also a Rhodian; and so was Simmias the gram-

_ marian, as also Aristocles of my own time. And

Dionysius the Thracian and the Apollonius who
wiote the Argonauts, though Alexandrians, were
called Rhodians. As for Rhodes, I have said enough

ἥ about it.

14. As for the Carian coast that comes after
Rhodes, beginning at Eleus and Loryma, it bends
sharply back towards the north, and the voyage
thereafter runs in a straight line as far as the
Propontis, forming, as it were, a meridian line about
five thousand stadia long, or slightly short of that
distance. Along this line is situated the remainder
of Caria, as are also the Ionians and the Aeolians and
Troy and the parts round Cyzicus and Byzantium.
After Loryma, then, one comes to Cynos-Sema®
and to Symé, an island.

15. Then to Cnidus, with two harbours, one of
which can be closed, can receive triremes, and is a
naval station for twenty ships. Off it lies an island
which is approximately seven stadia in circuit, rises
high, is theatre-like, is connected by moles with the

4 **Molon”’ means ‘‘ comer” (note the word-play).

5. «“Elthon” is the common word for ‘‘ comer,” whereas
the other is poetic and comparatively rare.

® Cape Volpo. Cf. the reference to the Cynos-Sema at the
entrance of the Hellespont, Vol. II, p. 377, Frag. 55.

VOL, VI. K 281

STRABO

τρόπον τινὰ τὴν Κνίδον: πολὺ γὰρ αὐτῆς μέρος
οἰκεῖ τὴν νῆσον, σκεπάξουσαν ἀμφοτέρους τοὺς
λιμένας. κατ᾽ αὐτὴν δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἡ Νίσυρος πελαγία.
ἄνδρες δ᾽ ἀξιόλογοι Κνίδιοι πρῶτον μὲν Εὔδοξος
ὁ μαθηματικός, τῶν Πλάτωνος ἑταίρων, εἶτ᾽
᾿Αγαθαρχίδης ὁ ἐκ τῶν περιπάτων, «ἀνὴρ συγ-
γραφεύς, καθ' ἡμᾶς δὲ Θεόπομπος, ὁ Καίσαρος
τοῦ Θεοῦ φίλος τῶν μεγάλα δυναμένων, καὶ
υἱὸς ᾿Αρτεμίδωρος. ἐντεῦθεν δὲ καὶ Κτησίας ὁ
ἰατρεύσας μὲν ᾿Αρταξέρξην, συγγράψας δὲ τὰ
᾿Ασσυρικὰ καὶ τὰ Περσικά. εἶτα μετὰ Κνίδον
Κέραμος καὶ Βάργασα πολίχνια ὑπὲρ θαλάττης.

16. ΕἸΘ᾽ ᾿Αλικαρνασός, τὸ βασίλειον τῶν τῆς
Καρίας δυναστῶν, Ζεφύρα' καλουμένη πρότερον.
ἐνταῦθα δ᾽ ἐστὶν ὅ τε τοῦ Μαυσώλου τάφος,"
τῶν ἑπτὰ θεαμάτων, ἔργον, ὅπερ ᾿Αρτεμισία
τῷ ἀνδρὶ κατεσκεύασε, καὶ ἡ Σαλμακὶς κρήνη,
διαβεβχημένη, οὐκ oid ὁπόθεν, ὦ ὡς μαλακίξζουσα
τοὺς πιόντας ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς. ἔοικε δ᾽ ἡ τρυφὴ τῶν
ἀνθρώπων αἰτιᾶσθαι τοὺς ἀέρας ἢ τὰ ὕδατα.
τρυφῆς δ᾽ αἴτια οὐ ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ πλοῦτος καὶ
ἡ περὶ τὰς διαίτας ἀκολασία. ἔχει δ᾽ ἀκρόπολιν
ἡ ᾿Αλικαρνασός" πρόκειται, δ᾽ αὐτῆς ἡ ᾿Αρκόν-
νῆσος. οἰκισταὶ δ᾽ αὐτῆς ἐγένοντο ἄλλοι τε καὶ
᾿ΑΆνθης μετὰ Τροιζηνίων. ἄνδρες δὲ γεγόνασιν
ἐξ αὐτῆς Ἡρόδοτός τε ὁ συγγραφεύς, ὃ ὃν ὕστερον
Θούριον ἐκάλεσαν διὰ τὸ κοινωνῆσαι τῆς εἰς

1 Stephanus (s.v. ᾿Αλικαρνασσόςξ) spells the name Ζεφυρία ;
so Meineke reads.

2 Before τῶν Corais and Meineke, following the Epitome,
insert ἕν.

3 Corais conjectures that Σεόπα has fallen out after ἔργον ;

282

ἁ..

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 2. 15-16

mainland, and in a way makes Cnidus a double city,
for a large part of its people live on the island, which
shelters both harbours. Opposite it, in the high
sea, is Nisyrus. Notable Cnidians were: first,
Eudoxus the mathematician, one of the comrades
of Plato; then Agatharchides, one of the Peripa-
tetics, a historian; and, in my own time, Theo-
_ pompus, the friend of the deified Caesar, being a
man of great influence with him, and his son
Artemidorus. Thence, also, came Ctesias, who
served Artaxerxes as physician and wrote the works
entitled Assyrica and Persica. Then, after Cnidus,
one comes to Ceramus and Bargasa, small towns
situated above the sea.

16. Then to Halicarnassus, the royal residence of
the dynasts of Caria, which was formerly called
Zephyra. Here is the tomb of Mausolus,! one of
the Seven Wonders, a monument erected by Arte-
misia in honour of her husband; and here is the
fountain called Salmacis, which has the slanderous
repute, for what reason I do not know, of making
effeminate all who drink from it. It seems that
the effeminacy of man is laid to the charge of the
air or of the water; yet it is not these, but rather
riches and wanton living, that are the cause of
effeminacy. MHalicarnassus has an acropolis; and
off the city lies Arconnesus. Its colonisers were,
among others, Anthes and a number of-Troezenians.
Natives of Halicarnassus have been: Herodotus the
historian, whom they later called a Thurian, because

1 Hence ‘‘ mausoleum.”

Groskurd, Σκόπα καὶ τεχνιτῶν. Meineke indicates a lacuna
before ἔργον, conjecturing θαυμαστόν.

283

STRABO

Θουρίους ἀποικίας, καὶ Ἡράκλειτος ὁ ποιητής,
ὁ Καλλιμάχου ἑταῖρος, καὶ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς Διονύσιος
ὁ τὰς 8 he

“Entaoe δὲ καὶ αὕτη ἡ πόλις βίᾳ ληφθεῖσα
ὑπὸ "baedob po ‘Exatouve yap τοῦ Καρῶν βα-
σιλέως ἦσαν υἱοὶ τρεῖς, } Μαύσωλος καὶ ‘ldpreds καὶ
Πιξώδαρος, καὶ θυγατέρες δύο, ὦ ὧν τῇ πρεσβυτέρᾳ
᾿Αρτεμισίᾳ Μαύσωλος συνῴκησεν, ὁ πρεσβύτατος
τῶν ἀδελφῶν, ὁ δὲ δεύτερος Ἱδριεὺς ἴἼΑδᾳ, τῇ ᾿
ἑτέρᾳ ἀδελφῇ" ἐβασίλευσε δὲ Μαύσωλος" τελευ-
τῶν δ᾽ ἄτεκνος τὴν ἀρχὴν κατέλιπε τῇ γυναικί,
ὑφ᾽ ἧς αὐτῷ κατεσκευάσθη ὁ λεχθεὶς τάφος"
φθίσει δ᾽ ἀποθανούσης διὰ πένθος τοῦ ἀνδρός,
Ἱδριεὺς ἦρξε: καὶ τοῦτον ἡ γυνὴ "Aba διεδέξατο
νόσῳ τελευτήσαντα" ἐξέβαλε δὲ ταύτην Ππξώδα-

C! 657 pos, ὁ λοιπὸς τῶν Ἑκατόμνω παίδων. περσίσας
μεταπέμπεται σατράπην ἐπὶ κοινωνίᾳ , τῆς
ἀρχῆς" ἀπελθόντος δ᾽ ἐκ τοῦ ζῆν καὶ τούτου, ᾿
κατεῖχεν ὁ σατράπης τὴν ᾿Αλικαρνασόν" ἐπελ-
θόντος δὲ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου, πολιορκίαν ὑπέμεινεν,
ἔχων Αδαν γυναῖκα, ἥτις θυγάτηρ ἦν TeEwdapov
ἐξ ᾿Αφνηίδος, Καππαδοκίσσης γυναικός. ἡ δὲ
τοῦ ᾿Ἑκατόμνω θυγάτηρ ᾿ ‘Ada, ἣν ὁ ΠΠπξώδαρος
ἐξέβαλεν, ἱκετεύει τὸν ᾿Αλέξανδρον καὶ πείθει
κατάγειν αὐτὴν εἰς τὴν ἀφαιρεθεῖσαν βασιλείαν,
ὑποσχομένη ἐπὶ τὰ ἀφεστῶτα συμπράξειν αὐτῷ'
τοὺς γὰρ ἔχοντας. οἰκείους ὑπάρ εν αὐτῇ'
παρεδίδου δὲ καὶ τὰ Ἄλινδα, ἐν ᾧ διέτριβεν
αὐτή; ἐπαινέσας δὲ καὶ βασίλισσαν ἀναδείξας,
ἁλούσης τῆς πόλεως πελὴν τῆς ἄκρας (διττὴ δ᾽
ἣν), ἐκείνη πολιορκεῖν ἔδωκεν. ἑάλω δὲ ὀλίγῳ

284

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 2. 16-17

he took part in the colonisation of Thurii; and
Heracleitus the poet, the comrade of Callimachus ;
and, in my time, Dionysius the historian.

17. This city, too, met a reverse when it was forcibly
seized by Alexander. For Hecatomnus, the king of
the Carians, had three sons, Mausolus and Hidrieus
and Pixodarus, and two daughters, Mausolus, the
eldest of the brothers, married Artemisia, the elder of
the daughters, and Hidrieus, the second son, married
Ada, the other sister. Mausolus became king and
at last, childless, he left the empire to his wife, by
whom the above-mentioned tomb was erected. But
she pined away and died through grief for her
husband, and Hidrieus then became ruler. He died
from a disease and was succeeded by his wife Ada;
but she was banished by Pixodarus, the remaining
son of Hecatomnos. Having espoused the side of
the Persians, he sent for a satrap to share the
empire with him; and when he too departed from
life, the satrap took possession of Halicarnassus. And
when Alexander came over, the satrap sustained a
siege. His wife was Ada, who was the daughter of
Pixodarus by Aphenis, a Cappadocian woman. But
Ada, the daughter of Hecatomnos, whom Pixodarus
had banished, entreated Alexander and persuaded
him to restore her to the kingdom of which she had
been deprived, having promised to co-operate with
him against the parts of the country which were in
revolt, for those who held these parts, she said, were
her own relations; and she also gave over to him
Alinda, where she herself was residing. He assented
and appointed her queen ; and when the city, except
the acropolis (it was a double city), had been
captured, he assigned to her the siege of the acro-

285

STRABO

ὕστερον" καὶ ἡ ἄκρα, πρὸς ὀργὴν ἤδη καὶ ἀπέχ-
θειαν τῆς πολιορκίας γενομένης.

18. Ἑξῆς δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἄκρα Τερμέριον Μυνδίων,
καθ᾽ ἣν ἀντίκειται τῆς Κῴας ἄκρα Σκανδαρία,
διέχουσα τῆς ἠπείρου σταδίους τετταράκοντα"
ἔστι δὲ καὶ χωρίον Τέρμερον ὑπὲρ τῆς Kaas.

19. Ἢ δὲ τῶν Κῴων πόλις ἐκαλεῖτο τὸ
παλαιὸν ᾿Αστυπάλαια, καὶ ὠκεῖτο ἐν ἄλλῳ
τόπῳ ὁμοίως ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ: ἔπειτα διὰ στάσιν
μετῴκησαν εἰς τὴν νῦν πόλιν περὶ τὸ Σκανδάριον,:
καὶ μετωνόμασαν Κῶν ὁμωνύμως τῇ νήσῳ. ἡ
μὲν οὖν πόλις οὐ μεγάλη, κάλλιστα δὲ πασῶν
συνῳκισμένη καὶ ἰδέσθαι τοῖς καταπλέουσιν
ἡδίστη. τῆς δὲ νήσου τὸ “μέγεθος ὅσον πεν-
τακοσίων σταδίων καὶ πεντήκοντα" εὔκαρπος δὲ
πᾶσα, οἴνῳ δὲ καὶ ἀρίστη, καθάπερ, Χίος καὶ
Λέσβος: ἔχει δὲ πρὸς νότον μὲν ἄκραν τὸν
Λακητῆρα, ἀφ᾽ οὗ ἑξήκοντα εἰς Νίσυρον (πρὸς
δὲ τῷ Λακητῆρι χωρίον ὃ ᾿Αλίσαρνα), ἀπὸ
δύσεως δὲ τὸ Apéxavov καὶ κώμην καλουμένην
Στομαλίμνην' τοῦτο μὲν οὖν ὅσον διακοσίους
τῆς πόλεως διέχει σταδίους" ὁ δὲ Λακητὴρ
προσλαμβάνει πέντε καὶ τριάκοντα τῷ μήκει
τοῦ πλοῦ. ἐν δὲ τῷ προαστείῳ τὸ ᾿Ασκληπιεῖον
ἐστι, σφόδρα ἔνδοξον καὶ πολλῶν ἀναθημάτων
μεστὸν ἱερόν, ἐν οἷς ἐστὶ καὶ ὁ ᾿Απελλοῦ
᾿Αντίγονος. ἦν δὲ καὶ ἡ ἀναδυομένη ᾿Αφροδίτη,

1 The MSS. read ὀλίγῳ δ᾽ ὕστερον.

2 Σκανδάριον, Tzschucke, for Σκάνδαλον Εἰ, Σκανδύλιον other
MSS ; so the later editors.

8. Λακητῆρι χωρίον, Corais, for Λακτητηρίῳ χωρίῳ; so the
later editors.

286

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 2. 17-19

δὶ» This too was captured a little later, the siege
aving now become a matter of anger and personal
enmity.

18. Next one comes to a promontory, Termerium,
belonging to the Myndians, opposite which lies
Seandaria, a promontory of Cos, forty stadia distant
from the mainland. And there is a place called
Termerum above the promontory of Cos.

19. The city of the Coans was in ancient times
ealled Astypalaea ; and its people lived on another
site, which was likewise on the sea. And then, on
account of a sedition, they changed their abode to
the present city, near Scandarium, and changed the
name to Cos, the same as that of the island. Now
the city is not large, but it is the most beautifully
settled of all, and is most pleasing to behold as one
sails from the high sea to its shore. The size! of
the island is about five hundred and fifty stadia. It
is everywhere well supplied with fruits, but like
Chios and Lesbos it is best in respect to its wine.
Towards the south it has a promontory, Laceter,
whence the distance to Nisyros is sixty stadia (but
near Laceter there is a place called Halisarna), and
on the west it has Drecanum and a village called
Stomalimné. Now Drecanum is about two hundred
stadia distant from the city, but Laceter adds thirty-
five stadia to the length of the voyage. In the
suburb is the Asclepieium, a temple exceedingly
famous and full of numerous votive offerings, among
which is the Antigonus of Apelles. And Aphrodite

1 i.e. the circuit.

* ἱερόν is perhaps rightly omitted by F and Meineke.
287

C 658

STRABO

ἣ viv ἀνάκειται τῷ θεῷ Καίσαρι ἐν Ῥώμῃ,
τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ ἀναθέντος τῷ πατρὶ τὴν ἀρχηγέτιν
τοῦ γένους αὐτοῦ" φασὶ δὲ τοῖς Κῴοις ἀντὶ τῆς
γραφῆς ἑκατὸν ταλάντων ἄφεσιν γενέσθαι τοῦ
προσταχθέντος φόρου. φασὶ 8 Ἱπποκράτην
μάλιστα ἐκ τῶν ἐνταῦθα ἀνακειμένων θεραπειῶν
γυμνάσασθαι τὰ περὶ τὰς διαίτας: οὗτός τε δή
ἐστι τῶν ἐνδόξων Kaos ἀνὴρ καὶ Σῖμος ὁ ἰατρός,
Φιλητᾶς τε ποιητὴς ἅμα καὶ κριτικός, καὶ καθ᾽
ἡμᾶς Νικίας ὁ καὶ τυραννήσας Κῴων, καὶ
᾿Αρίστων ὁ ἀκροασάμενος τοῦ περιπατητικοῦ
καὶ κληρονομήσας ἐκεῖνον" ἣν δὲ καὶ Θεόμνηστος

ὁ ψάλτης ἐν ὀνόματι, ὃς καὶ ἀντεπολιτεύσατο

τῷ Νικίᾳ.

20. Ἔν δὲ τῇ παραλίᾳ τῆς ἠπείρου κατὰ τὴν
Μυνδίαν ᾿Αστυπάλαιά 3 ἐστιν ἄκρα καὶ Ζεφύριον'
εἶτ᾽ εὐθὺς ἡ Μύνδος, λιμένα ἔχουσα, καὶ μετὰ
ταύτην Βαργύλια, καὶ αὕτη πόλις" ἐν δὲ τῷ
μεταξὺ Καρύανδα λιμὴν καὶ νῆσος ὁμώνυμος,3
ἣν ὠκουν Καρυανδεῖς. ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἦν καὶ Σκύλαξ
ὁ παλαιὸς συγγραφεύς. πλησίον δ᾽ ἐστὶ τῶν
Βαργυλίων τὸ τῆς ᾿Αρτέμιδος ἱερὸν τῆς Κινδυάδος,
ὃ πεπιστεύκασι περιύεσθαι' ἣν δέ ποτε καὶ
χωρίον Κινδύη. ἐκ δὲ τῶν Βαργυλίων ἀνὴρ
ἐλλόγιμος ἦν ὁ ᾿Επικούρειος Ilpwtapyos ὁ
Δημητρίου καθηγησάμενος τοῦ Λάκωνος προσα-
γορευθέντος.

1 ῬΑστυπάλαια, the editors, for ᾿Αστυπαλεία Εἰ, ᾿Αστυπαλία
other MSS.

2 ταύτῃ, after ὁμώνυμος, is omitted by F and by Stephanus
(s.v. Καρύανδα).

1 Emerging from the sea.

288

τς

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 2. 19-20

Anadyomené+ used to be there,? but it is now
dedicated to the deified Caesar in Rome, Augustus
thus having dedicated to his father the female
founder of his family. It is said that the Coans got
a remission of one hundred talents of the appointed
tribute in return for the painting. And it is said
that the dietetics practised by Hippocrates were
derived mostly from the cures recorded on the
yotive tablets there. He, then, is one of the famous
men from Cos; and so is Simus the physician ; as also
Philetas, at the same time poet and critic; and, in
my time, Nicias, who also reigned as tyrant over the
Coans ; and Ariston, the pupil and heir of the Peri-
patetic;* and Theomnestus, a renowned harper,
who was a political opponent of Nicias, was a native
of the island.

20. On the coast of the mainland near the
Myndian territory lies Astypalaea, a promontory ;
and also Zephyrium. Then forthwith one comes to
Myndus, which has a harbour; and after Myndus to

Bargylia, which is also a city; between the two is

Caryanda, a harbour, and also an island bearing the
same name, where the Caryandians lived. Here
was born Scylax, the ancient historian. Near
Bargylia is the temple of Artemis Cindyas, round
which the rain is believed to fall without striking it.
And there was once a place called Cindyé. From
Bargylia there was a man of note, tlie Epicurean
Protarchus, who was the teacher of Demetrius
ealled Lacon.*

3 This, too, was a painting by Apelles.
% Ariston the Peripatetic (fl. third century B.c.), of Iulis in
Ceos (see 10. 5. 6). See Pauly-Wissowa.
4 i.e. the Laconian,
289
K2

STRABO

21. Bir’ ᾿Ιασὸς ἐπὶ νήσῳ κεῖται προσκειμένη
τῇ ἠπείρῳ, ἔχει δὲ λιμένα, καὶ τὸ πλεῖστον τοῦ
βίου τοῖς ἐνθάδε ἐκ θαλάττης: εὐοψεῖ yap
χώραν τ᾽ ἔχει παράλυπρον. καὶ δὴ καὶ διηγή-
ματα τοιαῦτα πλάττουσιν εἰς αὐτήν" κιθαρῳδοῦ
γὰρ ἐπιδεικνυμένου, τέως μὲν ἀκροᾶσθαι πάντας,
ὡς δ᾽ ὁ κώδων ὁ κατὰ τὴν ὀψοπωλίαν ἐψόφησε,
καταλιπόντας ἀπελθεῖν ἐπὶ τὸ ὄψον, πλὴν ἑνὸς
δυσκώφου" τὸν οὖν κιθαρῳδὸν προσιόντα, εἰπεῖν,
ὅτι, Ὦ ἄνθρωπε, πολλήν σοι χάριν οἶδα τῆς
πρός με τιμῆς καὶ φιλομουσίας" οἱ μὲν γὰρ
ἄλλοι ἅμα τῷ κώδωνος ἀκοῦσαι ἀπιόντες οἴχον-
ται. ὁ δέ, Τί λέγεις ; ἔφη, ἤδη γὰρ ὁ κώδων
ἐψόφηκεν ; εἰπόντος δέ, Εὖ σοι εἴη, ἔφη καὶ
ἀναστὰς ἀπῆλθε καὶ αὐτός. ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ ἦν ὁ
διαλεκτικὸς Διόδωρος ὁ Κρόνος προσαγορευθείς,
κατ᾽ ἀρχὰς μὲν ψευδῶς" ᾿Απολλώνιος γὰρ ἐκα-
λεῖτο ὁ Κρόνος, ὁ ἐπιστατήσας ἐκείνου" μετή-
νεγκαν δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν διὰ τὴν ἀδοξίαν τοῦ κατ᾽
ἀλήθειαν Κρόνου.

22. Μετὰ δ᾽ ᾿Ιασὸν τὸ τῶν Μιλησίων. Ποσεί-
διόν ἐστιν. ἐν δὲ τῇ μεσογαίᾳ τρεῖς εἰσὶ πόλεις
ἀξιόλογοι, Μύλασα, Στρατονίκεια, ᾿Αλάβανδα'
αἱ δὲ ἄλλαι περιπόλιοι τούτων ἢ τῶν παραλίων,
ὧν εἰσιν ᾿Αμυζών, Ἡράκλεια, Εὔρωμος, Χαλκή-
twp) τούτων μὲν οὖν ἐλάττων λόγος.

1 Χαλκήτωρ is emended by Meineke to Χαλκήτορες (cp.
14. 1. 8).

1 One who played the cithara and sang to its accompani-
ment.
2 “Cronus”? was a nickname for ‘‘ Old Timer,” ‘‘ Old

290

ewe ΨΥΨΝΝΑΝ

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 2. 21-22

21. Then one comes to Iasus, which lies on an
island close to the mainland. It has a harbour; and
the people gain most of their livelihood from the
sea, for the sea here is well supplied with fish, but
the soil of the country is rather poor. Indeed,
people fabricate stories of this kind in regard to
lasus: When a citharoede! was giving a recital, the
people all listened for a time, but when the bell that
announced the sale of fish rang, they all left him and
went away to the fish-market, except one man who
was hard of hearing. The citharoede, therefore,
went up to him and said: “ Sir, I am grateful to you
for the honour you have done me and for your love
of music, for all the others except you went away
the moment they heard the sound of the bell.”
And the man said, “ What’s that you say? Has the
bell already rung?”’ And when the citharoede said
“ Yes,’ the man said, “ Fare thee well,’ and himself
arose and went away. Here was born the dialec-
tician Diodorus, nicknamed Cronus, falsely so at
the outset, for it was Apollonius his master who was
called Cronus, but the nickname was transferred
to him because of the true Cronus’ lack of repute.”

22. Atter Iasus one comes to the Poseidium of the
Milesians. In the interior are three noteworthy
cities: Mylasa, Stratoniceia, and Alabanda. The
others are dependencies of these or else of the
cities on the coast, among which are Amyzon,
Heracleia, Euromus, and Chalcetor. As for these,
there is less to be said.

Dotard.” Diodorus is said to have been given the nickname
by Ptolemy Soter because he was unable immediately to
solve some dialectic problem put forth by Stilpo. He
became the head of the Megarian school of philosophy.

201

C 659

STRABO

23. Ta δὲ Μύλασα ἵδρυται ἐν πεδίῳ σφόδρα
εὐδαίμονι: ὑπέρκειται δὲ κατὰ κορυφὴν ὄρος
αὐτοῦ, λατόμιον λευκοῦ λίθου κάλλιστον ἔχον"
τοῦτο μὲν οὖν ὄφελός ἐστιν οὐ μικρόν, τὴν λιθίαν
πρὸς τὰς οἰκοδομίας ἄφθονον καὶ ἐγγύθεν ἔχον,
καὶ μάλιστα πρὸς τὰς τῶν ἱερῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων
δημοσίων ἔργων κατασκευάς" τοιγάρτοι στοαῖς
τε καὶ ναοῖς, εἴ τις ἄλλη, κεκόσμηται παγκάλως.
θαυμάζειν δ' ἔστι τῶν ὑποβαλόντων οὕτως
ἀλόγως τὸ κτίσμα ὀρθίῳ καὶ ὑπερδεξίῳ κρημνῷ"
καὶ δὴ τῶν ἡγεμόνων τις εἰπεῖν λέγεται, θαυμάσας
τὸ πρᾶγμα' Ταύτην γάρ, ἔφη, τὴν πόλιν ὁ
κτίσας, εἰ μὴ ἐφοβεῖτο, ap οὐδ᾽ ἡἠσχύνετο ;
ἔχουσι δ᾽ οἱ Μυλασεῖς ἱερὰ δύο τοῦ Διός, τοῦ
te ᾿Οσογῶ καλουμένου, καὶ Λαβρανδηνοῦ" τὸ

\ >? a , Δ / ΄ > \
μὲν ἐν τῇ πόλει, TA δὲ AdBpavda κώμη ἐστὶν
ἐν τῷ ὄρει κατὰ τὴν ὑπέρθεσιν τὴν ἐξ ᾿Αλαβάν-
δων εἰς τὰ Μύλασα, ἄπωθεν τῆς πόλεως" ἐνταῦθα
νεώς ἐστιν ἀρχαῖος καὶ ξόανον Διὸς Στρατίου"
τιμᾶται δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν κύκλῳ καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν
Μυλασέων, ὁδός τε ἔστρωται σχεδόν τι καὶ
ἑξήκοντα σταδίων μέχρι τῆς πόλεως, ἱερὰ κα-
λουμένη, δι’ ἧς πομποστολεῖται τὰ ἱερά" ἱερῶν-
ται δ᾽ οἱ ἐπιφανέστατοι τῶν πολιτῶν ἀεὶ διὰ
βίου. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἴδια 5 τῆς πόλεως, τρίτον
δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἱερὸν τοῦ Καρίου Διὸς κοινὸν ἅπάντων
Καρῶν, οὗ μέτεστι καὶ Λυδοῖς καὶ Μυσοῖς ὡς
ἀδελφοῖς. ἱστορεῖται δὲ κώμη ὑπάρξαι τὸ

1 For αὐτοῦ Ο. Miiller (Ind. Var. Lect. p. 1030) cleverly
conj. αἰπύ.
2 ἰδία, Casaubon, for διό ; so the later editors.

292

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 2. 23

23. But as for Mylasa: it is situated in an exceed-
ingly fertile plain; and above the plain, towering
into a peak, rises a mountain, which has a most
excellent quarry of white marble. Now this quarry
is of no small advantage, since it has stone in
abundance and close at hand, for building purposes
and in particular for the building of temples and other
public works ;+ accordingly this city, as much as any
other, is in every way beautifully adorned with
porticoes and temples. But one may well be amazed
at those who so absurdly founded the city at the foot
of asteep and commanding crag. Accordingly, one
of the commanders, amazed at the fact, is said to
have said, “If the man who founded this city,
was not afraid, was he not even ashamed?” The
Mylasians have two temples of Zeus, Zeus Osogo, as
he is called, and Zeus Labrandenus. The former is
in the city, whereas Labranda is a village far from
the city, being situated on the mountain near the
pass that leads over from Alabanda to Mylasa. At
Labranda there is an ancient shrine and statue of
Zeus Stratius. It is honoured by the people all
about and by the Mylasians; and there is a paved
road of almost sixty stadia from the shrine to
Mylasa, called the Sacred Way, on which their
sacred processions are conducted. The priestly
offices are held by the most distinguished of the
citizens, always for life. Now these temples belong
peculiarly to the city; but there is a third temple,
that of the Carian Zeus, which is a common
possession of all Carians, and in which, as brothers,
both Lydians and Mysians have a share. It is

1 i.e. “works” of art (see Vol. II, p. 349 and footnote 5,
and p. 407 and footnote 4).

293

STRABO

παλαιόν, πατρὶς δὲ καὶ βασίλειον τῶν Καρῶν
τῶν περὶ τὸν ᾿Εκατόμνω" πλησιάξει δὲ μάλιστα
τῇ κατὰ Φύσκον θαλάττῃ ἡ πόλις, καὶ τοῦτ᾽
ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς ἐπίνειον.
24͵ ᾿Αξιολόγους δ᾽ ἔσχεν ἄνδρας καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς τὰ
Μύλασα, ῥήτοράς τε ἅμα καὶ δημαγωγοὺς τῆς
πόλεως, Εὐθύδημόν τε καὶ “TBpéav. ὁ μὲν οὖν
Εὐθύδημος ἐκ προγόνων παραλαβὼν οὐσίαν τε
μεγάλην καὶ δόξαν, προσθεὶς καὶ τὴν δεινότητα,
οὐκ ἐν τῇ πατρίδι μόνον μέγας ἦν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν
τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ τῆς πρώτης ἠξιοῦτο τιμῆς. Ὑβρέᾳ δ᾽
ὁ πατήρ, ὡς αὐτὸς διηγεῖτο ἐν τῇ σχολῇ καὶ
παρὰ τῶν πολιτῶν ὡμολόγητο, ἡ ἡμίονον κατέλιπε
ξυλοφοροῦντα καὶ ,ἡμιονηγόν" διοικούμενος δ᾽ ὑπὸ
τοὕτων ὀλίγον χρόνον Διοτρέφους τοῦ ᾿Αντιοχέως
ἀκροασάμενος ἐπανῆλθε καὶ τῷ ἀγορανομίῳ
παρέδωκεν αὑτόν" ἐνταῦθα δὲ κυλινδηθεὶς καὶ
χρηματισάμενος μικρὰ ὥρμησεν ἐπὶ τὸ πολι-
τεύεσθαι καὶ τοῖς ἀγοραίοις συνακολουθεῖν. ταχὺ
δὲ αὔξησιν ἔσχε καὶ ἐθαυμάσθη" ἔτι μὲν καὶ
Εὐθυδήμου ζῶντος, ἀλλὰ τελευτήσαντος μάλιστα,
κύριος “γενόμενος τῆς πόλεως. ζῶν δ᾽ ἐπεκράτει
πολὺ ἐκεῖνος, δυνατὸς ὧν ἅμα καὶ χρήσιμος τῇ
πόλει, ὥστ᾽, εἰ καί τι τυραννικὸν προσῆν, τοῦτ᾽
ἀπελύετο τῷ παρακολουθεῖν τὸ χρήσιμον. ἐπαι-
νοῦσι γοῦν τοῦτο τοῦ Ὑβρέου, ὅπερ δημηγορῶν
ἐπὶ τελευτῆς εἶπεν: Εὐθύδημε, κακὸν εἶ τῆς
πόλεως ἀναγκαῖον οὔτε γὰρ μετὰ σοῦ δυνάμεθα
C 660 ζῆν οὔτ᾽ ἄνευ σοῦ. αὐξηθεὶς οὖν ἐπὶ πολὺ καὶ δό-

1 μάλιστα, after ἐθαυμάσθη, is ejected by Meineke.

294

yp Αν, 7

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 2. 23-24

_ related that Mylasa was a mere village in ancient
times, but that it was the native land and royal

residence of the Carians of the house of Hecatomnos.
The city is nearest to the sea at Physcus; and this
is their seaport.

24. Mylasa has had two notable men in my time,
who were at once orators and leaders of the city,
Euthydemus and Hybreas. Now Euthydemus,
having inherited from his ancestors great wealth and
high repute, and having added to these his own
cleverness, was not only a great man in his native
land, but was also thought worthy of the foremost
honour in Asia. As for Hybreas, as he himself used
to tell the story in his school and as confirmed by
his fellow-citizens, his father left him a mule-driver
and a wood-carrying mule. And, being supported
by these, he became a pupil of Diotrephes of Antio-
cheia for a short time, and then came back and
“ surrendered himself to the office of market-clerk.”
But when he had been “tossed about” in this office
and had made but little money, he began to apply
himself to the affairs of state and to follow closely
the speakers of the forum, He quickly grew in
power, and was already an object of amazement in
the lifetime of Euthydemus, but in particular after
his death, having become master of the city. So
long as Euthydemus lived he strongly prevailed,
being at once powerful and useful to the city, so that
even if there was something tyrannical about him, it
was atoned for by the fact that it was attended by
what was good for the city. At any rate, people
applaud the following statement of Hybreas, made
by him towards the end of a public speech: “ Euthy-
demus: you are an evil necessary to the city, for we

295

STRABO

Eas καὶ πολίτης ἀγαθὸς εἶναι καὶ ῥήτωρ ἔπταισεν
ἐν τῇ πρὸς Λαβιῆνον ἀντιπολιτείᾳ. οἱ μὲν γὰρ
ἄλλοι μεθ᾽ ὅπλων ἐπιόντε καὶ Ἰϊαρθικῆς συμ-
μαχίας, ἤδη τῶν ἸΤαρθυαίων τὴν ᾿Ασίαν ἐχόντων,
εἶξαν, ἅτε ἄοπλοι καὶ εἰρηνικοί Ζήνων δ᾽ ὁ
Aaobixeds καὶ “TBpéas οὐκ εἶξαν, ἀμφότεροι
ῥήτορες, ἀλλὰ ἀπέστησαν τὰς ἑαυτῶν πόλεις"
ὁ δ᾽ Ὑβρέας καὶ προσπαρώξυνε φωνῇ τινὶ
μειράκιον εὐερέθιστον. καὶ ἀνοίας πλῆρες. ἐκεί-
νου γὰρ ἀνειπόντος ἑαυτὸν Ἰ]αρθικὸν αὐτοκρά-
τορα, Οὐκοῦν, ἔφη, κἀγὼ λέγω ἐμαυτὸν Καρικὸν
αὐτοκράτορα. ἐκ τούτου δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν
ὥρμησε, τάγματα ἔχων ἤδη συντεταγμένα
Ῥωμαίων τῶν ἐν τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ' αὐτὸν μὲν οὖν οὐ
κατέλαβε, παραχωρήσαντα εἰς Ῥόδον, τὴν δ᾽
οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διελυμήνατο, πολυτελεῖς ἐχουσαν
κατασκευάς, καὶ διήρπασεν: ὡς δ᾽ αὕτως καὶ
τὴν πόλιν ὅλην ἐκάκωσεν. ἐκλιπόντος δ᾽ ἐκείνου
τὴν ᾿Ασίαν, ἐπανῆλθε καὶ ἀνέλαβεν ἑαυτόν τε
καὶ τὴν πόλιν. περὶ μὲν οὖν Μυλάσων ταῦτα.

25. Στρατονίκεια δ᾽ ἐστὶ κατοικία Μακεδόνων"
ἐκοσμήθη δὲ καὶ αὕτη κατασκευαῖς πολυτελέσιν
ὑπὸ τῶν βασιλέων. ἔστι δ᾽ ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τῶν
Στρατονικέων δύο ἱερά, ἐν μὲν Λαγίνοις τὸ τῆς
“Ἑκάτης ἐπιφανέστατον, πανηγύρεις μεγάλας συν-
ἄγον κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτόν: ἐγγὺς δὲ τῆς πόλεως τὸ τοῦ
Χρυσαορέως Διὸς κοινὸν ἁπάντων Καρῶν, εἰς ὃ
συνίασι θύσοντές τε καὶ βουλευσόμενοι περὶ τῶν

1. The Greek word might mean ‘‘legions” rather than
**cohorts.”
3 Of the golden sword.

296

_—

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 2. 24-25

ean live neither with you nor without you.” How-
eyer, although he had grown very strong and had
the repute of being both a good citizen and orator,

he stumbled in his political opposition to Labienus ;

for while the others, since they were without arms
and inclined to peace, yielded to Labienus when he

was coming against them with an army and an

allied Parthian force, the Parthians by that time
being in possession of Asia, yet Zeno of Laodiceia
and Hybreas, both orators, refused to yield and
caused their own cities to revolt. Hybreas also

voked Labienus, a lad who was irritable and full
of folly, by a certain pronouncement; for when
Labienus proclaimed himself Parthian Emperor,
Hybreas said, “Then I too call myself Carian
Emperor.” Consequently Labienus set out against
the city with cohorts! of Roman soldiers in Asia
that were already organised. Labienus did not seize
Hybreas, however, since he had withdrawn to
Rhodes, but he shamefully maltreated his home,
with its costly furnishings, and plundered it. And
he likewise damaged the whole of the city. But
though Hybreas abandoned Asia, he came back
and rehabilitated both himself and the city. So
much, then, for Mylasa.

25. Stratoniceia is a settlement of Macedonians.
And this too was adorned with costly improvements
by the kings. There are two temples in the country
of the Stratoniceians, of which the most famous, that
of Hecaté,is at Lagina; and it draws great festal
assemblies every year. And near the city is the
temple of Zeus Chrysaoreus,” the common possession
of all Carians, whither they gather both to offer
sacrifice and to deliberate on their common interests.

297

C 661

STRABO

κοινῶν: καλεῖται δὲ τὸ σύστημα αὐτῷν Xpv-
σαορέων, συνεστηκὸς ἐκ κωμῶν" οἱ δὲ πλείστας
παρεχόμενοι κώμας προέχουσι τῇ ψήφῳ, καθάπερ
Κεραμιῆται" καὶ Στρατονικεῖς δὲ τοῦ συστήματος
μετέχουσιν, οὐκ ὄντες τοῦ Καρικοῦ γένους, ἀλλ᾽
ὅτι κώμας ἔχουσι τοῦ Χρυσαορικοῦ συστήματος.
κἀνταῦθα δ᾽ ἀνὴρ ἀξιόλογος γεγένηται ῥήτωρ
Μένιππος κατὰ τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν, Κατόκας
ἐπικαλούμενος, ὃν μάλιστα ἐπαινεῖ τῶν κατὰ τὴν
᾿Ασίαν ῥητόρων, ὧν ἠκροάσατο, ͵ Κικέρων, ὥς
φησιν ἔν τινι γραφῇ αὐτός, συγκρίνων Ξενοκλεῖ
καὶ τοῖς κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνον ἀκμάξουσιν. ἔστι δὲ καὶ
ἄλλη Στρατονίκεια, ἡ ἡ πρὸς τῷ Tavp@ καλουμένη,
πολίχνιον προσκείμενον τῷ ὄρει.

26. ᾿Αλάβανδα δὲ καὶ αὐτὴ μὲν ὑπόκειται
λόφοις δυσὶ συγκειμένοις οὕτως, ὥστ᾽ ὄψιν παρέ-
χεσθαι κανθηλίου κατεστρωμένου. καὶ δὴ κα
ὁ Μαλακὸς ᾿Απολλώνιος σκώπτων τὴν πόλιν εἴς
τε ταῦτα καὶ εἰς τὸ τῶν σκορπίων πλῆθος, ἔφη
αὐτὴν εἶναι σκορπίων “κανθήλιον κατεστρωμένον"
μεστὴ δ᾽ ἐστὶ καὶ αὕτη καὶ ἡ τῶν Μυλασέων
πόλις τῶν θηρίων τούτων καὶ ἡ μεταξὺ πᾶσα
ὀρεινή. τρυφητῶν δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ καπυ-
ριστῶν, ἔχουσα ψαλτρίας πολλάς. ἄνδρες δ᾽
ἐγένοντο λόγου ἄξιοι δύο ῥήτορες ἀδελφοὶ ᾿Αλα-
βανδεῖς, Μενεκλῆς τε, οὗ ἐμνήσθημεν μικρὸν
ἐπάνω, καὶ “Ἱεροκλῆς καὶ οἱ μετοικήσαντες εἰς
τὴν Ῥόδον ὅ τε ᾿Απολλώνιος καὶ ὁ Μόλων.

1 κατεστρωμένον, Casaubon, for κατεστραμμένον ; so the
editors in general.

1 Cf. the votes of the Lycian cities, 14. 3. 3.
298

ΝΞ a,

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 2. 25-26

_ Their League, which consists of villages, is called

) _ “Chrysaorian.” And those who present the most

_ villages have a preference in the vote,! like, for
_ example, the people of Ceramus. The Stratoniceians

also have a share in the League, although they are

not of the Carian stock, but because they have

villages belonging to the Chrysaorian League.
Here, too, in the time of our fathers, was born a
noteworthy man, Menippus, surnamed Catocas, whom
Cicero, as he says in one of his writings,? applauded

above all the Asiatic orators he had heard, comparing

him with Xenocles and with the other orators’ who
flourished in the latter’s time. But there is also
another Stratoniceia, “ Stratoniceia near the Taurus,”
as itis called; it is a small town situated near the
mountain.

26. Alabanda is also situated at the foot of hills,
two hills that are joined together in such a way that
they present the appearance of an ass laden with

niers. And indeed Apollonius Malacus, in ridi-
culing the city both in regard to this and in regard
to the large number of scorpions there, said that
it was an “ass laden with panniers of scorpions.”’
Both this city and Mylasa are full of these creatures,
and so is the whole of the mountainous country
between them. Alabanda is a city of people who
live in luxury and debauchery, containing many girls
who play the harp. Alabandians worthy.of mention
are two orators, brothers, I mean Menecles, whom
I mentioned a little above,? and Hierocles, and also
Apollonius and Molon,* who changed their abode to
Rhodes.

2 Brutus 91 (315). 3 § 13. 4 See § 13.
299

STRABO

27. Πολλῶν δὲ λόγων εἰρημένων περὶ Καρῶν,
ὁ μάλισθ᾽ ὁμολογούμενός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι οἱ
Κᾶρες ὑ ὑπὸ Μίνω ἐτάττοντο, τότε Λέλεγες καλού-
μενοι, καὶ τὰς νήσους ὥκουν" εἶτ᾽ “ἠπειρῶται γενό-
μενοι, πολλὴν τῆς παραλίας καὶ τῆς μεσογαίας
κατέσχον, τοὺς “προκατέχοντας ἀφελόμενοι" καὶ
οὗτοι δ᾽ ἦσαν οἱ πλείους Λέλεγες καὶ Πελασγοί:
πάλιν δὲ τούτους ἀφείλοντο μέρος οἱ “Ελληνες,
“loves τε καὶ ,Δωρεεῖς. τοῦ δὲ περὶ τὰ στρατιω-
τικὰ ξήλου τά τε ὄχανα ποιοῦνται τεκμήρια καὶ
τὰ ἐπίσημα καὶ τοὺς λόφους" ἅπαντα γὰρ λέγεται
Καρικά: ᾿Ανακρέων μέν γε φησίν"
δία δηὗτε Kapixeupyéos
ὀχάνοιο χεῖρα τιθέμεναι.
ὁ δ᾽ ᾿Αλκαῖος,
λόφον τε σείων Καρικόν.
28, Τοῦ ποιητοῦ δ᾽ εἰρηκότος οὑτωσί»
Μάσθλης ' αὖ Kapav ἡγήσατο βαρβαροφώνων,
οὐκ ἔχει λόγον, πῶς τοσαῦτα εἰδὼς ἔθνη βάρβαρα
μόνους εἴρηκε βαρβαροφώνους τοὺς Κᾶρας, βαρ-
βάρ ous δ᾽ οὐδένας. οὔτ᾽ οὖν Θουκυδίδης ὀρθῶς"
οὐδὲ γὰρ λέγεσθαί φησι βαρβάρους διὰ τὸ μηδὲ
“Ελληνάς πῶ ἀντίπαλον εἰς ἕν ὄνομα ἀποκεκρίσ-
θαι" τό τε γὰρ μηδὲ “Ελληνάς πω Ψεῦδος αὐτὸς
ὁ ποιητὴς ἀπελέγχει"

ἀνδρός, τοῦ κλέος εὐρὺ καθ᾽ “Ἑλλάδα καὶ μέσον
"Ἄργος.

1 Μάσθλης, Corais emends to Νάστης.
300

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 2. 27-28

. 27. Of the numerous accounts of the Carians, the
that is generally agreed upon is this, that the
Carians were subject to the rule of Minos, being
. “called Leleges at that time, and lived in the islands ; :
then, having migrated to the mainland, they took
ἧ. sion of much of the coast and of the interior,
taking it away from its previous possessors, who
_ for the most part were Leleges and Pelasgians. In
turn these were deprived of a part of their country
_by the Greeks, I mean Ionians and Dorians, As
evidences of their zeal for military affairs, writers
_adduce shield-holders, shield-emblems, and crests,
for all these are called “Carian.” At least Anacreon
says, “Come, put thine arm through the shield-
holder, work of the Carians.’ And Alcaeus! says,
“shaking the Carian crest.”’
_ 28. When the poet says, “ Masthles? in turn led
the Carians, of barbarian speech,’? we have no
reason to inquire how it is that, although he knew
so many barbarian tribes, he speaks of the Carians
alone as “of barbarian speech,’ but nowhere speaks
of “barbarians.” Thucydides,* therefore, is not
correct, for he says that Homer “did not use the
term ‘ Ravbarians’ either, because the Hellenes on
their part had not yet been distinguished under
one name as opposed to them”’; for the poet him-
self refutes the statement that the Hellenes had
not yet been so distinguished when he~says, “ My
husband, whose fame is wide through Hellas and

1 Frag. 22 \ Bergk).

3 An error, apparently, for ‘‘ Nastes.”

3 Iliad 2. 867 (note ““ Mesthles” in line 864).
ae Sam

301

STRABO

Kal πάλιν"

εἴτ᾽ ἐθέλεις τραφθῆναι1 av “Ἑλλάδα καὶ μέσον
ἼΑργος.

μὴ λεγομένων τε βαρβάρων, πῶς , ἔμελλεν. εὖ
λεχθήσεσθαι τὸ βαρβαροφώνων ; οὔτε δὴ οὗτος
εὖ, οὔτ᾽ ᾿Απολλόδωρος ὁ γραμματικός, ὅτι τῷ
κοινῷ ὀνόματι. ἰδίως καὶ λοιδόρως ἐχρῶντο οἱ
“Ἕλληνες κατὰ τῶν Καρῶν, καὶ μάλιστα οἱ
Ἴωνες, μισοῦντες αὐτοὺς διὰ τὴν ἔχθραν καὶ τὰς
συνεχεῖς στρατείας" ἐχρῆν γὰρ οὕτως βαρβάρους
ὀνομάζειν. ἡμεῖς δὲ ζητοῦμεν, διὰ τί βαρβαρο-
φώνους καλεῖ, βαρβάρους δ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ἅπαξ. ὅτι,
Bh vl τὸ “πληθυντικὸν εἰς τὸ μέτρον οὐκ ἐμπίπτει,
ιὰ τοῦτ᾽ οὐκ εἴρηκε βαρβάρους. ἀλλ᾽ αὕτη μὲν
ἡ πτῶσις οὐκ ἐμπίπτει, ἡ δ᾽ ὀρθὴ οὐ διαφέρει τῆς

C 662 Δάρδανοι"

Τρῶες καὶ Λύκιοι καὶ Δάρδανοι.
τοιοῦτον δὲ καὶ τὸ

οἷοι Τρώιοι ἵπποι.
οὐδέ γε ὅτι τραχυτάτη ἡ γλῶττα τῶν Καρῶν' οὐ
γάρ ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πλεῖστα “Ἑλληνικὰ ὀνόματα
ἔχει καταμεμιγμένα, ὥς φησι Φίλιππος ὁ τὰ
Καρικὰ γράψας. οἶμαι δέ, τὸ βάρβαρον κατ᾽
ἀρχὰς ἐκπεφωνῆσθαι οὕτως κατ᾽ ὀνοματοποιίαν
ἐπὶ τῶν δυσεκφόρως καὶ σκληρῶς καὶ τραχέως
λαλούντων, ὡς τὸ βατταρίζειν καὶ τραυλίζειν καὶ
ψελλίζειν: εὐφυέστατοι γάρ ἐσμεν τὰς φωνὰς

1 πραφθῆναι, Corais, for ταρφϑῆναι ΟΠ his, τερφθῆναι other
MSS.

1 2,6. throughout the whole of Greece.
302

νυν γον ee απιαλδΝ αν

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 2. 28

Saw ari

Ε΄ mid-Argos.’ ’1 And again, “ And if thou dost wish
to journey through Hellas and mid-Argos.”
_ Further, if they were not called “barbarians,” how

could they properly be called a people “of bar-

_barian speech”? So neither Thucydides is correct,
ee Riallodorus the grammarian, who says that
the general term was used by the Hellenes in a
uliar and abusive sense against the Carians, and
particular by the lonians, who hated them be-
cause of their enmity and the continuous military
campaigns; for it was right to name them barbarians
inthis sense. But I raise the question, Why does he
_ eall them people “ of barbarian speech,” but not even
once calls them barbarians? “ Because,” Apollodorus
replies, “the plural does not fall in with the metre ;
this is why he does not call them barbarians.” But
though this case” does not fall in with metre, the
nominative case * does not differ metrically from that

of “Dardanians”:* “Trojans and Lycians and
Dardanians.”> So, also, the word “Trojan,” in
“of what kind the Trojan horses are.”® Neither
is he correct when he says that the language of
the Carians is very harsh, for it is not, but even has
very many Greek words mixed up with it, according
_ tothe Philip who wrote The Carica.? I suppose that
the word “ barbarian ” was at first uttered onomato-
poetically in reference to people who enunciated
words only with difficulty and talked -harshly and
raucously, like our words “ battarizein,” “ trau-
lizein,” and “psellizein” ;® for we are by nature

® The genitive (βαρβάρων). 3 βάρβαροι. 4 Δάρδανοι.
5 Iliad 11 286. § Iliad 5, 222. ? The History of Caria.
ϑ Meaning respectively, ἡ εις» **lisp,” and ““βρϑδὶ
falteringly.’

393

STRABO

ταῖς ὁμοίαις φωναῖς κατονομάζειν διὰ τὸ ὁμογενές"
δὴ} καὶ πλεονάζουσι3 ἐνταῦθα αἱ ὀνοματο-
ποιίαι, οἷον τὸ κελαρύξειν καὶ κλαγγὴ δὲ καὶ
ψόφος καὶ βοὴ καὶ κρότος, ὧν τὰ πλεῖστα ἤδη
καὶ κυρίως ἐκφέρεται: πάντων δὴ τῶν παχυστο-
μούντων οὕτως βαρβάρων λεγομένων, ἐφάνη τὰ
τῶν ἀλλοεθνῶν στόματα τοιαῦτα, λέγω δὲ τὰ
τῶν μὴ ᾿Ελλήνων. ἐκείνους οὖν ἰδίως ἐκάλεσαν 8
βαρβάρους, ἐν ἀρχαῖς μὲν κατὰ τὸ λοίδορον, ὡς
ἂν παχυστόμους ἢ τραχυστόμους, εἶτα κατεχρη-
σάμεθα ὡς ἐθνικῷ κοινῷ ὀνόματι, ἀντιδιαιροῦντες
πρὸς τοὺς “Ἕλληνας. καὶ γὰρ δὴ τῇ πολλῇ
συνηθείᾳ καὶ ἐπιπλοκῇ * τῶν βαρβάρων οὐκέτι
ἐφαίνετο κατὰ παχυστομίαν καὶ ἀφυΐαν τινὰ τῶν
φωνητηρίων ὁ ὀργάνων τοῦτο συμβαῖνον, ἀλλὰ κατὰ
τὰς τῶν διαλέκτων ἰδιότητας. ἄλλη δέ τις ἐν τῇ
ἡμετέρᾳ διαλέκτῳ “ἀνεφάνη κακοστομία καὶ οἷον
βαρβαροστομία, εἴ τις ἑλληνίξων μὴ κατορθοίη,
ἀλλ᾽ οὕτω λέγοι τὰ ὀνόματα, ὡς οἱ βάρβαροι οἱ
εἰσαγόμενοι εἰς τὸν ἑλληνισμόν, οὐκ ἰσχύοντες
ἀρτιστομεῖν, ὡς οὐδ᾽ ἡμεῖς ἐν ταῖς ἐκείνων διαλέκ-
τοις. τοῦτο δὲ “μάλιστα συνέβη τρῖς Καρσί:
τῶν γὰρ ἄλλων οὔτ᾽ ἐπιπλεκομένων πωϑ σφόδρα
τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, οὐδ᾽ ἐπιχειρούντων Ἑλληνικῶς ζῆν
ἢ μανθάνειν τὴν ἡμετέραν διάλεκτον, πλὴν εἴ τινες

1a δή, Corais, for ἤδη ; so the later editors.

2 μέν, after πλεονάζουσι, Corais and Meineke omit.

5 ἐκάλεσαν, Xylander, for ἐκάλεσε ; so the later editors.

4 τῇ πολλῇ συνηθείᾳ καὶ ἐπιπλοκῇ Ἐ . ἢ πολλὴ συνηθεία καὶ
ἐπιπλοκή other MSS. ; so the editors.

5 πῳ (omitted by ΕἾ, Corais and Meineke, for πως.

304

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 2. 28

much inclined to denote sounds by words that
d like them, on account of their homogeneity.

fore onomatopoetic words abound in our

_ language, as, for example, “celaryzein,’ and also
'*clangé,” “psophos,’ “ boé,” and “ crotos,’? most
of which are by now used in their proper sense.
_ Accordingly, when all who pronounced words thickly
"were being called barbarians onomatopoetically, it

peared that the pronunciations of all alien races

"were likewise thick, I mean of those that were
-notGreek. Those, therefore, they called barbarians
in the special sense of the term, at first derisively,

meaning that they pronounced words thickly or
harshly; and then we misused the word as a
general ethnic term, thus making a logical dis-
tinction between the Greeks and all other races.
The fact is, however, that through our long acquain-
tance and intercourse with the barbarians this effect
was at last seen to be the result, not of a thick pro-
nunciation or any natural defect in the vocal organs,
but of the peculiarities of their several languages.
And there appeared another faulty and barbarian-like
pronunciation in our language, whenever any person
speaking Greek did not pronounce it correctly, but
SHER the words like barbarians who are only

ginning to learn Greek and are unable to speak it
accurately, as is also the case with us in speaking
their languages. This was particularly the case with
the Carians, for, although the other peoples were not
yet having very much intercourse with the Greeks
nor even trying to live in Greek fashion or to learn
our language—with the exception, perhaps, of rare

* Meaning respectively, ‘‘gurgle,” “clang,” ‘empty
sound,” ‘‘outery,” and ‘‘rattling noise.’

395

C 663

STRABO

σπάνιοι Kal κατὰ τύχην ἐπεμίχθησαν καὶ κατ᾽
ἄνδρα ὀλίγοις τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων. τισίν, οὗτοι δὲ
καθ᾽ ὅλην ἐπλανήθησαν τὴν “Ἑλλάδα, μισθοῦ
στρατεύοντες. ἤδη οὖν τὸ βαρβαρόφωνον ἐπ᾽
ἐκείνων πυκνὸν ἦν, ἀπὸ τῆς εἰς τὴν ᾿Ελλάδα
αὐτῶν στρατείας" καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐπεπόλασε
πολὺ μᾶλλον, ad’ οὗ τάς τε νήσους μετὰ τῶν
Ἑλλήνων ὥκησαν, κἀκεῖθεν εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν ἐκπε-
σόντες, οὐδ᾽ ἐνταῦθα χωρὶς Ἑλλήνων. οἰκεῖν ἠδύ-
νᾶντο, ἐπιδιαβάντων τῶν Ἰώνων καὶ τῶν Δωριέων.
ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς αὐτῆς αἰτίας καὶ τὸ βαρβαρίξειν
λέγεται" καὶ γὰρ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τῶν κακῶς ἑλληνιξζόν-
των εἰώθαμεν λέγειν, οὐκ ἐπὶ τῶν καριστὶ λα-
λούντων. οὕτως οὖν καὶ τὸ βαρ βαροφωνεῖν καὶ
τοὺς βαρβαροφώνους δεκτέον τοὺς “κακῶς ἑλλη-
νίξζοντας" ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ καρίξειν καὶ τὸ βαρβαρίξειν
μετήνεγκαν εἰς τὰς περὶ ἑλληνισμοῦ τέχνας καὶ
τὸ ,σολοικίξειν, εἴτ᾽ ἀπὸ Σόλων, εἴτ᾽ ἄλλως τοῦ
ὀνόματος τούτου πεπλασμένου.

29. Φησὶ δὲ ᾿Αρτεμίδωρος. ἀπὸ Φύσκου τῆς
Ῥοδίων περαίας ἰοῦσιν εἰς [Ἔφεσον μέχρι μὲν
Λαγίνων ὀκτακοσίους εἶναι καὶ πεντήκοντα στα-
δίους, ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ εἰς ᾿Αλάβανδα πεντήκοντα
ἄλλους καὶ διακοσίους, εἰς δὲ Τράλλεις ἑκατὸν
ἑξήκοντα" ἀλλ᾽ ἡ εἰς Τράλλεις ἐ ἐστὶ διαβάντι τὸν
Μαίανδρον. κατὰ μέσην που τὴν ὁδόν, ὅ ὅπου τῆς
Καρίας οἱ ὅροι: γίνονται δ᾽ οἱ πάντες ἀπὸ Φύσκου

1 ὀλίγοις, Kramer, for ὀλίγοι ; so Meineke.

1 The city in Cilicia, if not that in Cypros.
2 Strabo means that grammarians used the word in its
original, or unrestricted sense, 7.6. as applying to speech

306

»“φλώ a,

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 2. 28-29

persons who by chance, and singly, mingled with
a few of the Greeks—yet the Carians roamed
‘throughout the whole of Greece, serving on
expeditions for pay. Already, therefore, the bar-
_barous element in their Greek was strong, as a
result of their expeditions in Greece; and after this
‘it spread much more, from the time they took up
their abode with the Greeks in the islands; and
when they were driven thence into Asia, even here
‘they were unable to live apart from the Greeks, I
mean when the lonians and Dorians later crossed
over to Asia. The term “barbarise,” also, has the
Same origin; for we are wont to use this too in
reference to those who speak Greek badly, not to
those who talk Carian. So, therefore, we must
interpret the terms “speak barbarously” and
“barbarously-speaking”’ as applying to those who
speak Greek badly. And it was from the term
“Carise” that the term “ barbarise” was used ina
different sense in works on the art of speaking
Greek; and so was the term “soloecise,’” whether
derived from Soli,1 or made up in some other way.’
29. Artemidorus says that, as one goes from
Physceus, in the Peraea of the Rhodians, to Ephesus,
the distance to Lagina is eight hundred and fifty
stadia ; and thence to Alabanda, two hundred and
fifty more ; and to Tralleis, one hundred and sixty.
But one comes to the road that leads into Tralleis
after crossing the Maeander River, at about the
middle of the journey, where are the boundaries
of Caria. The distance all told from Physcus to

only. In the meantime it had been used in a broad sense,
“to hehave like, or imitate, barbarians.”
* Between Alabanda and Tralleis.

397

STRABO

ἐπὶ τὸν Μαίανδρον κατὰ τὴν εἰς Ἔφεσον ὁδὸν
χίλιοι ἑκατὸν ὀγδοήκοντα. πάλιν a ἀπὸ τοῦ Μαιάν-
δρου τῆς Ἰωνίας ἐφεξῆς “μῆκος ἐπιόντι κατὰ τὴν
αὐτὴν ὁδὸν ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ ποταμοῦ εἰς Τράλλεις,
ὀγδοήκοντα, εἶτ᾽ εἰς Μαγνησίαν ἑ ἑκατὸν τετταρά-
κοντα, εἰς Ἔφεσον δ᾽ ἑκατὸν εἴκοσιν, els δὲ Σμύρναν
τριακόσιοι εἴκοσιν, εἰς δὲ Φώκαιαν καὶ τοὺς ὅρους
τῆς ᾿Ιωνίας ἐλάττους τῶν διακοσίων: ὥστε τὸ ἐπ᾽
εὐθείας μῆκος τῆς Ἰωνίας εἴη ἂν κατ᾽ αὐτὸν]
μικρῷ πλέον τῶν ὀκτακοσίων. ἐπεὶ δὲ κοινή
τις ὁδὸς τέτριπται ἅπασι τοῖς ἐπὶ τὰς ἀνατολὰς
ὁδοιποροῦσιν ἐξ ᾿Ιφέσου, καὶ ταύτην ἔπεισιν.
ἐπὶ μὲν τὰ Κάρουρα τῆς Καρίας ὅριον πρὸς τὴν
Φρυγίαν διὰ Μαγνησίας καὶ Τραλλέων, Νύσης,
᾿Αντιοχείας ὁδὸς ἑπτακοσίων καὶ τετταράκοντα
σταδίων" ἐντεῦθεν δὲ ἡ Φρυγία διὰ Λαοδικείας
καὶ ᾿Απαμείας καὶ Μητροπόλεως καὶ Χελιδονίων"
ἐπὶ μὲν οὖν τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς Παρωρείου, τοὺς
Ὅλμους, στάδιοι περὶ ἐννακοσίους καὶ εἴκοσιν
ἐκ τῶν Καρούρων' ἐπὶ δὲ τὸ πρὸς τῇ Λυκαονίᾳ
πέρας τῆς ᾿Παρωρείου τὸ Τυριαῖον διὰ Φιλομη-
λίου μικρῷ πλείους τῶν πεντακοσίων. εἶθ᾽ ἡ
Λυκαονία μέχρι Κοροπασσοῦ διὰ Λαοδικείας τῆς
κατακεκαυμένης ὀκτακύσιοι τετταράκοντα" ἐκ δὲ
Κοροπασσοῦ τῆς Λυκαονίας εἰς T'apodoupa, στο-
λίχνιον τῆς Καππαδοκίας, ἐπὶ τῶν ὅρων αὐτῆς
ἱδρυμένον, ἑ ἑκατὸν εἴκοσιν: ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽ εἰς Μάξακα
τὴν μητρόπολιν τῶν Καππαδόκων διὰ Σοάνδου

1 κατ᾽ αὐτόν, Corais, for κατὰ ταὐτὸ ἤ mxz, κατ᾽ αὐτὸ ἤ other
MSS. ; so the later editors,

2 ταύτην ἔπεισιν, Corais, for ταύτῃ μὲν ἔπεστιν ; 80 the later
editors,

308

—*

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 2. 29

the Maeander along the road to Ephesus amounts

» one thousand one hundred and eighty stadia.
, from the Maeander, traversing next in order

the length of Ioniaalong the same road, the distance

from the river to Tralleis is eighty stadia ; then to
Magnesia, one hundred and forty; to Ephesus, one

hundred and twenty; to Smyrna, three hundred
and twenty; and to Phocaea and the boundaries of

Ionia, less than two hundred; so that the length
of Ionia in a straight line would be, according to
Artemidorus, slightly more than eight hundred
stadia. Since there is a kind of common road
constantly used by all who travel from Ephesus
towards the east, Artemidorus traverses this too:
from Ephesus to Carura, a boundary of Caria to-
wards Phrygia, through Magnesia, Tralleis, Nysa,
and Antiocheia, is a journey of seven hundred
and forty stadia ; and, from Carura, the journey in
Phrygia, through Laodiceia, Apameia, Metropolis
and Chelidonia.t Now near the beginning of
Paroreius,? one comes to Holmi, about nine hundred
and twenty stadia from Carura, and, near the end
of Paroreius near Lycaonia, through Philomelium,
to Tyriaeum, slightly more than five hundred.
Then Lycaonia, through Laodiceia Catacecaumené,3
as far as Coropassus, eight hundred and forty stadia; ;
from Coropassus in Lycaonia to Garsaura, a small
town in Cappadocia, situated on its borders, one
hundred and twenty; thence to Mazaca, the
metropolis of the Cappadocians, through Soandum

1 “*Chelidonia” is thought to be corrupt (see C. Maller,
Ind. Var, Lect., p. 1030).

# 6, Phrygia ‘alongside the mountain.”

= * Burnt,’

309

STRABO

καὶ Σαδακόρων ἑξακόσιοι ὀγδοήκοντα" ἐντεῦθεν
δ᾽ ἐπὶ τὸν Εὐφράτην μέχρι Τομίσων: χωρίου τῆς
Σωφηνῆς διὰ Ηρφῶν πολίχνης χίλιοι τετρακόσιοι
τετταράκοντα. τὰ δ᾽ ἐπ᾽ εὐθείας τούτοις μέχρι
τῆς ᾿Ινδικῆς τὰ αὐτὰ κεῖται καὶ παρὰ τῷ ᾿Αρτε-
μιδώρῳ, ἅπερ καὶ παρὰ τῷ ᾿Ερατοσθένει. λέγει
δὲ καὶ Πολύβιος, περὶ τῶν ἐκεῖ μάλιστα δεῖν
Ο 064 πεστεύειν ἐκείνῳ. ἄρχεται δὲ ἀπὸ Σαμοσάτων
τῆς Κομμαγηνῆς, ἣ πρὸς τῇ διαβάσει καὶ τῷ
Ζεύγματι κεῖται: εἰς δὲ Σαμόσατα ἀπὸ τῶν ὅρων
τῆς Καππαδοκίας τῶν περὶ Τόμισα ὑπερθέντι
τὸν Ταῦρον σταδίους εἴρηκε τετρακοσίους καὶ
/
πεντήκοντα.

νῶν

ΠῚ

1. Μετὰ δὲ τὴν Ῥοδίων περαίαν, ἧς ὅριον τὰ
Δαίδαλα, ἐφεξῆς πλέουσι πρὸς ἀνίσχοντα ἥλιον
ες / a / / θ᾽ ς Π
ἡ Λυκία κεῖται μέχρι Παμφυλίας, εἶθ᾽ ἡ Lape -

a >
φυλία μέχρι Κιλίκων τῶν τραχέων, εἶθ᾽ ἡ τούτων
μέχρι τῶν ἄλλων Κιλίκων τῶν περὶ τὸν ᾿Ισσικὸν
κόλπον: ταῦτα δ᾽ ἐστὶ μέρη μὲν τῆς χερρονήσου,
“ ε
ἧς τὸν ἰσθμὸν ἔφαμεν τὴν ἀπὸ ᾿Ισσοῦ ὁδὸν μέχρι
᾿Αμισοῦ, ἢ Σινώπης, ὥς τινες, ἐκτὸς δὲ τοῦ Ταύρου
ἐν στενῇ παραλίᾳ τῇ ἀπὸ Λυκίας μέχρι τῶν περὶ
Σόλους τόπων, τὴν νῦν Πομπηιόπολιεν" 5 ἔπειτα
ἤδη εἰς πεδία ἀναπέπταται ἡ κατὰ τὸν ᾿Ισσικὸν

/, ’ὔ > \ / \ -“ »
κόλπον παραλία ἀπὸ Σόλων καὶ Ταρσοῦ ἀρξα-

a € nm n
μένη. ταύτην οὖν ἐπελθοῦσιν ὁ πᾶς περὶ τῆς

1 τομίσων, the editors, for τὸ μισοῦ CD, Τελμισοῦ 2, Τομισοῦ
other MSS.

2 τὴν viv Ποιιπηιόπολιν, Corais, for τῇ νῦν Πομπηιουπόλει; 80
the later editors. :

310

ἢ GEOGRAPHY, 14. 2. 29-3. 1
and Sadacora, six hundred and eighty; and thence
to the Euphrates River, as far as Tomisa, a place
in Sophené, through Herphae, a small town, one
- thousand four hundred and forty. The places on
a straight line with these as far as India are the
οὐρᾷ in Artemidorus as they are in Eratosthenes.
But Polybius says that we should rely most on
rtemidorus in regard to the places here. He
yegins with Samosata in Commagené, which lies
at the river-crossing and at Zeugma, and states that
the distance to Samosata, across the Taurus, from
the boundaries of Cappadocia round Tomisa is four
hundred and fifty stadia.

ΠῚ

_ 1.2 Arrer the Peraea of the Rhodians, of which
Daedala isa boundary, sailing next in order towards
the rising sun, one comes to Lycia, which extends
as far as Pamphylia; then to Pamphylia, extending
as far as the Tracheian Cilicians;2 and then to
the country of these, extending as far as the other
Cilicians living round the Gulf of Issus. These
are parts of the peninsula, the isthmus of which,
as | was saying, is the road from Issus to Amisus,
: or, according to some, Sinopé, but they lie outside
_ ἔπε Taurus on the narrow coast which extends
from Lycia as far as the region of Soli, the present
Pompeiopolis. Then forthwith the coast that lies
on the Issic Gulf, beginning at Soli and Tarsus,
spreads out into plains. So then, when I have
traversed this coast, my account of the whole

1 See map of Asia Minor at end of Vol. V.
3 Referring to ‘‘ Cilicia Tracheia ” (‘‘ Rugged Cilicia ”).

311

STRABO

χερρονήσου λόγος ἔ ἔσται περιωδευμένος" εἶτα μετα-
βησόμεθα ἐπὶ τὰ ἄλλα μέρη τῆς ᾿Ασίας τὰ ἐ ἐκτὸς
τοῦ Ταύρου. τελευταῖα 5 ἐκθήσομεν τὰ περὶ
τὴν Λιβύην.

2. Μετὰ τοίνυν Δαίδαλα τὰ τῶν Ῥοδίων 6 ὄρος
ἐστὶ τῆς Λυκίας ὁμώνυμον αὐτοῖς Δαίδαλα, ἀφ᾽
οὗ λαμβάνει τὴν ἀρχὴν ὁ παράπλους ἅπας ὁ
Λυκιακός, σταδίων μὲν ὧν χιλίων ἑπτακοσίων
εἴκοσι, τραχὺς δὲ καὶ χαλεπός, ἀλλ᾽ εὐλίμενος
σφόδρα καὶ ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων συνοικούμενος σω-
φρόνων' ἐπεὶ ἥ γε τῆς χώρας φύσις παραπλησία
καὶ τοῖς Παμφύλοις ἐστὶ καὶ τοῖς Τραχειώταις
Κίλιξιν' ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνοι μὲν ὁρμητηρίοις ἐχρήσαντο
τοῖς τόποις πρὸς τὰ λῃστήρια, αὐτοὶ “πειρατεύον-
τες ἢ τοῖς πειραταῖς λαφυροπώλια καὶ ναύσταθμα
παρέχοντες" ἐν Σίδῃ γοῦν πόλει τῆς Παμφυλίας
τὰ ναυπήγια. συνίστατο τοῖς Κίλιξιν, ὑπὸ κήρυκά
τε ἐπώλουν ἐκεῖ τοὺς ἁλόντας ἐλευθέρους ὁμολο-
γοῦντες" Λύκιοι δ᾽ οὕτω πολιτικῶς καὶ σωφρόνως
ζῶντες διετέλεσαν, ὥστ᾽, ἐκείνων διὰ τὰς εὐτυχίας
θαλαττοκρατησάντων μέχρι τῆς Ἰταλίας, ὅμως
ὑπ᾽ οὐδενὸς ἐξήρθησαν αἰσχροῦ κέρδους, ἀλλ᾽
ἔμειναν ἐν τῇ πατρίῳ διοικήσει τοῦ Λυκιακοῦ
συστήματος.

3. Εἰσὶ δὲ τρεῖς καὶ εἴκοσι πόλεις αἱ τῆς
ψήφου μετέχουσαι" συνέρχονται δὲ ἐξ ἑκάστης
πόλεως εἰς κοινὸν συνέδριον, ἣν ἂν δοκιμάσωσι
πόλιν ἑλόμενοι" τῶν δὲ πόλεων αἱ μέγισται μὲν
τριῶν ψήφων ἐστὶν ἑκάστη κυρία, αἱ δὲ μέσαι

C 665 δυεῖν, αἱ δ᾽ ἄλλαι μιᾶς" ἀνὰ “λόγον δὲ καὶ τὰς
εἰσφορὰς εἰσφέρουσι καὶ τὰς ἄλλας λειτουργίας.

312

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 3. 1-3

_ peninsula will have been completed. Then 1 shall
_ pass to the other parts of Asia that are outside the
- Taurus. And lastly I shall set forth my account
¥ bof Libya.
_ 2. After Daedala of the Rhodians, then, one
Breines to a mountain in Lycia which bears the
‘same name as the city, Daedala, whence the whole
as along the Lycian coast takes its beginning ;
. coast extends one thousand seven hundred and
enty stadia, and is rugged and hard to travel,
Dict is exceedingly well supplied with harbours and
_ inhabited by decent people. Indeed, the nature of
the country, at least, is similar to both that of
the Pamphylians and the Tracheian Cilicians, but
the former used their places as bases of operation
for the business of piracy, when they engaged in
‘piracy themselves or offered them to pirates as
markets for the sale of booty and as naval stations.
In Sidé, at any rate, a city in Pamphylia, the
γ: dockyards stood open to the Cilicians, who would
ll their captives at auction there, though admittin
| that these were freemen. But the Lycians ss ei
living in such a civilised and decent way that,
_ although the Pamphylians through their successes
gained the mastery of the sea as far as Italy, still
_ they themselves were stirred by no desire for
_ shameful gain, but remained within the ancestral
domain of the Lycian League.
3. There are twenty- three cities that share in
the vote. They come together from each city to
_ a general congress, after choosing whatever city
_ they approve of. The largest of the cities control
three votes each, the medium-sized two, and the
rest one. In the same proportion, also, they make

VOL. V1, L 313

STRABO

ἐξ δὲ τὰς μεγίστας ἔφη ὁ ᾿Αρτεμίδωρος, Ἐξάνθον,
Πάταρα, Πίναρα, “Odvprov, Μύρα, λῶν, κατὰ
τὴν ὑπέρθεσιν 1 τὴν εἰς Κίβυραν κειμένην. ἐν δὲ
τῷ συνεδρίῳ πρῶτον μὲν Λυκιάρχης αἱρεῖται, εἶτ᾽
ἄλλαι ἀρχαὶ αἱ τοῦ συστήματος: δικαστήριά τε
ἀποδείκνυται κοινῇ" καὶ περὶ πολέμου δὲ καὶ
εἰρήνης καὶ συμμαχίας ἐβουλεύοντο πρότερον,
νῦν δ᾽ οὐκ εἰκός, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ταῦτ᾽
ἀνάγκη κεῖσθαι, πλὴν εἰ ἐκείνων ἐπιτρεψάντων,
ἢ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν εἴη χρήσιμον" ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ
δικασταὶ καὶ ἄρχοντες ἀνὰ λόγον ταῖς ψήφοις ἐξ
ἑκάστης προχειρίζονται πόλεως. οὕτω δ᾽ εὐνο-
μουμένοις αὐτοῖς συνέβη παρὰ “Ρωμαίοις ἐλευ-

θέροις διατελέσαι, τὰ πάτρια νέμουσι, τοὺς δὲ
λῃστὰς ἐπιδεῖν ἄρδην ἠφανισμένους, πρότερον
μὲν ὑπὸ Σερουιλίου τοῦ ᾿Ισαυρικοῦ, καθ᾽ ὃν
χρόνον καὶ τὰ “loavpa ἐκεῖνος καθεῖλεν, ὕστερον

δὲ Πομπηίου τοῦ Μάγνου, πλείω τῶν χιλίων καὶ
τριακοσίων σκαφῶν ἐμπρήσαντος, τὰς δὲ κατοι-
κίας ἐκκόψαντος, τῶν δὲ περιγενομένων ἀνθρώπων
ἐν ταῖς μάχαις τοὺς μὲν καταγαγόντος εἰς Σόλους,
ἣν ἐκεῖνος Πομπηιόπολιν 5 ὠνόμασε, τοὺς δ᾽ εἰς
Avpnv® λειπανδρήσασαν, ἣν νυνὶ Ρωμαίων
ἀποικία νέμεται. οἱ ποιηταὶ δέ, μάλιστα οἱ
τραγικοί, συγχέοντες τὰ ἔθνη, καθάπερ τοὺς
Τρῶας καὶ τοὺς Μυσοὺς καὶ τοὺς Λυδοὺς Φρύγας
προσαγορεύουσιν, οὕτω καὶ τοὺς Λυκίους Κᾶρας.

4. Μετὰ δ᾽ οὖν τὰ Δαίδαλα, τὸ τῶν Λυκίων

1 ὑπέρθεσιν, Corais, for θέσιν ; so the later editors,

2 Πιμπηιοὐπολιν moxz.

ἘΞ Δύμην, Casaubon, for Δυμήνην ODFhw, Δυσμένην i, Διδυ-
μήνην mosxz; so the later editors.

314

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 3. 3-4

Ἐ ontributions and discharge other liturgies... Arte-
_ midorus said that the six largest were Xanthus,
_ Patara, Pinara, Olympus, Myra, and Tlos, the last-
_ named being situated near the pass that leads over
into Cibyra. At the congress they first choose a
_ *Lyciarch,’’ and then other officials of the League;
and general courts of justice are designated. In
earlier times they would deliberate about war and
_ peace and alliances, but now they naturally do not
© so, since these matters necessarily lie in the
power of the Romans, except, perhaps. when the
~ Romans should give them permission or it should
be for their benefit. Likewise, judges and magis-
trates are elected from the several cities in the
same proportion. And since they lived under such
a good government, they remained ever free under
the Romans, thus retaining their ancestral usages ;
_ and they saw the pirates utterly wiped out, first by
_Servilius Isauricus, at the time that he demolished
Isaura, and later by Pompey the Great, when he
‘set fire to more than thirteen hundred boats and
laid waste their settlements. Of the pirates who
_ survived the fights,” he brought some down to Soli,
which he named Pompeiopolis, and the others to
_ Dymé, where there was a dearth of population; it is
_ now occupied by a colony of Romans. ‘The poets,
however, and especially the tragic poets, confuse
_ the tribes, as, for example, the Trojans and the
Mysians and the Lydians, whom they call Phrygians ;
and likewise the Lycians, whom they call Carians.
4. After Daedala, then, I mean the mountain in

1 i.e. public services performed at private expense.
* See 8. 7. 5.

315

C 666

STRABO

ὄρος, πλησίον ἐστὶ Τελμησσός, πολίχνη Λυκίων,
καὶ Τελμησσὶς ἄκρα, λιμένα ἔχουσα. ἔλαβε δὲ
τὸ χωρίον τοῦτο παρὰ Ῥωμαίων Εὐμένης ἐν τῷ
᾿Αντιοχικῷ πολέμῳ, καταλυθείσης δὲ τῆς βασι- |
λείας ἀπέλαβον πάλιν οἱ Λύκιοι.

ἮΝ

ὅ. ΕἾθ᾽ ἑξῆς ὁ ᾿Αντίκραγος, ὄρθιον ὄρος, ἐφ᾽
Καρμυλησσός, χωρίον ἐν φάραγγι ὠκημένον,1 καὶ

μετὰ τοῦτον ὁ Kpayos, ἔχων ἄκρας ὃ ὀκτὼ 8 καὶ
πόλιν ὁμώνυμον. περὶ ταῦτα μυθεύεται τὰ ὄρη
τὰ περὶ τῆς Χιμαίρας" ἔστι δ᾽ οὐκ ἄπωθεν καὶ
ἡ Χίμαιρα, φάραγξ τις ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰγιαλοῦ ἀνα-
τείνουσα. ὑπόκειται δὲ τῷ Κράγῳ Πίναρα ἐν
μεσογαίᾳ, τῶν μεγίστων οὖσα πόλεων ἐν τῇ
Λυκίᾳ. ἐνταῦθα δὲ Πάνδαρος τιμᾶται, τυχὸν
ἴσως ὁμώνυμος τῷ Τρωικῷ" ὡς καὶ

Πανδαρέου κούρη χλωρηὶς ἀηδών" 4

καὶ γὰρ τοῦτον ἐκ Λυκίας φασίν.

6. Rig’ ὁ Ξάνθος ποταμός, ὃν ,Σίρβιν ἐκάλουν
οἱ πρότερον" 5 ἀναπλεύσαντι δ᾽ ὑπηρετικοῖς δέκα
σταδίους τὸ Λητῷόν ἐστιν" ὑπὲρ δὲ τοῦ ἱεροῦ
προελθόντι ἑξήκοντα ἡ πόλις ἡ TOV Ξανθίων
ἐστί, μεγίστη τῶν ἐν Λυκίᾳ. μετὰ δὲ τὸν Ξάνθον
Πάταρα, καὶ αὕτη μεγάλη πόλις, λιμένα ἔχουσα
καὶ ἱερὸν ᾿Απόλλωνος," κτίσμα. Πατάρου. Πτο-
λεμαῖος δ᾽ ὁ Φιλάδελφος ἐπισκευάσας ᾿Αρσινόην
ἐκάλεσε τὴν ἐν Λυκίᾳ, ἐπεκράτησε δὲ τὸ ἐξ ἀρχῆς
ὄνομα.

1 ἐν φάραγγι φκημένον E, ἐν φαραγγεῖον κείμενον F, ey
φαραγγίῳ κείμενον other MSS.

ἡ ἄκρας, the editors (following Eustathius on Πίαά 6. 181),

for κράγας.
8 For ὀκτώ Eustathius (/.c.) reads δύο.

316

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 3. 4-6

Lycia, one comes to a Lycian town near it, Telmessus,

and to Telmessis, a promontory with a harbour.

Eumenes? received this place from the Romans in
the Antiochian War, but when his kingdom was
dissolved the Lycians got it back again.

5. Then, next, one comes to Anticragus, a steep
mountain, where is Carmylessus, an inhabited place
situated in a ravine; and, after this, to Cragus,
which has eight promontories and a city of the
same name. The scene of the myth of Chimaera
is laid in the neighbourhood of these mountains.
Chimaera, a ravine extending up from the shore,
is not far from them. At the foot of Cragus, in
the interior, lies Pinara, one of the largest cities
in Lycia. Here Pandarus is held in honour, who

may, perhaps, be identical with the Trojan hero, as

when the poet says, “the daughter of Pandareus,

the nightingale of the greenwood,’ for Pandareus

is said to have been from Lycia.
6. Then one comes to the Xanthus River, which

the people of earlier times called the Sirbis. Sailing

up this river by rowboat for ten stadia one comes to
the Letoiim; and proceeding sixty stadia beyond the
temple one comes to the city of the Xanthians,

the largest city in Lycia. After Xanthus, to Patara,

which is also a large city, has a harbour, has a
temple of Apollo, and was founded by Patarus.

When Ptolemy Philadelphus repaired it, he called

it Lycian Arsinoé, but the original name prevailed,

1 King of Pergamum 197-159 B.c.

4 ὡς καὶ. . ἀηδών, Meineke ejects.
δ᾽ Instead of οἱ πρότερον, F and Meineke read τὸ πρότερον.
δ ἱερὸν ᾿Απόλλωνος, the editors, for ἱερὰ πολλά.

317

STRABO

7. Εἶτα Μύρα ἐν εἴκοσι σταδίοις ὑπὲρ τῆς
θαλάττης ἐπὶ μετεώρου λόφου. εἶθ᾽ ἡ ἐκβολὴ
τοῦ Διμύρου 1 ποταμοῦ καὶ ἀνιόντι πεζῇ σταδίους
εἴκοσι τὰ Λίμυρα πολίχνη. μεταξὺ δ᾽ ἐν τῷ
λεχθέντι παράπλῳ νησία πολλὰ καὶ λιμένες, ὧν
καὶ Μεγίστη νῆσος καὶ πόλις ὁμώνυμος, καὶ 3, ἡ
Κισθήνη. ἐν δὲ τῇ μεσογαίᾳ χωρία Φελλὸς καὶ
᾿Αντίφελλος καὶ ἡ “Χίμαιρα, ἧς ἐμνήσθημεν ἐπάνω.

8. Ei?’ Ἱερὰ ἄκρα καὶ αἱ Χελιδόνιαι, τρεῖς
νῆσοι τραχεῖαι, πάρισοι τὸ μέγεθος, ὅσον πέντε
σταδίοις ἀλλήλων διέχουσαι" τῆς δὲ γῆς ἀφεστᾶσιν
ἑξαστάδιον: μία δ᾽ αὐτῶν καὶ πρόσορμον ἔχει.
ἐντεῦθεν νομίξουσιν οἱ πολλοὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν λαμ-
βάνειν τὸν Ταῦρον, διά τε τὴν ἄκραν ὑψηλὴν
οὖσαν καὶ καθήκουσαν ἀπὸ τῶν Πισιδικῶν ὁ ὀρῶν
τῶν ὑπερκειμένων τῆς Παμφυλίας καὶ διὰ τὰς
προκειμένας νήσους, ἐχούσας ἐπιφανές TL σημεῖον
ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ κρασπέδου δίκην. τὸ δ᾽ ἀληθὲς
ἀπὸ τῆς Ῥοδίων περαίας ἐπὶ τὰ πρὸς Πισιδίαν
μέρη συνεχής ἐστιν ἡ ὀρεινή, καλεῖται δὲ καὶ αὕτη
Ταῦρος. δοκοῦσι δὲ καὶ αἱ Χελιδόνιαι κατὰ Kavo-
βὸν πως πίπτειν" τὸ δὲ δίαρμα λέγεται τέτρακισ-

ἱλίων σταδίων. ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Ἱερᾶς ἄ ἄκρας ἐπὶ τὴν
Ολβίαν λείπονται στάδιοι τριακόσιοι ἑξήκοντα
ἑπτά" ἐν τούτοις δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἥ τε ,Κράμβουσα καὶ
Ὄλυμπος, πόλις μεγάλη καὶ ὄρος ὁμώνυμον, ὃ
καὶ Φοινικοῦς καλεῖται" εἶτα Κώρυκος αὐγιαλός.

1 Λιμύρου EF, Λιρύμου other MSS.
2 καί, before ἡ, Groskurd inserts.

1 j,e. approximately on the same meridian as Canobus in
Egypt.
318

— ΝΑ ΨῊΝ

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 3. 7-8

_ 7. Then one comes to Myra, at a distance of
_ twenty stadia above the sea, on a lofty hill. Then
to the outlet of the Limyrus River, and then, going
_ twenty stadia inland on foot, to Limyra, a small
town. In the intervening distance on the coasting
voyage there are numerous isles and _ harbours,
among which are the island Megisté, with a city
of the same name, and Cisthené. And in the
interior are places called Phellus and Antiphellus
and Chimaera, which last I have mentioned above.

8. Then one comes to the promontory Hiera ; and
to the Chelidoniae, three rugged islands, which are
about equal in size and are about five stadia distant
from one another. They lie about six stadia off the
shore, and one of them has a landing-place for vessels.
Here it is, according to the majority of writers, that
the Taurus takes its beginning, not only because
of the loftiness of the promontory and because it
extends down from the Pisidian mountains that lie
above Pamphylia, but also because of the islands
that lie off it, presenting, as they do, a sort of con-
spicuous sign in the sea, like outskirts of a mountain.
But in truth the mountainous tract is continuous
from the Peraea of the Rhodians to the parts near
Pisidia ; and this tract too is called the Taurus. The
Chelidoniae are likewise thought to lie approximately
opposite to Canobus;! and the passage thence to
Canobus is said to be four thousand stadia. From
the promontory Hiera to Olbia there remain three
hundred and sixty-seven stadia; and on this stretch
lie, not only Crambusa, but also Olympus, a large
city and a mountain of the same name, which latter
is also called Phoenicus, Then one comes to Corycus,
a tract of sea-coast.

319

C 667

STRABO

9. Εἶτα Φασηλίς,1 τρεῖς ἔχουσα λιμένας, πόλις
ἀξιόλογος καὶ λίμνη." ὑπέρκειται δ᾽ αὐτῆς τὰ
Σόλυμα ὅ ὄρος καὶ Τερμησσός, Πισιδικὴ πόλις ἐπι-
κειμένη τοῖς στενοῖς, δι᾽ ὧν ὑπέρβασίς ἐστιν εἰς
τὴν Μιλυάδα. καὶ ὁ ᾿Αλέξανδρος διὰ τοῦτο
ἐξεῖλεν αὐτήν, ἀνοῖξαι βουλόμενος τὰ στενά.
περὶ Φασηλίδα 3 δ᾽ ἐστὶ κατὰ θάλατταν στενά, ov’
ὧν ᾿Αλέξανδρος παρήγαγε τὴν στρατιάν. ἔστι δ᾽
ὄρος Κλίμαξ καλούμενον, ἐπίκειται δὲ τῷ Παμ-
φυλίῳ πελάγει, στενὴν ἀπολεῖπον πάροδον ἐπὶ
τῷ αἰγιαλῷ, ταῖς μὲν νηνεμίαις γυμνουμένην,
ὥστε εἶναι βάσιμον τοῖς ὁδεύουσι, πλημμύροντος
δὲ τοῦ πελάγους ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων καλυπτομένην
ἐπὶ πολύ: ἡ μὲν οὖν διὰ τοῦ ὄρους ὑπέρβασις
περίοδον ἔ ἔχει. καὶ προσάντης ἐστί, τῷ δ᾽ αἰγιαλῷ
χρῶνται κατὰ τὰς εὐδίας. ὁ δὲ ᾿Αλέξανδρος εἰς
χειμέριον ἐμπεσὼν και ρὸν καὶ τὸ πλέον ἐ ἐπιτρέπων
τῇ τύχῃ, πρὶν ἀνεῖναι τὸ κῦμα ὥρμησε, καὶ ὅλην
τὴν ἡμέραν ἐ ἐν ὕδατι γενέσθαι τὴν πορείαν συνέβη,
μέχρι ὀμφαλοῦ βαπτιξομένων. ἔστι μὲν οὖν καὶ
αὕτη ἡ πόλις Λυκιακή, ἐπὶ τῶν ὅρων 4 ἱδρυμένη
τῶν πρὸς Παμφυλίαν, τοῦ δὲ own τῶν Λυκίων
οὐ μετέχει, καθ᾽ αὑτὴν δὲ συνέστηκεν.

10. Ὁ μὲν οὖν ποιητὴς ἑτέρους τῶν Λυκίων
ποιεῖ τοὺς Σολύμους" ὑπὸ γὰρ τοῦ τῶν Λυκίων
βασιλέως πεμφθεὶς ὁ Βελλεροφόντης ἐπὶ δεύτερον
τοῦτον ἄθλον

Σολύμοισι μαχέσσατο κυδαλίμοισιν.
οἱ δὲ τοὺς Λυκίους πρότερον καλεῖσθαι Σολύμους
1 Φασηλίς, the editors (following Eustathius on Dionye.
855).

320

" ΕΣ,

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 3. 9-10

9. Then one comes to Phaselis, with three harbours,
acity of note, and toalake. Above it lies Solyma, a
mountain, and also Termessus, a Pisidian city situated
near the defiles, through which there is a pass over
the mountain to Milyas. Alexander destroyed

Milyas for the reason that he wished to open

the Paebiles. Near Phaselis, by the sea, there are

defiles, through which Alexander led his army.
_ And here there is a mountain called Climax, which

lies near the Pamphylian Sea and leaves a narrow
pass on the shore; and in calm weather this pass
is free from water, so that it is passable for travellers,
but when the sea is at flood-tide it is to a consider-
able extent hidden by the waves. Now the pass
that leads over through the mountain is circuitous
and steep, but in fair weather people use the pass
along the shore. Alexander,meeting with a stormy
season, and being a man who in general trusted to
luck, set out before the waves had receded; and
the result was that all day long his soldiers marched
in water submerged to their navels. Now this city
too is Lycian, being situated on the borders towards
Pamphylia, but it has no part in the common
League and is a separate organisation to itself.
10. Now the poet makes the Solymi different
from the Lycians, for when Bellerophon was sent
by the king of the Lycians to the second struggle,
“he fought with the glorious Solymi.” + But others,
who assert that the Lycians were in earlier times

1 Iliad 6. 184.

2 Instead of λίμνη, F and Eustathius (/.c.) have λίμνην.
8 CDhos spell the word Φασίλιδα, F Φιλίδα.
* ὅρων, Kramer, for ὀρῶν.
321
L2

STRABO

φάσκοντες, ὕστερον δὲ Τερμίλας, ἀπὸ τῶν ἐκ
Κρήτης συγκατελθόντων τῷ Σαρπηδόνι, μετὰ δὲ
ταῦτα Λυκίους ἀπὸ Λύκου τοῦ Πανδίονος, ὃν
ἐκπεσόντα τῆς οἰκείας ἐδέξατο Σαρπηδὼν ἐπὶ
μέρει τῆς ἀρχῆς, οὐχ ὁμολογούμενα λέγουσιν
Ὁμήρῳ" βελτίους δ᾽ οἱ φάσκοντες λέγεσθαι
Σολύμους ὑπὸ τοῦ ποιητοῦ τοὺς νῦν Μιλύας
προσαγορευομένους, περὶ ὧν εἰρήκαμεν.

1, Μετὰ Φασηλίδα δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἡ Ὀλβία, τῆς
Παμφυλίας ἀρχή, μέγα ἔρυμα, καὶ μετὰ ταύτην ὁ
Καταράκτης λεγόμενος, ἀφ’ ὑψηλῆς πέτρας
καταράττων ποταμὸς πολὺς καὶ χειμαρρώδης,
ὥστε πόρρωθεν ἀκούεσθαι τὸν ψόφον. εἶτα
πόλις ᾿Αττάλεια, ἐπώνυμος τοῦ κτίσαντος Φιλα-

᾿-» ν»υυ»

δέχφου, καὶ οἰκίσαντος εἰς Κώρυκον, πολίχνιον
ὅμορον," ἄλλην κατοικίαν καὶ μείζω ὃ περίβολον

περιθέντος. φασὶ δ᾽ ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ Φασηλέδος *
καὶ ᾿Ατταλείας δείκνυσθαι Θήβην τε καὶ Λυρνησ-
σόν, ἐκπεσόντων ἐκ τοῦ Θήβης πεδίου τῶν
Τρωικῶν Κιλίκων εἰς τὴν Παμφυλίαν ἐκ μέρους,
ὡς εἴρηκε Καλλισθένης.

2. Ei@’ ὁ Κέστρος ποταμός, ὃν ἀναπλεύσαντι
σταδίους ἑξήκοντα Llépyn πόλις, καὶ πλησίον ἐπὶ

μετεώρου τόπου τὸ τῆς Llepyaias ᾿Αρτέμιδος

1 Φασηλίδα E, Φασιλίδα other MSS.
2 ὅμορον, Kramer and later editors transfer as above from
a position after κατοικίαν.

322

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 3. 10-4. 2

called Solymi, but in later times were called
_ Termilae* from the Termilae who came there from

_ Crete with Sarpedon, and after this were called
_ Lycians, from Lycius the son of Pandion, who, after
having been banished from his homeland, was

g admitted by Sarpedon as a partner in his empire,

are not in agreement with Homer. Better is the
- opinion of those who assert that by “Solymi” the

a means the people who are now called the

ilyae, of whom I have already spoken,’ ?

1. After Phaselis one comes to Olbia, the begin-
ning of Pamphylia, a large fortress; and after this to
the Cataractes River, so called, which dashes down?

_ from a lofty rock in such volume and so impetuously

that the noise can be heard from afar. Then to
a city, Attaleia, so named after its founder Attalus
Philadelphus, who also sent a colony to Corycus, a
small neighbouring town, and surrounded it with
a greater circuit-wall. It is said that both Thebé
and Lyrnessus are to be seen between Phaselis and
Attaleia, a part of the Trojan Cilicians having been

_ driven out of the plain of Thebé into Pamphylia, as
τς Callisthenes states.

2. Then one comes to the Cestrus River ; and, sail-
ing sixty stadia up this river, one comes to Pergé, a
city ; and near Pergé, on a lofty site, to the temple of

1 See 12. 8. 5. 2 12. 8. 5 and 12. 3. 27.
8 The Greek verb is ‘‘ cataracts.”

3 μείζω μικρόν Cw, merely μικρόν other MSS., except Εἰ,
which has merely μείζω.
* Φασηλίδος Εἰ, Φασιλίδος other MSS.

323

STRABO

ἱερόν, ἐν ᾧ πανήγυρις κατ᾽ ἔτος συντελεῖται.
εἶθ᾽ ὑπὲρ τῆς θαλάττης ὅσον τετταράκοντα
σταδίοις Σύλλιον ἴ πόλις ἐστὶν ὑψηλὴ τοῖς ἐκ
Πέργης ἔ ἔποπτος" εἶτα λίμνη εὐμεγέθης Καπρία,
καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ὁ Εὐρυμέδων ποταμός, ὃν ἀνα-
πλεύσαντι ἑξήκοντα σταδίους ᾿Ασπενδος πόλις,
εὐανδροῦσα i ἱκανῶς, ᾿Αργείων κτίσμα" ὑπέρκειται
δὲ ταύτης Πετνηλιεσσός' εἶτ᾽ ἄλλος ποταμός, καὶ
νησία προκείμενα πολλά' εἶτα Σίδη, Κυμαίων
ἄποικος" ἔχει δ᾽ ᾿Αθηνᾶς i ἱερόν. πλησίον δ᾽ ἐστὶ
καὶ ἡ Κιβυρατῶν παραλία τῶν μικρῶν" εἶθ᾽ ὁ
Μέλας ποταμὸς καὶ ὕφορμος" εἶτα Πτολεμαὶς
πόλις" καὶ μετὰ ταῦθ' οἱ ὅροι τῆς Παμφυλίας καὶ
τὸ Κορακήσιον, ἀρχὴ τῆς τραχείας Κιλικίας. ὁ
δὲ παράπλους ἅπας ὁ Παμφύλιος στάδιοί εἶσιν
ἑξακόσιοι τεσσαράκοντα.

C6683. Φησὶ δ᾽ Ἡρόδοτος τοὺς Παμφύλους τῶν

μετὰ ᾽Α μφιλόχου καὶ Κάλχαντος εἶναι λαῶν,
μιγάδων τινῶν ἐκ Τροίας συνακολουθησάντων'
τοὺς μὲν δὴ πολλοὺς ἐνθάδε καταμεῖναι, τινὰς δὲ
σκεδασθῆναι πολλαχοῦ τῆς γῆς. Καλλῖνος δὲ
τὸν μὲν Κάλχαντα ἐν Κλάρῳ τελευτῆσαι τὸν
βίον φησί, τοὺς δὲ λαοὺς μετὰ Μόψου τὸν Ταῦρον
ὑπερθέντας, τοὺς μὲν ἐν Παμφυλίᾳ μεῖναι, τοὺς
δ᾽ ἐν Κιλικίᾳ μερισθῆναι καὶ Συρίᾳ μέχρι καὶ
Φοινίκης.

+ Σύλλιον, Jones inserts, following Tzschucke, who first

noted that this was the city meant. Meineke emends
σταδίοις to Σύλλιον.

324

π-

“Ψψ᾽.
Po,

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 4. 2-3

Artemis Pergaea, where a general festival is cele-

brated every year. Then, about forty stadia above

_ the sea, one comes to Syllium, a lofty city that is

visible from Pergé. Then one comes to a very

large lake, Capria; and after this, to the Eurymedon
_ River; and, sailing sixty stadia up this river, to
_ Aspendus, a city with a flourishing population and

founded by the Argives. Above Aspendus lies

Petnelissus. Then comes another river; and also

numerous isles that lie off it. Then Sidé, a colony

of the Cymaeans, which has a temple of Athena;
and near by is the coast of the Lesser Cibyratae.
Then the Melas River and a mooring-place. Then
Ptolemais, a city. And after this come the boundaries
of Pamphylia, and also Coracesium, the beginning of
Cilicia Tracheia. ‘The whole of the voyage along
the coast of Pamphylia is six hundred and forty
stadia.

3. Herodotus! says that the Pamphylians are the
descendants of the peoples led by Amphilochus and
Calchas, a miscellaneous throng who accompanied
them from Troy; and that most of them remained
here, but that some of them were scattered to
numerous places on earth. Callinus says that Calchas
died in Clarus, but that the peoples led by Mopsus
passed over the Taurus, and that, though some re-
mained in Pamphylia, the others were dispersed in
Cilicia, and also in Syria as far even as Phoenicia.

a7. OL

325

STRABO

1. Τῆς Κιλικίας δὲ τῆς ἔξω τοῦ Ταύρου ἡ μὲν
λέγεται τραχεῖα, ἡ δὲ πεδιάς": τραχεῖα μέν, ἧς ἡ
παραλία στενή ἐστι, καὶ οὐδὲν ἢ ἢ σπανίως ἔχει τι
χωρίον ἐπίπεδον, καὶ ἔτι ἧς ὑπέρκειται ὁ Ταῦρος,
οἰκούμενος κακῶς, μέχρι καὶ τῶν προσ-
βόρων πλευρῶν τῶν περὶ Ἴσαυρα καὶ τοὺς
Ὁμοναδέας μέχρι τῆς ΠΠσιδίας" καλεῖται δ᾽ ἡ
αὐτὴ καὶ Τραχειῶτις καὶ οἱ ἐνοικοῦντες Tpa-
χειῶται: πεδιὰς δ᾽ ἢ ἀπὸ Σόλων καὶ Ταρσοῦ
μέχρι Ἰσσοῦ, καὶ ἔτι ὧν ὑπέρκεινται κατὰ τὸ
πρόσβορον τοῦ Ταύρου πλευρὸν Καππάδοκες"
αὕτη γὰρ ἡ χώρα τὸ πλέον πεδίων εὐπορεῖ καὶ
χώρας ἀγαθῆς. ἐπεὶ δὲ τούτων τὰ μέν ἐστιν
ἐντὸς τοῦ Ταύρου, τὰ δ᾽ ἐκτός, περὺ μὲν τῶν ἐντὸς
εἴρηται, περὶ δὲ τῶν ἐκτὸς λέγωμεν, ἀπὸ τῶν
Τραχειωτῶν ἀρξάμενοι.

2. Πρῶτον τοίνυν ἐστὶ τῶν Κιλίκων φρούριον
τὸ Κορακήσιον, ἱδρυμένον ἐ ἐπὶ πέτρας ἀπορρῶγος,
ὡ ἐχρήσατο Διόδοτος ὁ “Τρύφων προσαγορευθεὶς
ὁρμητηρίῳ, καθ᾽ ὃν καιρὸν ἀπέστησε τὴν Συρίαν
τῶν βασιλέων καὶ διεπολέμει πρὸς ἐκείνους, τοτὲ
μὲν κατορθῶν τοτὲ δὲ πταίων. τοῦτον μὲν οὖν
᾿Αντίοχος ὁ Δημητρίου κατακλείσας εἴς τι χωρίον
ἠνάγκασε διεργάσασθαι τὸ σῶμα. τοῖς δὲ Κίλε-
Ew ἀρχὴν 1 τοῦ τὰ πειρατικὰ συνίστασθαι Τρύφων
αἴτιος κατέστη, καὶ ἡ τῶν βασιλέων οὐδένεια τῶν
τότε ἐκ διαδοχῆς ἐπιστατούντων τῆς Συρίας ἅ ἅμα
καὶ τῆς Κιλικίας" τῷ γὰρ ἐκείνου νεωτερισμῷ

1 ἀρχήν, Groskurd, for ἀρχή ; so the later editors.
326

: ἡ
7

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 5. 1-2

1. As for Cilicia outside the Taurus, one part of

_ it is called Tracheia! and the other Pedias.2 As for

Tracheia, its coast is narrow and has no level ground,
or scarcely any ; and, besides that, it lies at the foot
of the Taurus, which affords a poor livelihood as far
as its northern side in the region of Isaura and οἵ
the Homonadeis as far as Pisidia; and the same
country is also called Tracheiotis, and its inhabitants
Tracheiotae. But Cilicia Pedias extends from Soli
and Tarsus as far as Issus, and also to those parts
beyond which, on the northern side of the Taurus,
Cappadocians are situated; for this country consists
for the most part of plains and fertile land. Since
some parts of this country are inside the Taurus and
others outside it, and since I have already spoken of
those inside it, let me now speak of those outside it,
beginning with the Tracheiotae.

2. The first place in Cilicia, then, to which one
comes, is a stronghold, Coracesium, situated on an
abrupt rock, which was used by Diodotus, called
Tryphon, as a base of operations at the time when
he caused Syria to revolt from the kings and was
fighting it out with them, being successful at one
time and failing at another. Now Tryphon was
hemmed up in a certain place by Antiochus, son of
Demetrius, and forced to kill himself; and it was
Tryphon, together with the worthlessness of the
kings who by succession were then reigning over
Syria and at the same time over Cilicia, who caused
the Cilicians to organise their gangs of pirates; for
on account of his revolutionary attempts others made

® Rugged Cilicia. 3. Level Cilicia.
327

C 669

STRABO

TUVEVEMTEPLT AY Kal ἄλλοι, διχοστατοῦντές τε
ἀδελφοὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὑπο εἰριον ἐποίουν τὴν
χώραν τοῖς ἐπιτιθεμένοις. eS τῶν ἀνδραπόδων
ἐξαγωγὴ προὐκαλεῖτο μάλιστα εἰς τὰς κακουργίας,
ἐπικερδεστάτη γενομένη: καὶ γὰρ ἡλίσκοντο
ῥᾳδίως, καὶ τὸ ἐμπόριον οὐ παντελῶς ἄπωθεν ἣν
μέγα καὶ πολυχρήματον, ἡ Δῆλος, δυναμένη
μυριάδας ἀνδραπόδων αὐθημερὸν καὶ δέξασθαι
καὶ ἀποπέμψαι, ὥστε καὶ παροιμίαν γενέσθαι διὰ
τοῦτο' ἔμπορε, κατάπλευσον, ἐξελοῦ, πάντα
πέπραται. αἴτιον δ᾽, ὅτι πλούσιοι γενόμενοι
Ῥωμαῖοι μετὰ τὴν Καρχηδόνος καὶ Κορίνθου
κατασκαφὴν οἰκετείαις ἐχρῶντο πολλαῖς" ὁρῶντες
δὲ τὴν εὐπέτειαν οἱ λῃσταὶ ταύτην ἐξήνθησαν
ἀθρόως, αὐτοὶ καὶ ληιξόμενοι καὶ σωματεμπο-
ροῦντες. συνήργουν δ᾽ εἰς ταῦτα καὶ οἱ τῆς
Κύπρου καὶ οἱ τῆς Αὐγύπτου βασιλεῖς, ἐχθροὶ
τοῖς Σύροις ὄντες" οὐδ᾽ οἱ “Ῥόδιοι δὲ Big ἢ ἦσαν
αὐτοῖς, ὥστ ᾿ οὐδὲν ἐβοήθουν" a ἅμα δὲ καὶ οἱ λῃσταὶ
προσποιούμενοι σωματεμπορεῖν, ἄλυτον τὴν
κακουργίαν εἶχον. ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ Ῥωμαῖοί πω τοσοῦ-
τον ἐφρόντιζον τῶν ἔξω τοῦ 0 Ταύρου, ἀλλ᾽ ἔπεμψαν
μὲν καὶ Σκιπίωνα τὸν Αἰμιλιανὄν, ἐπισκεψόμενον
τὰ ἔθνη καὶ τὰς πόλεις, καὶ πάλιν ἄλλους τινάς"
ἔγνωσαν δὲ κακίᾳ τῶν ἀρχόντων συμβαῖνον τοῦτο,
εἰ καὶ τὴν!" κατὰ γένος διαδοχὴν τὴν ἀπὸ Σελεύ-
κου τοῦ Νικάτορος, αὐτοὶ κεκυρωκότες, ἠδοῦντο
ἀφαιρεῖσθαι. τοῦτο δὲ συμβὰν τῆς μὲν χώρας
ἐποίησε κυρίους Παρθυαίους, of τὰ πέραν τοῦ

1 εἰ καὶ τήν z (by correction), εἰ τήν x, els τήν other MSS.

328

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 5. 2

_ like attempts at the same time, and thus the dissen
sions of brethren with one another put the country
at the mercy of any who might attack it. The
_ exportation of slaves induced them most of all to
_ engage in their evil business, since it proved most
profitable ; for not only were they easily captured,
Βαϊ the market, which was large and rich in property,
was not extremely far away, I mean Delos, which
_eould both admit and send away ten thousand slaves
on the same day; whence arose the proverb,
_ “Merchant, sail in, unload your ship, everything
has been sold.” The cause of this was the fact
that the Romans, having become rich after the

_ destruction of Carthage and Corinth, used many
slaves; and the pirates, seeing the easy profit
therein, bloomed forth in great numbers, themselves
not only going in quest of booty but also trafficking
in slaves. The kings both of Cyprus and of Egypt
co-operated with them in this, being enemies to
the Syrians. Neither were the Rhodians friendly
to the Syrians, and they therefore afforded them
no assistance. And at the same time the pirates,
pretending to be slave-dealers, carried on their
evil business unchecked. Neither were the Romans
‘concerning themselves as yet so much about the
peoples outside the Taurus; but they sent Scipio
Aemilianus, and again certain others, to inspect the
tribes and the cities; and they decided that the
above-mentioned piracy was due to the incompetence
of the rulers, although they were ashamed, since
they themselves had ratified the hereditary succession
from Seleucus Nicator, to deprive them of it. And
this is what made the Parthians masters of the
country, who got possession of the region on the far

329

STRABO

Εὐφράτου κατέσχον" τὸ τελευταῖον δὲ καὶ ᾿᾽Αρ-
μενίους, οἱ καὶ τὴν ἐκτὸς τοῦ Ταύρου προσέλαβον
μέχρι καὶ Φοινίκης, καὶ τοὺς βασιλέας κατέλυσαν
εἰς δύναμιν καὶ τὸ γένος αὐτῶν σύμπαν, τὴν δὲ
θάλατταν τοῖς Κίλιξε παρέδωκαν. εἶτ᾽ αὐξη-
θέντας ἠναγκάσθησαν καταλύειν Ῥωμαῖοι πολέμῳ
καὶ μετὰ στρατιᾶς, ods αὐξομένους οὐκ ἐκώλυσαν.
ὀλιγωρίαν μὲν οὖν αὐτῶν χαλεπὸν καταγνῶναι"
πρὸς ἑτέροις δὲ ὄντες τοῖς ἐγγυτέρω καὶ κατὰ
χεῖρα μᾶλλον οὐχ οἷοί τε ἦσαν τὰ ἀπωτέρω
σκοπεῖν. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἔδοξεν ἡμῖν ἐν παρεκ-
βάσει διὰ βραχέων εἰπεῖν.

8. Μετὰ δὲ τὸ Κορακήσιον ᾿Αρσινόη 1 πόλις,
εἶθ᾽ ᾿Αμαξία, ἐπὶ βουνοῦ κατοικία τις ὕφορμον
ἔχουσα, ὅπου κατάγεται ἡ ναυπηγήσιμος ὕλη.
κέδρος δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἡ πλείστη, καὶ δοκεῖ ταῦτα τ
μέρη πλεονεκτεῖν τῇ τοιαύτῃ ξυλείᾳ: καὶ διὰ
τοῦτ᾽ ᾿Αντώνιος Κλεοπάτρᾳ τὰ χωρία ταῦτα
προσένειμεν, ἐπιτήδεια ὄ ὄντα πρὸς τὰς τῶν στόλων
κατασκευάς. εἶτα Λαέρτης, φρούριον ἐπὶ λόφου
μαστοειδοῦς ,ὕφορμον ἔχον" εἶτα Σελινοῦς πόλις
καὶ " ποταμός: εἶτα Κράγος, πέτρα περίκρημνος
πρὸς θαλάττῃ: εἶτα Χαραδροῦς, ἔρυμα καὶ αὐτὸ
ὕφορμον ἔχον (ὑπέρκειται δ᾽ ὄρος "Ανδρικλος) καὶ
παράπλους τραχύς, Πλατανιστῆς 8 καλούμενος"
εἶτ᾽ ᾿Ανεμούριον ἄκρα, καθ᾽ ἣν ἡ ἤπειρος ἐγγυ-

1 ῬΑρσινόη appears to be corrupt. Hopper conj. Συδρή,
Tzschucke Σύεδρα, C. Miller Αὔνησις.

2 πόλις καί, Jones inserts, from conj. of C. Miller (/nd.
Var. Lect. p. 1031). Meineke, following Groskurd, emends
ποταμός to πόλις.

8 Πλατανιστῆς, Meineke, for Πλατανιστής E, Πλατανιστός
other MSS.

33°

GEOGRAPRY, 14. ς. 2-3

side of the Euphrates; and at last made also the
_ Armenians masters, who not only seized the country
_ outside the ‘Taurus even as far as Phoenicia, but also,
_ so far as they could, overthrew the kings and the
whole royal stock ; the sea, however, they gave over
to the Cilicians. Then, after these people had grown
in power, the Romans were forced to destroy them
by war and with an army, although they had not
hindered their growing power. Now it is hard to
condemn the Romans of negligence, since, being
- engaged with matters that were nearer and more
urgent, they were unable to watch those that were
farther away. So much I have decided to say by
way of a brief digression from my geographical
description.
3. After Coracesium, one comes to Arsinoé,! a
city; then to Hamaxia, a settlement on a hill, with
a harbour, where ship-building timber is brought
down. Most of this timber is cedar; and it appears
that this region beyond others abounds in cedar-wood
for ships; and it was on this account that Antony
assigned this region to Cleopatra, since it was suited
_ to the building of her fleets. Then one comes to
Laertes, a stronghold on a breast-shaped hill, with a
mooring-place. Then to Selinus, a city and river,
Then to Cragus, a rock which is precipitous all
round and near the sea. Then to Charadrus, a
fortress, which also has a mooring-place (above it
lies Mt. Andriclus) ; and the coast alongside it, called
Platanistes, is rugged. Then to Anemurium, a
promontory, where the mainland approaches closest
to Cyprus, in the direction of the promontory of

᾿ “Arsinoé” i is thought to be an error for ‘‘Sydrié,” or
* Syedra ” or ‘‘ Aunesis” (see critical note).

331

STRABO

τάτω τῆς Κυπρίας ἐστὶν ἐπὶ Κρομμύου ἄκραν,
ἐν διάρματι σταδίων τριακοσίων πεντήκοντα. εἰς
μὲν οὖν τὸ ᾿Ανεμούριον ἀπὸ τῶν ὅρων τῆς Παμφυ-
λίας ὁ Κιλίκιος παράπλους σταδίων ἐστὶν ὁ ὀκτα-
κοσίων εἴκοσι, λοιπὸς δ᾽ ἐστὶ μέχρι Σόλων ὅσον

C0 610 πεντακοσίων παράπλους σταδίων. τούτου δ᾽
ἐστὶ Νάγιδος ° πρώτη μετὰ τὸ ᾿Ανεμούριον
πόλις" εἶτ᾽ ᾿Αρσινόη πρόσορμον ἔχουσα' εἶτα
τόπος Μελανία καὶ Κελένδερις, πόλις λιμένα
ἔχουσα. τινὲς δὲ ταύτην ἀρχὴν τίθενται τῆς
Κιλικίας, οὐ τὸ Κορακήσιον, & ὧν ἐστὶ καὶ ὁ ᾽Αρτε-
μίδωρος" καί φησιν ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ Πηλουσιακοῦ
στόματος εἶναι τρισχιλίους ἐννακοσίους * στα-
δίους εἰς ᾿Ορθωσίαν, ἐπὶ δὲ τὸν ‘Opovrny ποταμὸν
χίλια ἑκατὸν “τριάκοντα, ἐπὶ δὲ τὰς πύλας ἑξῆς
πεντακόσια εἰκοσιπέντε, ἐπὶ δὲ τοὺς ὅρους τῶν
Κιλίκων χίλια διακόσια ὃ ἑξήκοντα.

4. Ei?’ “Ὅλμοι, ὅπου πρότερον ὥκουν οἱ νῦν
Σελευκεῖς" κτισθείσης δ᾽ ἐπὶ τῷ Καλυκάδνῳ τῆς
Σελευκείας, ἐκεῖ μετῳκίσθησαν' εὐθὺς γάρ ἐστιν
ἡ τοῦ Καλυκάδνου ἐκβολὴ κάμψαντι ἠιόνα,

1 χούτου, Meineke, for τοῦτο ; others, following Casaubon,
read ἐν τούτῳ.

2 ἐστὶ Νάγιδος, Tzschucke, for ἐστὶν ἄτιδος Di, ἐστὶν ἄγιδος
other MSS.

8 πρώτη, Groskurd, for πρῶτοι ; so the later editors.

4 ἐννακυσίους, Meineke (following Casaubon and Groskurd)
emends to ἑξακοσίους.

5 διακόσια, Meineke (following Casaubon and Groskurd)
emends to ἐνακόσια.

1 Cp. 14. 6. 3.
3 "᾿ αβκβ οὶ (16. 2. 33) referred to as ‘‘Melaenae or
Melaniae,”’

332

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 5. 3-4

Crommyus,! the passage across being three hundred
and fifty stadia. Now the coasting-voyage along
Cilicia from the borders of Pamphylia to Anemurium
is eight hundred and twenty stadia, whereas the
rest, as far as Soli, is about five hundred stadia.
On ‘this latter one comes to Nagidus, the first city
after Anemurium; then to Arsinoé, which has a
landing-place ; then to a place called Melania,? and
to Celenderis, a city with a harbour. Some writers,
among whom is Artemidorus, make Celenderis, not
Coracesium, the beginning of Cilicia. And he says
that the distance from the Pelusian mouth? to
Orthosia is three thousand nine hundred stadia;
to the Orontes River, one thousand one hundred
and thirty; to the Gates* next thereafter, five
hundred and twenty-five; and to the borders® of
the Cilicians, one thousand two hundred and sixty.®
4, Then one comes to Holmi, where the present
Seleuceians formerly lived; but when Seleuceia on
the Calycadnus was founded, they migrated there ;
for immediately on doubling the shore, which forms

a promontory called Sarpedon, one comes to the

3. The mouth of the Nile at Pelusium.

4 Elsewhere (14. 5. 19), ‘‘ Pylae” (‘‘Gates”’) is called ‘‘a
boundary between the Cilicians and the Syrians.”

5 2,6. the western borders (Celenderis, according to Artemi-

dorus).
® Elsewhere (16. 2. 33) the MSS. give the figures of
Artemidorus as follows: ‘‘ From Orthosia to Pelusium,

3650 stadia, including the sinuosities of the gulfs; from
Melaenae, or Melaniae, in Cilicia near Celenderis, to the
common boundaries of Cilicia and Syria, 1900; thence to
the Orontes, 520; and then to Orthosia, 1130.” Groskurd,
Forbiger, and Meineke (see critical note) accept these figures
and emend the present passage correspondingly,

333

STRABO

ποιοῦσαν ἄκραν, ἣ καλεῖται Σαρπηδών. πλησίον
δ᾽ ἐστὶ τοῦ “Καλυκάδνου καὶ τὸ “Ζεφύριον, καὶ
αὕτη ἄκρα" ἔχει δὲ ὁ ποταμὸς ἀνάπλουν εἰς τὴν
Σελεύκειαν, πόλιν εὖ συνοικουμένην καὶ πολὺ
ἀφεστῶσαν τοῦ Κιλικίου καὶ Παμφυλίου τρόπου.
ἐνταῦθα ἐ ἐγένοντο καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἄνδρες ἀξιόλογοι τῶν
ἐκ τοῦ περιπάτου φιλοσόφων᾽ ᾿Αθήναιός τε καὶ

Ξέν ἄρχος, ὧν ὁ μὲν ᾿Αθήναιος καὶ ἐπολιτεύσατο |

καὶ ἐδημαγώγησε χρόνον τινὰ ἐν τῇ πατρίδι" εἶτ᾽
ἐμπεσὼν εἰς τὴν Μουρήνα φιλίαν ἐκείνῳ συνεάλω
φεύγων, φωραθείσης τῆς κατὰ Καίσαρος τοῦ
Σεβαστοῦ συσταθείσης ἐπιβουλῆς" ἀναίτιος δὲ
φανεὶς ἀφείθη ὑπὸ Καίσαρος. ὡς 8 ἐπανιόντα
εἰς “Ῥώμην " ἠσπάζοντο καὶ ἐπυνθάνοντο οἱ
πρῶτοι ἐντυγχάνοντες, τὸ τοῦ Ἐὐριπίδου ἔφη"

Ψ τι -“" \ / A
ἥκω, νεκρῶν κευθμῶνα Kal σκότου πύλας
λιπών.

ὀλίγον δ᾽ ἐπιβιοὺς χρόνον ἐν συμπτώσει τῆς
οἰκίας, ἐν ἡ ᾧκει, διεφθάρη, νύκτωρ γενομένῃ.
Ξέναρχος δέ, οὗ ἠκροασάμεθα ἡμεῖς, ἐν οἴκῳ μὲν
οὐ πολὺ διέτριψεν, ἐν ᾿Αλεξανδρείᾳ δὲ καὶ
᾿Αθήνησι καὶ τὸ τελευταῖον ἐν Ρώμῃ, τὸν παιδευ-
τικὸν βίον ἑλόμενος" χρησάμενος δὲ καὶ τῇ
᾿Αρείου 3 φιλίᾳ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τῇ Καίσαρος τοῦ
Σεβαστοῦ διετέλεσε μέχρι γήρως ἐν τιμῇ ἀγό-
μενος" μικρὸν δὲ πρὸ τῆς τελευτῆς πηρωθεὶς τὴν
ὄψιν κατέστρεψε νόσῳ τὸν βίον.

5. Μετὰ δὲ τὸν Καλύκαδνον ἡ Ποικίλη λεγο-

1 εἰς ρώμην appears to bean error for ἐκ Ρώμης, as Casaubon
and Kramer suggest.

334

fF
:

™’

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 5. 4-5

outlet of the Calyeadnus. Near the Calycadnus is

_ also Zephyrium, likewise a promontory. The river

affords a voyage inland to Seleuceia, a city which

_ is well-peopled and stands far aloof from the
_ Cilician and Pamphylian usages. Here were born

in my time noteworthy men of the Peripatetic sect
of philosophers, Athenaeus and Xenarchus. Of
these, Athenaeus engaged also in affairs of state
and was for a time leader of the people in his
native land ; and then, having fallen into a friendship
with Murena, he was captured along with Murena
when in flight with him, after the plot against
Augustus Caesar had been detected, but, being
clearly proven guiltless, he was released by Caesar,
And when, on his return to! Rome, the first men
who met him were greeting him and questioning
him, he repeated the following from Euripides: ?
*T am come, having left the vaults of the dead3
and the gates of darkness.” But he survived his
return only a short time, having been killed in the
collapse, which took place in the night, of the house
in which he lived. Xenarchus, however, of whom
I was a pupil, did not tarry long at home, but
resided at Alexandria and at Athens and finally at
Rome, having chosen the life of a teacher; and
having enjoyed the friendship both of Areius and
later of Caesar Augustus, he continued to be held
in honour down to old age; but shortly before the
end he lost his sight, and then died of a disease.

5. After the Calycadnus one comes to the rock

1 «*T'o” is apparently an error for ‘‘ from.”
3 Hecuba 1. 3 2,6. Hades.

3 *Apelov, Tzschucke, for ᾿Αρίου ; so the later editors.

335

C 671

STRABO

μένη πέτρα, κλίμακα ἔχουσα λατομητὴν ἐπὶ
Σελεύκειαν ἄγουσαν. εἶτ᾽ ᾿Ανεμούριον ἄκρα,
ὁμώνυμος τῇ προτέρᾳ, καὶ Κράμβουσα νῆσος καὶ
Κώρυκος ἄκρα, ὑπὲρ ἧς ἐν εἴκοσι σταδίοις ἐστὶ
τὸ Κωρύκιον ἄντρον, ἐν ᾧ ἡ ἀρίστη κρόκος
φύεται. ἔστι δὲ κοιλὰς μεγάλη κυκλοτερής,
ἔχουσα περικειμένην ὀφρὺν πετρώδη, πανταχόθεν
ἱκανῶς ὑψηλήν: καταβάντι δ᾽ εἰς αὐτὴν ἀνώ-
μαλόν ἐστιν ἔδαφος καὶ τὸ πολὺ πετρῶδες, μεστὸν
δὲ τῆς θαμνώδους ὕλης ἀειθαλοῦς τε καὶ ἡμέρου"
παρέσπαρται δὲ καὶ τὰ ἐδάφη τὰ φέροντα τὴν
κρόκον. ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἄντρον αὐτόθι, ἔχον πηγὴν
μεγάλην, ποταμὸν ἐξιεῖσαν καθαροῦ τε καὶ δια-
φανοῦς ὕδατος, εὐθὺς καταπίπτοντα ὑπὸ γῆς"
ἐνεχθεὶς δ᾽ ἀφανὴς ἔξεισιν εἰς τὴν θάλατταν'
καλοῦσι δὲ Πικρὸν ὕδωρ.

6. Ei? ἡ ἘἘλαιοῦσσα! νῆσος μετὰ τὴν
Κώρυκον, προσκειμένη τῇ ἠπείρῳ, ἣν συνῴκισεν
᾿Αρχέλαος καὶ κατεσκευάσατο βασίλειον, λαβὼν
τὴν Τραχειῶτιν Κιλικίαν ὅλην πλὴν Σελευκείας,

» ἃ , Ril? 4 , \
καθ᾽ ὃν τρόπον καὶ ᾿Αμύντας πρότερον εἶχε Kai

ἔτι πρότερον Κλεοπάτρα. εὐφυοῦς γὰρ ὄντος
τοῦ τόπου πρὸς τὰ λῃστήρια καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ
κατὰ θάλατταν (κατὰ γῆν μὲν διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν
ὀρῶν καὶ τῶν ὑπερκειμένων ἐθνῶν, πεδία καὶ
γεώργια ἐχόντων μεγάλα καὶ εὐκατατρόχαστα,
κατὰ θάλατταν δὲ διὰ τὴν εὐπορίαν τῆς τε

1 ᾿Ἐλαιοῦσσα, the editors, for ᾿Ελεοῦσσα (and ᾿Ελεοῦσα).

1 ἃ 6. the Pictured Rock. 2 § 3 above,
3 Crocus sativus, which yields saffron.
4 Bitter Water, οἵ 5 See 12, 2. 7.

336

ὰ

| GEOGRAPHY, 14. 5. 5-6
ἢ
Poecilé,! as it is called, which has steps hewn in it
that lead to Seleuceia; then to Anemurium, a
_ promontory, bearing the same name as the former,”
and to Crambusa, an island, and to Corycus, a
promontory, above which, at a distance of twenty
stadia, is the Corycian cave, in which the best
crocus® grows. It is a great circular hollow, with
_ a rocky brow situated all round it that is everywhere
quite high. Going down into it, one comes to a
floor that is uneven and mostly rocky, but full of
trees of the shrub kind, both the evergreen and
those that are cultivated. And among these trees
are dispersed also the plots of ground which produce
the crocus. There is also a cave here, with a great
spring, which sends forth a river of pure and trans-
parent water; the river forthwith empties beneath
the earth, and then, after running invisible under-
ground, issues forth into the sea, It is called
_ Picrum. Hydor.*

6. Then, after Corycus, one comes to Elaeussa, an
island lying close to the mainland, which Archelaiis
settled, making it a royal residence,® after he had
received® the whole of Cilicia Tracheia except
Seleuceia—the same way in which it was obtained
formerly by Amyntas’ and still earlier by Cleo-
patra;® for since the region was naturally well
adapted to the business of piracy both by land and
by sea—by land, because of the height of the moun-
tains and the large tribes that live beyond them,
tribes which have plains and farm-lands that are large
and very easily overrun, and by sea, because of the good

δ 4.¢, from the Romans (see 12. 1. 4).
7 See 12. 5. 1. 8 See § 3 above.

337

STRABO

ναυπηγησίμου ὕλης καὶ τῶν λιμένων καὶ ἐρυ-
μάτων καὶ ὑποδυτηρίων), ἐδόκει πρὸς ἅπαν τὸ
τοιοῦτο βασιλεύεσθαι μᾶλλον τοὺς τόπους, ἢ
ὑπὸ τοῖς Ρωμαίοις ἡγεμόσιν εἶναι, τοῖς ἐπὶ τὰς
κρίσεις πεμπομένοις, οἱ μήτ᾽ ἀεὶ παρεῖναι ἔμελλον,
’, »ι [2 \ , /
μήτε μεθ᾽ ὅπλων. οὕτω μὲν ᾿Αρχέλαος ἔλαβε
πρὸς τῇ Καππαδοκίᾳ τὴν τραχεῖαν Κιλικίαν.
,
εἰσὶ δ᾽ ὅροι ταύτης μεταξὺ Σόλων τε καὶ
> ’ ς / 1 Ν ὶ ,
EXatovaons ὁ Aduos! ποταμὸς καὶ κώμη
ὁμώνυμος.
, a
7. Kata δὲ τὰς ἀκρωρείας tod Ταύρου τὸ
Ζηνικέτου πειρατήριόν ἐστιν ὁ "Ὄλυμπος, ὄρος
e ’
τε καὶ φρούριον ὁμώνυμον, ἀφ᾽ οὗ κατοπτεύεται
πᾶσα Λυκία καὶ Παμφυλία καὶ Πισιδία καὶ
lal Φ
Μιλυάς: ἁλόντος δὲ τοῦ ὄρους ὑπὸ 3 τοῦ Ἴσαυ-
ρικοῦ, ἐνέπρησεν ἑαυτὸν πανοίκιον. τούτου δ᾽
ἣν καὶ ὁ Κώρυκος καὶ ἡ Φασηλὶς 8 καὶ πολλὰ
a / ’ / ᾽ © 19
τῶν Παμφύλων χωρία" πάντα δ᾽ εἷλεν ὁ Ἴσαυ-
ρικός.

8. Μετὰ δὲ Λάμον Σόλοι πόλις ἀξιόλογος,
fol ¥ ’ > \ n \ 5. ’ ΄
τῆς ἄλλης Κιλικίας ἀρχὴ τῆς περὶ τὸν Ἶσσόν,
᾿Αχαιῶν καὶ Ῥοδίων κτίσμα τῶν ἐκ Λίνδου" εἰς
ταύτην λειπανδρήσασαν Πομπήιος Μάγνος κατῴ-
κισε τοὺς περιγενομένους τῶν πειρατῶν, ods
μαλιστα ἔγνω σωτηρίας καὶ προνοίας τινὸς ἀξίους,

᾽

καὶ μετωνόμασε ἸΠομπηιόπολιν. γεγόνασι ὃ

fal lal , e

ἄνδρες ἐνθένδε τῶν ὀνομαστῶν Χρύσιππός τε ὁ
Ν Ν x / > vad

στωικὸς φιλόσοφος, πατρὸς ὧν αρσέως ἐκεῖθεν

1 Aduos, Tzschucke, for Λάγμος C, Λάτμος other MSS. ; so
the later editors.

2 ὑπό, Casaubon inserts ; so the later editors.

3 Φασηλίς, the editors, for Φασιλίς.

338

ἀπ»... a

ἐν eon oe

Re ee ee

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 5. 6-8

supply, not only of shipbuilding timber, but also of
harbours and fortresses and secret recesses—with
all this in view, I say, the Romans thought that it
_ was better for the region to be ruled by kings than
_ to be under the Roman prefects sent to administe1
_ justice, who were not likely always to be present
_ or to have armed forces with them. Thus Archelaiis
᾿ς received,in addition to Cappadocia, Cilicia Tracheia ;

_and the boundary! of the latter, the river Lamus

and the village of the same name, lies between Soli

and Elaeussa.

7. Near the mountain ridges of the Taurus?
lies the piratical stronghold of Zenicetus—I mean
Olympus, both mountain and fortress, whence are
visible all Lycia and Pamphylia and Pisidia and
Milyas; but when the mountain was captured by
Isauricus,? Zenicetus burnt himself up with his
whole house. To him belonged also Corycus and
Phaselis and many places in Pamphylia; but all
were taken by Isauricus.

8. After Lamus one comes to Soli, a noteworthy
city, the beginning of the other Cilicia, that which
is round Issus; it was founded by Achaeans and
Rhodians from Lindus. Since this city was of scant
population, Pompey the Great settled in it those
survivors of the pirates whom he judged most
worthy of being saved and provided for;* and he
changed its name to Pompéiopolis. Among the
famous natives of Soli were: Chrysippus the Stoic
philosopher, whose father had moved there from

1 6. on the east. 24
3 Servilius Isauricus. 4

4 E has Πομπηιούπολιν,
339

C 672

STRABO

μετοικήσαντος, Kal Φιλήμων, ὁ κωμικὸς ποιητής,
καὶ “Apatos, ὁ τὰ φαινόμενα συγγράψας ἐν
ἔπεσιν.

9. Εἶτα Ζεφύριον ὁμώνυμον τῷ πρὸς Καλυ-
κάδνῳ"" eit’ ᾿Αγχιάλη μικρὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς θαλάττης,
κτίσμα Σαρδαναπάλλου, φησὶν ᾿Αριστόβουλος:
ἐνταῦθα δ᾽ εἶναι μνῆμα τοῦ Σαρδαναπάλλου καὶ
τύπον λίθινον, συμβάλλοντα τοὺς τῆς δεξιᾶς
χειρὸς δακτύλους, ὡς ἂν ἀποκροτοῦντα,Ξ3 καὶ
ἐπιγραφὴν εἶναι ᾿Ασσυρίοις γράμμασι τοιάνδε:
Σαρδανάπαλλος ὁ ᾿Ανακυνδαράξεω παῖς, ᾿Αγχιά-
Anv καὶ Ταρσὸν ἔδειμεν ἡμέρῃ μιῇ" ἔσθιε, πῖνε,
παῖζε, ὡς τἄλλα ὃ τούτου οὐκ ἄξια, τοῦ ἀποκρο-
τήματος. μέμνηται δὲ καὶ Χοιρίλος τούτων" καὶ
δὴ καὶ περιφέρεται τὰ ἔπη ταυτί:

ταῦτ᾽ ἔχω, ὅσσ᾽ ἔφαγον καὶ ἀφύβρισα καὶ μετ᾽
ἔρωτος

τέρπν᾽ ἔπαθον, τὰ δὲ πολλὰ καὶ ὄλβια κεῖνα
λέλειπται.

10. Ὑπέρκειται δὲ τὰ Κύινδα τῆς ᾿Αγχιάλης
ἔρυμα, ᾧ ἐχρήσαντό ποτε οἱ Μακεδόνες γαζοφυ-

1 Καλυκάδνῳ Emowz, Καλύδνῳ other MSS.

2 Before καί, all MSS except E read ἔνιοι δέ.

8 After τἄλλα, Ald. adds ἀνθρώπινα, apparently from
Arrian 2. 5.

4 After ἀποκροτήματος, the following verses (obviously an
interpolation), inserted by all editors from Casaubon to
Corais, are in DFhi found only in the margin and in Cgsr
preceded by the words τὸ ὅλον ἐπίγραμμα:

εὖ εἰδώς, ὅτι θνητὸς ἔφυς, σὸν θυμὸν ἄεξε,
τερπόμενος θαλίῃσι: θανόντι τοι οὔ τις ὄνησι5.
καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼ σποδός εἶμι, Νίνου μεγάλης βασιλεύσας"

340

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 5. 8-10

Tarsus; Philemon, the comic poet; and Aratus,
who wrote the work entitled Zhe Phaenomena, in
_ verse.
9. Then to Zephyrium, which bears the same
name as the place near Calycadnus.1' Then, a little
_above the sea, to Anchialé, which, according to
_ Aristobulus, was founded by Sardanapallus. Here,
_ he says, is the tomb of Sardanapallus, and a stone
figure which represents the fingers of the right
_ hand as snapping together, and the following in-
_ seription in Assyrian letters: “ Sardanapallus, the
son of Anacyndaraxes, built Anchialé and Tarsus
in one day. Eat, drink, be merry, because all
things else are not worth this,” meaning the
_ snapping of the fingers. Choerilus also mentions
ΐ this inscription; and indeed the following verses
are everywhere known: “ Mine are all that I have
eaten, and my loose indulgences and the delights of
love that I have enjoyed; but those numerous
blessings have been left behind.” ?
10. Above Anchialé lies Cyinda, a fortress, which
Η at one time was used as a treasury by the Mace-
&

1 14. 5. 4.

3 The whole of the epigram, as found in some of the MSS.
(see critical note), is as follows: ‘‘ Well aware that thou art
by nature mortal, magnify the desires of thy heart, delighting
thyself in merriments ; there is no enjoyment for thee after
death. For I too am dust, though I have reigned over great
Ninus. Mine are all the food that I have eaten, and my
loose indulgences, and the delights of love that I have
enjoyed; but those numerous blessings have been left
behind. This to mortal men is wise advice on how to live.”

ἢ ταῦτ᾽ ἔχω, boo ἔφαγον καὶ ἐφύβρισα καὶ μετ᾽ ἔρωτος
τς χέρπν᾽ ἔπαθον, τὰ δὲ πολλὰ καὶ ὄλβια κεῖνα λέλειπται.

ἥδε σοφὴ βιότοιο παραίνεσις ἀνθρώποισιν.
341

STRABO

λακίῳ' ἦρε δὲ τὰ χρήματα Εὐμένης, ἀποστὰς
᾿Αντεγόνον. ἔτι δ᾽ ὕπερθεν τούτου τε καὶ τῶν
Σόλων ὀρεινή ἐστιν, ἐν 7 Ὄλβη πόλις, Διὸς i ἱερὸν
ἔχουσα, Αἴαντος ἵδρυμα τοῦ Τεύκρου" καὶ ὁ
ἱερεὺς δυνάστης ἐγίνετο τῆς Τραγχειώτιδος" εἶτ᾽
ἐπέθεντο τῇ χώρᾳ τύραννοι πολλοί, καὶ συνέστη
τὰ λῃστήρια. μετὰ δὲ τὴν τούτων κατάλυσιν
ἐφ᾽ ἡμῶν ἤδη τὴν τοῦ Τεύκρου δυναστείαν ταύτην
ἐκάλουν, τὴν δ᾽ αὐτὴν καὶ ἱερωσύνην: καὶ οἱ
πλεῖστοί γε τῶν ἱερασαμένων ὠνομάζοντο Τεῦκροι
ἢ Αἴαντες. εἰσιοῦσα δ᾽ ἼΑβα κατ᾽ ἐπιγαμίαν εἰς
τὸν οἶκον τοῦτον, ἡ Ζηνοφάνους θυγάτηρ, ἑνὸς
τῶν τυράννων, αὐτὴ κατέσχε τὴν ἀρχήν, προ-
λαβόντος τοῦ πατρὸς ἐν ἐπιτρόπου σχήματι:
ὕστερον δὲ καὶ ᾿Αντώνιος καὶ Κλεοπάτρα κατε-
αρίσαντο ἐκείνη, θεραπείαις ἐκλυπαρηθέντες"
ἔπειθ᾽ ἡ μὲν κατελύθη, τοῖς δ᾽ ἀπὸ τοῦ γένους
διέμεινεν ἡ ἀρχή. μετὰ δὲ τὴν ᾿Αγχιάλην. αἱ τοῦ
Κύδνου ἐκβολαὶ κατὰ τὸ Ῥῆγμα καλούμενον.
ἔστι δὲ λιμνάξων τόπος, ἔχων καὶ παλαιὰ νεώρια,
εἰς ὃν ἐκπίπτει ὁ Κύδνος ὁ διαρρέων μέσην τὴν
Ταρσόν, τὰς ἀρχὰς ἔχων ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑπερκειμένου
τῆς πόλεως Ταύρου" καὶ ἔστιν ἐπίνειον ἡ λίμνη
τῆς Ταρσοῦ.
σρ15 1}: Μέχρι μὲν δὴ δεῦρο ἡ παραλία πᾶσα, ἀπὸ
τῆς Ῥοδίων περαίας ἀρξαμένη, πρὸς ἰσημερινὰς
Ἀν α ΘΑ ἀπὸ τῶν ὁμωνύμων ἐκτείνεται δύσεων'
εἶτ᾽ ἐπὶ τὴν χειμερινὴν ἀνατολὴν ἐπιστρέφει
μέχρι ᾿Ισσοῦ, κἀντεῦθεν ἤδη καμπὴν λαμβάνει
πρὸς νότον μέχρι Φοινίκης, τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν πρὸς

1 4,6. straight east and west.
342

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 5. ro—11

_donians. But the treasures were taken away by

_ Enumenes, when he revolted from Antigonus. And

_ still above this and Soli is a mountainous country,
in which is a city Olbé, with a temple of Zeus,

_ founded by Ajax the son of Teucer. The priest
of this temple became dynast of Cilicia Tracheia ;
and then the country was beset by numerous
_ tyrants, and the gangs of pirates were organised.
_ And after the overthrow of these they called this

_ country the domain of Teucer, and called the same

_ also the priesthood of Teucer; and most of the
_ priests were named Teucer or Ajax. But Aba,
_ the daughter of Xenophanes, one of the tyrants,
eame into this family by marriage and herself took
possession of the empire, her father having pre-

a viously received it in the guise of guardian. But

~ later both Antony and Cleopatra conferred it upon
her as a favour, being moved by her courteous
entreaties. And then she was overthrown, but the

_ empire remained with her descendants. After

Anchialé one comes to the outlets of the Cydnus,
near the Rhegma, as it is called. It is a place that
forms into a lake, having also ancient arsenals; and
into it empties the Cydnus River, which flows through
the middle of Tarsus and has its sources in the city
Taurus, which lies above Tarsus. The lake is also
_ the naval station of Tarsus.

| 11. Now thus far the seaboard as a whole, begin-
ning at the Peraea of the Rhodians, extends towards
the equinoctial east from the equinoctial west,’ and
then bends in the direction of winter sunrise? as
far as Issus, and then forthwith takes a bend
towards the south as far as Phoenicia; and the

3 South-east (see Vol. I, p. 105, note 2).
343

STRABO

δύσιν μέχρι στηλῶν τελευτᾷ. τὸ μὲν οὖν ἀληθὲς
ὁ ἰσθμὸς τῆς περιωδευμένης χερρονήσου οὗτός
ἐστιν ὁ ἀπὸ Ταρσοῦ καὶ τῆς ἐκβολῆς τοῦ Κύδνου
μέχρι ᾿Αμισοῦ' τὸ γὰρ ἐλάχιστον ἐξ ᾿Αμισοῦ
διάστημα ἐπὶ ποὺς Κιλίκων ὅρους τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν'
ἐντεῦθεν δὲ ἑκατὸν εἴκοσίν εἰσιν εἰς Ταρσὸν
στάδιοι, κἀκεῖθεν οὐ πλείους 1 ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκβολὴν
τοῦ Κύδνου. καὶ μὴν ἐπί γε ᾿Ισσὸν καὶ τὴν κατ᾽
αὐτὴν θάλατταν οὔτ᾽ ἄλλη ὁδὸς συντομωτέρα
ἐστὶν é& Ἀμισοῦ τῆς διὰ Ῥαρσοῦ, οὔτ᾽ ἐκ Ταρσοῦ
ἐπὶ ᾿Ισσὸν ἐγγυτέρω ἐστὶν ἢ ἐπὶ Κύδνον, ὥστε
δῆλον, ὅτι ταῖς μὲν ἀληθείαις οὗτος ἂν εἴη ὁ
ἰσθμός, λέγεται δ᾽ ὅμως ὁ μέχρι τοῦ ᾿Ισσικοῦ
κόλπου, παρακλεπτόντων διὰ τὸ σημειῶδες. διὰ
δὲ τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ καὶ τὴν ἐκ τῆς ‘Podias γραμμήν, ἣν
μέχρι τοῦ Κύδνου κατηγάγομεν, τὴν αὐτὴν ἀπο-
φαίνομεν " τῇ μέ Ἰσσοῦ, οὐδὲν παρὰ τοῦτο
ποιούμενοι, καὶ τὸν Ταῦρόν φαμεν διήκειν ἐπ᾽
εὐθείας τῇδε τῇ γραμμῇ μέχρι τῆς Ἰνδικῆς.

12. A δὲ Ταρσὸς κεῖται μὲν ἐν πεδίῳ, κτίσμα
δ᾽ ἐστὶ τῶν μετὰ Τριπτολέμου πλανηθέντων
᾿Αργείων κατὰ ζήτησιν ᾿Ιοῦς’ διαρρεῖ δ᾽ αὐτὴν
μέσην ὁ Κύδνος παρ᾽ αὐτὸ τὸ γυμνάσιον τῶν
νέων" ἅτε δὴ τῆς πηγῆς οὐ πολὺ ἄπωθεν οὔσης,
καὶ τοῦ ῥείθρου διὰ φάραγγος βαθείας t ἰόντος, εἶτ᾽
εὐθὺς εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἐκπίπτοντος, ψυχρόν τε καὶ

1 πέντε, after πλείους, all MSS, except F. The translator
believes, with C. Miiller, that Strabo wrote ἑβδομήκοντα (i.e.
o’ and not e’).

2 ἀποφαίνομεν, Groskurd and the later editors, inatend of
ἀποφαινόμενοι.

1 2,6. the Pillars of Heracles at Gibraltar.

344

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 5. 11--12

remainder extends towards the west as far as
the Pillars! and there ends. Now the truth is
_ that the actual isthmus of the peninsula which 1
he ve described is that which extends from Tarsus
-and the outlet of the Cydnus to Amisus, for this
is the shortest distance from Amisus to the
_ boundaries of Cilicia; and the distance thence to
_ Tarsus is one hundred and twenty stadia, and the
_ distance from there to the outlet of the Cydnus is
ΟΠ nomore than that. And in fact to Issus, and the
_ sea near it, there is no other road from Amisus
_ which is shorter than that through Tarsus, and
_ Tarsus is not nearer to Issus than to the Cydnus ;?
and therefore it is clear that in reality this would
_be the isthmus; but still people call that which
_ extends as far as the Gulf of Issus the true isthmus,
thus betraying the facts because of the significance
οὔ the gulf, And it is because of this very thing that
I, without making any accurate distinctions, repre-
_ sent the line from Rhodes, which I have prolonged
to the Cydnus, to be the same as the line extending
as far as Issus, and also assert that the Taurus
_ extends in a straight line with that line as far as
India.
12. As for Tarsus, it lies in a plain; and it was
_ founded by the Argives who wandered with Tripto-
_ Jemus in quest of lo; and it is intersected in the
_ middle by the Cydnus River, which ftows past the
very gymnasium of the young men. Now inasmuch
_ as the source of the river is not very far away and
its stream passes through a deep ravine and then
_ empties immediately into the city, its discharge is
_ both cold and swift; and hence it is helpful both

2 i.e, the outlet of the Cydnus, at Rhegma.
VOL, VI. m 345

C 674

STRABO

ταχὺ TO ῥεῦμά ἐστιν, ὅθεν καὶ τοῖς παχυνευροῦσι
ῥοϊζομένοις καὶ κτήνεσι καὶ ἀνθρώποις ἐπικουρεῖ.
18. Τοσαύτη δὲ τοῖς ἐνθάδε ἀνθρώποις σπουδὴ
πρός τε φιλοσοφίαν καὶ τὴν ἄλλην παιδείαν
ΡΝ ty ἅπασαν γέγονεν, ὥσθ᾽ ὑπερβέβληνται
αἱ ᾿Αθήνας καὶ ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν καὶ εἴ τινα ἄλλον
τόπον δυνατὸν εἰπεῖν, ἐν ᾧ σχολαὶ καὶ διατριβαὶ
φιλοσόφων γεγόνασι. διαφέρει. δὲ τοσοῦτον, ὅτι
ἐνταῦθα μὲν οἱ φιλομαθοῦντες ἐπιχώριοι πάντες
εἰσί, ξένοι δ᾽ οὐκ ἐπιδημοῦσι ῥᾳδίως" οὐδ᾽ αὐτοὶ
οὗτοι μένουσιν αὐτόθι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τελειοῦνται
ἐκδημήσαντες, καὶ τελειωθέντες ἕενιτεύουσιν
ἡδέ έ δ᾽ ὀλί is δ᾽ ἄλλα
ἡδέως, κατέρχονται ὀλίγοι. ταῖς δ᾽ ἄλλαις
πόλεσιν, ἃς ἀρτίως εἶπον, πλὴν ᾿Αλεξανδρείας,
συμβαίνει τἀναντία: φοιτῶσι γὰρ εἰς αὐτὰς
πολλοὶ καὶ διατρίβουσιν αὐτόθι ἄσμενοι, τῶν δ᾽
ἐπιχωρίων οὐ πολλοὺς οὔτ᾽ ἂν ἔξω φοιτῶντας
ἴδοις κατὰ φιλομάθειαν, οὔτ᾽ αὐτόθι περὶ τοῦτο
σπουδάζοντας" ᾿Αλεξανδρεῦσι δ᾽ ἀμφότερα συμ-
βαίνει" καὶ γὰρ δέχονται πολλοὺς τῶν ξένων
καὶ ἐκπέμπουσι τῶν ἰδίων οὐκ ὀλίγους. καί εἰσι
σχολαὶ παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς παντοδαπαὶ τῶν περὶ λόγους
τεχνῶν, καὶ τἄλλά τ’ εὐανδρεῖ καὶ πλεῖστον
δύναται, τὸν τῆς μητροπόλεως ἐπέχουσα λόγον.
14. “Avdpes δ᾽ ἐξ, αὐτῆς γεγόνασι τῶν μὲν
στωικῶν ᾿Αντίπατρός τε καὶ ᾿Αρχέδημος καὶ
Νέστωρ' ἔτι δ᾽ ᾿Αθηνόδωροι δύο, ὧν ὁ μέν,
Κορδυλίων καλούμενος, συνεβίωσε Μάρκῳ

1 ὦ 4. to their schools.

346

aT ©

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 5. 12-14

to men and to cattle that are suffering from swollen
sinews, if they immerse themselves in its waters.

13. The people at Tarsus have devoted themselves
so eagerly, not only to philosophy, but also to the
' whole round of education in general, that they have
_ surpassed Athens, Alexandria, or any other place
_ that can be named where there have been schools
_ and lectures of philosophers. But it is so different
from other cities that there the men who are fond
of learning are all natives, and foreigners are not
inclined to sojourn there; neither do these natives
stay there, but they complete their education
abroad; and when they have completed it they
are pleased to live abroad, and but few go back
home. But the opposite is the case with the
other cities which I have just mentioned except
Alexandria ; for many resort to them and pass time
there with pleasure, but you would not see many of
the natives either resorting to places outside their
country through love of learning or eager about pur-
suing learning at home. With the Alexandrians,
however, both things take place, for they admit?
many foreigners and also send not a few of their
own citizens abroad. Further, the city of Tarsus
has all kinds of schools of rhetoric; and in general
it not only has a flourishing population but also is
most powerful, thus keeping up the reputation of
the mother-city.”

14. The following men were natives of Tarsus:
- among the Stoics, Antipater and Archedemus and
Nestor; and also the two Athenodoruses, one of
whom, called Cordylion, lived with Marcus Cato

2 2.6. in spite of the fact that so many able men leave the
city and never return.

347

STRABO

Κάτωνι, καὶ ἐτελεύτα! παρ᾽ ἐκείνῳ, ὁ δὲ τοῦ
Σάνδωνος, ὃν καὶ Κανανίτην φασὶν ἀπὸ κώμης
τινός, Καίσαρος καθηγήσατο καὶ τιμῆς ἔτυχε
μεγάλης" κατιών τε εἰς τὴν πατρίδα ἤδη γηραιὸς.
κατέλυσε τὴν καθεστῶσαν πολιτείαν, κακῶς
φερομένην ὑπό τε ἄλλων καὶ ἘΒοηθοῦ, κακοῦ
μὲν ποιητοῦ, κακοῦ δὲ πολίτου, δημοκοπίαις
ἰσχύσαντος τὸ πλέον. ἐπῆρε δ᾽ αὐτὸν καὶ
᾿Αντώνιος, Kat ἀρχὰς ἀποδεξάμενος τὸ γραφὲν
εἰς τὴν ἐν Φιλίπποις νίκην ἔπος, καὶ ἔτε μᾶλλον
ἡ εὐχέρεια ἡ ἐπιπολάξουσα παρὰ τοῖς Ταρσεῦσιν,
ὥστ᾽ ἀπαύστως σχεδιάζειν παρὰ χρῆμα πρὸς
τὴν δεδομένην ὑπόθεσιν" καὶ δὴ καὶ γυμνασιαρ-
χίαν ὑποσχόμενος Ταρσεῦσι τοῦτον ἀντὶ γυμνα-
σιάρχου 3 κατέστησε, καὶ τὰ ἀναλώματα ἐπίσ-
τευσεν αὐτῷ. ἐφωράθη δὲ νοσφισάμενος τά τε
ἄλλα καὶ τοὔλαιον' ἐλεγχόμενος δ᾽ ὑπὸ τῶν
κατηγόρων ἐπὶ τοῦ ᾿Αντωνίου, παρῃτεῖτο τὴν
ὀργήν, σὺν ἄλλοις καὶ ταῦτα λέγων, ὅτι, “Ὥσπερ
“O ἐξύμνησεν ᾿Αχιλλέα καὶ ᾿Αγαμέμνονα
μηρος ἐξύμνη χ γαμέμ
καὶ ᾽Οδυσσέα, οὕτως ἐγὼ σέ' οὐ δίκαιος οὖν
εἰμὶ εἰς τοιαύτας ἄγεσθαι διαβολὰς ἐπὶ σοῦ.
παραλαβὼν οὖν ὁ κατήγορος τὸν λόγον, ᾿Αλλ᾽
“Ὅμηρος μέν, ἔφη, ἔλαιον 3 ᾿Αγαμέμνονος οὐκ
ἔκλεψεν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ᾿Αχιλλέως, σὺ δέ: ὥστε
δώσεις δίκην. διακρουσάμενος δ᾽ οὖν θεραπείαις
τισὶ τὴν ὀργήν, οὐδὲν ἧττον διετέλεσεν ἄγων
καὶ φέρων τὴν πόλιν μέχρι τῆς καταστροφῆς
τοῦ ᾿Αντωνίου. τοιαύτην δὲ τὴν πόλιν κατα-

1 ἐτελεύτα, Corais, for τελεύτα.
2 ἀντὶ γυμνασιάρχου sw, ἀντιγυμνασίαρχον other MSS.
3 μέν, after ἔλαιον, omitted by mowzz.

348

Perna

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 5. 14

and died at his house; and the other, the son of
Sandon, called Cananites after some village, was
Caesar's teacher and was greatly honoured by him ;
and when he returned to his native land, now an

οἷά man, he broke up the government there estab-
lished, which was being badly conducted by Boethus,

among others, who was a bad poet and a bad citizen,
having prevailed there by currying the favour of
the people. He had been raised to prominence by
Antony, who at the outset received favourably the
poem which he had written upon the victory at
Philippi, but still more by that facility prevalent
among the Tarsians whereby he could instantly
speak offhand and unceasingly on any given subject.
Furthermore, Antony promised the Tarsians an office
of gymnasiarch, but appointed Boethus instead of a
gymnasiarch, and entrusted to him the expenditures.
But Boethus was caught secreting, among other
things, the olive-oil; and when he was being proven
guilty by his accusers in the presence of Antony he
deprecated Antony’s wrath, saying, among other
things, that “Just as Homer had hymned the
praises of Achilles and Agamemnon and Odysseus,
so I have hymned thine. It is not right, therefore,
that I should be brought before you on such
slanderous charges.”” When, however, the accuser
caught the statement, he said, “Yes, but Homer
did not steal Agamemnon’s oil, nor yet that of
Achilles, but you did; and therefore you shall be
punished.” However, he broke the wrath of
Antony by courteous attentions, and no less than
before kept on plundering the city until the over-
throw of Antony. Finding the city in this plight,

349

STRABO

λαβὼν ὁ ᾿Αθηνόδωρος, τέως μὲν ἐπεχείρει λόγῳ
μετάγειν κἀκεῖνον καὶ τοὺς συστασιώτας" ὡς
οὐκ ἀπείχοντο ὕβρεως οὐδεμιᾶς, ἐχρήσατο τῇ
δοθείσῃ ὑ ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐξουσίᾳ καὶ ἐξέβαλεν
αὐτούς, καταγνοὺς φυγήν. οἱ δὲ πρῶτον μὲν
κατετοιχογράφησαν αὐτοῦ τοιαῦτα"

C675 ἔργα νέων, βουλαὶ δὲ μέσων, πορδαὶ δὲ γερόν-

των.
ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐκεῖνος ἐν παιδιᾶς μέρει δεξάμενος
ἐκέλευσε παρεπιγράψαι “ --- βρονταὶ δὲ γερόν-
TOV, καταφρονήσας δέ τις τοῦ ἐπιεικοῦς,
εὔλυτον τὸ κοιλίδιον ἔχων, προσέρρανε πολὺ
τῇ "θύρᾳ καὶ τῷ τοίχῳ, νύκτωρ παριὼν τὴν
οἰκίαν. ὁ δὲ τῆς στάσεως κατηγορῶν ἐν ἐκ-
κλησίᾳ, τὴν νόσον τῆς πόλεως, ἔφη, καὶ τὴν
καχεξίαν πολλαχόθεν σκοπεῖν ἔξεστι, καὶ δὴ
καὶ ἐκ τῶν διαχωρημάτων. οὗτοι μὲν στωικοὴ
ἄνδρες" ἀκαδημαϊκὸς δὲ Νέστωρ ὁ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς, ὁ
Μαρκέλλου καθηγησάμενος, τοῦ ᾿Οκταουίας
παιδός, τῆς Καίσαρος ἀδελφῆς. καὶ οὗτος δὲ
προέστη τῆς πολιτείας, διαδεξάμενος τὸν ᾿Αθη-
νόδωρον, καὶ διετέλεσε τιμώμενος παρά τε τοῖς
ἡγεμόσι καὶ ἐν τῇ πόλει.
15. Τῶν δ᾽ ἄλλων φιλοσόφων,
οὕς κεν ἐὺ γνοίην καὶ τοὔνομα μυθησαίμην,

Πλουτιάδης τε ἐγένετο καὶ Διογένης τῶν περι-
πολιζόντων καὶ σχολὰς διατιθεμένων εὐφυῶς"
ὁ δὲ Διογένης καὶ ποιήματα ὥσπερ ἀπεφοίβαζε,
τεθείσης ὑποθέσεως, τραγικὰ ὡς ἐπὶ πολύ' γραμ-
ματικοὶ δέ, ὧν καὶ συγγράμματά ἐστιν, ᾿Άρτε-
μίδωρός τε καὶ Διόδωρος" ποιητὴς δὲ τραγῳδίας
359

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 5. 14-15

Athenodorus for a time tried to induce both Boethus

_and his partisans to change their course; but since
_ they would abstain from no act of insolence, he

used the authority given him by Caesar, condemned
them to exile, and expelled them. These at first
indicted him with the following inscription on the
walls: “Work for young men, counsels for the
middle-aged, and flatulence for old men”; and
when he, taking the inscription as a joke, ordered the
following words to be inscribed beside it, “thunder
for old men,” someone, contemptuous of all decency
and afflicted with looseness of the bowels, pro-
fusely bespattered the door and wall of Athenodorus’
house as he was passing by it at night. Atheno-
dorus, while bringing accusations in the assembly
against the faction, said: ‘“‘One may see the sickly
plight and the disaffection of the city in many ways,
and in particular from its excrements.”” These men
were Stoics; but the Nestor of my time, the teacher
of Marcellus, son of Octavia the sister of Caesar,
was an Academician. He too was at the head of
the government of Tarsus, having succeeded Atheno-
dorus; and he continued to be held in honour both
by the prefects and in the city.

15. Among the other philosophers from Tarsus,
“whom I could well note and tell their names,’ ἢ
are Plutiades and Diogenes, who were-among those
philosophers that went round from city to city and
conducted schools in an able manner. Diogenes
also composed poems, as if by inspiration, when a
subject was given him—for the most part tragic
poems ; and as for grammarians whose writings are
extant, there are Artemidorus and Diodorus ; and

1 Iliad 3. 235.
351

STRABO

ἄριστος τῶν τῆς Πλειάδος καταριθμουμένων
Διονυσίδης. μάλιστα δ᾽ ἡ Ῥώμη δύναται δι-
δάσκειν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἐκ τῆσδε τῆς πόλεως
φιλολόγων' Ταρσέων γὰρ καὶ ᾿Αλεξανδρέων ἐστὶ
μεστή. τοιαύτη μὲν ἡ Ταρσός.

16. Mera δὲ τὸν Κύδνον ὁ Πύραμος ἐκ τῆς
Καταονίας ῥέων, οὗπερ καὶ πρότερον ἐμνήσθημεν"
φησὶ δ᾽ ᾿Αρτεμίδωρος, ἐντεῦθεν εἰς Σόλους εὐ-
θυπλοίᾳ σταδίους εἶναι πεντακοσίους. πλησίον
δὲ καὶ Μαλλύός, ἐφ᾽ ὕψους κειμένη, κτίσμα
᾿Αμφιλόχου καὶ Μόψου, τοῦ ᾿Απόλλωνος καὶ
Μαντοῦς," περὶ ὧν πολλὰ μυθολογεῖται" καὶ
δὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐμνήσθημεν αὐτῶν ἐν τοῖς περὶ
Κάλχαντος λόγοις καὶ τῆς ἔριδος, ἣν ἤρισαν
περὶ τῆς μαντικῆς ὅ τε Κάλχας καὶ ὁ Μόψος"
ταύτην τε γὰρ τὴν ἔριν “μεταφέρουσιν ἔνιοι,
καθάπερ καὶ "Σοφοκλῆς, εἰς τὴν Κιλικίαν, καλέσας
ἐκεῖνος. αὐτὴν Παμφυλίαν τραγικῶς, καθάπερ
καὶ τὴν Λυκίαν Καρίαν καὶ τὴν Τροίαν καὶ
Λυδίαν 8 Φρυγίαν" καὶ τὸν θάνατον δὲ τοῦ
Κάλχαντος ἐνταῦθα παραδιδόασιν ἄλλοι τε καὶ
Σοφοκλῆς. οὐ μόνον δὲ τὴν περὶ τῆς μαντικῆς
ἔριν μεμυθεύκασιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς. τὸν
γὰρ Μόψον φασὶ καὶ τὸν ᾿Αμφίλοχον ἐκ Τροίας

C 676 ἐλθόντας κτίσαι Μαλλόν' εἶτ᾽ ᾿Αμφίλοχον εἰς
“Apyos ἀπελθεῖν, δυσαρεστήσαντα. δὲ τοῖς ἐκεῖ
πάλιν ἀναστρέψαι δεῦρο, ἀποκλειόμενον δὲ τῆς
κοινωνίας συμβαλεῖν εἰς μονομαχίαν πρὸς τὸν

1 ἡ Ῥώμη, Sihler (American Journal of Philology, 1923,
p. 141) would emend to τὴν Ῥώμην.

2 Μαντοῦς, Xylander, for Λητοῦς ; so the later editors,

3 καί, before Φρυγίαν, Groskurd omits, so Meineke,

352

»- a - =
a ae 5 il
So het eRe

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 5. 15-16

_ the best tragic poet among those enumerated in the

τε Pleias”} was Dionysides. But it is Rome that is

best able to tell us the number of learned men from

this city ;? for it is full of Tarsians and Alexandrians.
Such is Tarsus.

16. After the Cydnus River one comes to the

Pyramus River, which flows from Cataonia, a river

which I have mentioned before.* According to
Artemidorus, the distance thence to Soli in a straight

voyage is five hundred stadia. Near by, also, is

Mallus, situated on a height, founded by Amphilochus
and Mopsus, the latter the son of Apollo and Manto,
concerning whom many mythsare told. And indeed
I, too, have mentioned them in my account of

_ Calchas‘ and of the quarrel between Calchas and

Mopsus about their powers of divination. For some
writers transfer this quarrel, Sophocles, for example,
to Cilicia, which he, following the custom of tragic
poets, calls Pamphylia, just as he calls Lycia “ Caria” ®
and Troy and Lydia “ Phrygia.” And Sophocles,

among others, tells us that Calchas died there. But,

—
il

according to the myth, the contest concerned,
not only the power of divination, but also the
sovereignty; for they say that Mopsus and
Amphilochus went from Troy and founded Mallus,
and that Amphilochus then went away to Argos,

ο΄ and, being dissatisfied with affairs there; returned to

Mallus, but that, being excluded from a share in the
government there, he fought a duel with Mopsus,

1 7.e. the ‘*Seven (Alexandrian) Stars,” referring to the
Pleiades, the seven daughters of Atlas, who were placed b
Zeus among the stars and became one of the oldest Gree
constellations.

2 See critical note. 8. 19 2, 4.

* 14, 1. 27. 5 See 14. 3. 3.

353
M2

STRABO

Μόψον, πεσόντας δ᾽ ἀμφοτέρους ταφῆναι μὴ ἐν
ἐπόψει ἀλλήλοις" καὶ νῦν οἱ τάφοι δείκνυνται
περὶ Μάγαρσα τοῦ Πυράμου πλησίον. ἐντεῦθεν
δ᾽ ἣν Κράτης ὁ γραμματικός, οὗ φησὶ γενέσθαι
μαθητὴς Παναίτιος.

11. Ὑπέρκειται δὲ τῆς παραλίας ταύτης
᾿Αλήιον πεδίον, δι’ οὗ Φιλώτας διήγαγεν ᾿Αλε-
ξάνδρῳ τὴν ἵππον, ἐκείνου τὴν φάλαγγα ἀγα-
γόντος ἐκ τῶν Σόλων διὰ τῆς παραλίας καὶ τῆς
Μαλλώτιδος ἐπί τε ᾿Ισσὸν καὶ τὰς Δαρείου
δυνάμεις. φασὶ δὲ καὶ ἐναγίσαι τῷ ᾿Αμφιλόχῳ
τὸν ᾿Αλέξανδρον διὰ τὴν ἐξ ᾿Αργους συγγένειαν.
Ἡσίοδος δ᾽ ἐν Σόλοις ὑπὸ ᾿Απόλλωνος ἀναιρε-
θῆναι τὸν ᾿Αμφίλοχόν φησιν, οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸ
᾿Αλήιον πεδίον, οἱ δ᾽ ἐν Συρίᾳ, ἀπὸ τοῦ ᾿Αληΐου
ἀπιόντα διὰ τὴν ἔριν.

18. Μετὰ δὲ Μαλλὸν Alyatar πολίχνιον,
ὕφορμον ἔχον" εἶτ᾽ ᾿Αμανίδες πύλαι, ὕφομμον
ἔχουσαι, εἰς ἃς τελευτᾷ τὸ ᾿Αμανὸν «ὄρος ἀπὸ
τοῦ Ταύρου καθῆκον, ὃ ὃ τῆς Κιλικίας ὕ ὑπερκειται
κατὰ τὸ πρὸς ἕω μέρος, ἀεὶ μὲν ὑπὸ πλειόνων
δυναστευόμενον τυράννων, ἐχόντων. ἐρύματα: καθ᾽
ἡμᾶς δὲ κατέστη κύριος πάντων ἀνὴρ ἀξιόλογος
καὶ βασιλεὺς ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων ὠνομάσθη διὰ τὰς
ἀνδραγαθίας Ταρκονδίμοτος,᾿ καὶ τὴν διαδοχὴν
τοῖς μετ᾽ αὐτὸν παρέδωκε.

19. Μετὰ δὲ Αἰγαίας ‘Toads πολίχνιον ὕφορ-
μον ἔχον καὶ ποταμὸς Lwapos.® ἐνταῦθα ὁ
ἀγὼν συνέπεσεν ᾿Αλεξάνδρῳ καὶ Δαρείῳ" καὶ ὁ

1 Ταρκονδίμοτος, Casaubon, for Ταρκοδίμεντος CF, Ταρκδή-

μεντὸος Other MSS.
2 Πίναρος, Tzschucke, for Πίδνος D, Πίνδος other MSS.

354

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 5. 16-19

and that both fell in the duel and were buried in
places that were not in sight of one another. And
to-day their tombs are to be seen in the neighbour-
hood of Magarsa near the Pyramus River. This!
was the birthplace of Crates the grammarian, of
whom Panaetius is said to have been a pupil.

17. Above this coast lies the Aleian Plain, through
which Philotas led the cavalry for Alexander, when
Alexander led his phalanx from Soli along the coast
and the territory of Mallus against Issus and the
forces of Dareius. It is said that Alexander per-
formed sacrifices to Amphilochus because of his
kinship with the Argives. Hesiod says that
Amphilochus was slain by Apollo at Soli; but others
say that he was slain in the neighbourhood of the
Aleian Plain, and others in Syria, when he was
quitting the Aleian Plain because of the quarrel.

18. After Mallus one comes to Aegaeae, a small
town, with a mooring-place; and then to the
Amanides Gates, with a mooring-place, where ends
the mountain Amanus, which extends down from
the Taurus and lies above Cilicia towards the east.
It was always ruled by several powerful tyrants, who
possessed strongholds; but in my time a notable
man established himself as lord of all, and was named
king by the Romans because of his manly virtues—
I refer to Tarcondimotus, who bequeathed the
succession to his posterity.

19. After Aegaeae, one comes to Issus, a small
town with a mooring-place, and to the Pinarus
River. It was here that the struggle between
Alexander and Dareius occurred; and the gulf is

1 Mallus,
355

STRABO

κόλπος εἴρηται Ἰσσικός" ἐν αὐτῷ δὲ πόλις
“Pwoos καὶ Μυρίανδρος πόλις καὶ ᾿Αλεξάνδρεια
καὶ Νικόπολις καὶ Μόψου ἑστία καὶ Πύλαι
λεγόμεναι, ὅριον Κιλίκων τε καὶ Σύρων. ἐν δὲ
τῇ Κιλικίᾳ ἐστὶ καὶ τὸ τῆς Σαρπηδονίας
᾿Αρτέμιδος ἱερὸν καὶ μαντεῖον, τοὺς δὲ χρησμοὺς
ἔνθεοι προθεσπίξουσιν.

20. Μετὰ δὲ τὴν Κιλικίαν πρώτη πόλις ἐστὶ
τῶν Σύρων Σελεύκεια ἡ ἐν Πιερίᾳ, καὶ πλησίον
᾿Ορόντης ἐκδίδωσι ποταμός. ἔστι δ᾽ ἀπὸ
Σελευκείας εἰς Σόλους ἐπ᾽ εὐθείας πλοῦς ὀλίγον
ἀπολείπων τῶν χιλίων σταδίων.

21. Τῶν δ᾽ ἐν Τροίᾳ Κιλίκων, ὧν Ὅμηρος
μέμνηται, πολὺ διεστώτων ἀπὸ τῶν ἔξω τοῦ
Ταύρου Κιλίκων, οἱ μὲν ἀποφαίνουσιν ἀρχηγέτας
τοὺς ἐν τῇ Τροίᾳ τούτων καὶ δεικνύουσί τινας
τόπους κἀνταῦθα, ὥσπερ ἐν τῇ Παμφυλίᾳ
Θήβην καὶ Λυρνησσόν, οἱ δ᾽ ἔμπαλιν καὶ ᾿Αλήιόν
τι πεδίον κἀκεῖ δεικνύουσι.

Περιωδευμένων δὲ καὶ τῶν ἔξω τοῦ Ταύρου
μερῶν τῆς τ προειρημένης χερρονήσου, προσθετέον
ἐστὶ καὶ ταῦτα.

C677 22. Ὁ γὰρ ᾿Απολλόδωρος ἐν τοῖς περὶ νεῶν
ἔτι καὶ τοιαῦτα λέγει" τοὺς γὰρ ἐκ τῆς ᾿Ασίας
ἐπικούρους τῶν Τρώων ἅπαντας καταριθμεῖσθαί
φησιν ὑπὸ τοῦ ποιητοῦ τῆς χερ ονήσου κατοίκους
ὄντας, ἧς ὁ στενώτατος ᾿ἰσθμός ἐστι τὸ μεταξὺ
τοῦ κατὰ Σινώπην μυχοῦ καὶ Ἰσσοῦ" αἱ δ᾽ ἐκτὸς
πλευραί, φησί, τριγωνοειδοῦς οὔσης, εἰσὶ μὲν
ἄνισοι, παρήκουσι δὲ ἡ μὲν ἀπὸ Κιλικίας ἐπὶ
Χελιδονίας, ἡ δ᾽ ἐνθένδε ἐπὶ τὸ στόμα τοῦ
Εὐξείνου, ἡ δ᾽ ἐπὶ Σινώπην πάλιν ἐνθένδε. τὸ
356

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 5. 19-22

ealled the Issic Gulf. On this gulf are situated the
city Rhosus, the city Myriandrus, Alexandreia,
Nicopolis, Mopsuestia, and Pylae, as it is called,
which is the boundary between the Cilicians and the
_ Syrians. In Cilicia is also the temple and oracle
_of the Sarpedonian Artemis; and the oracles are
_ delivered by persons who are divinely inspired.

20. After Cilicia the first Syrian city is Seleuceia-
_ in-Pieria, near which the Orontes River empties.
The voyage from Seleuceia to Soli, on a straight

course, is but little short of one thousand stadia.

21. Since the Cilicians in the Troad whom Homer
_ mentions are far distant from the Cilicians outside
_ the Taurus, some represent those in Troy as original
colonisers of the latter, and point out certain places
of the same name there, as, for example, Thebé and
_ Lyrnessus in Pamphylia, whereas others of contrary
opinion point out also an Aleian Plain in the former.

Now that the parts of the aforesaid peninsula
outside the Taurus have been described, I must add
what follows.

22. Apollodorus, in his work On the Catalogue
of Ships, goes on to say to this effect, that all the
allies of the Trojans from Asia were enumerated by
the poet as being inhabitants of the peninsula,
of which the narrowest isthmus is that between the
innermost recess at Sinopé and Issus. And the
exterior sides of this peninsula, he says, which is
triangular in shape, are unequal in length, one of
them extending from Cilicia to the Chelidonian
Islands, another from the Chelidonian Islands to the
mouth of the Euxine, and the third thence back to
Sinopé. Now the assertion that the allies were

357

STRABO

μὲν οὖν μόνους τοὺς ἐν τῇ χερρονήσῳ διὰ τῶν
αὐτῶν ἐλέγχοιτ᾽ ἂν ψεῦδος ὄν, δι’ ὧν ἠλέγξαμεν
πρότερον, μὴ μόνους τοὺς ἐντὸς “Adwos. οἱ yap
περὶ Φαρνακίαν. τόποι, ἐν οἷς τοὺς ᾿Αλιξώνους
ἔφαμεν, ὥσπερ ἔξω τοῦ “Αλυός εἰσιν, οὕτω καὶ
ἔξω τοῦ ἰσθμοῦ, εἴπερ καὶ τῶν στενῶν τῶν
μεταξὺ Σινώπης καὶ ᾿Ισσοῦ, καὶ οὐ τούτων γε
μόνων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν κατ᾿ ἀλήθειαν στενῶν τῶν
μεταξὺ ᾿Αμισοῦ τε καὶ Ἰσσοῦ" οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος
ὀρθῶς ἀφώρισται τὸν ἰσθμὸν καὶ τὰ κατ᾽ αὐτὸν
στενά, ἐκεῖνα ἀντὶ τούτων τιθείς. πάντων δ᾽
εὐηθέστατον τὸ τὴν χερρόνησον τριγωνοειδῆ
φήσαντα τρεῖς ἀποφήνασθαι τὰς ἔξω πλευράς"
ὁ γὰρ τὰς ἔξω λέγων πλευρὰς ἔοικεν ὑπεξαι-
ρουμένῳ τὴν κατὰ τὰ στενά, ὡς καὶ ταύτην
οὖσαν πλευράν, οὐκ ἔξω δὲ οὐδ᾽ ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ.
εἰ μὲν τοίνυν τὰ στενὰ ταῦτα οὕτως ἣν συνηγ-
μένα, ὥστε μικρὸν ἀπολείπειν τοῦ συνάπτειν ἐπ᾽
ἀλλήλαις τήν τε ἐπὶ ᾿Ισσὸν καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ Σινώπην
πίπτουσαν “πλευράν, συνεχώρει ἂν τριγωνοειδῆ
λέγεσθαι τὴν χερρόνησον" νῦν δέ γε τρισχιλίους
σταδίους ἀπολειπόντων μεταξὺ τῶν UT αὐτοῦ
λεγομένων στενῶν, ἀμαθία τὸ λέγειν τριγωνοειδὲς
τὸ τοιοῦτον τετράπλευρον, οὐδὲ χωρογραφικόν.
ὁ δὲ καὶ χωρογραφίαν ἐξέδωκεν ἐν κωμικῷ
μέτρῳ, γῆς περίοδον. ἐπιγράψας. μένει δ᾽ ἡ
αὐτὴ ἀμαθία, κἂν εἰς τοὐλάχιστον καταγάγῃ
διάστημά τις τὸν ἰσθμόν, ὅσον εἰρήκασιν οἱ
πλεῖστον ψευσάμενοι τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ παντός, ὅσον
εἴρηκε καὶ ᾿Αρτεμίδωρος, χιλίους καὶ πεντακο-

1 12. 8, 24. 2 [ambic verse.
358

GEOGRAPRY, 14. 5. 22

alone those who lived in the peninsula can be
proved wrong by the same arguments by which |
οὐρὰ previously shown that the allies were not alone

_ those who lived this side the Halys River! For

too were a side, but not “ exterior

just as the places round Pharnacia, in which, as |
said, the Halizoni lived, are outside the Halys River,
so also they are outside the isthmus, if indeed they
are outside the narrows between Sinopé and Issus ;
᾿ς and not outside these alone, but also outside the
_ true narrows between Amisus and Issus, for he too
_ incorrectly defines the isthmus and its narrows,
since he substitutes the former for the latter. But
the greatest absurdity is this, that, after calling the
peninsula triangular in shape, he represents the
_ exterior sides’ as three in number; for when he
speaks of the “exterior sides” he seems privily to
_ exclude the side along the narrows, as though this
” or on the sea.
If, then, these narrows were so shortened that the

_ exterior side ending at Issus and that ending at

_ Sinopé lacked but little of joining one another, one

5 ἢ might concede that the peninsula should be called

triangular ; but, as it is, since the narrows mentioned
by him leave a distance of three thousand stadia
between Issus and Sinopé, it is ignorance and not
_ knowledge of chorography to call such a four-sided

figure triangular. Yet he published in the metre

of comedy? a work on chorography entitled A
Description of the Earth. The same ignorance still
remains even though one should reduce the isthmus
to the minimum distance, I mean, to one-half of the
whole distance, as given by those who have most
belied the facts, among whom is also Artemidorus,

359

STRABO

σίους σταδίους: οὐδὲ yap τοῦτο συναγωγήν πω
τρυγωνοειδοῦς ποιεῖ σχήματος. ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ τὰς
πλευρὰς ὀρθῶς διήρηται τὰς ἔξω, τὴν ἀπὸ Ἰσσοῦ
͵ / > , Ἁ / > sé
μέχρι Χελιδονίων εἰπών: λοιπὴ γάρ ἐστιν ὅλη
’
ἐπ᾽ εὐθείας ἡ Λυκιακὴ παραλία ταύτῃ, καὶ ἡ
a « id , / 4 > nw \
τῶν Ῥοδίων περαία μέχρι Φύσκου' ἐντεῦθεν δὲ
καμπὴν λαβοῦσα ἡ ἤπειρος ἄρχεται τὴν δευτέραν
καὶ δυσμικὴν ποιεῖν πλευρὰν ἄχρι Προποντίδος
καὶ Βυζαντίου.

28. Φήσαντος δὲ τοῦ ᾿Εφόρου, διότι τὴν
χερρόνησον κατοικεῖ ταύτην ἑκκαίδεκα γένη,
\ ς 4 \ \ /
τρία μὲν Ἑλληνικά, τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ βάρβαρα
χωρὶς τῶν μιγάδων, ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ μὲν Κίλικες
Ν / \ 4 \ Ν
καὶ Πάμφυλοι καὶ Λύκιοι καὶ Βιθυνοὶ καὶ
Παφλαγόνες καὶ Μαριανδυνοὶ καὶ Τρῶες καὶ
Κᾶρες, Πισίδαι δὲ καὶ Μυσοὶ καὶ Χάλυβες καὶ
Φρύγες καὶ Μελύαι ἐν τῇ μεσογαίᾳ, διαιτῶν 1

a ε > / ξ ΄ =, ‘
ταῦτα ὁ ᾿Απολλόδωρος ἑπτακαιδέκατόν φησιν
εἶναι τὸ τῶν Γαλατῶν, ὃ νεώτερόν ἐστι τοῦ
» / n > > , \ \ e Ἂ
Ἐφόρου, τῶν δ᾽ εἰρημένων τὰ μὲν “Ελληνικὰ
μήπω κατὰξ τὰ Τρωικὰ κατῳκίσθαι, τὰ δὲ

/ 1 ” 3 4 ὃ ὰ Ν
βάρβαρα πολλὴν éxew*® σύγχυσιν διὰ τὸν
χρόνον: καταλέγεσθαι δ᾽ ὑπὸ τοῦ ποιητοῦ τό
τε τῶν Tpwowv* καὶ τῶν νῦν ὀνομαζομένων
Παφλαγόνων καὶ Μυσῶν καὶ Φρυγῶν καὶ
Καρῶν καὶ Λυκίων,, Μῇήονάς τε ἀντὶ Λυδῶν
καὶ ἄλλους ἀγνῶτας, οἷον ᾿Αλιζῶνας καὶ Καύ-
κωνας" ἐκτὸς δὲ τοῦ καταλόγου Κητείους τε καὶ

1 διαιτῶν, Corais, for διαιρῶν.

2 κατά, Casaubon, for καὶ τά.

8 ἔχειν F, ἔχει other MSS.

4 Τρώων moz, Τρωικῶν other MSS.
360

sears cll eu

"ow

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 5. 22-23

that is, fifteen hundred stadia; for even this does
not contract the side along the narrows enough to

make the peninsula a triangular figure. Neither

does Artemidorus correctly distinguish the exterior
sides when he speaks of “‘the side that extends from

__Issus as far as the Chelidonian Islands,” for there
still remains to this side the whole of the Lycian

coast, which lies in a straight line with the side he

_ mentions, as does also the Peraea of the Rhodians

as far as Physcus. And thence the mainland bends
and begins to form the second, or westerly, side
extending as far as the Propontis and Byzantium.
23. But though Ephorus said that this peninsula
was inhabited by sixteen tribes, of which three were
Hellenic and the rest barbarian, except those that

_ were mixed, adding that the Cilicians, Pamphylians,

Lycians, Bithynians, Paphlagonians, Mariandynians,
Trojans, and Carians lived on the sea, but the
Pisidians, Mysians, Chalybians, Phrygians, and
Milyans in the interior, Apollodorus, who passes
judgment upon this matter, says that the tribe of
the Galatians, which is more recent than the time
of Ephorus, is a seventeenth, and that, of the afore-
said tribes, the Hellenic had not yet, in the time
of the Trojan War, settled there, and that the
barbarian tribes are much confused because of the
lapse of time; and that the poet names in his
Catalogue the tribes of the Trojans and of the
Paphlagonians, as they are now named, and of the
Mysians and Phrygians and Carians and Lycians,
as also the Meionians, instead of the Lydians, and
other unknown peoples, as, for example, the Hali-
zones and Caucones; and, outside the Catalogue,

δ᾽ Λυκίων, Corais, for Δικίων F, Κιλίκων other MSS.

361

STRABO

Σολύμους καὶ Κίλικας τοὺς ἐκ Θήβης πεδίου
καὶ Λέλεγας: ΠΠαμφύλους δὲ καὶ Βιθυνοὺς καὶ
Μαριανδυνοὺς καὶ Πισίδας καὶ Χάλυβας καὶ
Μιλύας καὶ Καππάδοκας μηδ᾽ ὠνομάσθαι, τοὺς
μὲν διὰ τὸ μηδέπω τοὺς τόπους κατῳκηκέναι
τούτους, τοὺς δὲ διὰ τὸ ἑτέροις γένεσι περιέ-
χεσθαι, ὡς ᾿Ιδριεῖς μὲν καὶ Teppirar? Καρσί,
Δολίονες δὲ καὶ Βέβρυκες Φρυξί.

24. Φαίνεται δ᾽ οὔτε τοῦ ᾿Εφόρου τὴν ἀπό-
φασιν διαιτῶν ἱκανῶς, τά τε τοῦ ποιητοῦ ταράτ-
των καὶ καταψευδόμενος. ᾿Εφόρου τε γὰρ τοῦτο
πρῶτον ἀπαιτεῖν ἐχρῆν, τί δὴ τοὺς “Χάλυβας
τίθησιν ἐντὸς τῆς χερρονήσου, τοσοῦτον ἀφε-
στῶτας καὶ Σινώπης καὶ ᾿Αμισοῦ πρὸς ἕω ; ; οἱ
γὰρ λέγοντες τὸν ἰσθμὸν τῆς χερρονήσου ταύτης
τὴν ἀπὸ ᾿Ισσοῦ γραμμὴν ἐπὶ τὸν Εὔξεινον, ὡς
ἂν μεσημβρινήν τινα τιθέασι ταύτην, ἣν οἱ
μὲν εἶναι νομίζουσι τὴν ἐπὶ Σινώπης, οἱ δὲ τὴν
ἐπ᾿ ᾿Αμισοῦ, ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν Χαλύβων οὐδείς" λοξὴ
γάρ ἐστι τελέως. ὁ γὰρ δὴ διὰ Χαλύβων μεσημ-
βρινὸς, διὰ τῆς μικρᾶς ᾿Αρμενίας γράφοιτ᾽ ἂν
καὶ τοῦ Εὐφράτου, τὴν Καππαδοκίαν ὅλην ἐντὸς
ἀπολαμβάνων καὶ τὴν Κομμαγηνὴν καὶ τὸν
᾿Αμανὸν καὶ τὸν ᾿Ισσικὸν κόλπον. εἰ δ᾽ οὖν
καὶ τὴν λοξὴν γραμμὴν ὁρίξειν τὸν ἰσθμὸν
συγχωρήσαιμεν, τὰ πλεῖστά γε τούτων, καὶ
μάλιστα ἡ Καππαδοκία, ἐντὸς ἀπολαμβάνοιτ᾽
ἂν καὶ ὁ νῦν ἰδίως λεγόμενος Πόντος, τῆς
Καππαδοκίας μέρος ὧν τὸ πρὸς τῷ Εὐξείνῳ"
ὥστ᾽ εἰ τοὺς Χάλυβας τῆς χερρονήσου θετέον

1 Τερμίλαι, Xylander, for Τερμέδαι.
362

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 5. 23-24

the Ceteians and the Solymi and the Cilicians from
the plain of Thebé and the Leleges, but nowhere
names the Pamphylians, Bithynians, Mariandynians,
Pisidians, Chalybians, Milyans, or Cappadocians—
some because they had not yet settled in this region,
_and others because they were included among other
tribes, as, for example, the Hidrieis and the Termilae
among the Carians, and the Doliones and Bebryces
among the Phrygians.
«24. But obviously Apollodorus does not pass a
_ fair judgment upon the statement of Ephorus, and
also confuses and falsifies the words of the poet; for
he ought first to have asked Ephorus this question :
_ Why he placed the Chalybians inside the peninsula
___ when they were so far distant towards the east from
_ both Sinopé and Amisus? For those who say that
the isthmus of this peninsula is the line from
Issus to the Euxine make this line a kind of
_ meridian, which some think should be the line to
Α͂ Sinopé, and others, that to Amisus, but no one that
_ to the land of the Chalybians, which is absolutely
_ oblique; in fact, the meridian through the land
_ of the Chalybians would be drawn through Lesser
_ Armenia and the Euphrates, cutting off on this side
of it the whole of Cappadocia, Commagené, Mt.
_ Amanus, and the Issic Gulf. If, however, we
_ should concede that the oblique line bounds the
___ isthmus, at least most of these places, and Cappadocia
in particular, would be cut off on this side, as also
_ the country now called Pontus in the special sense
_ of the term, which is a part of Cappadocia towards
_ the Euxine; so that, if the land of the Chalybians

2 ἥν, Corais inserts.

363

STRABO

μέρος, πολὺ μᾶλλον τοὺς Κατάονας καὶ Karr-
πάδοκας ἀμφοτέρους καὶ Λυκάονας δέ, ods καὶ
αὐτοὺς παρῆκε. διὰ τί δ᾽ ἐν τοῖς μεσογαίοις
ἔταξε τοὺς Χάλυβας, ods ὁ ποιητὴς ᾿Αλιξῶνας ἢ
ἐκάλεσεν, ὥσπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀπεδείξαμεν ; ; ἄμεινον
γὰρ ἦν διελεῖν καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἐπὶ τῇ θαλάττῃ
φάναι, τοὺς δὲ ἐν τῇ μεσογαίᾳ" ὅπερ καὶ ἐπὶ
τῆς Καππαδοκίας ποιητέον καὶ τῆς Κιλικίας. ὁ
δὲ τὴν μὲν οὐδ᾽ ὠνόμακε, τοὺς Κίλικας δὲ τοὺς
ἐπὶ τῇ θαλάττῃ μόνον εἴρηκεν. οἱ οὖν ἐπ᾽
᾿Αντιπάτρῳ τῷ Δερβήτῃ καὶ οἱ ‘Opovadeis καὶ
ἄλλοι πλείους οἱ συνάπτοντες τοῖς [Ιισίδαις,

οἱ οὐκ ἴσασι θάλατταν
ἀνέρες, οὐδέ θ᾽3 ἅλεσσι μεμιγμένον εἶδαρ
ἔδουσι,

τίνα λάβωσι τάξιν; ἀλλ᾽’ οὐδὲ Λυδοὺς οὐδὲ
Myovas εἴρηκεν, εἴτε δύο εἴθ᾽ οἱ αὐτοί εἰσι, καὶ
εἴτε καθ᾽ ἑαυτοὺς εἴτ᾽ ἐν ἑτέρῳ γένει περιεχο-
μένους. οὕτω γὰρ ἐπίσημον ἔθνος οὐκ ἀπο-
κρύψαι δυνατόν, ὅ τε μὴ λέγων περὶ αὐτοῦ μηδὲν
οὐκ ἂν δόξειε παραλιπεῖν τι τῶν κυριωτάτων ; :

25. Τίνες δ᾽ εἰσὶν οἱ μιγάδες ; οὐ γὰρ ἂν
ἔχοιμεν εἰπεῖν. παρὰ τοὺς λεχθέντας τόπους ἢ
ὠνομάσθαι ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἢ παραλελεῖφθαι ἄλλους,
ods ἀποδώσομεν τοῖς μιγάσιν, οὐδέ γε αὐτῶν τινὰς
τούτων, ὧν ἢ εἶπεν ἣ παρέλιπε. καὶ γὰρ εἰ
κατεμίχθησαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ ἐπικράτεια πεποίηκεν ἢ
“Βλληνας ἢ βαρβάρους' τρίτον δὲ γένος οὐδὲν
ἴσμεν τὸ μικτόν.

1 «Αλιζώνους CEF sw.
2 οὐδέ θ᾽ F, οὐδ᾽ ἔθ᾽ other MSS.

364

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 5. 24-25

must be set down as a part of the peninsula, much
τῇ ore should Cataonia and both Cappadocias, as also
sycaonia, which is itself omitted by him. Again,
why did Ephorus place in the interior the Chalybians,
= om the poet called Halizones, as I have already
emonstrated?! For it would have been better to
divide them and set one part of them on the sea
| nd the other in the interior, as should also be done
‘in the case of Cappadocia and Cilicia ; but Ephorus
does not even name Cappadocia, and speaks only
of the Cilicians on the sea. Now as for the people
_ who were subject to Antipater Derbetes, and the
᾿ς Homonadeis and several other peoples who border
on the Pisidians, “men who do not know the sea
and even do not eat food mingled with salt,” 2
4 where are they to be placed? Neither does he say
‘in regard to the Lydians or Meiones whether they
_ are two peoples or the same, or whether they live
_ separately by themselves or are included within
another tribe. For it would be impossible to lose
_ from sight so significant a tribe; and if Ephorus
_ says nothing about it, would he not seem to have
Ὁ something most important ?
_ 25. And who are the “ mixed” tribes? For we
Should be unable to say that, as compared with the
_ aforesaid places, others were either named or omitted
Γ ΡΥ him which we shall assign to the “mixed”
tribes; neither can we call “mixed” any of these
peoples themselves whom he has mentioned or
_ omitted ; for, even if they had become mixed, still
@ the predominant element has made them either
_ Hellenes or barbarians ; and I know nothing of a
third tribe of people that is “ mixed.”

1 12. 3. 20. 3 Odyssey 11. 122.
365

Ο 680

STRABO

26. Πῶς δὲ τρία γένη τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐστὶ τὰ
τὴν χερρόνησον οἰκοῦντα ; ; εἰ γάρ, ὅτι τὸ παλαιὸν
οἱ αὐτοὶ ἦσαν Ἴωνες καὶ ᾿Αθηναῖοι, λεγέσθωσαν
καὶ οἱ Δωριεῖς καὶ οἱ Αἰολεῖς οἱ αὐτοί, ὥστε δύο
ἔθνη γίνοιτ᾽ ἄν' εἰ δὲ διαιρετέον κατὰ τὰ ὕ ὕστερα
ἔθη, καθάπερ καὶ τὰς διαλέκτους, τέτταρα ἂν εἴη
καὶ τὰ ἔθνη, καθάπερ, καὶ αἱ διάλεκτοι. οἰκοῦσι
δὲ τὴν χερρόνησον ταύτην, καὶ μάλιστα κατὰ τὸν
τοῦ ᾿Εφόρου διορισμόν, οὐκ Ἴωνες μόνον, ἀλλὰ
καὶ ᾿Αθηναῖοι, καθάπερ ἐν τοῖς καθ᾽ ἕκαστα
δεδήλωται. τοιαῦτα μὲν δὴ πρὸς τὸν Ἔφορον
διαπορεῖν ἄξιον, ᾿Απολλόδωρος δὲ τούτων μὲν
ἐφρόντισεν οὐδέν: τοῖς δὲ ἑκκαίδεκα ἔθνεσι προσ-
τίθησιν ἑπτακαιδέκατον, τὸ τῶν Ῥαλατῶν,
ἄλλως μὲν Χρήσιμον λεχθῆναι, πρὸς δὲ τὴν
δίαιταν τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ ᾿Εφόρου λεγομένων ἢ παρα-
λειπομένων οὐ δέον" εἴρηκε, δὲ τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτός,
ὅτι ταῦτα πάντα νεώτερα τῆς ἐκείνου ἡλικίας.

27. Μεταβὰς δ᾽ ἐπὶ τὸν ποιητὴν τοῦτο μὲν
ὀρθῶς λέγει, διότι πολλὴ σύγχυσις γεγένηται
τῶν βαρβάρων ἐθνῶν ἀπὸ τῶν Τρωικῶν εἰς τὰ
νῦν διὰ τὰς μεταπτώσεις: καὶ γὰρ προσγέγονέ
τινα καὶ ἐλλέλοιπε καὶ διέσπασται καὶ συνῆκται
εἰς ἕν. οὐκ εὖ δὲ τὴν αἰτίαν διττὴν ἀποφαίνει,
δι᾽ ἣν οὐ μέμνηταί, τίνων ὁ ποιητής" ἢ τῷ μήπω
τότ᾽ οἰκεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ ἔθνους τούτου, 4 τῷ ἐν
ἑτέρῳ γένει περιέχεσθαι. τὴν γὰρ Καππαδοκίαν
οὐκ εἴρηκεν, οὐδὲ τὴν Καταονίαν, ὡς δ᾽ αὕτως τὴν

1 Cf. 8. 1. 2, 2 14.1.3 ff

366

᾿

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 5. 26-27

_ 26. And how can there be three Hellenic tribes
that live on the peninsula? For if it is because
the Athenians and the lonians were the same people
in ancient times, let also the Dorians and the
_Aeolians be called the same people; and thus there
would be only two tribes. But if one should make
‘distinctions in accordance with the customs of later
times, as, for example, in accordance with dialects,
_ then the tribes, like the dialects, would be four
in number.' But this peninsula, particularly in
accordance with the division of Ephorus, is inhabited,
not only by Ionians, but also by Athenians, as I
have shown in my account of the several places.?
Now although it is worth while to raise such ques-
tions as these with reference to Ephorus, yet
_ Apollodorus took no thought for them and also goes
__ on to add to the sixteen tribes a seventeenth, that
_ of the Galatians—in general a useful thing to do,
_ but unnecessary for the passing of judgment upon
_ what issaid or omitted by Ephorus. But Apollodorus
states the reason himself, that all this is later than
_ the time of Ephorus.
᾿ς 27. Passing to the poet, Apollodorus rightly says
_ that mach confusion of the barbarian tribes has
_ taken place from the Trojan times to the present
᾿ς because of the changes, for some of them have been
! _ added to, others have vanished, others πᾶνε been
ο΄ dispersed, and others have been combined into one
tribe. But he incorrectly sets forth as twofold the
reason why the poet does not mention some of
_ them; either because a country was not yet in-
___habited by this or that tribe or because this or that
_ tribe was included within another; for instance, the
poet fails to mention Cappadocia, Cataonia, and

367

STRABO

Λυκαονίαν, δι’ οὐδέτερον τούτων' οὐ yap ἔχομεν
τοιαύτην ἱστορίαν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν οὐδεμίαν. γελοῖόν
\ \ / ’ ’ὔ \
τε τὸ τοὺς Καππάδοκας καὶ Λυκάονας διὰ τί μὲν
᾿ ,
Ὅμηρος παρέλιπε, φροντίσαι καὶ ἀπολογήσασθαι,
διὰ τί δ᾽ "Ἔφορος παρῆλθε, παρελθεῖν καὶ αὐτόν,
καὶ ταῦτα παραθέμενον πρὸς αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὴν
ἀπόφασιν τἀνδρός, πρὸς τὸ ἐξετάσαι καὶ διαι-
ἃ , 7 κ᾿ a > Ἢ ant of
τῆσαι" καί, διότι μὲν Μήονας ἀντὶ Λυδῶν “Opn-
= / “ ’ ” \ » 4
pos εἶπε, διδάξαι, ὅτι δ᾽ οὔτε Λυδοὺς οὔτε Μήονας
εἴρηκεν "Ἄφορος, μὴ ἐπισημήνασθαι.
28, Φήσας δὲ ἀγνώτων τινῶν μεμνῆσθαι τὸν
᾽ n ct
ποιητήν, Καύκωνας μὲν ὀρθῶς λέγει καὶ Σολύμους
καὶ Knteiovs! cai Λέλεγας καὶ Κίλικας τοὺς ἐκ
¢ al
Θήβης πεδίου, τοὺς δ᾽ ᾿Αλιζῶνας αὐτὸς πλάττει,
n > e “ \ ¢ cal > J,
μᾶλλον δ᾽ οἱ πρῶτοι τοὺς ᾿Αλιζῶνας ἀγνοήσαντες,
τίνες εἰσί, καὶ μεταγράφοντες πλεοναχῶς καὶ
πλάττοντες τὴν τοῦ ἀργύρου γενέθλην καὶ ἄλλα
‘ , 2 > / “ ‘
πολλὰ μέταλλα," ἐκλελειμμένα ἅπαντα. πρὸς
ταύτην δὲ τὴν φιλοτιμίαν κἀκείνας συνήγαγον
\ et / a e / /
τὰς ἱστορίας, ἃς ὁ Σκήψιος τίθησι παρὰ Καλλι-
σθένους λαβὼν καὶ ἄλλων τινῶν, οὐ καθαρευόντων
" \ al ¢ 5 ὃ ὃ , € e 4
τῆς περὶ τῶν ᾿Αλιζώνων ψευδοδοξίας" ὡς ὁ μὲν
Ταντάλου πλοῦτος καὶ τῶν Πελοπιδῶν ἀπὸ τῶν
Ἀ , \ / / y tee «
περὶ Φρυγίαν καὶ Σίπυλον μετάλλων ἐγένετο" ὁ
΄ nr , ‘ ~
δὲ Κάδμου ἐκ τῶν ὃ περὶ Θράκην καὶ τὸ Wayyaiov
ὄρος" ὁ δὲ Πριάμου ἐκ τῶν ἐν ᾿Αστύροις ἃ περὶ
Ν ’ ? \ fa) ΝΜ \ /
Αβυδον χρυσείων, ὧν καὶ νῦν ἔτι μικρὰ λείπεται"

1 Κητείους, Xylander, for Κητίους ; so later editors.
2 μέταλλα, Corais, for μεγάλα ; so later editors,
3 ἐκ τῶν, Corais inserts; so later editors.
4 ἸΑστύροις, Xylander, for ᾿Ασυρίοις CDFiw, περὶ “ABuSov
moz.

368

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 5. 27-28

ikewise Lycaonia, but for neither of these reasons,
we have no history of this kind in their case.
Sorther, it is ridiculous that Apollodorus should
co acern himself about the reason why Homer
nitted the Cappadocians and Lycaonians and speak
n his defence, and yet should himself omit to tell
5 reason why Ephorus omitted them, and that too
when he had cited the statement of the man for the
ver y purpose of examining it and passing judgment
“ss it; and also to teach us why Homer men-
ed Meionians instead of Lydians, but not to
᾿ παρε that Ephorus mentions neither Lydians
_ nor Meionians.
28. After saying that the poet mentions certain
Sgnknown tribes, Apollodorus rightly names the
_ Cauconians, the Solymi, the Ceteians, the Leleges,
_ and the Cilicians of the plain of Thebé; but the
-Halizones are a fabrication of his own, or rather
x the first men who, not knowing who the Halizones
ere, wrote the name in several different ways! and
Dfatiricated the “birthplace of silver’”’? and many
_ other mines, all of which have given out. And
in furtherance of their emulous desire they also
_ collected the stories cited by Demetrius of Scepsis
from Callisthenes and certain other writers, who
were not free from the false notions about the
-Halizones. Likewise the wealth of Tantalus and
1 the Pelopidae arose from the mines round Phrygia
᾿ and Sipylus; that of Cadmus from those round
_ Thrace and Mt. Pangaeus; that of Priam from the
_ gold mines at Astyra near Abydus (of which still
_ to-day there are small remains; here the amount
_ of earth thrown out is considerable, and the exeava-

Ε΄ 1 See 12. 3. 21. 2 See 12. 3. 24.

Ι
᾿

369

STRABO
πολλὴ δ᾽ ἡ ἐκβολὴ καὶ τὰ ὀρύγματα σημεῖα τῆς
πάλαι μεταλλείας: ὁ δὲ Μέδου ἐκ τῶν περὶ τὸ
Βέρμιον ὄρος" ὁ δὲ Ῥύγου καὶ ᾿Αλυάττου καὶ
Κροίσου ἀπὸ τῶν ἐν Λυδίᾳ καὶ τῆς μεταξὺ
᾿Αταρνέως τε καὶ Περγάμου, ὅπου 3 πολίχνη β
ἐρήμη, “ἐκμεμεταλλευμένα ἔ ἔχουσα τὰ χωρία.

Ἔτι καὶ ταῦτα μέμψαιτο ἄν τις τοῦ
“Aor robepou, 8 ὅτι τῶν νεωτέρων καινοτομούντων :
πολλὰ παρὰ τὰς Ὁμηρικὰς ἀποφάσεις, εἰωθὰς
ταῦτ᾽ ἐλέγχειν ἐπὶ πλέον, ἐνταῦθα οὐκ ὠλυγώρηκε
μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τἀναντία εἰς, ἕν συνάγει τὰ μὴ
ὡσαύτως λεγόμενα. ὁ μὲν γὰρ Ξάνθος ὁ Λυδὸς
μετὰ τὰ Τρωικά φησιν ἐλθεῖν τοὺς Φρύγας ἐ ἐκ τῆς
Εὐρώπης καὶ τῶν ἀριστερῶν τοῦ Πόντου, a ἀγαγεῖν
δ᾽ αὐτοὺς Σκαμάνδριον ἐ ἐκ ,"Βερεκύντων καὶ ᾽Ασκα-
νίας, ἐπιλέγει δὲ τούτοις ὁ ᾿Απολλόδωρος, ὅ ὅτι τῆς
᾿Ασκανίας ταύτης μνημονεύει καὶ “Opnpos, ἧς ὁ
Ξάνθος"

Φόρκυς δὲ Φρύγας ἦγε καὶ ᾿Ασκάνιος θεοειδὴς

C681 τῆλ᾽ ἐξ ᾿Ασκανίης.
ἀλλ᾽ εἰ οὕτως ἔχει, ἡ μὲν μετανάστασις ὕστερον
ἂν εἴη τῶν Τρωικῶν γεγονυῖα, ἐν δὲ τοῖς Τρωικοῖς
τὸ λεγόμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ ποιητοῦ ἐπικουρικὸν ἧκεν
ἐκ τῆς περαίας ἐκ τῶν Βερεκύντων καὶ τῆς ᾿Ασκα-
νίας. τίνες οὖν Φρύγες ἧσαν,

οἵ ῥα τότ᾽ ἐστρατόωντο παρ᾽ ὄχθας Σαγγαρίοιο,
ὅτε ὁ Πρίαμος,
ἐπίκουρος ἐὼν μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέγμην,3
1 καί, before τῆς, Corais inserts.
2 ὅπου, before πολίχνη, Jonesinserts. Tzschucke and Corais

emend πολίχνη ἐρήμη. .. ἔχουσα to πολίχνης ἐρήμης . ..
ἐχούσης.

379

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 5. )8--29

tions are signs of the mining in olden times); and
of Midas from those round Mt. Bermius; and
t of Gyges and Alyattes and Croesus from those
n Lydia and from the region between Atarneus and
rgamum, where is a small deserted town, whose
lands have ‘been exhausted of ore.

29. Still further one might find fault with
Ape llodorus, because, when the more recent writers
make numerous innovations contrary to the state-
τ ents of Homer, he is wont frequently to put
these innovations to the test, but in the present
vase he not only has made small account of them,

mut also, on the contrary, identifies things that
are not meant alike; for instance, Xanthus the
pa ydian says that it was after the Trojan War that
the Phrygians came from Europe and the left-hand
5 of the Pontus, and that Scamandrius led them
tre om the Berecyntes and Ascania, but Apollodorus
adds to this the statement that Homer refers to
this Ascania that is mentioned by Xanthus: “ And
hgh and godlike Ascanius led the Phrygians
m afar, from Ascania.”1 However, if this is
so, the migration must have taken place later

‘than the Trojan War, whereas the allied force
“mentioned by the poet came from the opposite
_ mainland, from the Berecyntes and Ascania. Who,
then, were the Phrygians, “who were then en-
camped along the banks of the Sangarius,’”* when
οἷ 2 says, “for I too, being an ally, was numbered
_ among these” ?2 And how could Priam have sent

Ws eR iT On i α;

“

a Ὁ ὙΡΟ

POPSET PRE BE Ge

᾿ς 1 Πίιαὰ 2. 862. 2 Iliad 3. 187. 8 Iliad 3. 188.

es!

; __ * ἐλέγμην is emended by Tzschucke and Corais to ἐλέχθην
(as i in the Homeric text).

371

STRABO

φησί; ; πῶς δὲ ἐκ μὲν Βερεκύντων μετεπέμπετο
Φρύγας ὁ Πρίαμος, πρὸς ods οὐδὲν ἣν αὐτῷ
συμβόλαιον, τοὺς δ᾽ ὁμόρους καὶ οἷς αὐτὸς
πρότερον ἐπεκούρησε παρέλιπεν ; οὕτω δὲ περὶ
τῶν Φρυγῶν εἰπὼν “ἐπιφέρει καὶ τὰ περὶ τῶν
Μυσῶν οὐχ ὁμολογούμενα τούτοις" λέγεσθαι γάρ
φησι καὶ τῆς Μυσίας κώμην ᾿Ασκανίαν περὶ
λίμνην. ὁμώνυμον, ἐξ ἧς καὶ τὸν ᾿Ασκάνιον ποτα-
μὸν ῥεῖν, οὗ μνημονεύει καὶ Εὐφορίων"
Μυσοῖο παρ᾽ ὕδασιν ᾿Ασκανίοιο"
καὶ ὁ Αἰτωλὸς ᾿Αλέξανδρος"
of} καὶ ἐπ᾽ ᾿Ασκανίῳ δώματ᾽ ἔχουσι ῥόῳ,

λίμνης ᾿Ασκανίης, ἐπὶ χείλεσιν" ἔνθα Δολίων
υἱὸς Σεληνοῦ νάσσατο καὶ Μελίης.

καλοῦσι δέ, φησί, Δολιονίδα καὶ Μυσίαν τὴν
περὶ Κύξικον ἰόντι εἰς Μιλητούπολιν. εἰ οὖν
οὕτως ἔχει ταῦτα, καὶ ἐκμαρτυρεῖται ὑπὸ τῶν
δεικνυμένων νῦν καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ποιητῶν, τί ἐκώλυε
τὸν Ὅμηρον “ταύτης μεμνῆσθαι τῆς ᾿Ασκανίας,
ἀχλὰ μὴ τῆς ὑπὸ Ξάνθου λεγομένης ; ; εἴρηται δὲ
καὶ πρότερον περὶ τούτων ἐν τῷ περὶ Μυσῶν καὶ
Φρυγῶν λόγῳ, ὥστε ἐχέτω πέρας.

. Λοιπὸν δὲ τὴν πρὸς νότου “παρακειμένην τῇ
χερρονήσῳ ταύτῃ περιοδεῦσαι νῆσον τὴν Κύπρον.
εἴρηται δ᾽, ὅτι ἡ περιεχομένη θάλαττα ὑπὸ τῆς
Αὐγύπτου καὶ Φοινίκης καὶ Συρίας καὶ τῆς λοιπῆς
παραλίας μέχρι τῆς Ῥοδίας σύνθετός πώς ἐστιν

1 εἰ CDEFA; but see same passage in 12. 4. 8.
372

ea a

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 5. 29-6. 1

for Phrygians from the Berecyntes, with whom he

had no compact, and yet leave uninvited those

who lived on his borders and to whom he had
formerly been ally? And after speaking in this

_ way about the Phrygians he adds also an account

of the Mysians that is not in agreement with this;
for he says that there is also a village in Mysia
which is called Ascania, near a lake of the same
name, whence flows the Ascanius River, which is
mentioned by Euphorion, “ beside the waters of the
Mysian Ascanius,’ and by Alexander the Aetolian,
“who have their homes on the Ascanian streams,
on the lips of the Ascanian Lake, where dwelt
Dolion, the son of Silenus and Melia.” And he
says that the country round Cyzicus, as one goes
to Miletupolis, is called Dolionis and Mysia. If
this is so, then, and if witness thereto is borne both
by the places now pointed out and by the poets,
what could have prevented Homer from mentioning
this Ascania, and not the Ascania spoken of by
Xanthus? I have discussed this before, in my
account of the Mysians and Phrygians ;! and there-
fore let this be the end of that subject.

1. Ir remains for me to describe the island which
lies alongside this peninsula on the south, I mean
Cyprus. I have already said that the sea surrounded
by Egypt, Phoenicia, Syria, and the rest of the
coast as far as Rhodia? consists approximately of

17. 3.2-3; 12. 3.3; 12.4.5,
2 The Peraea of the Rhodians.
373

C 682

STRABO

ἔκ τε tov Αἰγυπτίου πελάγους καὶ τοῦ Παμφυ-
λίου καὶ τοῦ κατὰ τὸν ᾿Ισσικὸν κόλπον. ἐν δὲ
ταύτῃ ἐστὶν ἡ Κύπρος, τὰ μὲν προσάρκτια μέρη
συνάπτοντα ἔχουσα τῇ Tpaxeta Κιλικίᾳ, καθ᾽ ἃ
δὴ καὶ προσεχεστάτη τῇ ἠπείρῳ ἐστί, τὰ δὲ ἑῷα
τῷ Ἰσσικῷ κόλπῳ, τὰ δ᾽ ἑσπέρια τῷ Παμφυλίῳ
κλυζόμενα πελάγει, τὰ δὲ νότια τῷ Αἰγυπτίῳ.
τοῦτο μὲν οὖν σύρρουν ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἑσπέρας τῷ
Λιβυκῷ καὶ τῷ Καρπαθίῳ πελάγει, ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν
νοτίων καὶ τῶν ἑῴων μερῶν ἥ τε Δἴἤγυπτός ἐστι
καὶ ἡ ἐφεξῆς παραλία “μέχρι Σελευκείας ‘Te Kal
Ἰσσοῦ, πρὸς ἄρκτον δ᾽ ἥ τε Κύπρος καὶ τὸ Παμ-
φύλιον πέλαγος. τοῦτο δὲ ἀπὸ μὲν τῶν ἄρκτων
περιέχεται τοῖς τε ἄκροις τῆς Τραχείας Κιλικίας
καὶ τῆς Παμφυλίας καὶ Λυκίας μέχρι τῆς “Ῥοδίας,
ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς δύσεως τῇ Ῥοδίων νήσῳ, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς
ἀνατολῆς τῇ Κύπρῳ τῇ κατὰ [Πάφον καὶ τὸν
᾿Ακάμαντα, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς μεσημβρίας σύρρουν ἐστὶ
τῷ Αἰγυπτίῳ πελάγει.

2. Ἔστι δ᾽ ὁ μὲν κύκλος τῆς Κύπρου σταδίων
τρισχιλίων καὶ τετρακοσίων εἴκοσι κατακολ-
πίζοντι" μῆκος δὲ ἀπὸ Κλειδῶν ἐ ἐπὶ τὸν ᾿Ακάμαντα
πεζῇ στάδιων χιλίων τετρακοσίων ὁδεύοντι ἀπ᾽
ἀνατολῆς ἐπὶ δύσιν. εἰσὶ δὲ αἱ μὲν Κλεῖδες
νησία δύο προκείμενα ἷ τῇ Κύπρῳ κατὰ τὰ ἑωθινὰ
μέρη τῆς νήσου, τὰ διέχοντα τοῦ Πυράμου στα-
δίους ἑπτακοσίους" ὁ δ᾽ ᾿Ακάμας ἐστὶν ἄκρα δύο
μαστοὺς ἔχουσα καὶ ὕλην πολλήν, κείμενος μὲν
ἐπὶ τῶν ἑσπερίων τῆς νήσου μερῶν, ἀνατείνων δὲ
πρὸς ἄρκτους, ἐγγυτάτω μὲν πρὸς Σελινοῦντα τῆς
Τραχείας Κιλικίας ἐν διάρματι χιλίων σταδίων,
πρὸς Σίδην δὲ τῆς Παμφυλίας χιλίων καὶ ἑξακο-

374

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 6. τ--2

egyptian and Pamphylian Seas and of the sea
ἸΣ gulf of Issus. In this last sea lies Cypros ; its
rthern parts closely approach Cilicia Tracheia,
where they are closest to the mainland, and its
e Baier parts border on the Issic Gulf, and its
western on the Pamphylian Sea, being washed by
mat sea, and its southern by the Aegyptian Sea.
y the Aegyptian Sea is confluent on the west
with the Libyan and Carpathian Seas, but in its
southern and eastern parts borders on Aegypt and
the coast next thereafter as far as Seleuceia and
Issus, and towards the north on Cypros and the
‘Pe mphylian Sea; but the Pamphylian Sea is sur-
unded on the north by the extremities of Cilicia
cheia, of Pamphylia, and of Lycia, as far as
Rhodia, and on the west by the island of the
Rhoc ns, and on the east by the part of Cypros
nea Paphos and the Acamas, and on the south is
confluent with the Aegyptian Sea.
2. The circuit of Cypros is three thousand four
eendred and twenty stadia, including the sinuosities
f the gulfs. The length from Cleides to the Acamas
γ᾿ land, travelling from east to west, is one thousand
four hundred stadia. The Cleides are two isles
lying off Cypros opposite the eastern parts of the
id, which are seven hundred stadia distant from
a? The Acamas is a promontory with two
breasts and much timber. It is situated at the
tern part of the island, and extends towards the
not h; it lies closest to Selinus in Cilicia Tracheia,
the passage across being one thousand stadia,
_ whereas the passage across to Sidé in Pamphylia is

° 1 “gone of προκείμενα, Corais and Meineke, following F,
read προσκείμενα.
375

STRABO

σίων, πρὸς δὲ Χελιδονίας χιλίων ἐννακοσίων. ἔστι
δὲ ἑτερόμηκες τὸ ὅλον τῆς νήσου σχῆμα, καί που
καὶ ἰσθμοὺς ποιεῖ κατὰ τὰς τὸ πλάτος διοριζούσας
πλευράς" ἔχει δὲ καὶ τὰ καθ᾽ ἕκαστα, ὡς ἐν
βραχέσιν εἰπεῖν, οὕτως, ἀρξαμένοις ἀπὸ τοῦ προσ-
εχεστάτου σημείου τῇ ἠπείρῳ.

3. "Edayev δέ! που κατὰ τὸ ᾿Ανεμούριον,
ἄκραν τῆς Τραχείας Κιλικίας, ἀντικεῖσθαι τὸ
τῶν Κυπρίων ἀκρωτήριον τὴν Κρομμύου ἄκραν ἐν
τριακοσίοις καὶ πεντήκοντα σταδίοις" ἐντεῦθεν δ᾽
ἤδη δεξιὰν τὴν νῆσον ἔχουσιν, ἐν ἀριστερᾷ δὲ τὴν
ἤπειρον, πρὸς ἄρκτον ὁ πλοῦς ἐστὶ καὶ πρὸς ἕω
καὶ πρὸς τὰς Κλεῖδας εὐθυπλοίᾳ σταδίων ἑπτα-
κοσίων. ἐν δὲ τῷ μεταξὺ Λάπαθός τέ ἐστι πόλις,
ὕφορμον ἔχουσα καὶ νεώρια, Λακώνων κτίσμα
καὶ Πραξάνδρου, καθ᾽ ἣν ἡ Νάγιδος" 5 εἶτ᾽ ᾿Α φρο-
δίσιον, καθ᾽ ὃ στενὴ ἡ νῆσος" εἰς γὰρ Σαλαμῖνα
ὑπέρβασις σταδίων ἑβδομήκοντα" εἶτ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν
ἀκτήϑ ὅπου Τεῦκρος προσωρμίσθη πρῶτον ὁ
κτίσας Σαλαμῖνα τὴν ἐν Κύπρῳ, ἐκβληθείς, ὥς
φασιν, ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς Τελαμῶνος" εἶτα Kap-
πασία πόλις, λιμένα ἔχουσα. κεῖται δὲ κατὰ τὴν
ἄκραν τὴν Σαρπηδόνα" ἐκ δὲ τῆς Καρπασίας
ὑπέρβασίς ἐστιν ἰσθμοῦ τριάκοντα σταδίων πρὸς
τὰς νήσους τὰς Καρπασίας καὶ τὸ νότιον πέλαγος"
εἶτ᾽ ἄκρα καὶ ὄρος" ἡ δ᾽ ἀκρώρεια καλεῖται “Odvp-
πος, ἔχουσα ᾿Αφροδίτης ᾿Ακραίας ναόν, ἄδυτον
γυναιξὶ καὶ ἀόρατον. πρόκεινται δὲ πλησίον αἱ

1 δέ, Corais emends to δή.

2 ἡ Nay:dos. Corais, for ἣν &y:dus ; so the later editors.

3 εἶτ᾽ ᾿Αχαιῶν ἀκτή moxz, εἶτα χάρων ἀκτή other MSS.; so
the editors.

376

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 6. 2-3

‘sixteen hundred and to the Chelidonian islands one
thousand nine hundred. The shape of the island
as a whole is oblong; and in some places it forms
isthmuses on the sides which define its breadth.

But the island also has its several parts, which 1

shall describe briefly, beginning with the point that
is nearest to the mainland.

3. I have said somewhere! that opposite to
_Anemurium, a cape of Cilicia Tracheia, is the
promontory of the Cyprians, I mean the promontory
of Crommyus, at a distance of three hundred and
fifty stadia. Thence forthwith, keeping the island
on the right and the mainland. on the left, the
_ voyage to the Cleides lies in a straight line towards
_ the north-east, a distance of seven hundred stadia.

In the interval is the city Lapathus, with a mooring-
place and dockyards; it was founded by Laconians
and Praxander, and opposite it lies Nagidus. Then >
one comes to Aphrodisium, where the island is
narrow, for the passage across to Salamis is only
seventy stadia. Then to the beach of the Achaeans,
where Teucer, the founder of Salamis in Cypros,
_ first landed, having been banished, as they say, by
his father Telamon. Then to a city Carpasia, with
a harbour. It is situated opposite the promontory
_ Sarpedon; and the passage from Carpasia across
_ the isthmus to the Carpasian Islands and the
southern sea is thirty stadia. Then to a promon-
tory and mountain. The mountain peak is called
_ Olympus; and it has a temple of Aphrodité Acraea,
which cannot be entered or seen by women. Off

1 14. 5. 3,

4 6, before κτίσας, Kramer inserts ; so the later editors.
VOL. VI. n 3/77

STRABO

Κλεῖδες καὶ ἄλλαι δὲ πλείους, εἶθ᾽ αἱ Καρπάσιαι
νῆσοι, καὶ μετὰ ταύτας: ἡ Σαλαμίς, ὅθεν ἦν
Ἄριστος ὁ συγγραφεύς: εἶτ᾽ ᾿Αρσινόη πόλις καὶ
λιμήν" εἶτ᾽ ἄχλος λιμὴν Λεύκολλα"" εἶτ᾽ ἄκρα
Πηδάλιον, ἧς 3 ὑπέρκειται λόφος τραχύς, ὑψηλός,
τραπεζοειδής, ἱερὸς ᾿Αφροδίτης, εἰς ὃν ἀπὸ Κλει-
δῶν στάδιοι ἑξακόσιοι ὀγδοήκοντα" εἶτα κολπώ-
ons Kal τραχὺς παράπλους ὁ πλείων εἰς Κίτιον"
ἔχει. δὲ λιμένα κλειστόν' ἐντεῦθέν ἐστι Ζήνων ΤΕ,
ὁ τῆς στωικῆς αἱρέσεως “ἀρχηγέτης, καὶ ᾿Απολ-
C 683 λώνεος ἐ ἰατρός" ἐντεῦθεν εἰς Βηρυτὸν στάδιοι χίλιοι

πεντακόσιοι. εἶτ᾽ ᾿Αμαθοῦς πόλις καὶ μεταξὺ
πολίχνη, Παλαιὰ καλουμένη, καὶ ὄρος μαστοειδὲς
Ὄλυμπος" εἶτα Κουριὰς χερρονησώδης, εἰς ἣν
ἀπὸ Θρόνων στάδιοι ἑπτακόσιοι. εἶτα πόλις
Κούριον, ὅρμον ἔχουσα, ᾿Αργείων κτίσμα. ἤδη
οὖν πάρεστι σκοπεῖν τὴν ῥᾳθυμίαν τοῦ ποιήσαντος
τὸ ἐλεγεῖον τοῦτο, οὗ ἡ ἀρχή"

ἱραὶ τῷ Φοίβῳ, πολλὸν διὰ κῦμα θέουσαι,

ἤλθομεν αἱ ταχιναὶὴ τόξα φυγεῖν ἔλαφοι:

᾿Ἡδύλος ὃ ἐστίν, εἴθ᾽ ὁστισοῦν" φησὶ “ μὲν γὰρ
rere Tas ἐλάφους Κωρυκίης ἀπὸ δειράδος,
ἐκ δὲ Κιλίσσης ἠιόνος εἰς ἀκτὰς διανήξασθαι
Κουριάδαϊ; καὶ ἐπιφθέγγεται, διότι

μυρίον ἀνδράσι θαῦμα νοεῖν πάρα, πῶς ἀνόδευ-

τον
χεῦμα δι᾽ εἰαρινῷ 5 ἐδράμομεν Cepupo.®

1 Λεύκολλα, Casaubon, for Λεύκολα ; so the later editors.
2 ἧς F, eis ἥν other MSS.

8 ‘HddAos Εἰ, εἴθ᾽ ἡ δῆλος other MSS. * φασί CDhiosz.
5. δι᾿ εἰαρινῷ, Meineke, for δ᾽ ἀερινίων moz, δι’ ἐρίνων other
MSS.

378

= να ὩὩνΝ

De παν ελάυκινς

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 6. 5

it, and near it, lie the Cleides, as also several other
islands; and then one comes to the Carpasian
Islands; and, after these, to Salamis, where Aristus
the historian was born. Then to Arsinoé, a city
and harbour. Then to another harbour, Leucolla.
Then to a promontory, Pedalium, above which lies
a hill that is rugged, high, trapezium-shaped, and
sacred to Aphrodité, whereto the distance from the
Cleides ig six hundred and eighty stadia. Then
comes the coasting-voyage to Citium, which for the
most part is sinuousand rough. Citium hasa harbour
that can be closed ; and here were born both Zeno,
the original founder of the Stoic sect, and Apollonius,
a physician. The distance thence to Berytus is one
thousand five hundred stadia. Then to the city
Amathus, and, in the interval, to a small town
called Palaea, and to a breast-shaped mountain called
Olympus. Then to Curias, which is peninsula-like,
whereto the distance from Throni is seven hundred
stadia. Then toa city Curium, which has a moor-
ing-place and was founded by the Argives. One
may therefore see at once the carelessness of the

t who wrote the elegy that begins, “we hinds,
sacred to Phoebus, racing across many billows, came
hither in our swift course to escape the arrows of
our pursuers,” whether the author was Hedylus or
someone else; for he says that the hinds set out
from the Corycian heights and swam across from
the Cilician shore to the beach of Curias, and further
says that “it is a matter of untold amazement to
men to think how we ran across the impassable
stream by the aid of a vernal west wind’’; for while

6 Ceptpy, Meineke, for ζεφύρων.
379

STRABO

ἀπὸ γὰρ Κωρύκου περίπλους μέν ἐστιν εἰς Κου-
ριάδα ἀκτήν, οὔτε ζεφύρῳ δέ, οὔτε ἐν δεξιᾷ
ἔχοντι τὴν νῆσον, οὔτ᾽ ἐν ἀριστερᾷ, δίαρμα

οὐδέν. ἀρχὴ δ᾽ οὖν τοῦ δυσμικοῦ παράπλου τὸ
Κούριον τοῦ βλέποντος πρὸς “Ρόδον, καὶ εὐθύς
ἐστιν ἄκρα, ἀφ᾽ ἧς ῥίπτουσι τοὺς ἁψαμένους τοῦ
βωμοῦ τοῦ ᾿Απόλλωνος" εἶτα Τρήτα καὶ Βοόσου-
ρα καὶ ΠΠαλαίπαφος, ὅσον ἐν δέκα σταδίοις ὑπὲρ
τῆς θαλάττης ἱδρυμένη, ὕφορμον ἔχουσα, καὶ
ἱερὸν ἀρχαῖον τῆς Παφίας ᾿Αφροδίτης" εἶτ᾽ ἄκ

Ζεφυρία, πρόσορμον ἔχουσα, καὶ ἄλλη ᾿Αρσινόη,
ὁμοίως πρόσορμον ἔχουσα καὶ ἱερὸν καὶ ἄλσος"
μικρὸν δ᾽ ἀπὸ τῆς θαλάττης καὶ ἡ “Ἱεροκηπίς.
εἶθ᾽ ἡ Πάφος, κτίσμα ᾿Αγαπήνορος, καὶ λιμένα
ἔχουσα καὶ ἱερὰ εὖ κατεσκευασμένα. διέχει δὲ
πεζῇ σταδίους ἑξήκοντα τῆς Παλαιπάφου, καὶ

πανηγυρίζουσι διὰ τῆς ὁδοῦ ταύτης κατ᾽ ἔτος ἐπὶ

τὴν Παλαίπαφον ἄνδρες ὁμοῦ γυναιξὶν συνιόντες
καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων πόλεων. φασὶ δ᾽ εἰς ᾿Αλεξάν-
δρειάν τινες ἐκ Πάφου σταδίους εἶναι τρισχιλίους
ἑξακοσίους. εἶθ᾽ ὁ ᾿Ακάμας ἐστὶ μετὰ Td gov
εἶτα πρὸς ἕω μετὰ τὸν ᾿Ακάμαντα πλοῦς εἰς

᾿Αρσινόην πόλιν καὶ τὸ τοῦ Διὸς ἄλσος" εἶτα

Σόλοι 2 πόλις, λιμένα ἔχουσα καὶ “ποταμὸν καὶ

ἱερὸν ᾿Αφροδίτης καὶ "ἸΙσιδος' κτίσμα͵ δ᾽ ἐστὶ.

Φαλήρου καὶ ᾿Ακάμαντος ᾿Αθηναίων" οἱ δ᾽ ἐνοι-
κοῦντες Σόλιοι καλοῦνται. ἐντεῦθεν ἦν Στα-
σάνωρ τῶν ᾿Αλεξάνδρου ἑταίρων, ἀνὴρ ἡγεμονίας
ἠξιωμένος" ὑπέρκειται δ᾽ ἐν μεσογαίᾳ Λιμενία.
πόλις" εἶθ᾽ ἡ Κρομμύου ἄκρα.

1 καί is omitted by all MSS. except DF.
= Σόλοι, Tzschucke, for Σόλους.

380

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 6. 3

5. is a voyage round the island from Corycus to
5 beach Curias, which is made neither by the aid
f a west wind nor by keeping the island on the
nor on the left, there is no passage across the
ea between the two places. At any rate, Curium is
e beginning of the westerly voyage in the direction
| f Rhodes ; ; and immediately one comes to a pro-
mo! ntory, whence are flung those who touch the
iitar of Apollo. Then to Treta, and to Boosura,
nd to Palaepaphus, which last is situated at about
en stadia above the sea, has a mooring-place, and
in ancient temple of the Paphian Aphrodité. Then
9 the promontory Zephyria, with a landing-place,
re oe another Arsinoé, which likewise has a landing-
5 and a temple and a sacred precinct. And at
distance from the sea is Hierocepis. Then
to Paphus, which was founded by Agapenor, and has
both | a harbour and well-built temples. It is sixty
1 distant from Palaepaphus by land; and on
£ this road men together with women, who also
ass ssem nble here from the other cities, hold an annual
pro cession to Palaepaphus. Some say that the dis-
from Paphus to Alexandria is three thousand
οἰ τλωμιν stadia. Then, after Paphus, one comes
᾿ > the Acamas. Then, after the Acamas, towards
} east, one sails to a city Arsinoé and the sacred
. recinct of Zeus. Then to a city Soli, with a
harbour and a river and a temple of Aphrodité and
3 ais. It was founded by Phalerus and Acamas,
: enians; and the inhabitants are called Solians;

ΠΥ Re tas Nr Nl at Ὁ ΡΝ

ee ee, OL

and ithere was born Stasanor, one of the comrades of
d Recknder, who was thought worthy of a chief
command ; and above it, in the interior, lies a city
‘Limenia. And then to the promontory of Crommyus.

fy 381

STRABO

4. Τί δὲ δεῖ τῶν ποιητῶν θαυμάζειν, καὶ
μάλιστα τῶν τοιούτων, οἷς ἡ πᾶσα περὶ τὴν

C 684 φράσιν ἐστὶ σπουδή, τὰ τοῦ Aaudorou συγ-

κρίνοντας, ὅ ὅστις τῆς νήσου τὸ μῆκος ἀπὸ τῶν
ἄρκτων πρὸς μεσημβρίαν ἀποδίδωσιν, ἀπὸ
Ἱεροκηπίας, ὥς φησιν, εἰς Κλεῖδας ; οὐδὲ ὁ
᾿Ερατοσθένης εὖ" αἰτιώμενος γὰρ τοῦτον, οὐκ ἀπ᾽
ἄρκτων φησὶν εἶναι τὴν ἹἹεροκηπίαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ
νότου" οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀπὸ νότου, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ δύσεως,
εἴπερ ἐν τῇ δυσμικῇ πλευρᾷ κεῖται, ἐν ἣ καὶ ἡ
Πάφος καὶ ὁ ᾿Ακάμας. διάκειται μὲν οὕτως ἡ
Κύπρος τῇ θέσει.

5. Kar’ ἀρετὴν δ᾽ οὐδεμιᾶς τῶν νήσων λείπεται"
καὶ γὰρ εὔοινός ἐστι καὶ εὐέλαιος, σίτῳ τε αὐτάρ-
κει χρῆται" μέταλλά τε χαλκοῦ ἐστὶν᾽ ἄφθονα. τὰ
ἐν Ταμασσῷ," ἐν οἷς τὸ χαλκανθὲς γίνεται, καὶ ὁ
ἰὸς τοῦ χαλκοῦ, πρὸς τὰς ἰατρικὰς δυνάμεις
χρήσιμα. φησὶ δ᾽ ᾿Ερατοσθένης τὸ παλαιὸν
ὑλομανούντων τῶν πεδίων, ὥστε κατέχεσθαι
δρυμοῖς καὶ μὴ γεωργεῖσθαι, μικρὰ μὲν ἐπωφελεῖν
πρὸς τοῦτο τὰ μέταλλα, δενδροτομούντων πρὸς
τὴν καῦσιν τοῦ χαλκοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἀργύρου, προσ-
γενέσθαι δὲ καὶ τὴν ναυπηγίαν τῶν. στόλων, ἤδη
πλεομένης ἀδεῶς τῆς θαλάττης καὶ μετὰ δυνά-
pea" ὡς δ᾽ οὐκ ἐξενίκων, ἐπιτρέψαι τοῖς βου-
λομένοις καὶ δυναμένοις ἐκκόπτειν καὶ ἔχειν
ἰδιόκτητον καὶ ἀτελῆ, τὴν διακαθαρθεῖσαν γῆν.

6. Πρότερον μὲν οὖν κατὰ πόλεις ἐτυραννοῦντο
οἱ Κύπριοι, ἀφ᾽ οὗ δ᾽ οἱ Πτολεμαϊκοὶ βασιλεῖς

1 Ταμασσῷ, Xylander, for Ταμασῷ E, Τανασσῷ other MSS.

382

=) eee

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 6. 4-6

4. But why should one wonder at the poets, and
particularly at writers of the kind that are wholly
concerned about style, when we compare the state-
ments of Damastes, who gives the length of the
island as from north to south, “from Hierocepias,”
as he says, “to Cleides’’? Neither is Eratosthenes
correct, for, although he censures Damastes, he
says that Hierocepias is not on the north but on the
south ; for it is not on the south either, but on the
west, since it lies on the western side, where are also
Paphus and the Acamas. Such is the geographical

position of Cypros.

5. In fertility Cyprus is not inferior to any one of
the islands, for it produces both good wine and good
oil, and also a sufficient supply of grain for its own
use. And at Tamassus there are abundant mines of
copper, in which is found chalcanthite! and also
the rust of copper, which latter is useful for its
medicinal properties. Eratosthenes says that in
ancient times the plains were thickly overgrown
with forests, and therefore were covered with woods
and not cultivated; that the mines helped a little
against this, since the people would cut down the
trees to burn the copper and the silver, and that
the building of the fleets further helped, since the
sea was now being navigated safely, that is, with naval
forces, but that, because they could not thus prevail
over the growth of the timber, they permitted any-
one who wished, or was able, to cut out the timber
and to keep the land thus cleared as his own
property and exempt from taxes.

6. Now in the earlier times the several cities
of the Cyprians were under the rule of tyrants,

1 Sulphate of copper.
393

STRABO

κύριοι τῆς Αἰγύπτου κατέστησαν, εἰς ἐκείνους καὶ
ἡ Κύπρος περιέστη, συμπραττόντων πολλάκις
καὶ τῶν Ῥωμαίων. ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ὁ τελευταῖος ἄρξας
Πτολεμαῖος, “ἀδελφὸς τοῦ Κλεοπάτρας πατρός,
τῆς καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς βασιλίσσης, ἔδοξε πλημμελής τε
εἶναι καὶ ἀχάριστος εἰς τοὺς εὐεργέτας, ἐκεῖνος
μὲν κατελύθη, Ῥωμαῖοι δὲ κατέσχον τὴν νῆσον,
καὶ γέγονε στρατηγικὴ ἐπαρχία καθ᾽ αὑτήν.
μάλιστα δ᾽ αἴτιος τοῦ ὀλέθρου κατέστη τῷ
βασιλεῖ Πόπλιος Κλαύδιος Ποῦλχερ' ἐμπεσὼν
γὰρ εἰς τὰ λῃστήρια, τῶν Κιλίκων ἀκμαζόντων
τότε, λύτρον αἰτούμενος ἐπέστειλε τῷ βασιλεῖ,
δεόμενος πέμψαι καὶ ῥύσασθαι αὐτόν: ὁ δ᾽
ἔπεμψε μέν, μικρὸν δὲ τελέως, ὥστε καὶ τοὺς
λῃστὰς αἰδεσθῆναι λαβεῖν, ἀλλὰ ἀναπέμψαι
πάλιν, τὸν δ᾽ ἄνευ λύτρων ἀπολῦσαι. σωθεὶς δ᾽
ἐκεῖνος ἀπεμνημόνευσεν ἀμφοτέροις τὴν χάριν,
καὶ γενόμενος δήμαρχος, ἴσχυσε τοσοῦτον, ὥστε
ἐπέμφθη Μάρκος Κάτων, ἀφαιρησόμενος τὴν
Κύπρον τὸν κατέχοντα. ἐκεῖνος μὲν οὖν ἔφθη
διαχειρισάμενος αὑτόν, Κάτων δὲ ἐπελθὼν παρέ-

C685 λαβε τὴν Κύπρον, καὶ τὴν βασιλικὴν οὐσίαν

διέθετο, καὶ τὰ χρήματα εἰς τὸ δημόσιον ταμιεῖον
τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐκόμισεν" ἐξ ἐκείνου δ᾽ ,ἐγένετο
ἐπαρχία ἡ νῆσος, καθάπερ καὶ νῦν ἐστί, στρα-

τηγική" ὀλίγον δὲ χρόνον τὸν μεταξὺ ᾿Αντώνιος
Κλεοπάτρᾳ καὶ τῇ ἀδελφῇ αὐτῆς ᾿Αρσινόῃ παρέ-
δωκε" καταλυθέντος δὲ ἐκείνου, συγκατελύθησαν
καὶ αἱ διατάξεις αὐτοῦ πᾶσαι.

384

GEOGRAPHY, 14. 6. 6

but from the time the Ptolemaic kings became
established as lords of Egypt Cyprus too came
into their power, the Romans often co-operating
with them. But when the last Ptolemy that
reigned, the brother of the father of Cleopatra, the
queen in my time, was decreed to be both dis-
agreeable and ungrateful to his benefactors, he was
deposed, and the Romans took possession of the
island ; and it has become a praetorian province by
itself. The chief cause of the ruin of the king was
Publius Claudius Pulcher; for the latter, having
fallen into the hands of the bands of pirates, the
Cilicians then being at the height of their power,
and, being asked for a ransom, sent a message to
the king, begging him to send and rescue him.
The king indeed sent a ransom, but so utterly small
that the pirates disdained to take it and sent it
back again, but released him without ransom.
Having safely escaped, he remembered the favour
of both; and, when he became tribune of the
people, he was so powerful that he had Marcus
Cato sent to take Cypros away from its possessor,
Now the king killed himself beforehand, but Cato
went over and took Cypros and disposed of the
king’s property and carried the money to the Roman
treasury. From that time the island became a
province, just as it is now—a praetorian province.
During a short intervening time Antony gave it
over to Cleopatra and her sister Arsineé, but when
he was overthrown his whole organisation was over-
thrown with him.

385
N2

poe enn ri stascolot “od γι a
reo «Bas Wt goat a; πλάι

ae 3 τι eddy Orit;

‘ ( ἐ wires
a) WD j J, ory mytiy ΤῊ
YY 4, I ee:
thd shi i) SUS cont ; Sad.

Ἶ a “ wr ; oo
Lp μοι νυ eur
bs , 5 ὁ
J ; af
ΖΦ 10 ΟΦ ΞΕ. ΧΟ Ὁ!
™ ae oe a we ᾽ν ἢ &, 7
ray vey ΣΙ ΟΥΣ τὸ & Soe
ὰ J ry
ev itl a Sil 26 THT 0 τὸ 520}
, ° Ὶ 4
Levin “Pletal” Shy” 1 sagt
Pe ἋΣ

3 wii id Backer sus Fo «

Ὶ ν᾽ ual πὸ al oa

Ww ’ Th a a r “3s 25 "24

- a d : ᾿
» ΡΟΣ 6 ea AVE 1 ἢ

. 4 t Π A

pat alas ΤΩ mit ok mabey ay
Ἵ

αν ‘yest ig, be Τα νι τοῦ πε FUE
— . .

ibe HM a bee 3 apa aby poster
“ a .
ef ὰ _ + s ἊΣ ¢
AA ee "ay Γ at vy wes ‘ame γ Hin te

‘ mm | has 25 ae
a

be Ὑ ead

ΠΣ Aa ΓΗ ‘ ΠΡΟ Ὕ ag. Wi (Fes
; A-h

xs 7, | [ 4 Γ ἣχ bs ων. Ἢ 4

ΔΙ Leif! 4 7 v4 ip Εἰ oe v4 i). ὦ
᾿ - τὶ ἼΩΝΕΣ ς- tal Υγ “ὦ δ᾽

ΘΠ ΟΣ δὲ ΠΡΟΣ ἔμ τὰ ἈΥΕΕ 1

a. τ

ΟἿ SIT ΘΗΝ ἐν ΟΣ δ Toact both |
Sif" fo δὴ yess) ibs eras | ie i Kook,
npn Sy ΟἹ 7 teeodt SF [εν Ths Dee

2 . ἢ .-
ge “A . 4 ΟΣ ΟΝ ee
5 4hiacs? bow st ‘ehh
. τ ταν Ρ
i ae wary ΕΓ ΤΥ: 5“ 6h Ὁ
᾿ vi
, evr « & +. 4
(Ba νυ Ὁ ὩΣ ἢ gatny τι
» - > ὥ
ι an ἐεγτε ΟῚ ra ti" site ped s cw
Σ 4 ond ἌΡ" “ὦ a
“159 2 ew ate eee ἈΠΌ ΤΗΝ <a
SO ee oe te Cen
adi Das reese ict “a &
᾿
7 q ᾿ “
φΦ ΟΕ
7
"7
ag ib
«
cal
van
Pe ad x
is

PARTIAL DICTIONARY OF PROPER
NAMES?

ABA, queen of Olbé, 343

Abydus, 5, 19, 23, 37, 41, 43

Acamas, the promontory, 375, 381

Achilles, 15, 61, 105, 107, 119, 121,
129, 149, 151

Adeimantus of pempencus (see foot-
note 3 on p. 36), 37

Aega, the promontory, 133, 135

Aeneias, 19, 65, 105, 107, 119

Adramyttium, 9, 103, 123, 127, 129

Adramyttium, Gulf of, 13, 97, 103

27, 29
Adrestus, builder of altar to Nemesis,

(Rots ἮΝ 7, 23

Aeolis, 7, 2

‘Aepytus, on of Neleus, founder of
199

Aeschines the orator, contemporary
of Cicero, native of Miletus, 207
lus, on the Caicus River, 139
Aesepus River, the, 3, 7, 85
Agamemnon, 55, 97, 223, 233
Agapenor, on return from Troy
founded Paphus, 381
es the Peripatetic and
(8. apparently about
130 B.C.), native of Cnidus, 283
thocles, son of Lysimachus, slain
his father, 165
Agrippa, transported δ work of
Tysippus from Lampsacus_ to

27, 299
Alcaeus the poet, threw away his
arms ip 77; on Antandrus,
native of Mitylené, 141;
author of yet poems. 143:

interpreted b ias, 147
Alexander the Crest, ae defeated satraps

of Dareius, 27; visited Dlium, 51;
friendly to Ilium, 55, 57; offered to
restore temple of Artemis at
Ephesus, 227; extended limits of
refuge, 229; sacred precinct of,
239; seized Halicarnassus, 285;
destroyed Milyas, 321; led phalanx
against Dareius from Soli, 355

Alexander Lychnus the orator, native
of Ephesus, 231

Althaemenes the Argive, coloniser of
Crete, Rhodes, and other cities, 271

Alyattes, mound of, built by prosti-
tutes, 177, 179

Amphilochus, founder of Mallus, 353;
tomb of, near Magarsa, 355

Amyntas (see Dictionary in vol. τ),
received a part of Cilicia Tracheia
from the Romans, 337

Anacreon the melic poet (see Dicticnary
in vol. ii), calls Teos ‘* Atha-
mantis,” 199; lived with tyrant
Polycrates, 217; native of Teos,
237; on warlike zeal of the Carians,

Anaxagoras the natural philosopher,
a Clazomenian, 245

Anaxarchus, companion of Alexander
on Asiatic expedition, 55

Anaxenor the citharoede, exalted by
Antony and consecrated to Zeus
by his native land, 255

Anaximander (see Dictionary in
vol. i), native of Miletus, 207

Anaximenes οὗ Lampsacus, accom-
panied Alexander on Asiatic ex-
peditios, wrote histories of Philip
and Alexander, a his of Greece
in twelve books; on places called
Colonae, 35; a rhetorician, 37; on
the colonies of Miletus, 207

Anaximenes the philosopher, native

1 A complete index will appear in the last volume.

387

A PARTIAL DICTIONARY OF PROPER NAMES

of Miletus, 207;
Anaxayoras, 245
Ancbialé, founded by Sardanapallus
and the site of his tomb, according

to Aristobulus, 341, 343

Androelus, son of Oodrus the king of
Athens, leader of the JIonian
colonisation and founder of Ephesus
(according to Pherecydes), 199;
drove Carians and Leleges out of
Ephesus, 225

Andromaché, native of Thebé, 17

Andronicus the Peripatetic, native of
Rhodes, 279

Antandrus, 101, 103, 123

Antigonus the son of Philip (see
Dictionary in vol. v), founder of
Alexandreia in Troad, 53; eee
of Antigonia (Alexandreia),
incorporated Scepsians into A roa

associate of

andreia, 105; builder of new
Smyrna, rg revolted from, by
Eumenes, 34

Antimachus (see Dictionary in vol.iv),
on the goddess Nemesis, 31
Antimenidas, brother of Alcaeus,
native of Mitylené, 141
Antiocheia on the Maeander, 189
Antiochus the Great (see Dictionary in
vol. v); τὴ en by the Romans,
53; fought by Eumenes, 167
Antiochus Soter (see Dictionary in
vol. v); conquered by Eumenes, 165
Antipater Derbetes, the tyrant, 365
Antipater the Stoic, native of Tarsus,
47

Antony (see Dictionary in vol. v),
carried off statue of Aias to Aegypt,
59; carried off statues from the
Heraeum, 213; increased limits of
refuge at Ephesus, 229; assigned
part of Cilicia to Cleopatra, 331;
conferred queenship on Aba, 343;
friendly to Boethus, ruler of
Tarsus, 349; gave Oypros to
Cleopatra amd her sister Arsinoé, 385

Apelles the painter (see Dictionary in
vol. i), native of Ephesus, 231;
painted portrait of Antigonus and
the Aphrodité Anadyomené, 287,

289

Apellicon of Teos, bought libraries of
Aristotle and Theophrastus, 111;
“a Teian,”’ 239

Aphrodité Acraea, 377

388

Aphrodité the Paphian, 381
a the , founder of

Teosg, 2

Apollo, sie hee, 245, 317, 381;
Actaeus, 29 Cillaean, 123, 127; :
Didymeus, 308

; Larisaean,
Sminthian, 21, "123; Thymbraean,
iti Ulius,” 207
Apotoducun of Athens (see Dictionary
in vol. i), author of works On the the
Catalogue of ships and A Description
of the Earth; on the term “ bar-

Minor, 361, 363, 367; on
the Trojan allies according to

Apollodorus the rhetorician and philo-

sopher, native of P 171
Apollonius the piiyuiclin, ustivo of
Citium, 379

Apollonius the Stoic, best of the

sing of Panaetius, native of
ysa, 26

Apollonius Malacus (teacher
rhetoric at Rhodes about 120 B.c ᾿
native of ——. 281; ridiculed
Alabanda, 29

Apollonius Melon of Alabanda,
author of speech entitled Against
the Caunians, 267; pupil of
Menecles the orator, 281; changed
his abode to Rhodes, 299

Apollonius Mus, fellow-pupil with
Heracleides the physician in time
of Strabo, 243

Apollonius paar author of the
Argonauts, Alexandrian but
called a Rhodian, 281

aenomena,

Arcesilaiis, of the Academy, and
fellow-student of Zeno, 131

Archedemus the Stoic, native of
Tarsus, 347

Archelaus, king of padocia,

received the whole ΟΝ

ceia (from

the hilosopher

(fi. about 450 B.0.), pupil of
Anaxagoras, 245

Archilochus, on the Magnetans, 253

Areius, contemporary of Augustus,
friend of Xenarchus the philosopher,

Archaeanax of Mitylené, reputed
builder of wall round Sigeium, 75
ee oe pears native of Methym-

| Aristarchus (see snes org! A in vol. i),
_ teacher of aeieaienteds 9
seaubaciaiery

of Proconnesus (see
in vol. i), 33; reputed teacher of
“Homer, 219
oe (see Dictionary in vol. v),
ο΄ gays that Anchbialé was founded by,
‘ ete stout of,
Siiitetoclos the’ gr
68 6 grammarian, con-

_ temporary of Strabo, native of
- Rhodes, 281
Aristodemus, son of Menecrates,
Ι teacher of Strabo at Nysa, 263
Ariston the Peripatetic (see footnote
τ΄ 8 on p. 289), 289
Ariston, pupil and heir of Ariston the

Peripatetic, native of Cos, 289
Aristonicus, caused Leucae to revolt

after death of his brother Attalus

Philometor, 247; ended life in

᾿ heer Rome, 249
; ; on the Trojan walls, 1;

teacher of Neleus, 111; tarried at

a Assus, 115; teacher and friend of

ΕΝ Hermeias the tyrant, 117; teacher
of Theophrastus and Phanias, 145

‘ posuere (see Dictionary in vol. ii),

distances between certain

| ἰυδοιμε cities, 159; on the restora-

᾿ tion of temple of Ephesian Artemis,

227; ambassador to Rome, honoured

_ at Ephesus, 233; on certain

) distances in Asia Minor, 307, 809,

311; on cities in the Lycian League,

eris, not Corace-

353;
distances, 359; on the number of
the tribes in Asia Minor, 361
Artemidorus, son of Theopompus the
r of Strabo, native of
{ Cnidus. 283

πὴ ἡ- Nor} grammarian, native

of Tarsus,
Γ Artemis, 29, 207, 221; the Astyrene,
129; Cindyas, 289; Ephesian, 223,

-πΞ

ἃ PARTIAL DICTIONARY OF PROPER NAMES

a Pago 251;

chia, ergaea, 3253
donian, 357

Artemisia, wife of Mausolus the king
of Caria, 283

Asander the Dine: slayer of Pharnaces
and king of the Bosporus, 169

Asclepius, born near Triccé, 249

Assus, 101, 115, 129

Astyra, 45, 129, 1 131

Athena, 81, 88, ἘΝ 215, 277, 325

Athena Lindia, 2

Athenaeus oc ag ” Peripatetie. con-
temporary of Strabo, native of
Seleuceia, 335

Athenais the prophetess (contem-
porary of Alexander), native of
Eryt 243

Athenians, the, voted, but rescinded,
disgraceful decree against the
Mitylenaeans, 145;

Muny-

founders of

Elaea, 159
Athenodorus Oananites (see Dic-
tionary in vol. i), teacher of

Augustus, native of Tarsus, 349;
restored good government at

Tarsus, 351

Athenodorus Oordylion, lived with
Marcus Cato, native of Tarsus, 347

Attalic kings, the, 31, 159, 163

Attalus I, king of Pergamum (reigned
241-197 B.C.), on the Beautiful
Pine, 89; transferred Gergithians
of the Troad to Gergitha, 139; son
of Attalus and Antiochis, 165;
friend of the Romans, 167

Attalus II, Philadelphus, king of
Pergamum (reigned 159-138 B.C.),
deceived in regard to mole at mouth
of Ephesian harbour, 229; settled
the “ Dionysiac artists” in Myon-
nesus, 237; Attaleia named after
him, 323

Attalus III, Philometor, king
Pergamum (reigned 138-133 B.C.),
left the Romans his heirs, 169;
after his death Leucae revolted, 247

Bacchylides, on the source of the
Caicus River, 137

Bellerophon, Palisade of, 191

Bias, one of the Seven Wise Men,
native of Priené, 211

389

A PARTIAL DICTIONARY OF PROPER NAMES

Boethus, bad poet, bad citizen, and
ruler of Tarsus, 349

12)

Caesar Augustus, gave back statue of
Aias to Rhoeteians, 59; appointed
Marcus Pompey procurator of Asia,
145; pupil of Apollodorus, 171;
restored statues to the Heraeum,
215; nullified extension of limits
of refuge at Ephesus, 229; dedi-
cated a painting of Apelles to his
father, 289; friend of Xenarchus
the philosopher, 335

Caesar, Julius, friendly to Ilium, 55,
57; friend to Mithridates of
Pergainum, 169; Trebonius one of
his murderers, 247; sold wealth of
Pythodorus, 257; painting by
Apelles dedicated to him by his son
Augustus, 289

Caicus River, the, 5, 103, 133, 137,
153, 169

ee the prophet, died of grief as

t of contest with Mopsus the

oshisehet 233, 325, 353

interpreter. of Sappho and
Alcaeus, 147

Callimachus (see Dictionary in vol. i),
on Creophilus of Samos, 219; com-
rade of the poet Heracleitus, 285

Callinus the elegiac poet, on the
Teucrians, 95; on the capture of
Sardeis, 179; calls Ephesians
**Smyrnaeans,” 201; on the
Magnetans, 251; on the early
invasion of the Cimmerians, 253;
on the death of Calchas at Clarus,
325

Callisthenes (see Dictionary in vol. v),
on the name “ Adrasteia,” 29;
companion of Alexander, 55; on
the cities united by Mausolus, 119;
on the Arimi, 177; on Sardeis, 179;
on Phrynichus the tragic poet, 209;
had false notions about the Hali-
zones, 369

Cameirus, 275, 279

Canae, 5, 13, 105, 133, 141

Caresené, 87, 89

Carians, the, 117, 119, 197, 199, 215,
225, 263, 293, 301

Cato, Marcus, sent from Rome to seize
Cypros, 385

39°

Cauconians, the 151

Cayster Plain, the, 155, 185
Celaenae, 137

Chares the Lindian, built the Colossus

daries of the Troad, 9;
of Lampsacus, 37

Cheirocrates the architect, completed
the temple of Artemis ‘at Ephesus
and proposed to Alexander to
fashion Mt. Athos in his likeness, 227

Chelidonian Islands, the, 263, 319

Chersiphron, first architect of temple
of Artemis at Ephesus, 225

Chios, founded by Egertius, 201, 243

Chrysa, 93, 121, 123

Chrysippus, successor of Cleanthes as
head of the Stoic school of philoso-

5 teeta aoe ἜΜΕΝ of Soli, 339
i

native

γε λύε, apple Menippus Catocas
above al nanan orators, 299

Cilicia Pedias, 327

Cilicia Tracheia, 811, 313, 325, 327,
337, 375

Cilicians, the, 121, 149, 153, 331

Citium, home of Zeno, 379

Clazomenae, founded by Paralus, 201,
239, 245

Cleanthes of Assus, the Stoic philo-
sopher, successor “of Zeno, 115

Oleides, the, two isles off Oypros, 375,

ἤει τὸν one of the Seven Wise Men,
native of Lindus, 279

Cleopatra, assigned by Antony a part
of Cilicia Tracheia for the building
of her fleets, 331; joined Antony in
conferring queenship upon Aba,
ταν presented Cypros by Antony,

Codrus, king of Athens, 199

Colophon, 199, 203, 233, 235

Colossus of Rhodes, the, 269

Coriscus, Socratic philosopher, 111

Cos, 287

Crates the grammarian, native of
Mallus, 355

eo sons of, tyrants at 'lralleis,

Creophilus of Samos, reputed teacher
of Homer, and Callimachus
called author of the poem entitled
The Capture of Oechalia, 219

ὌΝ, in Strabo’s time),
epigrams in the
ΤΑ native of Mity-

: aye origin of wealth of, 371
promontory, 333, 377,

ἐξ

physician of Artaxerxes and
of works entitled Assyrica

the, frightened Hera, 223;
ial college of, 225

379, 381

king of mea: 35

μέντα: on ὃν geographical position
pool Ἧς Athenian, founder of

Damasus νοβ βοίδνβα the orator, native
of Tralleis, 257
“poe enaiegy the grammarian, reputed to
have been crucified because he
reviled the kings in a distich, 249

99
Dardaniang, the, 19, 101
‘Dareius, father of Xerxes, burned the
cities on the Propontis, 43; gave
ar the tyranny over Samos,

Dele, great slave market, 329
Demetrius Lacon, pupil of the
Epicurean Protarch us,

Demetrius, son of eps, ΚΆΜΝΕΙ by
Attalus to defeat Alexander the son
of Antiochus, 169

Demetrius of Scepsis (see Dictionary
in vol. i), visited lium, 53; on
territory subject to Hector, 65;
on spurs of Mt. Ida, 67; cites
Hestiaea of Alexandreia, 73; calls

_ Timaeus a falsifier 77; on Mt. Ida,
85; on the Rhesus River, 87; his
commentary on the Catalogue of the

A PARTIAL DICTIONARY OF PROPER NAMES

Trojans, 91; on Antandrus, 101;
on Scepsis, 105; author of The
Marshalling of the Trojan Forces,
113; calls the Gargarians semi-
barbarians, 117; on the Arimi, 177;
on the Asioneis, 179; borrowed
stories from Callisthenes, 369

Diodorus the dialectician, nicknamed
eda contemporary ‘of Ptolemy
Soter, 291

Diodorus the general (see footnote 2
on p. 129), 129

Diodorus the grammarian, native of
Tarsus, 351

Diodorus the younger, of Sardeis,
friend of Strabo, and author of
poems and historical treatises, 181

Diodoruses, the; two orators, both
natives of Sardeis, 179, 181

Diodotus Tryphon, caused Syria to
revolt, but was forced by Antiochus
= son of Demetrius to kill himself,

Diogenes the poet and itinerant
philosopher, native of Tarsus, 351
Dionysides the tragic poet, native of
Tarsus, 353

Dionysius the historian and rhetori-
cian, contemporary of Strabo,
native of Halicarnassus, 285

Dionysius Thrax, Alexandrian but
called Rhodian, 281

Dionysocles the orator, native of
Tralleis, 257

Dionysus, Games in honour of, 237

Dionysus Pyrigenes, 183

Diophanes the rhetorician, native of
Mitylené, 143

Diotrephes of Antiocheia, teacher of
Hybreas of Mylasa, 295

Diotrephes the sophist, native of
Antiocheia on the Maeander, 191

Dolabella, captured at Smyrna, and
slew, Trebonius, one of the mur-
derers of Caesar, 247

Dometius Abenobarbus (see Dictionary
in vol. ii), opponent and slayer of
Menodarus, 257

Egertius, founder of Chios, 201

Elaea, 105, 133, 159

Elaeussa, the island, royal residence of
Archelaus, 267, 337

391

A PARTIAL DICTIONARY OF PROPER NAMES

Elaitic Gulf, the, 5, 103, 133
ἐμ τε μῶν 155, 199, ’201, '205, 221, 225,

ie (see Dictionary in vol. i), on
the extent of Aeolis, 9; on the name
* Aeolis,” 79; native of Cymé, 161;
object of ridicule, 163; on the
founding of Miletus, 205; on the
number of tribes in Asia Minor, 361,
363; does not name Cappadocia,
365; on Homer’s Trojan allies, 369

Epicurus the philosopher, i in a sense a
Lam

psacenian, e an
ephebus at Athens, 19
Erastus, Socratic philosopher, 111
Eratosthenes (see Dictionary in vol. i),
wrong on the geographical position
of Cypros, 38; on certain distances
in Asia Minor, 311
Erythrae, founded by Cnopus the son
of Codrus, 201, 239, 241
Eudemus the philosopher, native of
Rhodes, 279
Eudoxus of Cnidus (see Dictionary in
vol. i), on places on the Propontis,
9; mathematician and comrade of
Plato, 283
Eumenes I, brother of Lysimachus and
king of Pergamum, 165
Eumenes II, king of Pergamum, 165;
received Telmessus from the Romans
but later was forced to give it back
to the Lycians, 317
Eumenes of Cardia (see Dictionary in
vol. v), removed Macedonian trea-
sures from Cyinda, 343
Euripides, on Augé the mother of
Telephus, 135; on Marsyas, 137;
pil of Anaxagoras, 245; quoted
ry Athenaeus, 335
Euthydemus, orator and statesman,
contemporary of Strabo, native of
Mylasa, 295

Fimbria, Roman quaestor, destroyer
of Llium, 55

Gargara, 103, 117

Glaucias, the tyrant, refugee to
Sidené, 83

Granicus River, the, 5, 7, 27, 85

392

Halicarnassus, 119, 209, 283, 285
Halizones, the, 365, 369
Hamaxiane 93, 95, ‘97, 101 By
ecataeus see Dictionary in v
Miletus, 2073.

native on the

mountain of the Phtheires, 209;

native of Teos, 239

Heca king
father of three sons and two
daughters, 285, 295
Beene 19, Pores 151, 153
ylus e elegiac poet, con-
temporary of Oallimachus, 379

the visit of the

saa τιν ate native of 253
πριν κοῦ, 866 rir ger ea, of Magnesia, 255

speaks to gratify the Ilians, ast

calls Assus an er city, 117;

native of Lesbos, 14

Erythrae,
Heracleides of Pontus (see Dictionary
in vol. i), on the temple of Apollo, 95
Heracleitus the poet, comrade of
Callimachus, native of MHalicar-

yrant of Assus and
Atarneus, 115, 131

Hermocreon, builder of altar at
Parium, 29

Hermodorus, called by Heracleitus
** the most useful man of Ephesus,’
and reputed to have written certain
laws for the Romans, 231

Hermus River, the, 5, 13, 159, 173, 197

Herodotus, on the priestess of Athena
at Pedasus, 119; on Arion of
Methymna, 145; on certain rivers
near Sardeis, 173; on the tomb of
Alyattes, 177, 179;
Halicarnassus,

283;
phylians, 325
Herostratus, an Ephesian who in 356
B.c. set on fire the temple of
Artemis at Ephesus to immortalise
H ge a ot of the god Priap
esi ew D us,
29; native of Oymé, 161; on the

‘A PARTIAL DICTIONARY OF PROPER NAMES

gee Calchas and
Mopsus, ole ays that Amphilo-
Begg Apollo at Soli,
"$85; ‘Gn the origin the Asiatic
Hestiaea of dreia, author of a
work on Homer’s /liad, 73
ees.) Fane Hece-
married his younger sister

285
le
the orator, native of
da, 299

the philosopher, native
of Rhodes, ha

_ Hippocrates
4 Reet Gun, 289
Ξιρνοθβα (868 Pictionary in vol. iv),
ort h 201; iy
tel to esus, on
Bias of Priené, 211; native of

; Boo 11. 16, 23, 49, 71, 81, 99,
q 105, 109, 117, 121, 135, 137, 153,
161, 175, 179, 219, 237, 243, 247,
273, 301, 321,
pies, orator,

temporary of

, 81
Ilium, territory of, 45; founded by
Tus, 49, 53, 55, 67, 81, 153
Ion the tragic poet, native of Chios,

Labienus, — seized Mylasa, 297

Larisa, 153, 1
Loctara, 5, 1 ὮΙ 13, 97, 101
the, 17, ut ἦτ, 19, 121, 149,

“ih fae thee 167 225.

Lesbocles, ate. 4“ Mitylené, 148

Lesbos, 7, 139,

Leto,the mother vot A pois and Artemis
223, 265, 267

Lindus, 275, 279

Lycia, 265, 311

Lycians, the, 19, 179
Lycian League, the, 313, 315

Lycurgus the orator, on the rasing of
Tlium, 83

ρον, the, 181
Lyrnessus, 17, 105, 107, 121, 323

Lysimachus (see Dictionary in vol. v,
and footnote 3 on p. 203 of vol. iii),
devoted especial attention to Ilium
and Alexandreia, 53; permitted
Scepsians to return home from
Alexandreia, 65; founder of the
Asclepieium, 89; king of Pergamum,
163, 165; built wall round Ephesus,
225; builder of the new Smyrna,
245; ridiculed in distich composed
by Daphitas, 251

Maeander River, the, 185, 211, 249
Magnesia, 159
Magnesia on the Maeander, 249

Mallus, 353, 355

Manius Aquillius the consul (129 me
personally @ province in
Asia Minor, 249

Marcus Perpernas, made campaign
against Aristonicus and captured
him alive, 249

Mausolus, king of Caria, 119; tomb
of, 283; married his elder sister
Artemisia, 285

Malenchrus, tyrant of Mitylené, 143

Memnon of Rhodes, served Persians
as general, 117

Menander (see Dictionary in vol. v),
says ‘‘it (Samos) produces even
bird’s milk,” 217; became an
ephebus at Athens, 219

Menecles the orator, teacher of
Apollonius Malacus and Apollonius
Molon, 281; native of Alabanda, 299

Menecrates, pupil of Aristarchus,
native of Nysa, 263

Menecrates of Elaea (see Dictionary in
vol. v), author of On the Founding of
Cities, on the Pelasgians, 157

Menippus Catocas, the Asiatic orator,

393

A PARTIAL DICTIONARY OF PROPER NAMES

applauded by Cicero and native of
Stratoniceia, 299

Menodorus, contemporary of Strabo.
scholar and priest, 257

Mesogis, Mt., 213, 255, 257

Methymna, 139, 141, 145

Metrodorus of Lampsacus, comrade of
Epicurus, 37

Metrodorus of Scepsis, philosopher,
statesman, and rhetorician, 113

Midas, origin of wealth of, 371

Miletus, founded by Neleus of Pylus,
199, 209, 211

Milyas, destroyed by Alexander, 321

Mimnermus, says that Colophon was
founded by Andraemon of Pylus,
199; on Colophon, 203; native of
Colophon, 235

Minos the king, 301

Mithridates Eupator (the Great),
friend to Metrodorus, 113; the
king, 181; extended limits of
refuge at Ephesus, 229

Mithridates of a friend of
Julius Caesar, 169

Mitylené, 141

Mopsus the prophet, victor over
Calchas in contest, 233; led
peoples over the Taurus, 325, 353;
PP of, near Magarsa, 355

pre ended tyranny at Cibyra, 193;

ay of Athenaeus the Peripatetic
(contemporary of Strabo), and
captured because of plot against
Augustus, 335

Mylasa, 291, 293, 295, 299

Myrina, 159, 163

Myron (fi. about 430 B.C. ), one of the
greatest Greek sculptors, 213

Mpyrsilus, the historian, of Methymna,
on the founders of Assus, 117

rain, 1 tyrant of Mitylené, 143

Mysia, 181

Meta? founded by Cydrelus, 199, 211

Neleus, Socratic philosopher, pupil of
Aristotle and Theophrastus, and
heir to libraries of Aristotle and
Theophrastus, 111

Neocles the schoolmaster, father of
annie Ἢ sent by Athenians to
Samos, 2

ΜΑΝΤΙΚῊ ὡς the glossographer of

394

ine (see footnote 1 on p. 36),

Nestor the Academician, teacher of
Marcellus the nephew of Augustus,
native of Tarsus and successor of
Athenodorus as ruler there, 351

Nestor, the Stoic, native of Tarsus, 347

Nicias, contemporary of
tyrant over the Coans, 289

Nicomedes the Bithynian, helped to
overcome Aristonicus (131 B.C.), 247

Pamphylia, 311

Panaetius the philosopher, native of
Rhodes, 279; reputed to have been
a pupil of Orates of Mallus, 355

Paris, tomb of, 65

Parrhasius the painter, native of
Ephesus, 231

Peiraeus, the, torn down by Sulla, 275

Peisander the poet, author of the
Heracleia and native of Rhodes, 281

Pelasgians, the, 153, 155, 157, 301

Re of the Rhodians, the, 263, 265,

Pergamum, library of, 111, 163

Pericles, statesman and general,
subdued Samos (440 B.c.), 219

Phanias the Peripatetic, native of
Eressus, 145

Pherecydes Leros (see Dictionary in
vol. v), on the Ionian seaboard, 197;
on the contest between Calchas and

Philemon the comic poet, native of
Soli, 341

Philetas, the poet and critic, native of
Cos, 289

Philip, author of The Carica, on the
Carian language, 303

Philotas of Thebes, coloniser of Priené,
199, 211; leader of Alexander's

Phocaea, 5, 201
Phoenix, Mt., 265

23
Phrynon, Olympian
Athenian general, 77
Pinarus River, the; scene of the
struggle between Alexander and
Dareius, 355

victor, 753

᾿
‘
͵

ον PRI" τος τες

the musician, 235;
on the Homeridae of Chios, 245;
says that gold rained on Rhodes, 277

Pittacus of Mitylené, one of the Seven

Wise Men, 77; born at Mitylené,
141; one of the tyrants, 143
third son of king Heca-

τς tomnos of Caria, 285
_ Plato, on the stages of civilisation, 47;

teacher of Hermeias the tyrant, 117

_ Plutiades the itinerant philosopher,
native of Tarsus, 351

of
the, near Acharaca, 259;
at Hierapolis, 187
pent alge te of Zeno and

522 B. t
Pelyerates changed B.C.), tyran

Polymedium, 101, 139
mentioned by Pindar as
a famous musician and as a native

315; 315; friend
of 4

Pompey, Marcus, the son of Theo-
phanes of Mitylené, appointed
of Asia by Augustus, 145
Poseidon, 81, 213; the Heliconian, 221
lpr (see Dictionary in vol. Σ
brick-making in Iberia, 133
athinian at Rhodes, 279
Potamon the rhetorician, native of
Mitylené, 143
Praxander the Laconian, founder of
Lapathus, 377
Praxiphanes, native of Rhodes, 279
Praxiteles the great sculptor, works of
in the temple of Artemis at Ephesus,

229
Priam, the sway of, 13, 17, 63, 81, 107,

Priené, 199, 211

Procles, founder of Samos, 201

Proconnesus, Old pase New, 33

Propontis, the, 3

Protarchus the fricercan: native of
oe and teacher of Demetrius

Protesilius, 5. temple cara 61
Lalysus
and his ae at Rhodes, 269

A PARTIAL DICTIONARY OF PROPER NAMES
Pindar, on the Pithecussae, 177; on
Polymnastus

Ptolemy, the last that reigned and
uncle of Oleopatra, ruined by
Publius Claudius Pulcher, 385

Ptolemy Philadelphus, repaired Pat-
pe and called it Lycian Arsinoé,

Publius Crassus, made campaign
against Aristonicus, 249

Pulcher, Publius Claudius, ruined
Ptolemy the uncle of Cleopatra, 385

eg commander of the Lesbians,

Pyrrha, 141, 145, 211

Pythodoris, queen of the Pontus,
daughter of Pythodorus the
* Asiarch,” 257

Pythodorus, native of Nysa, “" Asi-
arch ” at Tralleis, friend of Pompey,
extremely wealthy, and father of
Queen Pythodoris, 257

Rhodes, 269, 273, 275
Rhoeteium, 59, 67, 83, 85

Samos, founded by Tembrion and
Procles, 201, 213, 215

Sappho, on the promontory called
Aega, 135; native of Mitylené, 143;
interpreted by Callias, 147

Sardeis, 171, 173, 177

per ee River, the, 65, 67, 73, 85,

Scepsis, 85, 101, 105, 109

Scipio Aemilianus, sent by Romans to
inspect Cilicia, 329

Scopas the great sculptor, maker of
image of Apollo, 95; maker of work
containing statues of Leto and
Ortygia (the nurse) with a child in
each arm of the latter 223

Scylax of Caryanda (see Dictionary in
vol. v), the boundaries of the
Troad, 8; born at Caryanda, 289

Seleuceia, 333, 335, 337

Seleuceia-in-Pieria, first Syrian city
after Cilicia, 357

Seleucus Nicator, overthrew Lysi-
machus and was slain by Ptolem
Ceraunus 165; incompetent heredi.

succession of, 329
us Isauricus, demolished Isaura

395

A PARTIAL DICTIONARY OF PROPER NAMES

@ 5B.C.), ood. ; captured Olympus,
fortress of Zenicetus the pirate, % tap.
Sestus, 5, 41, 43
Sibylla the’ prophetess, native of
Erythrae, 241

Sigeium, 61, 67, 73, 75, 79, 85
tory of Lesbos, 139,

tive of Cos, 289
Simus the melic poet, corrupter of the
traditional style, 253
Simmias the grammarian (fl. about
300 B.0.), native of Rhodes, 281
Sipylus, ruler of eee pi 159
a a, 201, 20
Soll Poinpetopali ἃ 316, 339, 355

Sophocles ’ the orien poet, on on the
unity of Antenor’s home, 107;
ericles to subdue Samos,

219;

on the contest between
Calchas and —— 235, 353

Sostratus, grammarian and teacher of
Pompey the Great, 263

Stratocles the philosopher, native of
Rhodes, 279

Stratoniceia, 297, 299

Stratonicus the citharist, on
— ; on the paleness of tie Osunlean

Sulla, overthrew Fimbria and came to
agreement with Mithridates, 55, 59;
carried off Apellicon’s library to
Rome, 113; tore down the Peiraeus,
275

Syloson, brother and assistant of his
brother Polycrates the tyrant of
Samos, 217; later became tyrant of
of Samos by gift of Dareius, 219

Syrians, the, 177

Tamassus in Cypros, site of copper
mines, 383
visa ti μὰ πές. chat of wealth of, 369

Tarcon named by the Romans
king of Mt. ray σαττοῖ 355
Tarsus, 343, 345,

396

ae — at first by Athamas,

Teuthras, | of the Oilicians and
Mysians, 1

Terpander the τόμους ταν artist, 147

Thales, one of the Seven Wise Men,
native of Miletus, 207

— 121, a 149, 323

emistocles ; his wife, or iter, a
oe in temple of Din Ae cml
Theocritus the sophist, native of
Chios, 243
Theophanes the historian, of Mitvlené,
contem of 143

Theophrastus, teacher of Neleus, 111;
native of Eressus, 145

Theopompus (see Dictionary in vol. i),
on Sestus, 45; on Mt. Mesogis, 185;
native of Chios, 243

eopompus, contemporary
Strabo, friend of wes oad
native of Cnidus, 28

, Sculptor of “re of Hecaié
and other works at temple of

Artemis at Ephesus, 229
Thucydides, on the seizure of by
the Athenians, 79; on the

** barbarians,” 301,
esi Pte 247

on the size of the
largest of the Lrwutntnts Isles, 277
Timosthenes (see Dictionary in vol. i),
on islands between Asia and Lesbos,

147

Tmolus, Mt., 173, 183

Tralleis, 255

Trebonius, one of the murderers of
Caesar, slain by Dolabella at Smyrna,

Treres, the, 179, 251

Troad, the, 3, 7, 21, 77

Trojan Plain, the, 65, 67

Trojans, ἊΝ sway and dynasties of,

5, 19, 149
Troy, 7, 9, 15
Typhon the giant, 177, 183
nion the

a of Apellicon’s ταν. at
Rome, 113

u the consul, in
mand against Mithridates” 5S was

x
‘ h est city in Lycia, 317
x theta, ancient historian,
f ‘iL 183; on the Phrygians, 371,
the Peripatetic, con-
Strabo and friend of
orator, compared Ὁ.
with Menippus Catocas, 131,
Roa coplao ge yop (396-314
5 ΟΣ, δὲ the oourt οἱ Hermeias the
_ tyrant, 117

ophar tyrant of Olbé and

Aba, 343

A PARTIAL DICTIONARY OF PROPER NAMES

— hanes the natural philosopher,
native of Colophon, 235

Xerxes, gave Lam to Themi-

Apollo, 205; gave Myus, Magnesia,
and Lampsacus to Themistocles, 211

Zeleia, 11, 19, 25
Zenicetus the pirate, burnt himself up
with his whole house, 339
Zeno the Stoic (see Dictionary in vol. i),
native of Citium, 115, 379
Zeus, 215, a7, 343; Atabyrius, ave
7

Carian, 93; :
Lambrandenus, 293; Osogo, 293;
Stratius, 293

Zonas, one of the two Diodoruses,
native of πίων ees pleader of the
cause of Asia, 18

397

μ΄ ὃ
ἊΣ

ἊΝ

ραν"

THE LOEB CLASSICAL
| LIBRARY

VOLUMES ALREADY PUBLISHED

Latin Authors

Ammianus Marcettinus. Translated by J.C. Rolfe. 3 Vols.

Aputeius: THE Gotpen Ass (ΜΕΤΑΜΟΠΡΗΟΒΕΒ). W. Adling-
] ton (1566). Revised by S. Gaselee.

$7. Αὐσύϑτινε: Crty or Gop. 7 Vols. Vol. I. G. H.
McCracken. Vol. VI. W. C. Greene.

Sr. AucusTINE, CoNFEssSIONS oF. W. Watts (1631). 2 Vols.
_ §$r. Aueustine, Sevect Lerrers. J. H. Baxter.

Avsonius. H.G. Evelyn White. 2 Vols.

ΒΕΡΕ. J.E. King. 2 Vols.

Borruius: Tracts and Dr CONSOLATIONE PHILOSOPHIAE,
Rev. Η. F. Stewart and ἘΣ. K. Rand.

Papen: ALEXANDRIAN, AFRICAN and SpANiIsH Wars. A. 6.
ay.

CaEsar: Civiz Wars. A. G. Peskett.

Carsar: Gattic War. H. J. Edwards.

Cato: Dr Re Rustica; Varro: Dr Re Rustica. H. B. Ash
and W. D. Hooper.

Catuttus. F. W. Cornish; Trsuttus. J.B. Postgate; PrEr-
VIGILIUM VENERIS. J. W. Mackail.

Cretsus: De Mepicina. W.G.Spencer. 3 Vols.

Ciczrro: Brutus, and Oraror. G. L. Hendrickson and H. M.
Hubbell.

(Ciczro]: AD Hrrennium. H. Caplan.

Ciczrro: Dr Orarore, ete. 2 Vols. Vol. I. DE Onators,

᾿ς Books I. and 11. Εἰ. W. Sutton and H. Rackham. Vol. 11.
De Oratore, Book III. De Fato; Paradoxa Stoicorum;
De Partitione Oratoria. H. Rackham.

Cicero: Dg Fintsus. H. Rackham.

Cicrro: Dz INvENTIONE, etc. H. M. Hubbell.

Ciczrro: Dr Natura Deorvum and Acapemica. H. Rackham.
Cicrro: Dz Orricius. Walter Miller.

Ciczro: Dz Rerusrica and Dz Lrecisus; Somnium ΒΟΙΡΙΟΝΊΒ.
Clinton W. Keyes.

Cicero: Dr ΒΈΝΕΟΤΟΤΕ, De Amicirta, Dz ὈΙΨΙΝΑΤΙΟΝΕ.
W. A. Falconer.

Cicero: In Catrrrnam, Pro Fracco, Pro Murena, Pro Suita.
Louis E. Lord.

Cicero: LEetrers Tro Atticus. E.O.Winstedt. 3 Vols.

— Lerrers TO His Frrenps. W. Glynn Williams. 3
ols.

Cicero: Puinierics. W.C. A. Ker.

Cicero: Pro ArcuiA Post Repirum, Dr Domo, De Harus-
Picum Responsis, Pro Puancio. N. H. Watts.

Ciczero: Pro Carctna, Pro Lece Maniiia, Pro CLueEnttio,
Rasreio. H, Grose Hodge.

Cicero: Pro Cartio, De Provinciis CoONSULARIBUS, PRO
Batso. R. Gardner.

Cicero: Pro Mitons, In Pisonem, Pro Scauro, Pro ΕὌΝΤΕΙΟ,
Pro Rasrrio Postumo, Pro Marcetto, Pro Licario, Pro
Reece Deroraro. N. H. Watts.

Cicero: Pro Quinctio, Pro Roscio AmERINO, Pro Rosocio
Comorpo, Contra Ruttum. J. H. Freese.

Cicero: Pro ΞΈΒΤΙΟ, ἵν Vatintum. R. Gardner.

CicERO: TuscuLan Dispurations. J. E. King.

CicrRO: VERRINE Orations. L. H. G. Greenwood. 2 Vols.
CraupIAN. M. Platnauer. 2 Vols.

CotumMELLA: Dre Re Rustica. Dr Arsorisus. H. B. Ash,
ἘΣ. 8. Forster and E. Heffner. 3 Vols.

Curtius, Q.: History or ALEXANDER. J.C. Rolfe. 2 Vols.
Fuorvus. E.S. Forster; and Cornettus Nepos. J.C. Rolfe.

Frontinvus: SrraTaGEeMs and AquEepuocts. C. E. Bennett and
M. B. McElwain.

Fronto: CORRESPONDENCE. C.R. Haines. 2 Vols.

Getuivus, J.C. Rolfe. 3 Vols.

Horace: Oprs and Eroprs. C. E. Bennett.

Horace: Sattres, Episttes, Ars Portioa. H. R. Fairclough.
JEROME: SELECTED Lerrers. Εἰ. A. Wright.
JUVENAL and Persius. G. G. Ramsay.

Livy. B. O. Foster, F. G. Moore, Evan T. Sage, and A. C.
Schlesinger and R. M, Geer (General Index). 14 Vols.

Lucan. J.D. Duff.
Lucretius. W. Η. D. Rouse.
ΜΆΒΤΙΑΙ. W.C.A. Ker. 2 Vols.

Minor Latin Poets: from Pustimivus Syrvus τὸ Rovtitius
NaMATIANUs, including GrattTius, CALPURNTUs SICULUS,
NEMESIANUsS, AVIANUS, and others with “ Aetna” and the
* Phoenix.” J. Wight Duff and Arnold M. Duff.

Ovip: THE Art or LOvE and OrHER Porms. J. H. Mozley.

eee ae ae ee eee mv

ἱ
ἔ
'
4
;

Ovip: Fastt. Sir James G. Frazer.

Ovm: Herorpges and Amorges. Grant Showerman.

Ovip: MreramorpnHoses. F. J. Miller. 2 Vols.

Ovip: Trist1a and Ex Ponto. A. L. Wheeler.

Prersius. Cf. JUVENAL.

PETRONIvs. M. Heseltine; SeNEcA: APOCOLOCYNTOsIS.
W.H. ἢ. Rouse.

Prautrus. Paul Nixon. 65 Vols.

Pury: Lerrers. Melmoth’s Translation revised by W. M. L.
Hutchinson. 2 Vols.

Puy: Naturat History. H. Rackham and W. H. 5. Jones.
10 Vols. Vols. 1.-—V. and IX. H. Rackham. Vols. VI. and
VII. W.H.S. Jones.

Propertivus. H. Εἰ. Butler.

PrupeEentivus. H.J. Thomson. 2 Vols.

Quintiuran. H.E. Butler. 4 Vols.

Rematns or ΟἿ Latin. E.H. Warmington. 4 Vols. Vol. I.
(Enntus anp Caercritus.) Vol. Il. (Livius, Nazvius,
Pacuvius, Acctus.) Vol. III. (Lucrirus and Laws or XII
TABLES.) (ARCHAIC INSCRIPTIONS.)

Sattust. J.C. Rolfe.

Scrrerores HistoriaE AuacustaE. Ὁ. Magie. 3 Vols.

Seneca: ApocotocynTosis. Cf. PETRONIUs.

SeNEcA: EpistutaEr Moraes. R.M.Gummere. 3 Vols.

Seneca: Morat Essays. J. W. Basore. 3 Vols.

SenecA: TRAGEDIES. F.J. Miller. 2 Vols.

Sipontus: Poems and Letters. W.B. Anderson. 2 Vols.

Smrus Irauicus. J.D. Duff. 2 Vols.

Sratius. J.H.Mozley. 2 Vols.

Suetonius. J.C. Rolfe. 2 Vols.

Tacitus: Dratocurs. Sir Wm. Peterson. AGrRiIcoLA and
GERMANIA. Maurice Hutton.

ἰω το Histories AND AnNaAts. C.H. Moore δηᾶ J. Jackson.

ols.

ΤΈΒΕΝΟΒ. John Sargeaunt. 2 Vols.

TERTULLIAN: ApoLoatA and De Sprectracuuis. T. R. Glover.
Mrinvervus Fewtrx. G. H. Rendall.

Vaterius Fraccus. J. H. Mozley.

Varro: De Lineva Lata. R.G. Kent. 2 Vols.

VELLEIUs Patercutus and Res GestaE Divi Aveusti. F. W.
Shipley.

Virreru. H.R. Fairclough. 2 Vols.

Virrvuvius: De ArcHITECTURA. F.Granger. 2 Vols.

Greek Authors

AcuitLes Tatius. S. Gasclee.
AELIAN: ON THE NaturRE ΟΕ Antmats. A. F. Scholfield. 3
Vols.

AgENEAS Tacticus, AScLEPIODOTUS and ONASANDER. ‘The
Illinios Greek Club.

AEscCHINES. Οὐ. Ὁ. Adams.
AgescHyLus. H. Weir Smyth. 2 Vols.

ALCIPHRON, AELIAN, Purmostratus: Lerrers. A. R. Benner
and F. H. Fobes.

ANDOcIDEs, ANTIPHON, Cf. Minor Artric ORATORS.

APOLLODORUS. Sir James G. Frazer. 2 Vols.

APOLLONIUsS Ruoptus. R. C. Seaton.

THe ApostoLic FatHErRs. Kirsopp Lake. 2 Vols.

ἌΡΡΙΑΝ: RomMAN History. Horace White. 4 Vols.

Aratus. Cf. CALLIMACHUS.

ARISTOPHANES. Benjamin Bickley Rogers. 3 Vols. Verse
trans.

ARISTOTLE: ArT OF RueEToric. J. H. Freese.

ARISTOTLE: ATHENIAN CONSTITUTION, EupEMIAN ETHICs,
VIcEs AND VirtuEs. H. Rackham.

ARISTOTLE: GENERATION OF AnIMALS. A. L. Peck.

ARISTOTLE: MretApuysics. H. Tredennick. 2 Vols.

ARISTOTLE: MrerEerontocica. H. D. P. Lee.

ARISTOTLE: Mrnor Works. W. 5. Hett. On Colours, On
Things Heard, On Physiognomies, On Plants, On Marvellous
Things Heard, Mechanical Problems, On Indivisible Lines,
On Situations and Names of Winds, On Melissus, Xenophanes,
and Gorgias.

ARISTOTLE: NICOMACHEAN Eruics. H. Rackham.

ARISTOTLE: OxrcONomIcCA and Magna Moraria. G. C. Arm-
strong; (with Metaphysics, Vol. II.).

ARISTOTLE: ON THE HEAVENS. W. K. C. Guthrie.

ARISTOTLE: ON THE Sout. Parva NATURALIA. ON BREATH.
W.S. Hett.

ARISTOTLE: OrGANON—Categories, On Interpretation, Prior
Analytics. H. P. Cooke and H. Tredennick.

ARISTOTLE: OrGANON—Posterior Analytics, Topics. H. Tre-
dennick and E. 5. Foster.

ARISTOTLE: ORGANON—On Sophistical Refutations.

On Coming to be and Passing Away, On the Cosmos. E.'S.
Forster and D. J. Furley.

ARISTOTLE: Parts oF Animats. A. L. Peck; Morion anp

PROGRESSION OF ANIMALS. Εἰ. 5. Forster.

i gl Puysics. Rev. P. Wicksteed and F. M. Cornford.
ols.

_ Aristorte: Poxrrics and Lonainus. W. Hamilton Fyfe;

Demetrius ΟΝ Styte. W. Rhys Roberts.

ArIsToTLE: Porirics. H. Rackham.

ARISTOTLE: Prosptems. W.S. Hett. 2 Vols.

ARISTOTLE: RuHETORICA AD ALEXANDRUM (with ProsLems,
Vol. 11.).. H. Rackham.

ARRIAN: History oF ALEXANDER and Inpica. Rev. E. Iliffe
Robson. 2 Vols.

ATHENAEUS: DEIPNOSOPHISTAE. C. B. Gulick. 7 Vols.

ἢ Sr. Bast: Letrers. R. J. Deferrari. 4 Vols.

Cautrmacuus: Fragments. C. A. Trypanis.

CaLLImactus, Hymns and Spresaine. and LycopHron. A. W.
; Aratus. 6. Β. Mair

q Οὐ δοῦν of ALEXANDRIA. Ree: G. W. Butterworth.

CottutHus. Cf. OPPIAN.

Darunis AND Cutox. Thornley’s Translation revised by
J. M. Edmonds; and Partuentvus. S. Gaselee.

DEMOSTHENES I.: OLYNTHTACS, PHiInIppics and Minor Ora-
ΠΊΟΝΘΒ. I—XVII. anp XX. J. H. Vince.

DEMOSTHENES 11.: DE Corona and Dr Fatsa LEGATIONE.
C. A. Vince and J. H. Vince.

DemosTHENES III.: ΜΈΙΡΙΑΒ, ANDROTION, ARISTOCRATES,
TIMOCRATES and ARISTOGEITON, I. AnD II. J. H. Vince.

DEMOSTHENES IV.-VI.: Private ORATIONS and IN NEAERAM.
A. T. Murray.

DEMOSTHENES VII.: FuNERAL SPEECH, Erotic Essay, ExorDia
and Lerrers. N. W. and N. J. DeWitt.

Dro Casstus: Roman History. E. Cary. 9 Vols.
Dio Curysostom. J.W.Cohoon and H. Lamar Crosby. 5 Vols.

Dioporvs Sicutvus. 12 Vols. Vols. I-VI. C. H. Oldfather.
Vol. VII. C. L. Sherman, Vols. IX. and X. R. M. Geer.
Vol. XI. F. Walton.

Drocenss LaEritius. R.D. Hicks. 2 Vols.

Dionysius or Haticarnassus: Roman Antiquities. Spel-
_ man’s translation revised by E. Cary. 7 Vols.

Epicrerus. W. A. Oldfather. 2 Vols.
Evurripes. A.S. Way. 4 Vols. Verse trans.

Evsesius: Ecctxstastican History. Kirsopp Lake and
J.E.L. Oulton. 2 Vols.

GALEN: On THE Naturat Facurtizes. A. J. Brock.
Tue Greek ANTHOLOGY. W.R. Paton. 5 Vols.

Greex Exzcy anp JamsBus with the ANAcREONTEA. J. Μ,
Edmonds. 2 Vols.

THE GREEK BucoLtic Porrs (THEOcRITUs, Bron, Moscuvs).
J. M. Edmonds.

GREEK MATHEMATICAL Works. Ivor Thomas. 2 Vols.
Heropes. Cf. THEOPHRASTUS: CHARACTERS.
Heropotus. A. D.Godley. 4 Vols.

HEsI0D AND THE Homeric Hymns. Η. G. Evelyn White.

HrprocraTeEs and the FRAGMENTs OF HERACLEITUS. W.H.S.
Jones and E,. T. Withington. 4 Vols.

Homer: Iniap, A.T. Murray. 2 Vols.

HomER: Opyssry. A. T. Murray. 2 Vols.

Isazrus. E. W. Forster.

IsocraTEs. George Norlin and LaRue Van Hook. 3 Vols.

Sr. Jonn DAMASCENE: BARLAAM AND IOASAPH. Rev. 6. R.
Woodward and Harold Mattingly.

JosEepHus. H. St. J. Thackeray and Ralph Marcus. 9 Vols.
Vols. I.-VII.

JuLt1aAn. Wilmer Cave Wright. 3 Vols.

Lucran. 8 Vols. Vols. 1.--. A.M. Harmon. Vol. VI. K.
Kilburn.

LycopHron. Cf. CALLIMACHUS.
Lyra GrAEcA. J.M. Edmonds. 3 Vols.
Lystas. W.R. M. Lamb.

ManetrHo. W. G. Waddell: Protemy: Trrrasrptos. Εἰ, E.
Robbins.

Marcus AureEttus. C. R. Haines.
MENANDER. F. G. Allinson.
Mryor Artic Orators (ANTIPHON, ANDOCIDEs, LycuRGUs,

DeMapDEs, Dinarcuus, Hyprererpes). K. J. Maidment and
J. O. Burrt. 2 Vols.

Nonnos: Dionysiaca. W.H.D. Rouse. 3 Vols.

Oppian, CottutHus, TryPHIODORUS. A. W. Mair.

Papyri. Non-Lirerary Sexections. A. §. Hunt and C. C
Edgar. 2 Vols. Lirrrary SEtEections (Poetry). D. L.
Page.

ParTHENIvs. Cf. DAPHNIS AND CHLOE.

PAUSANIAS: DESCRIPTION OF GREECE. W. H. 5. Jones. 4
Vols. and Companion Vol. arranged by R. E. Wycherley.
Puio. 10 Vols. Vols. 1.--.; F. H. Colson and Rey. G. H.

Whitaker. Vols. VI.-IX.; F. H. Colson.

Puito: two supplementary Vols. (Translation only.) Ralph
Marcus.

PHILOSTRATUS: THE LIFE OF APOLLONIUS OF TYANA. F. C.
Conybeare. 4 Vols.

PHILOSTRATUS: IMAGINES; CALLISTRATUS: Descriprions. A.
Fairbanks.

theatre and Eunapius: Lives or THE Sopuists. Wilmer
Cave Wright.

Pryvar. Sir J. E. Sandys.

_ Prato: CHARMIDEs, ALCIBIADESs, Hipparcnus, Tuc Lovers,
_ ‘THraGces, ΜΙΝΟΒ and Errtnomis. W. R. M. Lamb.

Prato: Cratytus, PARMENIDEs, GREATER Hippias, LESSER
Hrepras. H. N. Fowler.

Prato: Eurnuypxro, Apotoay, Criro, PHAEDO, PHAEDRUs.
H. N. Fowler.

ren LacuEes, Proracoras, MENO, EurnHypEemMus. W.R. M.

Prato: Laws. Rev. R.G. Bury. 2 Vols.

Prato: Lysis, Symposium, Goretas. W. R. M. Lamb.
Prato: Repustic. Paul Shorey. 2 Vols.

bo gia el Parmesus. H.N.Fowler; Ion. W.R.M.

Puato: THEAETETUS and Sopuist. H. N. Fowler.

Prato: Trmaervs, Crittas, CuiropHo, MENEXENUS, EPISTULAE.
Rev. R. G. Bury.

Prurarcn: Morarita. 15 Vols. Vols. I.-V. F. C. Babbitt.
Vol. VI. W.C. Helmbold. Vol. VII. P. H. De Lacy and
B. Einarson. Vol. IX. 10. L. Minar, Jr., F. H. Sandbach,
W. C. Helmbold. Vol. X. H. N. Fowler. Vol. XII. H.
Cherniss and W. C. Helmbold.

ProurarcH: THe Paratret Lives. Β. Perrin. 11 Vols.
Potysius. W.R. Paton. 6 Vols.

Procorius: History or THE Wars. H.B. Dewing. 7 Vols.
Protemy: Terrasrsios. Cf. MANETHO.

Quintus SMyrnaEvus. A.S. Way. Verse trans.

Sextus Emprricus. Rev. R.G. Bury. 4 Vols.

Sopuoctes. F.Storr. 2 Vols. Verse trans.

Srraso: GeocrapHy. Horace L. Jones. 8 Vols.

THEOPHRASTUS: CHARACTERS. J. M. Edmonds. HeEropss,
ete. A. D. Knox.

THEOPHRASTUS: ENQurIRY INTO Prants. Sir Arthur Hort,
Bart. 2 Vols.

Tuucypipes. C.F.Smith. 4 Vols.
TrypHioporus. Cf. ΟΡΡΙΑν.
XENOPHON: CyrRopaEDIA. Walter Miller. 2 Vols.

XENOPHON: HELLENTCA, ANABASIS, APOLOGY, and SyMPOsIUM.
C. L. Brownson and O. J. Todd. 3 Vols.

XENOPHON: MEMORABILIA and Orconomicus. E.C. Marchant.
XENOPHON: ΞΟΒΙΡΤΑ Movora. Εἰ. C. Marchant.

IN PREPARATION

Greek Authors

ARISTOTLE: History or Animas. A. L. Peck.
Piorinus: A. H. Armstrong.

Latin Authors

Basrius AND PHarprus. Ben Εἰ, Perry.

DESCRIPTIVE PROSPECTUS ON APPLICATI |

ὲ

London WILLIAM HEINEMANN L’
Cambridge, Mass, HARVARD UNIVERSITY PRE.

trabo
a7 ; The geography of Strabo
99

ΝΠ
Ey

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

noite
Ως

reat ts
gas

ΟΣ ΤΣ ΤΉΝ

ee : |

Se ? : ᾿ ἶ ny Ree. At

ie ᾿ : : ; : = ic

ersae ἐν τα sauna
ΣΌΣ ΣΤ Τδυν τοτλτς τ

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "The geography of Strabo. With an English translation by Horace Leonard Jones. Based in part upon the unfinished version of John Robert Sitlington Sterrett"

See other formats